EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 1/ 384

“Austrian Georgian Development” LLC

Construction and Operation Project of HPP Cascades (Lakhami 1 HPP with installed capacity of 6,4 MW, Lakhami 2 HPP with installed capacity of 9,5 MW) on the riv. Lakhami in Mestia Municipality

Environmental Impact Assessment Report (Preliminary Version)

Executor

“Gamma Consulting” Ltd.

Director V. Gvakharia

Tbilisi 2015

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 2/ 384

GAMMA Consulting Ltd. 17a. Guramishvili av, 0192, Tbilisi, Tel: +(995 32) 260 44 33 +(995 32) 260 15 27 E-mail: [email protected] www.gamma.ge; www.facebook.com/gammaconsultingGeorgia Table of Contents

1 Introduction ...... 10 1.1 General Review ...... 10 1.2 EIA Preparation Basis ...... 11 1.3 Objectives of the EIA ...... 11

2 Legislative Framework ...... 12 2.1 Environmental Legislation of Georgia ...... 12 2.2 Environmental Standards of Georgia ...... 13 2.3 International Agreements ...... 14

3 Project Description ...... 15 3.1 General Review ...... 15 3.2 Brief Description of Infrastructural Facilities of the HPP Cascade ...... 21 3.2.1 Lakhami 1 HPP ...... 21 3.2.2 Lakhami 2 HPP ...... 28 3.3 Fishway ...... 30 3.4 Organization of Construction Works ...... 32 3.4.1 General Review ...... 32 3.4.2 Construction Camps ...... 32 3.4.2.1 Concrete ...... 35 3.4.3 Access Roads ...... 35 3.4.3.1 Brief Description of the Project on Rehabilitation of Existing Road and Bridges within Lakhami Valley ...... 36 3.4.4 Removal of Vegetation Cover and Humus Layer of Soil ...... 37 3.4.5 Personnel Training and Qualification ...... 37 3.4.6 Local Construction Materials ...... 38 3.4.7 Description of Main Construction Works and Relevant Requirements ...... 38 3.4.7.1 Ground Works ...... 38 3.4.7.2 Concrete Works ...... 40 3.4.8 Occupational Safety ...... 43 3.4.9 Recultivation Works ...... 44 3.5 Water Supply and Sewage System ...... 44 3.5.1 Construction Phase ...... 44 3.5.2 Operation Phase ...... 45 3.6 Power Supply ...... 46 3.7 Expected Waste ...... 46 3.7.1 Waste Expected on Construction Phase ...... 46 3.7.2 Waste Expected on Operation Phase ...... 47

4 Environmental Baseline Conditions ...... 47

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 3/ 384

4.1 General Review ...... 47 4.2 Description of Physical-Geographical Environment ...... 49 4.2.1 Climate and Meteorological Conditions ...... 49 4.2.1.1 Ambient Air Temperature (0C) ...... 50 4.2.1.2 Relative Humidity (%) ...... 50 4.2.1.3 Precipitation, mm ...... 51 4.2.1.4 Snow Cover ...... 51 4.2.1.5 Wind Characteristics ...... 51 4.2.1.6 Normative Depth of Seasonal Freezing of Soils, cm ...... 52 4.2.2 Geological Environment ...... 53 4.2.2.1 Geomorphology ...... 53 4.2.2.2 General Geological Composition of the Region ...... 54 4.2.2.3 Engineering Geological Conditions ...... 56 4.2.2.3.1 Engineering Geological Survey – I Phase ...... 56 4.2.2.3.1.1 Construction Site of Lakhami 1 HPP Headworks ...... 57 4.2.2.3.1.2 Penstock Corridor of Lakhami 1 HPP ...... 58 4.2.2.3.1.3 Lakhami 1 HPP Building and Lakhami 2 HPP Headworks ...... 58 4.2.2.3.1.4 Penstock Corridor of Lakhami 2 HP ...... 59 4.2.2.3.1.5 Lakhami 2 HPP Building ...... 60 4.2.2.3.1.6 Conclusions ...... 61 4.2.2.3.2 Phase II of the Engineering-Geological Survey (Detailed Study) ...... 62 4.2.2.3.2.1 Introduction ...... 62 4.2.2.3.2.2 Lakhami HPP 1 ...... 64 4.2.2.3.2.2.1 Soils ...... 64 4.2.2.3.2.2.2 Rocks ...... 71 4.2.2.3.2.3 Lakhami HPP 2 ...... 74 4.2.2.3.2.3.1 Soils ...... 74 4.2.2.3.2.3.2 Rocks ...... 81 4.2.2.3.2.4 Conclusions and Recommendations Developed for Stage II of Engineering-Geological Survey 82 4.2.2.4 Hydrogeological Conditions ...... 83 4.2.2.5 Tectonics and Seismic Conditions ...... 84 4.2.2.6 Hazardous Geodynamical Processes ...... 86 4.2.3 Hydrology ...... 88 4.2.3.1 General Hydrological Characteristics of the riv. Lakhami ...... 88 4.2.3.2 Average Annual Flow ...... 89 4.2.3.3 Maximum Flow ...... 92 4.2.3.4 Minimal Flow ...... 94 4.2.3.5 Sediment Flow ...... 95 4.2.4 Biological Environment ...... 96 4.2.4.1 Flora and Vegetation Cover ...... 96 4.2.4.1.1 Some Methodological and Conceptual Approaches Concerning Flora and Vegetation Description and Identification of Project Impact on Ecosystems and Habitats ...... 96 4.2.4.1.2 General Overview of Flora and Vegetation within the Project Corridor ...... 98 4.2.4.1.3 Detailed Characteristics of Flora and Vegetation within the Project Corridor ...... 103

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 4/ 384

4.2.4.1.4 Sensitive Areas ...... 133 4.2.4.1.5 Rare and Red List of Georgia Found within the Project Corridor ...... 136 4.2.4.1.6 Inventory of Forest within Lakhami HPP Cascade Project Corridor ...... 137 4.2.4.2 Wildlife ...... 141 4.2.4.2.1 Zoo-Geographical Description of the Project Area ...... 141 4.2.4.2.2 Ecosystems under the Impact of the Project and Important in Terms of Biodiversity ...... 141 4.2.4.2.3 Study Methodology ...... 142 4.2.4.2.4 Characteristics of Species within the Study Area ...... 143 4.2.4.2.4.1 Mammals (Class: Mammalia): ...... 143 4.2.4.2.4.2 Birds (Class: Aves) ...... 145 4.2.4.2.4.3 Reptiles (Class: Reptilia) ...... 146 4.2.4.2.4.4 Amphibians (Class: Amphibia) ...... 147 4.2.4.2.5 Endemic Species of Terrestrial Fauna Inhabiting the Study Area ...... 147 4.2.4.2.6 Red List Species Found within Study Area ...... 148 4.2.4.2.7 Highly Sensitive Areas within Study Territory ...... 148 4.2.4.3 Ichthyofauna ...... 149 4.2.4.3.1 Ichthyofauna and Hydrofauna of the riv. Inguri ...... 149 4.2.4.3.2 Ichthyofauna of the riv. Lakhami ...... 154 4.2.4.4 Protected Areas ...... 154 4.2.5 Soils ...... 154 4.3 Socio-Economical Environment ...... 155 4.3.1 Population ...... 155 4.3.2 Demographic Tendencies ...... 157 4.3.3 Migration ...... 157 4.3.4 Economy ...... 158 4.3.5 Industry ...... 158 4.3.6 Local Infrastructure ...... 159 4.3.7 Agriculture ...... 160 4.3.8 Tourism ...... 161 4.3.9 Healthcare ...... 163 4.3.10 Education System and Cultural-Educational Institutions ...... 165 4.3.11 Water Supply ...... 166 4.3.12 Waste Management ...... 166 4.3.13 Communication and Availability of Information ...... 166 4.3.14 Public Sector ...... 167 4.4 Cultural Heritage of Zemo Svaneti ...... 171 4.4.1 Monuments of Historical-Cultural Heritage of the Region ...... 171 4.4.1.1 Study Results for Historical and Cultural Heritage within Projet Corridor ...... 171 4.4.2 Traditions and Oral Cultural Heritage of Svaneti ...... 172

5 Alternatives of the Project ...... 175 5.1 No-Action Alternative ...... 175 5.2 Main Alternatives of HPP(s) Infrastructural Facilities Deployment, Reservoir Arrangement Option .... 176 5.3 Other Alternatives of HPP Cascade Infrastructural Facilities Deployment ...... 181 5.3.1 Alternatives of Headworks Arrangement Benchmarks ...... 181

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 5/ 384

5.3.2 Alternatives of Penstock Corridor Deployment ...... 182 5.3.3 Alternatives of Powerhouse Deployment ...... 183 5.4 Other Alternatives of the Project ...... 183 5.4.1 Alternatives of Headworks (Dam, Water Intake) Types ...... 183 5.4.2 Alternatives of Penstock Type ...... 184

6 Environmental and Social Impact Assessment ...... 184 6.1 General Principles of the EIA Methodology ...... 184 6.1.1 Impact Receptors and Sensitivity ...... 185 6.1.2 Impact Assessment ...... 185 6.1.3 Summary of Expected Impacts ...... 187 6.2 Impact on Ambient Air Quality ...... 189 6.2.1 Impact Assessment Methodology ...... 189 6.2.2 Impact Characterization ...... 189 6.2.2.1 Construction Phase ...... 189 6.2.2.1.1 Emission from Cement Silo (გ-1) ...... 191 6.2.2.1.2 Emission from Belt Transporter (გ-2) ...... 191 6.2.2.1.3 Emission from Inert Material Warehousing and Storage (გ-3) ...... 192 6.2.2.1.4 Emission during Operation of the Road-Construction (Bulldozer) Vehicle (გ-4) ...... 196 6.2.2.1.5 Emission during Operation of the Road-Construction (Dumper) Vehicle (გ-5) ...... 198 6.2.2.1.6 Emission during Operation of the Road-Construction (Crane) Vehicle (გ-6) ...... 198 6.2.2.1.7 Emission from Diesel Tank (გ-7) ...... 199 6.2.2.1.8 Emission from Diesel Generator (გ-8) ...... 200 6.2.2.1.9 Maximum Permissible Concentrations of Pollutants ...... 202 6.2.2.1.10 Conclusion ...... 203 6.2.2.2 Operation Phase ...... 203 6.2.3 Mitigation Measures ...... 203 6.2.4 Impact Assessment ...... 205 6.3 Noise Distribution and Possible Impact ...... 207 6.3.1 Impact Assessment Methodology ...... 207 6.3.2 Impact Characterization ...... 207 6.3.2.1 Construction Phase ...... 207 6.3.2.2 Operation Phase ...... 210 6.3.3 Mitigation Measures ...... 211 6.3.4 Impact Assessment ...... 213 6.4 Impact on Geological Environment, Dangerous Geodynamic Processes ...... 214 6.4.1 Impact Assessment Methodology ...... 214 6.4.2 Impact Characterization ...... 214 6.4.2.1 Construction Phase ...... 214 6.4.3 Mitigation Measures ...... 215 6.4.4 Impact Assessment ...... 217 6.5 Impact on Surface Waters ...... 218 6.5.1 Impact Assessment Methodology ...... 218 6.5.2 Impact Characterization ...... 219 6.5.2.1 Construction Phase ...... 219

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 6/ 384

6.5.2.2 Operation Phase ...... 220 6.5.2.2.1 Flow Reduction in Natural Riverbed of Lakhami River and Mandatory Ecological Flow ..... 220 6.5.2.2.2 Impact on Sediment Movement ...... 221 6.5.2.2.3 Surface Water Contamination Risks ...... 221 6.5.3 Mitigation Measures ...... 222 6.5.4 Impact Assessment ...... 224 6.6 Impact on Ground Water ...... 226 6.6.1 Impact Assessment Methodology ...... 226 6.6.2 Impact Characterization ...... 226 6.6.2.1 Construction Phase ...... 226 6.6.2.2 Operation Phase ...... 227 6.6.3 Mitigation Measures ...... 227 6.6.4 Impact Assessment ...... 228 6.7 Impact on Biological Environment ...... 229 6.7.1 Impact Assessment Methodology ...... 229 6.7.2 Characterization of Impact on Vegetation Cover and Habitat Integrity ...... 231 6.7.2.1 Construction Phase ...... 231 6.7.2.2 Operation Phase ...... 231 6.7.2.3 Mitigation Measures ...... 231 6.7.3 Characterization of Impact on Wildlife ...... 232 6.7.3.1 Construction Phase ...... 232 6.7.3.2 Operation Phase ...... 233 6.7.3.3 Mitigation Measures ...... 233 6.7.4 Characterization of Impact on Ichthyofauna ...... 235 6.7.4.1 Construction Phase ...... 235 6.7.4.2 Operation Phase ...... 235 6.7.4.3 Mitigation Measures ...... 236 6.7.5 Impact on Protected Areas ...... 237 6.7.7 Impact Assessment ...... 238 6.8 Impact on Topsoil, Soil Contamination ...... 240 6.8.1 Impact Assessment Methodology ...... 240 6.8.2 Impact Characterization ...... 240 6.8.2.1 Construction Phase ...... 240 6.8.2.2 Operation Phase ...... 241 6.8.3 Mitigation Measures ...... 242 6.8.4 Impact Assessment ...... 243 6.9 Visual-Landscape Impact ...... 244 6.9.1 Impact Assessment Methodology ...... 244 6.9.2 Impact Characterization ...... 244 6.9.2.1 Construction Phase ...... 244 6.9.2.2 Operation Phase ...... 245 6.9.3 Mitigation Measures ...... 245 6.9.4 Impact Assessment ...... 246 6.10 Impact Caused by Waste Generation and Distribution ...... 247 6.10.1 Mitigation Measures ...... 247

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 7/ 384

6.11 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment ...... 247 6.11.1 Impact Assessment Methodology ...... 247 6.11.2 Impact Characterization ...... 249 6.11.2.1 Impact on Land Ownership and Use ...... 249 6.11.2.2 Positive and Negative Impacts Related to Employment ...... 250 6.11.2.3 Contribution to Economy ...... 251 6.11.2.4 Impact on Local Infrastructure and Impediment of Movement ...... 251 6.11.2.5 Health and Safety Risks ...... 252 6.11.3 Impact Assessment ...... 254 6.12 Impact on Historical-Cultural Monuments ...... 257 6.12.1 Impact Assessment Methodology ...... 257 6.12.2 Impact Characterization ...... 257 6.12.3 Mitigation Measures ...... 257 6.12.4 Impact Assessment ...... 257 6.13 Cumulative Impact ...... 258 6.13.1 Construction Phase ...... 258 6.13.2 Operation Phase ...... 260 6.14 Residual Impact ...... 260 6.15 Transboundary Impact ...... 261

7 Environmental Impact Mitigation Measures and Monitoring ...... 262 7.1 General Review ...... 262 7.2 Mitigation Measures of Impacts Expected on the Construction and Operation Phases of the HPP Cascade 262 7.3.1 Mitigation Measure Plan to be implemented on Construction Phase ...... 263 7.3.2 Mitigation Measure Plan to be Implemented on Operation Phase ...... 278

8 Environmental Monitoring Plan ...... 288 8.1 General Review ...... 288 8.1.1 Monitoring Plan to be Implemented on Construction Phase ...... 290 8.1.2 Monitoring Plan to be Implemented on Operation Phase ...... 295

9 Possible Emergency Situations ...... 299

10 Determination of Ways and Means to Restore Former Environmental Conditions in Case of Termination of HPP Cascade Operation ...... 299 10.1 Short-Term Cessation or Repair of the HPP Cascade ...... 299 10.2 Long-Term Cessation or Conservation of the HPP Cascade ...... 300 10.3 Decomissioning ...... 300

11 Public Awareness and Study of Public Opinion ...... 300

12 Conclusions and Recommendations ...... 313 12.1 Main Conclusions ...... 313 12.2 Main Measures to be Implemented during Activities ...... 315

13 References ...... 316

14 Annexes ...... 320

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 8/ 384

14.1 Annex 1. Management Plan for Waste Expected to be Generated during Activities ...... 320 14.1.1 Introduction ...... 320 14.1.2 Objectives and Tasks of the Waste Management Plan ...... 321 14.1.3 Waste Management Hierarchy and Principle ...... 321 14.1.4 Information on Planned Activities ...... 322 14.1.5 Types and Approximate Quantities of Waste Generated during Implementation of the Planned Activities 322 14.1.6 Waste Management Process Description ...... 325 14.1.6.1 Waste Prevention and Recovery Measures ...... 325 14.1.6.2 Separated Collection of Waste ...... 325 14.1.6.3 Methods and Terms for Temporary Storage of Waste ...... 326 14.1.6.4 Waste Transportation Rules ...... 327 14.1.6.5 Waste Treatment/Final Disposal ...... 327 14.1.6.6 Waste Processing Methods ...... 328 14.1.6.7 General Requirements for Safe Handling of Waste ...... 330 14.1.6.8 Waste Control Methods ...... 330 14.2 Annex 2. Schemes and Profiles of Boreholes Arranged within the Project Corridor ...... 332 14.3 Annex 3. Geological maps compiled during II stage of engineering-geological survey ...... 344 14.4 Annex 4. Response Plan on Emergencies Expected in Process of Construction and Operation of the HPP Cascade ...... 355 14.4.1 Objectives and Tasks of the Emergency Response Plan ...... 355 14.4.2 Types of Emergency Situations ...... 355 14.4.2.1 Emergency Damage of Hydraulic Structures – Hydrodynamic Accident ...... 356 14.4.2.2 Accidental Spill of Pollutants ...... 356 14.4.2.3 Fire/Explosion ...... 357 14.4.2.4 Traffic Accidents ...... 357 14.4.2.5 Personnel Traumatism ...... 358 14.4.2.6 Natural Emergency Situations (Catastrophic Events) ...... 358 14.4.3 Basic Preventive Measures of Emergencies ...... 358 14.4.4 Estimated Scale of Incident ...... 361 14.4.5 Response to an Accident ...... 364 14.4.5.1 Response to Hydrodynamic Accident ...... 364 14.4.5.2 Response to Spill of Hazardous Substances ...... 368 14.4.5.3 Response to Fire ...... 370 14.4.5.4 Response to Unplanned Explosion ...... 371 14.4.5.5 Response to Traffic Accident ...... 373 14.4.5.6 Response to Traumatism of Personnel or Incident Related to Health Safety ...... 373 14.4.5.6.1 First Aid during Fracture ...... 373 14.4.5.6.2 First Aid during Wounds and Bleeding ...... 374 14.4.5.6.3 First Aid in Case of Burn ...... 375 14.4.5.6.4 First Aid in Case of Electrical Trauma ...... 376 14.4.5.7 Response to Emergencies of Natural Type ...... 377 14.4.5.7.1 Response to Earthquake ...... 377 14.4.5.7.2 Response to Mudflow, Landslide, Avalanche ...... 378 14.4.6 Equipment Required for Emergency Response ...... 379

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 9/ 384

14.4.7 Necessary Qualification and Personnel Training ...... 380 14.5 Annex 5. Design drawings of bridges to be constructed within Lakhami River valley ...... 381

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 10/ 384

1 Introduction

1.1 General Review

The presented document is the Environmental Impact Assessment report concerning construction and operation project of the two-step HPP cascades to be constructed on the river Lakhami, located in Samegrelo-Zemo (Upper) Svaneti region, namely in Mestia Municipality.

The maximum utilization of Georgian water resources is one of the priorities of the state. The main objective of the long-term policy of the energy sector is to attract investments for the construction of new power . The policy aims to fully meet the demand of the country through its own resources: firstly by import and then by replacement of thermal power generation, as well as export of surplus electricity generated on newly constructed and existing HPPs . Construction of power plants with low capacity (operating on natural runoff of the ) is considered to be one of the means to achieve this goal.

The facilities to be discussed in this document will be HPPs operating on non-regulated (without a reservoir), natural flow. Despite the fact that annual generation rate of this type of HPPs is not high, they do have significant environmental advantages compared to other HPPs (less impact on land ownership and consumption and local climate; is characterized with low risks of physical and economic resettlement).

Having said that, we can consider this project to be in harmony with the long-term policy of Georgia in energy sector. It is not characterized by particularly high, irreversible impact. In some cases negative impacts can be reduced with effective implementation of relevant mitigation and compensation measures.

The project is being implemented by “Austrian Georgian Development” LLC. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report was prepared by “Gamma Consulting” Ltd.

The information provided within the report is based on materials provided by the client as well as fund and literary sources and results of studies carried out on the project area.

Contact information of the project executor and the consulting companies is provided in Table 1.1.1.

Table 1.1.1.

Project Executor “Austrian Georgian Development” LLC Legal address of the company Vaja-Pshavela ave. 12, apt. 28, Tbilisi Address of the project area Mestia Municipality, Chuberi Community Construction and operation of non-regulated Type of activity diversion HPP cascade Contact information of “Austrian Georgian

Development” LLC E-mail [email protected] Contact person Giorgi Abramishvili

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 11/ 384

Contact phone number 599515940 Consulting company “Gamma Consulting” Ltd. Director of “Gamma Consulting” Ltd. V. Gvakharia Contact phone number 2 60 44 33; 2 60 15 27

1.2 EIA Preparation Basis

The basis for preparation of EIA report is the Law of Georgia on “Environmental Impact Permit”. According to the Article 4, Paragraph 1, subparagraph “L” “arrangement of HPP (with capacity of 2 MW and more) and TPP (with capacity of 10 MW and more)” is a subject for ecological expertise. Given that the installed capacity of the project HPPs will be more than 2 MW, construction and operation will require ecological expertise. Therefore, project should be implemented basing on ecological expertise conclusion. The ecological expertise conclusion is issued by the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia on the basis of ecological expertise conclusion of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report of the planned activity.

1.3 Objectives of the EIA

Together with the positive impacts implementation of the project will have some negative impacts on natural and socio-economic environment of the regions well. Therefore, the main goal of the EIA is to identify such negative impacts and to determine their volume and spatial boundaries. The following works have been conducted for this purpose:

• Collection of the existing technical documentation for the planned activities and obtaining information on natural and social environment within the project area; • Determination of possible impacts on natural and social environment of different stages of the project and its alternatives after study and analysis of the obtained information and technical documents; • Development of environmental management and monitoring schemes and informing the population on planned activities and ensuring their participation; • Development of effective mitigation measures aiming to reduce the impacts is the most important stage of EIA procedure

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 12/ 384

2 Legislative Framework

Georgian legislation comprises the Constitution, environmental laws, international agreements, subordinate legislation, normative acts, presidential orders and governmental decrees, ministerial orders, instructions, regulations and etc. Georgia is a signatory to a number of international, including environmental conventions.

2.1 Environmental Legislation of Georgia

Following environmental laws of Georgia were considered during the environmental impact assessment process (see table 2.1.1.).

Table 2.1.1. List of Environmental Laws of Georgia

Final Year Law Registration code version

1994 Georgian law on Soil Protection 370.010.000.05.001.000.080 14/06/2011 1994 Georgian law on Roads 310.090.000.05.001.000.089 24/12/2013 1995 Constitution of Georgia 010.010.000.01.001.000.116 04/10/2013 1996 Georgian law on Environmental Protection 360.000.000.05.001.000.184 06/09/2013 1997 Georgian law on Wildlife 410.000.000.05.001.000.186 06/09/2013 1997 Georgian law on Water 400.000.000.05.001.000.253 06/09/2013 1999 Georgian law on Protection of Ambient Air 420.000.000.05.001.000.595 05/02/2014 1999 Forest Code of Georgia 390.000.000.05.001.000.599 06/09/2013 Georgian law on Compensation of Harm Caused by 1999 040.160.050.05.001.000.671 06/06/2003 Hazardous Substances 2003 Georgian law on Red List and Red Book of Georgia 360.060.000.05.001.001.297 06/09/2013 Georgian law on Conservation of Soils and Restoration- 2003 370.010.000.05.001.001.274 19/04/2013 Improvement of Their Fertility 2005 Georgian law on Licenses and Permits 300.310.000.05.001.001.914 20/02/2014 360.130.000.05.001.003.079 2007 Georgian law on Ecological Expertise 25/03/2013

360.160.000.05.001.003.078 2007 Georgian law on Environmental Impact Permit 06/02/2014

2007 Georgian law on Public Health 470.000.000.05.001.002.920 13/12/2013 2007 Georgian law on Cultural Heritage 450.030.000.05.001.002.815 25/09/2013 2014 Georgian law on Civil Safety 140070000.05.001.017468 01/07/2014 2014 Waste Management Code of Georgia 360160000.05.001.017608 12/01/2015

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 13/ 384

2.2 Environmental Standards of Georgia

Following environmental standards were used in the process of evaluating the quality of environmental objects (soil, water, air) during development of this report (See table 2.2.1.):

Table 2.2.1. List of Environmental Standards

Date Title of the Normative Document Registration code Technical Regulation – “methods of calculating maximum permissible discharges (MPD) of pollutants together with 31/12/2013 300160070.10.003.017621 wastewater into surface water bodies”, approved by the decree №414 of the Government of Georgia. Technical Regulation – “Protection of Surface Water from 31/12/2013 Contamination”, approved by the decree №425 of the Government 300160070.10.003.017650 of Georgia. Technical Regulation – "Operation of Dust-Trapping Devices", 03/01/2014 300160070.10.003.017590 approved by the decree №21 of the Government of Georgia. Technical Regulation - "The Protection of Ambient Air in 03/01/2014 unfavorable weather conditions", approved by the decree №8 of the 300160070.10.003.017603 Government of Georgia. Technical Regulation – “Methods of calculation of maximum 31/12/2013 permissible emission of hazardous substances into ambient air”, 300160070.10.003.017622 approved by the order №408 of the Government of Georgia Technical Regulation - "Method for Inventory of Stationary Sources 06/01/2014 of Air Pollution", approved by the decree №42 of the Government 300160070.10.003.017588 of Georgia. Environmental Technical Regulation – approved by the decree №17 03/01/2014 300160070.10.003.017608 of the Government of Georgia. Technical Regulation - "Environmental Damage Determination 14/01/2014 (calculation) Method", approved by the decree №54 of the 300160070.10.003.017673 Government of Georgia. Technical Regulation – “Methods of calculating the actual amount of emissions according to instrumental methods for determining the actual amount of emissions in ambient air from stationary sources of pollution, list of special measuring and controlling equipment for 31/12/2013 300160070.10.003.017660 determining the actual amount of emissions in ambient air from stationary sources of pollution and technological processes from stationary pollution sources,” approved by the order №435 of the Government of Georgia Technical Regulation – “Fishing and protection of stock”, 31/12/2013 300160070.10.003.017645 approved by the order №423 of the Government of Georgia. Technical Regulation – “Safety of Quarries", approved by the order 31/12/2013 300160070.10.003.017633 №450 of the Government of Georgia. Technical Regulation - rues on "Determining Levels of Soil 31/12/2013 Fertility" and "Soil Conservation and Fertility Monitoring", 300160070.10.003.017618 approved by the decree №415 of the Government of Georgia. 31/12/2013 Technical Regulation - "Topsoil Removal, Storage, Use and 300160070.10.003.017647

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 14/ 384

Cultivation", approved by the decree №424 of the Government of Georgia. Technical Regulation – “Maximum Allowed Concentrations of 15/01/2014 Harmful Substances into the Air at Work Places”, approved by the 300160070.10.003.017688 order №70 of the Government of Georgia Technical Regulation – “Drinking Water”, approved by the decree 15/01/2014 300160070.10.003.017676 №58 of the Government of Georgia. Technical Regulation - "Water Protection Zones of Small Rivers of 31/12/2013 Georgia", approved by the decree №445 of the Government of 300160070.10.003.017646 Georgia. Technical Regulation - "Radiation Safety Standards within the 03/01/2014 Territory of Georgia", approved by the decree №28 of the 300160070.10.003.017585 Government of Georgia. Technical Regulation - "Water Protection Zones”, approved by the 31/12/2013 300160070.10.003.017640 decree №440 of the Government of Georgia. Technical Regulation - "Methodology of Sanitary Rules for Water 03/01/2014 Sampling", approved by the decree №26 of the Government of 300160070.10.003.017615 Georgia. "Rule on Forest Protection and Restoration”. Approved by the 13/08/2010 - decree №241 of the Government of Georgia. „Forest Utilization Plan”. Approved by the decree №242 of the 20/08/2010 - Government of Georgia. „The Rule of Implementation of State Control by the Environmental Supervision Department of Subdivision Agency of 17/02/2015 the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of 040030000.10.003.018446 Georgia”. Approved by the decree №61 of the Government of Georgia. „The list of the Green Zones and Resorts of the State Forest Fund under the Management of the National Forestry Agency – Legal Entity of Public Law of the Ministry of Environment and Natural 29/12/2014 360050000.22.023.016284 Resources Protection of Georgia”. Approved by the decree №161 of the Minister of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia. "Rules of reviewing and coordinating the company's waste 04/08/2015 management plan". Approved by the decree №211 of the Minister 360160000.22.023.016334 of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia. "Arrangement, operation, closure and post-care of landfills”. 11/08/2015 Approved by the decree №421 of the Minister of Environment and 300160070.10.003.018807 Natural Resources Protection of Georgia. “Determination and classification of the list of waste according to their types and characteristics”. Approved by the decree №426 of 17/08/2015 300230000.10.003.018812 the Minister of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia.

2.3 International Agreements

Georgia is signatory to many international conventions and agreements, out of which the followings are significant for the EIA process of the given project:

• Protection of nature and biodiversity:

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 15/ 384

o The Convention on Biological Diversity, Rio de Janeiro, 1992; o The Convention on Wetlands of International Importance especially as Waterfowl Habitat Areas, Ramsar 1971; o The Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES), Washington, 1973; o The Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild , (Bonn Convention), 1983; • Pollution and environmental hazards: o The European and Mediterranean Major Hazards Agreement, 1987. • Public information: o Convention on Access to Information, Public Participation in Decision-Making and Access to Justice in Environmental Matters (Aarhus Convention, 1998). 3 Project Description

3.1 General Review

HPP cascade is planned to be built in Mestia municipality, within Chuberi community, between 1380 and 706 m a.s.l. of the Lakhami river valley. Lakhami 1 HPP will be arranger between 1380 and 1047 m a.s.l. and Lakhami 2 HPP will be arranged between 1045 and 706 m a.s.l. Installed capacity of the upper step will be 6.4 MW and the lower step – 9.5 MW. Total annual electricity output will be 80 GW.h.

Headworks of the upper step will be arranged on 1379.9 m a.s.l. mark of the riverbed with approximate coordinates of X – 263649;Y – 4767583. The lower step headworks will be arranged on 1044.4 m a.s.l. mark of the riverbed with approximate coordinates of X – 266914;Y – 4765865.

On both steps water diversion will be carried out via underground pressure pipeline which will follow the existing road and will cross the river in several places.

Both HPPs will have aboveground power houses. On the upper step power house 2 Pelton type turbines will be installed, while installation of 3 Pelton turbines is considered for the lower step of the cascade.

Main project data of the HPP cascade is provided in the table 3.1.1, while the situational scheme of the location territory is shown on the scheme 3.1.1. Scheme of separate sections of infrastructure is presented in scheme 3.1.2.

Table 3.1.1.Main technical characteristics of Lakhami HPP cascade

Capacity Parameter Measurement Lakhami 1 HPP Lakhami 2 HPP Type of the HPP - Non-regulated, working on natural runoff Installed capacity MW 6.4 9.5 Annual electricity output GW.h 38 42 3.5 (from ground surface) 2,9 (from ground surface) Dam height m. 8.3 (from foundation) 7,2 (from foundation) Length of penstock m. 3775 4405 Diameter of penstock mm. 1200/1300 1300/1400 Throughput capacity of penstock m3/sec Till 2,7 Till 4 Number of turbines Unit 2 3

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 16/ 384

Type of turbines - Pelton, vertical Capacity of turbines MW. 2 x 3.2 3 x 3.2 Consumption of turbines m3/sec 2 x 1,25 3 x 1,25 Approximate gross head m. 337.4 337.4 Rotation speed of the turbines (approximate) rotation/min 1000 1000 Number of generators Unit 2 3 Rated capacity of generators MVA 3.620 3.580 Efficiency of generators % 90 90 Cooling system of generators - Water/air Outlet channel - Reinforced concrete Substation type - Closed (inside the power house) Operating voltage of substation kV 35 110/35 Transmission line kV 35 110/35

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 17/ 384

Scheme 3.1.1.Situational scheme of HPP cascade location

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 18/ 384

Scheme 3.1.2.Separate sections of the project infrastructure

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 19/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 20/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 21/ 384

3.2 Brief Description of Infrastructural Facilities of the HPP Cascade

3.2.1 Lakhami 1 HPP

According to the project the headworks of the upper step of the cascade – Lakhami 1 HPP will be arranged on elevation of 1380 m a.s.l. Creation of reservoir is not considered upstream of the headworks.

Water intake is a monolithic reinforced concrete structure of Tyrolean type with bottom spillway. Its length is 15 m, height above the ground – 3,5 m and height including the foundation – 8,3 m. It is bordered with fish way.

Due to a high speed water flow in the riverbed within the territory of headworks, pancake ice formation is not expected there. High speed is also recorded within intake area. Water from the intake area passes through almost entirely covered space (including settling tank and a pressure tank). This ensures protection of air from thermal impact and excludes pancake ice formation.

In case of extremely low temperatures and low waters there is a risk of ice formation on Tyrolean type intake grilles, which will reduce the total area of intake gaps (spacing) and design water flow in intake. In order to reduce this impact, the area of intake grille should be by 20-40% more than the design area. It is the fact that the extremely low temperatures are rarely observed within the construction area. Taking this into consideration, additional measures against ice formation are not required.

Water intake of both steps of Lakhami HPP cascade is designed in a way that preserves the surface spillway relevant to the natural riverbed, which makes it possible to pass mudflows downstream safely. After the situation is stabilized, upstream are will be cleaned through using construction techniques, if necessary. Arrangement of blocking shields is considered in order to protect fish way in case of mudflows (see Drawing 3.2.1.2.).

South to the intake a 19,62 m long two-chambered settler is located; its width is 5,44 m and height – 4 m. It ends with flushing gap. The settler will be equipped with relevant emergency spillway, which shall ensure water discharge into the tailrace of the headworks in case of emergency.

Approximately 3,7 km long penstock will be located between the headworks and powerhouse. It represents an underground pressure tract, which runs along the existing road and crosses the river in two places. The initial, 1,25 km long section of the pipeline will be arranged using 1300 mm diameter wide GRP pipes; the following, 1,25 km long section will be arranged with GRP pipes with diameter of 1200 mm; the remaining section of 1,275 km will be arranged using 1200 m diameter wide cast iron pipes. The biggest part of the penstock will be placed along the existing ground road.

Surface power house will be constructed on 1044 m a.s.l. It represents a monolithic reinforced concrete one-story structure. The construction includes turbine house, substation, control room, workshop, kitchen and etc. Its facades will be arranged with so-called sandwich-panels. Geometrical dimensions of the building are: length – 28 m, width – 10 m, height from the ground surface – 9 m.

Two Pelton type vertical turbines will be arranged. Capacity of each is 3.2 MW, calculation consumption – 2,5 (2 X 1,25) m3/sec, gross head – 332,5 m. The turbines will be equipped with synchronized 50 Hz generators.

Discharge water will be directed into reinforced concrete outlet system, which will deliver the water to settling system of the lower step.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 22/ 384

Generated electricity will be supplied to the 35 kV switchgear; from here electricity will be supplied to the 35 kV switchgear of the tailrace via 35 kV transmission line.

The HPP will operate for 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

Design drawings of hydraulic structures of Lakhami 1 HPP are provided below.

Drawing 3.2.1.1. Design drawings of Lakhami 1 HPP infrastructure

Water intake and settler of Lakhami 1 HPP – plan and cross section (1:250)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 23/ 384

Tyrolean weir (cross section)

Power house of Lakhami 1 and plan of Lakhami 2 HPP water intake, 1:250

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 24/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 25/ 384

Plan of one section of the penstock and typical cross sections

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 26/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 27/ 384

Drawing 3.2.1.2.3D drawing of the upper step headworks

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 28/ 384

3.2.2 Lakhami 2 HPP

According to the project the headworks of the lower step of the cascade – Lakhami 2 HPP will be arranged on elevation of 1047 m a.s.l.

Water intake is a monolithic reinforced concrete structure of Tyrolean type with bottom spillway. Its length is 12,5 m, height above the ground – 2,9 m and height including the foundation – 7,2 m. It is bordered with 27 m long fish way. Like the upper step of the cascade, in this case intake grille should be by 20-40% more than the design area as well and additional measures against ice formation are not required either.

South to the intake a 19,62 m long two-chambered settler is located; its width is 2,72 m and height – 4 m. It ends with flushing gap. The settler will be equipped with relevant emergency spillway, which shall ensure water discharge into the tailrace of the headworks in case of emergency.

Approximately 4,4 km long penstock will be located between the headworks and powerhouse. It represents an underground pressure tract and partially runs along the existing road and crosses the river in three places. The initial, 1,475 km long section of the pipeline will be arranged using 1400 mm diameter wide GRP pipes; the following, 1,475 km long section will be arranged with GRP pipes with diameter of 1300 mm; the remaining section of 1,455 km will be arranged using 1300 m diameter wide cast iron pipes. The biggest part of the penstock will be placed along the existing ground road.

Surface power house will be constructed on 706 m a.s.l. It represents a monolithic reinforced concrete one-storey structure. The construction includes turbine house, switchgear equipment, control room, workshop, kitchen and etc. Its facades will be arranged with so-called sandwich-panels. Geometrical dimensions of the building are: length – 37 m, width – 10 m, height from the ground surface – 9 m.

Three Pelton type vertical turbines will be arranged. Capacity of each is 3.2 MW, calculation consumption – 3,75 (3 x 1,25) m3/sec, gross head – 332,5 m. The turbines will be equipped with synchronized 50 Hz generators.

Discharge water will be directed into reinforced concrete outlet system, which will connect with the riv. Lakhami from the right side.

Generated electricity will be supplied to the 35 kV switchgear; from here electricity will be conveyed via 110 kV transmission line.

The HPP will operate for 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Design drawing of Lakhami 2 HPP is provided in drawing 3.2.2.1.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 29/ 384

Drawing 3.2.2.1.Plan of Lakhami 2 HPP building, 1:100

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 30/ 384

3.3 Fishway

Headworks include arrangement of fishway. Its purpose is to help fish passage from tailrace of the hydraulic unit to the headrace in order to regulate their natural reproduction and maintain it on relevant level.

The design organization of the HPP cascade has taken a decision to arrange vertical slop fishway from both intakes. Arrangement of vertical slot fishway for trout rivers is recommended by German Association for Water, Wastewater and Waste (DWA), directive 504.Trout, as well as other representatives of salmon family, are good swimmers and vertical slot passages are favorable for them. The fishway must be of self-cleansing structure, which means that they need less technical service. Typically, they have ability to self-clean from small floating sediments that can easily clog other types of passages. Typical view of vertical slot fishway considered for Lakhami HPP cascade is presented below.

Picture 3.3.1.Typical view of fishway of vertical slot

This type of fishway has individual pools with sections of recirculating flow and vertical dividing walls, which separate one pool from the other. Vertical slot reaches fishway bottom which is covered by 30 cm thick sediment layer, so that species living on the bottom could pass to the tailrace. The dividing wall can be constructed using factory-made parts, concrete or wood or combination of wood and steel or they can be constructed at place using concreting.

Recommended measures of the fishway and its hydraulic criteria are presented in the table below. Drawing 3.3.1.shows fishway scheme.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 31/ 384 Dividing wall

Table3.3.1. Recommended dimensions of vertical slot fishway for trout rivers

Box culvert LB Length of each pool, L corner block1.95 m Width of each pool, b 1.50 m

Slot width, s Flow 0.20 m Water depth under the dividing wall, hu 0.5 m

Max. flow speed in the slot Nib wall2.0 m/sec Water level drop from pool to pool 0.20 m(calculated in accordance with max. flow speed)

Drawing 3.3.1.

The total number of pools “n” and number of dividing walls n+1 is determined in accordance with total drop between the headraces and tailraces during detailed designing.

Total drop for both headworks between the water levels of headrace and tailrace is about 2,5 m. Therefore, number of steps is:

2.5 ! ! + 1 = = 12,5 0,2 !

Since n+1, number of dividing walls must be a unified number, it is 13 and the number of pools is 12. Fishway will have 12 pools and 13 dividing walls. Total length will be about:

Ltot=12*1.95+13*0.15=24.05 m

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 32/ 384

Basing on estimated thickness of the dividing walls – 15 cm, including a certain fore bay at the end of headrace and inlet pool at the end of tailrace, the total length will be approximately 26-27 m.

3.4 Organization of Construction Works

3.4.1 General Review

The construction phase includes the following works:

• Preparatory works, including: o Arrangement of construction camp(s), mobilization of equipment-machinery required for the construction; o Improvement of access roads to the construction sites - leveling of roadbed, restoration of damaged sections; o Removal of vegetation cover from construction sites and camps; • Basic works: o Ground works, preparation of foundation, arrangement of trenches; o Construction of permanent structures (headworks, pipeline, power house, outlet channel); • Recultivation works. Due to the specificity of the construction works and local relief, different works can be carried out in parallel. Construction works of the HPP cascade will take approximately 2 years (24 months). Considering difficult climate conditions number of working days is 250 days in a year. During this period 100-120 people will be employed for the construction works.

3.4.2 Construction Camps

Selection of proper area for the construction camps is a prerequisite for organized and timely implementation of construction works. This will reduce scales of negative environmental impacts (impacts, which will be related to the increased traffic flow, etc.). Recommendations for other similar objects should be considered during selecting the areas for the arrangement of the construction camps:

• Arrangement of camps near construction sites in order to reduce transport operations and simplify transportation conditions; • Engineering-geological conditions should be favorable; • The relief of the area should be favorable in order to reduce ground works related to the arrangement of infrastructure; • Arrangement of construction camp far away from residential area, as much as possible, in order to reduce disturbance of population with emissions and noise, as well as excessive traffic; • It is important to choose a territory, with poor topsoil and vegetation covers; • Selected area should be away from surface water bodies in order to reduce the risk of surface water pollution; • Supplying the camps with electricity, technical and drinking water should be simplified. In addition, organized management of wastewater should be ensured.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 33/ 384

Prior to the construction works, issues related to the arrangement of camp(s), their locations and required infrastructure will be specified after the construction contractor is selected. Preliminary considerations determined arrangement of three construction camps (one main and two auxiliary).

Relatively plain area has been selected for the main construction camp, which is located near the powerhouse of the upper step and headworks of the lower step (approximate coordinates are: X – 266882; Y - 4765860). Significant part of infrastructural facilities necessary for construction operations will be located on the temporary site (including concrete plant).

In order to carry out construction works in timely and organized manner arrangement of two auxiliary camps is planned; they will be arranged near the headworks of the upper step and powerhouse of the lower step. Their infrastructure will be identical.

It is noteworthy, that ground road is accessible for all three territories selected for construction camps.

Construction camps will include the following temporary structures:

• Concrete plant; • Parking lot; • Warehouse (including storage for hazardous waste); • Water reservoirs; • Administrative building and rest rooms for workers (container-type); • Mechanical workshop, etc. Estimated plan of the construction camps is provided on drawings below.

Drawing 3.4.2.1.Plan of the main camp

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 34/ 384

Drawing 3.4.2.2.Plan of the auxiliary camp (near Lakhami 1 HPP headworks)

Drawing 3.4.2.3.Plan of the auxiliary camp (near Lakhami 2 HPP powerhouse)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 35/ 384

3.4.2.1 Concrete Plant

Arrangement of mobile concrete plant with production capacity of 30 m3/h is considered at the construction stage. According to preliminary considerations the unit will have the following parameters:

• Type – wet system, full automatic equipment with water-cooling; • Model - SB-75A; • Capacity - 30 m3/h; • Filler bunkers - 4 units, 20 m3each; • Cement silo - 1x75 t and 1x32 t. In case of necessity, additional concrete will be brought by concrete mixer vehicles from one of the concrete plants operating in the region.

3.4.3 Access Roads

The construction site will be served through Zugdidi-Mestia central road. 500 kV transmissions line “Kavkasioni” and the earth road connecting village Lakhami gorge and run through Lakhami River valley; this road serves above mentioned transmission line.

Prior to the construction works, 8 km long earth road and bridges crossing the river will be rehabilitated. The project on the rehabilitation of existing road and bridges is already developed, which is briefly described in the following Paragraph.

Arrangement of new roads is practically not planned. Small section of new road will be arranged near the construction facilities.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 36/ 384

3.4.3.1 Brief Description of the Project on Rehabilitation of Existing Road and Bridges within Lakhami River Valley

The road and bridges existing in Lakhami River valley, which have been built in the early years, are not designed for maximum flow of water in the valley.

On June 26, 2015, the flood destroyed bridges and washed-out access roads. Major part of the road is covered with local rocks, large pits and impassable mud. Movement and transportation on this road is only possible by a caterpillar, special transport and horse.

Flood destroyed and damaged 4 bridges, out of which 3 are single span bridges and 1 is two-span Bridge. It should be noted that span hole of the two-span Bridge is filled with stone-gravel sediments and one span is completely destroyed.

Based on the above mentioned, “Sando” Ltd has developed the project on the rehabilitation of damaged road and bridges upon the order of Austrian Georgian Development LLC.

According to the project, the width of the roadway will be 4 m. H-30 load rating has been considered for new bridges. Protecting gabions will be arranged in washed out areas of the roadway.

The technical-economic indicators of the road are as follows: • Total length of the road - 8750 m; • Bank protection gabion - 5 units; • ditch - 63 pipes; • total cost of road construction - 1 367 183,51 GEL. According to the project assignment the roadway width will be 4.0 m, without road shoulders. The pavement will be of sand-gravel mixture, with average thickness of 30 cm. Gabions will be arranged in washed out areas. Pipes will be arranged across the road for the removal of ditch water. Protection structures will be arranged by on-site individually made boxes, with 5 mm diameter wire. The maximum size of cell will be 100mmX100mm,which will be knotted with d-4 mm annealed wires. "Reno Mattress" (mattresses) will be made of the same wire, in the same manner.Used wires will be made of the solid material.Wire boxes of 100 X 100 X 150 cm and Gabion mattress with size of 300 X 200 X 30 cmwill be used. Gabion wire boxes will be linked to each other with 4 mm diameter wire, with at least 20 binds to the adjacent gabion box. Gabion wire boxes will be filled with stones from specially selected quarries. Stone size will be relevant. Stones will be manually put into the gabions. Specially selected elongated stones will be arranged near pressure external surface of the gabion. Adhesions of Gabions will be at least twice twisted. Neighboring gabions will be tied to each other so that the breakdown strength will be at least 40 kilograms per square meter. 5% margin of error is allowable in the height and width of completed gabions, while in case of length, allowable margin of error is 3%. Gabions will be manually placed. Stone with minimum 150 mm and maximum 300 mm size will be used. Gabion walls will be arranged with the biggest stones. Gabion internal space will be filled by the relatively small size of the stones, while relatively large stones will be used on the upper layer. Entire inner part of the gabion and the upper levels will be tightly fixed.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 37/ 384

After completion of the gabion, the area from the river side will be filled with local soil at a height of 0.5-0.8. Gabion bank protection structures will be arranged during low water periods. Drawings of the proposed four motor bridges are given in Annex 5.

3.4.4 Removal of Vegetation Cover and Humus Layer of Soil

At the preliminary stage, works related to the vegetation clearing will be agreed with the National Forestry Agency LEPL of the Ministry of Environment and Natural Recourse Protection. Vegetation removal will be implemented under the supervision of qualified personnel. Removed vegetation will be temporarily stored on a separately allocated area. According to current environmental legislation, removed plants and trees for further management will be transferred to local authorities of the National Forestry Agency LEPL of the Ministry of Environment and Natural Recourse Protection. As noted above, project corridor is within a very difficult terrain conditions. There is practically no topsoil on very steep slopes. Penstock corridor passes along the existing road, near active riverbed. Therefore, the surface of the route is mainly represented by river sediments. Topsoil in some places is very scarce and works related to its removal-disposal are difficult to implement. Additionally, due to its low value, it is environmentally unprofitable. Therefore, topsoil removal-storage works on the preparatory stage will be small. Such works will be carried out only on separate sections, namely on the territories of construction camps and construction sites of the power houses. The total area for topsoil storage is about 1 ha. Given average thickness of the topsoil (15 cm) the volume of the layer to be removed is 1500 m3. Area for temporary storage of removed topsoil has been selected on the left bank of Lakhami River, adjacent to the road with total area of 5400 m2. GIS coordinates of temporary storage is attached to the EIA report. The fertile layer will be stored separately with observance of relevant rules. The piles will be protected from water and wind impacts. After completion of works the topsoil will be used for recultivation works. Approximate area of the territory to be recultivated is 2000-3000 m2.

3.4.5 Personnel Training and Qualification

As mentioned above, approximately 100-120 people will be employed for the construction works. Nonqualified workers will be mostly employed from local population. The source can be villages: Lakhami, Kvemo Margi, Letsperi, Larilari, Sgushi and etc.

Construction begins with preparatory works, which means mobilization of construction equipment and training for technical personnel and workers.

Construction contractor shall ensure personnel training on Health and Safety Executive (HSE) issues.

Drivers and vehicle operators (excavators, bulldozers, trucks, dumpers, graders) will be tested and trained, if required.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 38/ 384

Only qualified operators will be allowed on works. Workers will undertake trainings on use of saving kits of chemical and infectious substances.

Personnel working in pits and trenches will undertake relevant trainings.

Whole staff will get acquainted with environmental aspects of the works and undertake training, if required.

Staff can be accommodated in villages listed above.

3.4.6 Local Construction Materials

Fillers for concrete preparation such as sand and gravel ballast can be found in Nenskra floodplain. Two quarries have been selected:

• Floodplain between villages Larilari and Kari, on elevation between 850-920 m; • Between villages Lakhami and Lekalmakhi, on elevation between 700-760 m.

Average granulometric composition of the quarries is: fractions till <5 mm 20%, 5-20 mm 15%, 20-120 mm 50% and >120 mm 15%. Construction materials will be obtained basing on a license.

3.4.7 Description of Main Construction Works and Relevant Requirements

3.4.7.1 Ground Works

Responsibilities of research team of the construction contractor include monitoring over work process and assessment of conditions during the process. Research team will be equipped with relevant equipment and materials. Research team will carry out the following activities: • Set initial elevation marks; • Set Markscheider elevation marks and periodical monitoring; • Installation of marks designating borders of construction sites; • Determination of building construction and installation locations; • Establishment of locations for underground constructions and correction; • Assistance, if required; • Verification of locations, positions and dimensions of steel structures and building construction and installation.

Workplace preparation: • Research team will border area for excavation works, work performance levels will be marked on the signs prepared from wood or steel; • Topsoil deployment perimeter and depth will be marked on each site; • This layer will be treated by bulldozers. Removed soil will be stored in piles no more than 2 m away from each other; • Ballast must be distributed equally; its pre-placement is not required. Description of work process:

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 39/ 384

• Excavation works on the main work sites will start after territories to be excavated were marked (excavation works of the secondary work sites will be carried out separately, after backfilling of the excavated areas); • Materials only from preliminarily agreed areas to be used. Filling materials to be transported also from preliminarily agreed territories. In case of necessity, material transportation can be carried out from the reserve areas; • A trained flagman wearing a prominent uniform will control safe movement of materials and vehicles; • Loose material will be loaded into dumpers from backup channel side; • Dumpers will transport material to their destination where they will be equally distributed and will be compacted by graders; • With help of water distributor water will be spread on the work site in order to control dusting and also to ensure proper compaction of loose material. Compaction is prohibited in frost conditions; • Research team controls ground works in order to reach necessary requirements for proper implementation of works. Excavation works will be carried out using existing, widespread equipment. Soil will be excavated using bulldozers or excavators. Excavated soil will be temporarily placed near the site of excavation works.

After completion of these works, ground will be aligned till the desired level and checked by the supervising engineer before backfilling with the relevant materials.

A supervising engineer must be notified in case of discovery of soft or layers of inappropriate content; engineer will take a decision regarding further steps.

Excavation works shall be protected from water. This is a key factor in maintenance of soil stability.

Quality of filling materials must meet technical characteristics and must be approved by the supervising engineer.

Gravel material must be enriched with material of fine consistency to ensure its proper sealing.

Filling material must be layered. Thickness cannot exceed 250 mm unless directed otherwise by the supervising engineer.

Each layer must be sealed in shortest time possible in accordance with directions of the supervising engineer.

After seal of each layer contractor invites supervising engineer to assess the condition of layering and whether it is satisfactory and ready for the next layer. If the engineer will find layering unsatisfactory the works shall continue till the condition is met to that stated by the supervising engineer.

Considering the geology and relief of the project corridor, blasting operations are not planned during the earth works.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 40/ 384

3.4.7.2 Concrete Works

Geodesists carry out studies of the construction site in accordance with project drawings. Axes of buildings shall be traced and central marks shall be plotted.

Wooden molds: • Qualified carpenters and their assistants will prepare wooden molds in accordance with the drawings and under the supervision in order to ensure relevant quality, which means easy removal without unnecessary hammer blows; • In case of difficult shapes, the wooden molds shall be designed by field engineers of the sub- contractor, which will be supplied to the contractor on the following step for consideration and approval; • The wooden mold must be vibration-resistant, must withstand loads generated during construction works, also must not change its shape after concrete placement. It must be possible to clean it rapidly prior to concrete pouring; • Wooden mold will be prepared from a relevant wood material. Rough surface of wood is used in case when concrete surface is not visible (F1 class). In case of F2 a rough wood with smooth surface is used, covered with glued plank. Only glued plank is used for F3 class; • Wooden mold must be easily disintegrated without damaging concrete surface or remaining part. Every visible part of the concrete will have a 25 mm drop apron. Connection must be solid, which will protect the construction from fluid leak during concreter pouring. Surface of the wooden mold will be covered with paint-resistant layer that shall not get into a reaction with chemicals; • After completion of wooden mold installation the inspector will carry out visual observation. Every bolt, distributor, holder (if considered), liner, dog and others must be mounted so, that they do not move during concrete pouring; • Dismantling of wooden molds will be carried out basing on specific needs of the project. The mold cannot be removed 12 hours after concrete has been poured, however it shall withstand every possible load occurring during this period. Thus, molds and other auxiliary parts must be removed after passage of certain period of time, so that removal does not cause change of shape of the concrete or its damage.

Installation of reinforcement: • Technicians working with steel will carry out this activity under supervision. Reinforcement will be placed on special wooden cover and will be separated in accordance with relevant standards (GOST). Reinforcement must be of relevant quality – rust must be removed and the structures must be covered with tarpaulin during storage in order to be protected from the precipitation; • Reinforcement must be numerated and registered, so that diameter and thickness of every element is known during transportation. Torsion, cut or giving a desired shape to the reinforcement will be carried out in accordance with project drawings using relevant equipment operated by trained steel workers. Torsion of the bars is conducted on low, equal pressure and in line with all considered technical characteristics;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 41/ 384

• Reinforcement of desired shape and form will be stored in separate are and will be covered with tarpaulin. Reinforcement will be transported from storage to work site via flat linear trailer. Reinforcement must also be covered during transportation in order to prevent its damage from precipitation. Cranes will be used to unload reinforcement from the truck; • Permanent clamps and anchor plates must be made of special sand-lime cement, which shall have same properties and quality as the concrete; • Reinforcement retainers are used to mount upper carcass of the reinforcement. The dimensions must be calculated so, to ensure their stability during concrete pouring; • After finalizing installation of reinforcement, prior to concrete pouring, location and overlapping quality of reinforcement must be checked by the supervisor and inspectors in accordance with the project drawings.

Concrete pouring: • During transportation concrete must be place on the vehicle with consideration of relevant norms in order to avoid its pollution, need for repeated placement. For this purpose service of qualified driver is required. Every vehicle must be cleaned after unloading the concrete. This operation must be carried out only by qualified drivers, operators and flagmen; • Concrete placement on the work site will be carried out in line with requirements considered by the project. Temperature of concrete during pouring in hot weather must not exceed 30 °C. Temperature of the concrete is measured using thermometer in the moment of its placement; results are registered in a journal of concrete transportation/placement. Minimal temperature of concrete while working in cold weather is 5 °C (preferable temperature is 10 °C); • Special furrows, clamps and pumps can be used while transporting concrete to the work site. Placement height cannot exceed 2 m. Concrete must take the final form two hour after supplying aggregate with cement and water; • Pouring concrete from height over 2 m is unacceptable, as well as it is prohibited to pour concrete using thick steel anchor, which may its intermix. Special care is required to protect concrete from any other mixture (e.g.: concrete mixing operation must be carried out under supervision of inspector, pouring is not allowed in dusty or windy weather); • Prior to pouring, wooden mold must be moistened with clean water; • Concrete must be poured in regular layers, thickness of which cannot exceed 600 mm (if requirements do not consider other measures); • Pause between finalization of the first layer and pouring of the second one cannot exceed 30 minutes, but by no means – 45 minutes; • Concrete testing is carried out according to standards; • Concrete pouring if temperature is lower than 20 °C, following safety measures must be considered: o Concrete temperature in pouring moment must be from 5 to 100C; o Concrete must be moistened with water for at least 24 hours until concrete gains strength of 5 n/mm2; o Every mold, reinforcement and other surface which will be in contact with concrete must be cleaned form snow, ice;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 42/ 384

o For protection from cold wind protection shields will be installed; freshly poured concrete will be surrounded by warming means or weathering mold panels in order to prevent freeze. Also, to prevent loss of warmth and penetration of water; o Mold and concrete temperatures must be the same. Pipes with warm water must be used for reinforced concrete in events of very low temperatures; o Concrete damaged from frost must be removed and new concrete must not poured over stiffened concrete having a low temperature as well as on upper surfaces of tiles and beams that must be first be covered with insulating material.

Vibration: • Complete stiffening of concrete is reached after ensuring of desired depth. For this purpose, every operation must be carried out diligently and with no fails – concrete pouring around wooden molds, installation of reinforcement and connection of layers using in-depth vibrators; • Vibrator goes deep into the concrete layer and ensures sealing of concrete. Concrete takes its final for 2 hours after supplying aggregate with cement and water; • Operators do not use vibrators with wooden mold or reinforcement, to avoid damage or leak. Vibrator attachment to reinforcement or other installed parts of the structures is prohibited; • Use of second vibration in order to correct or minimize gaps is not permitted. This may cause intermix or fluid leak into wooden mold. Depth vibrators must be removed slowly so that empty spots do not occur; • Number of vibrators and work method is established by supervisor for each pouring; • Spare vibrators and their transporters must be available on every work site so that in case of emergency shutdown additional parts of the vibrator could work without interruption. One auxiliary vibrator will be available for every three vibrators.

Stiffening: • Concrete stiffening is in line with standards. Inspector observed the process daily and immediately registers any defect; • After completion of the process, wooden mold and surface must be covered with wet sackcloth and plastic cover to prevent water evaporation; • Water should cover whole concrete surface. Concrete must constantly be supplied with water.

Concrete repair and protection of its surface: • Supervisors and inspectors check concrete after removal of wooden molds. Defective concrete must be replaced, technical procedures for this activity will be submitted to the company representative for approval; • Concrete inspection with observance of relevant procedures is carried out after removal of wooden molds; • Gaps will be filled in by a relevant company, which shall submit work procedure description to the client first; • Surface below ground level must be painted with bitumen material and have a thickness of at least 1 mm, as considered by project requirements. In case of surfaces 150 and 500 mm above ground level or concrete surfaces within the main foundation, the surface must be coated with

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 43/ 384

primer of low tenacity and will be painted with two layers of light gray epoxy paint with thickness of 125 microns; or with modified polymer cement system with minimum thickness of 500 microns.

3.4.8 Occupational Safety

Organization of works on construction sites, work sites and areas must ensure personnel safety for every stage of the works.

General contractor with subcontractors must develop and approve safety technique and measures for industrial sanitation for every organization participating in construction. Arrangement of permanent and temporary roads, transmission lines, cranes, mechanisms, storing platforms and other temporary facilities must meet requirements of the norms.

Transport movement speed at work sites must not exceed 10 km/h at plain areas and 5 km/h on turns. Dangerous zones must be fenced and marked with warning plates and signs easily visible at night.

Trenches with slope angle over 200 must be equipped with at least 0,6 m wide ladders and with 1,0 m high railings. At night, apart from fencing, illuminating signs must be placed.

Vehicles and mechanisms with electric engines must be grounded. Excavators, cranes and other mechanisms cannot operate under transmission lines of any voltage. Implementation of installation works during 6 scale wind with speed of 9,9⎟12,4 m/sec is prohibited. Voltage in temporary transmission lines in mobile networks may not exceed 36 volts in dry and 12 volts in humid areas.

Safety requirement for particular works: • Transport works. Every vehicle must undergo technical inspection prior to works, especially the brakes. Body lifting mechanism must be checked on dumpers;

• Ground works. Machinery and vehicles cannot be used in zone of collapse prism. Systematic observation over sustainability of cave slopes must be established. In case of fault detection unstable mass must be demolished. Ground must be loaded on vehicles only from side or back board. Personnel must be equipped with protecting belt when working manually with pipeline trench; • Drilling works. During perforation drilling the workers must be equipped with protective goggles and respirators. • Concrete works. Concrete placing means – nets, bins, buckets, - must be provided with shutters to avoid accidental transfer of mixture. Concrete unloading height must not exceed 1,0 m. In case of surface of concrete works has inclination over 300, works must be carried out using safety belt. After 0,5 hour operation the vibrator must be switched off for cooling. Vibrators cannot be washed with water; • Installation works. Installation works, mainly pipeline arrangement, require special attention due to complexity of works. Installation works must be carried out by specialized installing company with a relevant experience of pipeline installation. The company must also develop a project on implementation of installation works.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 44/ 384

3.4.9 Recultivation Works

Recultivation works include demobilization of temporary structures and equipment – machinery used during the construction, restoration of areas damaged during the construction, removal of contaminated soil for further remediation, removal of construction waste, etc. Recultivation of power house area also includes planting of local plant species around the area. After completion of the construction works, recultivation works will be implemented in accordance with the requirements of technical regulation on "Topsoil removal, storage, use and reclamation" approved by the decree N424 of the Government of Georgia on December 31, 2013. In particular: All categories of damaged and degraded soils are subject to reclamation. So are the surrounding land plots, which have partially or completely lost productivity due to the negative impact of damaged or disturbed soils. Reclamation of degraded soil is carried out in order to recover its use for agricultural, forestry, construction, recreational, environmental, sanitary and other purposes. Operator company should ensure integrity of soil cover and its fertility nearly to its original condition for which it is necessary to: in case of contamination source of pollution should be eliminated and contaminated area should be recultivated as soon as possible in order to recover integrity of soil cover; protect the surrounding area from damage and degradation.

Under this technical regulation, reclamation works should be conducted according to the reclamation project. Reclamation project for construction sites will be developed after the construction contractor is identified (once a variety of technical issues are specified).

3.5 Water Supply and Sewage System

3.5.1 Construction Phase

During construction period of the HPP cascade water will be required for the manufacture of concrete, as well as for drinking-agricultural, firefighting purposes and for watering construction site during dry weather. Water for concrete production will be extracted from Lakhami River using pump. Water reservoir will be arranged on the territory, which will be filled up periodically. Volume of water required for the operation of concrete unit depends on the volume of produced product and volume of water required for the production of 1 m3 concrete mixture. Water flow required for the production of 1 m3 concrete mixture is 0.13 t, while production capacity of concrete unit will be up to 30 m3/h. based on the above mentioned, water flow required for the production of concrete will be: 30 * 0.13 = 3,9 m3/h,

Concrete unit will operate about 180 days a year. Therefore, water consumption during the construction phase will be:

3,9 * 8 * 180 = 5616 m 3/a (construction phase –11 232 m 3)

Water for drinking-agricultural purposes will be extracted from local springs (small tributaries of the riv. Lakhami). The project area is rich in natural spring waters. It should be noted that local villages use the water from the valley for drinking purposes. Considering the small volume of water required during the

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 45/ 384

construction works, shortage of drinking water is less expected. However, prior to the construction works, capacity and chemical composition of springs selected for water supply will be determined. Relevant information will be submitted to the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia. Reservoir will be arranged within the construction camps in order to create water storage. Volume of water consumed for agricultural purposes depends on number of staff and water spent on one employee. The number of employees will be about 80 people per work day. According to the construction norms and rules "Water Supply and Drainage of Buildings" – СНиП 2.04.01-85, water consumption per man during 8 hours is 45 l. 80 × 45 = 3600 l/day, or 3,6 m 3day;3,6 × 250 = 900 m 3/a (construction phase - 1 800 m 3)

During the construction phase water consumption for firefighting and personnel training purposes, as well as for watering roads and construction sites during dry weather will be approximately 5000-6000 m 3. Only agricultural-fecal wastewater and storm waters will be generated during the construction phase. Industrial wastewater will not be generated (water for concrete production will be fully utilized in the technological process). Sewage pits of about 12 m3 capacity will be arranged within the construction camps in order to collect industrial-fecal waters. Bio toilets may also be installed. Sewage pits will be periodically cleaned by special vehicles. Industrial-fecal wastewater will be discharged into sewage collector of Zugdidi in accordance with preliminary agreed technical conditions. During the construction phase drainage channels will be arranged throughout the perimeter of all potentially polluting area (e.g. open storage of inert materials, spoil grounds, etc.) for draining storm waters. Therefore, contamination of construction sites with suspended particles of storm waters is not expected. It is noteworthy, that construction of tunnels and other underground structures is not considered.

3.5.2 Operation Phase

During the operation phase water will be consumed for drinking-agricultural and firefighting purposes. Local spring waters will be used. One shower will be arranged during the operation phase for each HPP. Water consumption for one shower is 500 l per day. Based on the number of people employed during the operation phase (15 people on each HPP, 30 people in total), the volume of water consumed for drinking-agricultural purposes will be: 30 x 45 + 1000 = 2350 l/day (2,35m 3/day858m 3/a); Basin designated for fire protection system will be arranged on the territory of both HPPs. It will be periodically filled up by Lakhami River water. The volume of water used at one time is 20-30 m3. Considering that the basin will be filled up 7-8 times during the year, approximate volume of water consumed for firefighting purpose will be 240 m3/a. The amount of household and sanitary wastewater is determined by amount of used potable and household water with 5% loss and amounts to:

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 46/ 384

858 x 0,95 = 815 m3/a.

Sewage pits will be arranged within the territory of the power houses in order to collect industrial-fecal waters, which will be periodically cleaned by special vehicles. Industrial-fecal wastewater will be discharged into sewage collector of Zugdidi or Mestia in accordance with preliminary agreed technical conditions.

3.6 Power Supply

During the construction phase camps will be supplied via 10 kV, 8 km long transmission line from the village Lakhami. Arrangement of mobile power stations (diesel generators) is considered as an alternative. During the operation phase, electricity generated by the HPP cascade will be used for internal consumption; for this purpose transformers of internal use will be installed in the power houses.

3.7 Expected Waste

Types and volumes of waste have been determined based on specificity and scale of construction works, practices of ongoing similar projects and current norms. Annex 1 provides management plan for waste generated on construction and operation phases of the Lakhami HPP cascade.

3.7.1 Waste Expected on Construction Phase

First of all, quantity-wise attention should be paid to ground waste generated during the excavation works, excluding volume of soil used for construction purposes. Total volume of excavated ground within the territory of the upper step (Lakhami 1 HPP) will be 50 000 m3, and of the lower step - 70 000 m3;in total about 120 000 m3.Waste rock generated during the construction works will be used for pipeline refilling works, road uplifting and other works. Removed waste rock may not be enough and in this case, waste rock will be imported from other licensed quarries existing in the region. Despite the above mentioned, selected waste rock storage area should be agreed with local authorities. Waste generated during the construction phase is:

• Waste of removed vegetation cover; • Polyethylene waste (packaging and sealing materials) - 130-150 kg; • Ferrous and non-ferrous scrap - 5-7 t; • Household waste ≈60 m3; • Hazardous waste, including: o Paint residues and paint packages - 150-180 kg; o Out-of-date and damaged batteries - 10-12 units; o Oil filters of construction machinery and vehicles- 20-25 units; o Oil waste (liquid) - 200-220 kg; o Polluted rags and other cleaning products - 30-40kg;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 47/ 384

o Used rubber tires - 20-30 units; o Welding electrodes - 150-180 kg; o Luminescent lamps - 30-40 units; o Laser cartridges – 40-50 units; o Soil/ground pollution with petroleum hydrocarbons due to accidental oil spills – volume depends on spill scale.

3.7.2 Waste Expected on Operation Phase

Following wastes will be generated during the operation phase of the HPP cascades:

• Household waste - 22 m3/year; • Polyethylene waste - 40-50kg/year; • Plant and wood waste generated during the removal of vegetation cover - 10-12 m3/year; • Waste of turbine and transformer oils - 1000-1200 kg/year; • Out-of-date and damaged batteries - 5-10 units/year; • Oil filters of construction machinery and vehicles - 10-15units/year; • Used rubber tires - 10-15 units/year; • Welding electrodes -40-50 kg/year; • Luminescent lamps - 15-20 units/year; • Laser cartridges – 20-30 units/year; • Polluted rags and other cleaning products - 60-70 kg/year; • Soil/ground pollution with petroleum hydrocarbons due to accidental oil spills – volume depends on spill scale.

4 Environmental Baseline Conditions

4.1 General Review

From physical-geographical point of view project is planned to be implemented on the eastern side hill of Kodori ridge located on southern slope of West , within the boundaries of Zemo Svaneti depression.

Administratively the project area belongs to Mestia municipality (Chuberi community), which is included in Samegrelo-Zemo Svaneti region. The region is bordered: by the Russian Federation from the North; by Racha-Lechkhumi, Kvemo Svaneti and Imereti regions from East; by Guria region from South; by the and Abkhazian Autonomous Republic from West.

Mestia Municipality is determined by following administrative-territorial units of Georgia: Lentekhi – from the East; Tsalenjikha and Chkhorotsku municipalities – from the South; Abkhazia – from the West. From the North it is bordered by the Russian Federation (see Figure 4.1.2.).The area of the Municipality

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 48/ 384

is 304 450 ha, out of which 94 000 ha is covered by agricultural lands, which is 31% of the total area.

About 46%Project of the area area is covered by forest. Project area

Scheme 4.1.1.Physical map of Georgia

Scheme 4.1.2.Administrative-territorial division of Samegrelo-Zemo Svaneti Region

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 49/ 384

4.2 Description of Physical-Geographical Environment

4.2.1 Climate and Meteorological Conditions

From the sea level up till 2000 m above Svaneti is characterized with humid climate, cold and long winters, and short, warm and sometimes hot summers. In the highest points of Zemo Svaneti humid and nival climate is predominant. Permanent glaciers are present in high mountains.

Temperature. Average annual temperature of West Georgia decreases together with elevation and varies from 6 to 10°C in lowland mountainous parts; as for the high mountainous areas, the range is 2- 4°C. Precipitation. According to Lakhami weather station annual precipitation amounts to about 1267 mm and is characterized with tendency of equal distribution through the years with a particularly heavy rain during months of autumn and summer. Average annual precipitation increases with elevation. Rain intensity increases with elevation and reaches 2800 mm at the peaks, and over 3,200 mm on the highest points of Caucasus range. Snow cover. Duration of existence of stable snow cover in lowlands is 10-20 days, while in mountainous - 100-150 days. Stable snow cover forms on 500-600 m a.s.l. Alpine conditions can be found from approximately 2100 m. Mountains above 3000 m are covered with snow throughout the year (USAID, 2006). In some areas snow cover is 4-6 m thick. According to observations carried out in Lakhami village, snow cover on the project area is present from November 27 to March 20. Average number of days with snow cover is 88. Snow cover is present in Mestia for about 134 days and the period lasts from November 7 till April 7. Average annual height of snow cover in Lakhami village (the largest in winters)is 590 mm, and in Mestia – 670 mm. Wind. Orography influences wind regime of West Georgia. Wind circulation from the Black Sea to plains is observed. Average wind speed in forested valleys is over 2-3 m/sec. the most frequent and strong winds are typical for passes in mountains and high mountain regions, where average annual wind speed is 5.5-9.0 m/sec. Solar radiation. Average annual duration of solar radiation for the most parts of Georgia is 1900-200 h. In mountainous areas where cloudiness is observed this rate varies between 1500 and 1300 h. Due to elevation climate of Nenskra valley is rather severe and is characterized by high amplitude of the temperature and abundance of precipitation. Height of snow cover reaches 4,5-5 m. Persistent snow cover is formed in the middle of November and remains till mid-April that is during 150 days on average. Average annual amount of precipitation per year is 2000-2400 mm, while days with precipitation per year are about 160-180. Average annual temperature in Nenskra valley is 80C.

According on seasons, average air temperatures vary as follows: average January temperature is -100C, April - +100C, July - +180C and +120C in October. Average annual absolute minimum in January is -300C; average annual absolute maximum in August exceeds +380C. Meteorological conditions typical for the project area is provided in tables and diagrams below (source: construction rules and norms “Construction Climatology”[PN 01.05-08]).

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 50/ 384

4.2.1.1 Ambient Air Temperature ( 0C)

Name of Abs. Abs. Aver. weather I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII min. max. annual station annual annual

Mestia -6,0 -4,6 -0,5 5,2 11,0 14,0 16,4 16,3 12,0 7,1 1,6 4,1 5,7 -35 36

Khaishi -0,1 1,0 5,0 10,3 15,4 18,3 20,8 21,0 16,9 11,4 5,8 1,3 10,6 -22 41

მესტია ხაიში

20.8 21

18.3

15.4

11.4 10.3 16.4 16.3 10.6 14 11 7.1 5.8 1.3 5.7 5 5.2 4.1 1.6 -0.5 I II III IV V VI VII VIII X XI XII !"#. -4.6 1 -6 -0.1 $%.

- Period with average monthly Average temperature at 13 temperature <80C pm.

Name of

weather For the For the Average station Period Duration in days coldest hottest Day Period Day temperature hottest month hottest month month Average of the Coldest Coldest the of Average Average maximum of the the of maximum Average Average of the Coldest 5 Coldest the of Average Average of the Coldest Day Coldest the of Average

Mestia 24,8 -15 -20 -6,0 201 -0,7 -2,3 23,4

Khaishi 27,7 -9 -12 0,2 151 2,5 1,0 26,4

4.2.1.2 Relative Humidity (%)

Name of weather I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Average station

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 51/ 384

Mestia 80 78 74 72 68 70 70 71 76 78 79 80 75

Khaishi 81 79 74 70 71 73 74 74 78 81 80 82 76

&'!()" *")#)

81 79 81 80 82 74 78 76 70 71 73 74

80 78 76 78 79 80 75 74 72 68 70 70

I II III IV V VI VII IX X XI XII !"#. $%.

Average daily amplitude of relative Name of Average relative humidity at 13 pm humidity weather The hottest The hottest station The coldest month The coldest month month month Mestia 65 44 23 45 Khaishi 74 55 10 28

4.2.1.3 Precipitation, mm

Name of weather The maximum daily Precipitation per year, mm station precipitation, mm Mestia 965 103 Khaishi 1421 127

4.2.1.4 Snow Cover

Name of Weight of the snow Number of days with Water content in snow weather station cover, kPa snow cover cover, mm Mestia 1,45 130 157 Khaishi 1,20 62 100

4.2.1.5 Wind Characteristics

Name of weather Wind greatest speed once in 1,5,10,15,20 year, m/s station 1 5 10 15 20 Mestia 14 17 19 20 20

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 52/ 384

Khaishi 13 17 19 20 21

Name of weather The largest and smallest average wind speed, m/s station January July Mestia 1,4/0,2 2,0/0,8 Khaishi 2,7/0,4 3,4/1,2

Name of Wind direction and calm repeatability (%) per year weather N NE E SE S SW W NW Calm station Mestia 30 16 5 3 8 28 5 5 60 Khaishi 3 11 54 1 0 2 23 6 52

Mestia Khaishi

+ + 30 60 25 50 +, +" +, +" 20 40 15 30 10 20 5 10 , 0 " , 0 "

!, !" !, !"

! !

4.2.1.6 Normative Depth of Seasonal Freezing of Soils, cm

Name of Coarse and medium Clayey and lean Fine and dust- Coarse weather station grained gravelly clay like sand fragmental sand Mestia 90 108 111 135 Khaishi 7 8 9 10

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 53/ 384

4.2.2 Geological Environment

4.2.2.1 Geomorphology

Injury River catchment basin totally covers Zemo Svaneti cavity. The mentioned cavity is surrounded by main watershed ridge of Caucasus from the North; by Samegrelo (Egrisi) and Svaneti ridges from the South; by eastern section of Kodori ridge, Moguashirkha branch-ridge – from the West.

Within the areas of village Idliani, in connection line of Likhni-Skormeti mountains and North slopes of Samegrelo ridge the river Inguri cutting valley is developed, which represents extreme West boundary of Zemo Svaneti cavity. From the East Zemo Svaneti cavity is blocked by Atkveri mountainous web located at extension of glaciers coming down from Shkhara (5,068m) and Namkvami (4,282m) mountain peaks. In lower part of Atkveri mountain web Atkveri (Zagari-Lastili) mountain pass (3,642m) is located. Maximal length of Zemo Svaneti cavity (along the river Inguri valley) is 100 km approximately, maximal width – 40-45km, maximal depth (from mountain ridge crests uplift around to the Inguri riverbed surface) – 2,500-3,500m.

For Zemo Svaneti cavity is characterized with high hypsometric contrast of relief. Among exogenous morphological complexes forms created by water-erosive, old glacial and selective denudation are mostly developed. Water erosion takes leading part in creation of Mesozoic and micro forms of relief. It is confirmed by the fact of widest distribution of erosive forms of relief within the mentioned cavity areas.

Old-glacial genesis relief is mainly represented on mountain slopes located on 2,200-2,400 m a.s.l. (in some cases track of old-glacial valleys – troughs - is maintained on 1,200-1,800 m height a.s.l. as well). The river Inguri valley itself has got trough-like morphology from the origin, from Shkhara and Namkvami glacier tongues (2,500-2,600m a.s.l.) to height of 1,900 m. Lower, the valley is erosive, but its single sections are quite different from each other by morphologic peculiarities. Some areas of the valley are asymmetric. Some sections along the riverbed are narrow, deep and have steep downhills, some sections represent typical canyons. The river Inguri valley is characterized by wide-open areas as well, with erosive steps located at various elevations and terrace fragments.

Valleys of the right tributaries of the river Inguri are also characterized by erosive morphology at most parts of their distribution. The valleys located on South slopes of main watershed ridge of the Caucasus are separated from each other by intensively dismembered, steep branch-ridges of Shtavleri, Tsalgmili, Ushba, Gvaldi, Namkodari, Kareta and others; they are spread in meridian and sub-meridian directions from Caucasus watershed ridge crest line.

In Zemo Svaneti cavity old-glacial forms of relief – trough valleys, moraines and etc. are spread above 1,200-1,800m a.s.l. Old-glacial forms of relief are mainly typical for high belts of mountainous slopes and upper sections of river valleys. The mentioned forms of relief cover biggest areas in crest line of Caucasus watershed ridge and on South slope – in upper parts of valleys of the rivers Nenskra, Nakra, Dolra, Mestiachala, Adishichala, Khaldechala and Inguri itself. Among these forms trough valleys are spread in the lowest part (to 1,200 m) on bottom of which moraine formations are maintained at some places.

From the origin to 1800 m the valley of the riv. Lakhami is trough-like, but below till the confluence becomes V-shaped. Slopes having many tributaries and ravines synthesize with slopes of nearby ridges. The river has terraces from the village Zeda Lakhami till the confluence. Floodplain is only observed

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 54/ 384

downstream. The riverbed is moderately wavy and mostly has no branches. Flow width varies between 2-4 m to 10-12 m, depth from 0,4 to 0,9 m, and the speed from 2,5-3,0 m/sec to 1,2-1,4 m/sec.

Engineering constructions of the HPP cascade are located in the upper, middle and lower reaches of the riv. Lakhami (near the riv. Nenskra confluence). From geomorphological point of view the areas represent a part of floodplain terraces and adjacent slopes. The main constructions (headworks, power houses) will be located in relatively wide and plain areas.

The bottom of Lakhami River valley is narrow within the area selected for the arrangement of HPPs infrastructures. Its width in some sections is not more than the width of the riverbed. The River branches upstream from headworks and its tributaries flow through narrow, V- shaped cross-sectional and inclined ravines. Lakhami valley is bordered by Ormeleti ridge from the right side. The first crest height increases from 1640 m to 2500 m before joining the Kodori ridge crest. The second crest increases from 1900 m to 2800 m in the same direction. Lakhami valley slopes are mainly forested and in some sections they are steep and rocky.

4.2.2.2 General Geological Composition of the Region

Caucasus represents complex orogenic system which spreads from Apsheron to Taman peninsula for almost 1300km. It belongs to extreme Northern segment of the Mediterranean Sea which is surrounded by Scythian tiles from the North and by Transcaucasian intermountain massif – from the South. According to recent Terrain regionalization, it is observed in big Caucasus Terein areas, but by geodynamic position of formation it is applicable to geodynamic regime of active continental edge and isles’ arc.

In Caucasus orogenic system formation two big cycles are excreted: pre-Jurassic and Alpine. In literature pre-Jurassic deposits of Zemo Svaneti are known as its foundation (substrate). Crystal substrate is heterogenic formation by its content, stratigraphy, consolidation stage and geological development history. Here two structural-formation zones separated by strong tectonic faults are laterally distinguished: Main ridge and the South slope. The study region structurally belongs to both zones, which is the thickest and well-outcropped structural-formation unit in Zemo Svaneti. The mentioned deposits are horizontally removed and tectonically laminated by recent data. The similar tectonic lamination was discovered before too by E. Gamkrelidze. By the opinions of the authors Caucasus allochthonous plates were formed in various geodynamic conditions, but they were gathered later. They were moving on serpentinite grease and created vertical accretion structures.

Detailed study of crystal formations of Zemo Svaneti presented their place and role in orogenic system evolution process in a completely new way. It is a fact that they are creatures of convergent type; they were established in various structural-formation zones of folded system.

As for Alpine formations, they are represented by following geological deposits in Zemo Svaneti:

Jurassic Deposits - Lower Jurassic-Aalenian deposits transgressive cover older formations. They are distributed in all tectonic units of Georgia. Thickness of mentioned deposits exceeds 5000m in big Caucasus folded system and they are represented by black shales, sandstone turbidities, rhyolite (in lower part) and tholeiitic basalt (in upper part) lavas and their pyroclasts. In central part of folded system Bajocian stage is represented by greywacke-aluerolite flysch, clay shales and marls; at some places – by

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 55/ 384

thick (3,500m) volcanogenic formations containing marine fauna and calc-alkali basalt and andesite- basalt lavas and pyroclasts. Bathonian stage in fold system is represented by greywacke-aluerolite flysch and regressive terrigenous coalbearing deposits (65-200m) on Southern slope (in Gagra-Djava zone). At central and Eastern sections of Southern slope (Mestia-Tianeti zone) upper Jurassic deposits contently follow middle Jurassic slates and they are mostly represented by 1,100-1,500m thick clastic limestones and flysch. Formations given on other sites transgressively and discordantly cover older formations. In West and East parts of Gagra-Djava zone upper Jurassic marine facies is distributed. In lower part it is represented by sandstones and clays (120-200 m), but in upper part by reef limestones (400-900m). In these deposits rich marine fauna (ammonites, corals and etc.) is found. At South part and in belt of Georgia gypsum-containing laguna-continental/terrigenous (Kimmeridgian and Tithonian) deposits are distributed, but on smaller areas alkali basalts and pyroclasts are observed. Upper Jurassic shallow-water limestones and marls which alter with calc-alkali basalt-andesite-dacite volcanites outcrop at Western edge of massif and also in Lok-Karabakh zone. Cretaceous Deposits - Within Caucasus fold system (Mestia-Tianeti flysch zone) Lower Cretaceous deposits are developed by clastic limestones and greywacke aluerolite flysch (750-1,600m) which contently cover Upper Jurassic flysch. In Upper Cretaceous deposits of Mestia-Tianeti flysch zone greywacke aluerolites (in lower part) and clastic limestones (in upper part) and flysh (500-900m) dominate. General geological map of the study area is given in Figure 4.2.2.2.1.

Figure 4.2.2.2.1.

In terms of geology, the area is structured with intensely dislocated lower and Mid-Jurassic (J1-2)lias shales. Here a series of various sets of appressed folds of general Caucasian orientation is widely spread. The whole zone is slowly submerging in the south-east while rising in the northwest and being cut off

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 56/ 384

by Nakra transverse fault. The lias sediments are transgressively located on the crystal base between the Caucasus Mountain Range and carboniferous flysch located in the south and starts with conglomerates, quarzites, sandstones, graphitized shales, albitophyres and their tuffs, with horizon thickness 200-250 m. There is diabase, porphyrite and gabro-diorite stratified veins in them with 5-35 m thickness. There is a suite of dark gray shales concordantly located in this horizon with 1300-1500 meters thickness and dated by Toarcian and Aalenian age (J1-2t-a). Based on the data of the surveys performed and the geological literature, this suite covers the location area of all the facilities of the hydropower plant. Slates are often containing mica, sometimes containing dark gray, fine sandstone interburdens and bands, though such microlayers of sandstones between shales are found almost everywhere. In general, sandstone in the suite have subordinate role. Special feature of Jurassic shales is also nonconcordant alternation of slates and clay slates on some sites of the suite which in general is due to nonuniform metamorphization of the shale band. The shale suite in the depth of the mass is heavy-bedded, though in the surface zone, having been affected by weathering, desaturation and other exogenous factors, frequent sedimentogenous jointing and foliation occurs. Rock strength differs markedly transversely and lengthwise. In case of lateral (perpendicular to stratification) loading, shales show much greater strength. In the shale suite, micro-folds are frequent, though general orientation of bedding on the site of HPP facilities location is southward, with dip azimuth 130-1600 and incidence angle 45-750.

4.2.2.3 Engineering Geological Conditions

4.2.2.3.1 Engineering Geological Survey – I Phase

Preliminary engineering geological study of the project corridor was conducted by the engineering geological study department of “Akhali Saqqalakmshenproject” Ltd. The objective of the survey was to characterize locations of the engineering constructions and pressure pipeline corridor of the cascade and solving issues of their establishment.

It is noteworthy, that additional (detailed) engineering geological studies are currently being conducted which aim at detailed characterization of the deeper layers of construction corridor-forming engineer geological elements. As well as zoning of complex sections in terms of hazardous geodynamical processes and determination of the prevention measures. Study results shall be available shortly. This paragraph provides results of the preliminary study alone.

According to the ToR preliminary studies covered:

• Construction sites of the headworks to be located in the riv. Lakhami valley (upstream), namely on the right slope near the riv. Lakhami and Domba confluence and power house to be located in the middle reach; • Construction sites of the headworks to be located in the middle reach of the riv. Lakhami and the power house to be located in the lower reach of the river; • Penstock route has also been studied. 37 boreholes have been arranged in the sections listed above as well as along the tracks; depth of each borehole reached 2-5 m, totally amounting to 119,5 m. Locations and relevant cross-sections of the boreholes are provided within Annex 2.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 57/ 384

Following samples were taken during the works: coarse-grained ground, filling nomenclature and 3 samples of groundwater to determine aggressive properties against reinforced concrete structures. Short physical complex of the filler and water sample analysis was carried out in the geotechnical laboratory of the department.

5 engineer geological elements (EGE) have been identified as the result: • EGE 1 –pebble ground (layer 1); • EGE 2 - gravelites (layer 2); • Boulder ground (layer 3); • Grained material (layer 4); • Bedrock, quartz shales (layer 5). Basing on geological-lithological condition of the area all five EGEs can be used for establishment of the facilities.

Design-normative values of the physical-mechanical characteristics of all 5 EGEs are provided in the table below used to calculate foundations. Basis of these values are normative documents and reference literature.

Table 4.2.2.3.1.1.

Normative values № Ground characteristics EGE 1 EGE 2 EGE 3 EGE 4 EGE 5 1. Density, ρ გ/cm3 1,95 2,0 2,3 2,15 2,3 2. Specific tractionc kpa (kgf/cm2) 5 (0,05) 2(0,02) 1(0,01) 5(0,05) - 3. Internal friction angle, ϕ° 36 38 40 40 - 4. Deformation modulusE mpa (kgf/cm2) 45(450) 50(500) 60(600) 60(600) - 2 5. Conditional design impedance, R0 kpa (kgf/cm ) (450)45 (500)50 (600)60 (600)60 - 6. Strength limit for single-axis compression in 10000 2 - - - - water-saturated conditionRc kpa (kgf/cm ) (100) 7. Embed ratiok kgf/cm3 7,0 8,0 10,0 10,0 100,0 8. Poisson's ratio, μ 0,27 0,27 0,27 0,27 0,20

9. Friction ratio on concrete ground ƒn 0,50 0,55 0,55 0,55 0,75

10. Filtration ratiokfm/daily > 100 <0,001 Note: in case of discovery of individual blocks (d>1,0 m) they will need to be processed (loosening)

4.2.2.3.1.1 Construction Site of Lakhami 1 HPP Headworks

Total of 6 boreholes were arranged on the territory of the headworks (intake, settler) of the upper step of the HPP cascade, boreholes №1 and №2 on the left bank of the riv. Lakhami and boreholes №3,4,5,6.

Participants of geological composition are: quaternary alluvial (aQIV) delluvial genesis (dQIV) soils, which are surrounded by Jurassic (J1+J2) bedrock – quartz shale.

Alluvial deposits are presented by roughly processed boulder ground (0,5-0,8 m) with 10-5% sand- sandstone filling and individual boulders (layer 3). Delluvial soils are presented by rock-grained material with clayey filling (up to 10%) with individual boulders (layer 4).

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 58/ 384

Bedrock is represented by quartz shales (layer 5), apparent power of which is 0,8 m. Shale outcrops were observed on the left bank of the river as well (near the riv. Domba influent), in the riverbed, power of which (according to stock data) is several hundred meters.

Shale outcrops were observed on different sections of pipeline route, with lying elements: inclination azimuth – south-east 140-1500, tilt angle 50-550.

4.2.2.3.1.2 Penstock Corridor of Lakhami 1 HPP

Following the assignment two boreholes (№7 and №16) were arranged on the right bank of the riv. Lakhami along the penstock route and seven boreholes were arranged on the left bank - №8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14.

From the surface of the borehole №7 till 3 m depth mostly rock-grained material is observed with clayey filling up to 10%, with individual boulders (1,0-1,5 m). From surface till 3 m deep of the borehole №16 roughly processed boulder ground is observed with sand-sandstone filling of 10-15%, with individual boulders.

From surface of the boreholes №8, 9, 10, 11, 12 till the depth of 3 m rock-grained material is observed with clayey filling up to 10%, with individual boulders (1,0-1,5 m).

From surface of the borehole №13 till the depth of 2,5 m rock-grained material is observed, with clayey filling up to 10%, with individual boulders (1,0-1,5 m). From 2,5 m till 3 m bedrock is observed – quartz shales.

From surface of the borehole №14 till depth of 2,4 m rock-grained material is observed, with clayey filling up to 10%, with individual boulders (1,0-1,5 m). From 2,4 m till 3 m bedrock is observed – quartz shales.

Water flow is neither observed nor detected within the boreholes.

River intersection:

Following the assignment borehole №15 was arranged on the right and the left banks on the river crossing.

From surface till the depth of 2,2 m rock-grained material is observed with clayey filling up to 10%, with individual boulders (1,0-1,5 m). From 2,2 m till 3 m bedrock is observed – quartz shale.

Water flow is neither observed nor detected within the boreholes.

4.2.2.3.1.3 Lakhami 1 HPP Building and Lakhami 2 HPP Headworks

4 boreholes №17, 18, 19, and 20 were arranged on the right bank of Lakhami river, namely on the arrangement site of Lakhami 1 HPP building and Lakhami 2 HPP headworks; while two boreholes were arranged on the left bank - №21 and 22.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 59/ 384

From surface of the borehole №17 till the depth of 2,2 m cobble-stone ground is observed with sand- sandstone filling up to 10-15%. From 2,2 m till 4 m roughly processed boulder ground is observed with sand-sandstone filling up to 10-15%, with individual large boulders.

Groundwater level within the borehole is observed on 3,2 m mark.

From surface of the borehole №18 till the depth of 1,8 m cobble-stone ground is observed with sand- sandstone filling up to 10-15%. From 1,8 m till 3 m roughly processed boulder ground is observed with sand-sandstone filling up to 10-15%, with individual large boulders.

Groundwater level within the borehole is observed on 1,5 m mark.

From surface of the borehole №19 till the depth of 2,8 m cobble-stone ground is observed with sand- sandstone filling up to 10-15%. From 2,8 m till 4 m roughly processed boulder ground is observed with sand-sandstone filling up to 10-15%, with individual large boulders.

Groundwater level within the borehole is observed on 3,5 m mark.

From surface of the borehole №20 till the depth of 2,4 m cobble-stone ground is observed with sand- sandstone filling up to 10-15%. From 2,4 m till 4 m roughly processed boulder ground is observed with sand-sandstone filling up to 10-15%, with individual large boulders.

Groundwater level within the borehole is observed on 2 m mark.

From surface of the borehole №21 till the depth of 2 m rock-grained material is observed. From 2 m till 2,5 m bedrock is observed – quartz shale.

From surface of the borehole №22 till the depth of 2,8 m rock-grained material is observed. From 2,8 m till 3,5 m bedrock is observed – quartz shale.

4.2.2.3.1.4 Penstock Corridor of Lakhami 2 HP

Following the assignment six boreholes (№24, 25, 30, 31, 32, 33) were arranged on the right bank of the riv. Lakhami along the penstock route and four boreholes were arranged on the left bank - №26, 27, 28, 29.

From surface of the borehole №24 till the depth of 1,20 m pebble ground is observed with sandstone filling up to 20-25%. From 1,20 m till 3 m roughly processed boulder ground is observed with sand- sandstone filling up to 10-15%, with individual large boulders.

From surface of the borehole №25 till the depth of 1,80 m pebble ground is observed with sandstone filling up to 20-25%. From 1,80 m till 2,5 m roughly processed boulder ground is observed with sand- sandstone filling up to 10-15%, with individual large boulders.

From surface of the borehole №30 till the depth of 1,50 m rock-grained material is observed with clayey filling up to 10%, with individual boulders (1,0-1,5 m). From 1,50 m till 2 m roughly processed boulder ground is observed with sand-sandstone filling up to 10-15%, with individual large boulders.

From surface of the boreholes №31, 32, 33 till the depth of 3 m rock-grained material is observed with clayey filling up to 10%, with individual boulders (1,0-1,5 m).

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 60/ 384

From surface of the borehole №26 till the depth of 1,8 m rock-grained material is observed with clayey filling up to 10%, with individual boulders (1,0-1,5 m). From 1,8 m till 2,5 m bedrock is observed – quartz shale.

From surface of the borehole №27 till the depth of 2,30 m rock-grained material is observed with clayey filling up to 10%, with individual boulders (1,0-1,5 m). From 2,30 m till 3 m bedrock is observed – quartz shale.

From surface of the boreholes №28 and 29 till the depth of 2,10 m rock-grained material is observed with clayey filling up to 10%, with individual boulders (1,0-1,5 m). From 2,10 m till 2,50 m bedrock is observed – quartz shale.

Water flow is neither observed nor detected within the boreholes.

River intersection:

Following the assignment borehole №23 was arranged on the right and the left banks on the river crossing. From surface till the depth of 1,5 m pebble ground is observed with sandstone filling up to 20- 25%.

From 1,50 m till 3 m roughly processed boulder ground is observed with sand-sandstone filling of 10- 15%, with individual boulders.

Water flow is neither observed nor detected within the boreholes.

4.2.2.3.1.5 Lakhami 2 HPP Building

Following the assignment on the territory of the HPP, namely the left bank of the river Lakhami, engineering geological survey has been conducted. 4 boreholes were arranged - №34, 35, 36 and 37.

From surface of the borehole №34 till the depth of 1,1 m pebble ground is observed with sandstone filling up to 20-25%. From 1,1 m till 5 m cobble-stone ground is observed with sand-sandstone filling up to 10-15%.

From surface of the borehole №35 till the depth of 0,9 m pebble ground is observed with sandstone filling up to 20-25%. From 0,9 m till 4,5 m cobble-stone ground is observed with sand-sandstone filling up to 10-15%.

From surface of the borehole №36 till the depth of 4,20 m rock-grained material is observed with clayey filling up to 10%, with individual boulders (1,0-1,5 m). From 4,20 m till 7 m cobble-stone ground is observed with sand-sandstone filling up to 10%.

Water flow is neither observed nor detected within the boreholes.

From surface of the borehole №37 till the depth of 1,2 m pebble ground is observed with sandstone filling up to 20-25%. From 1,2 m till 5 m cobble-stone ground is observed with sand-sandstone filling up to 10-15%.

Groundwater level within the borehole is observed on 4 m mark.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 61/ 384

4.2.2.3.1.6 Conclusions

• Given the geological and morphological factors and due to the fact that no unfavorable physical- geological processes are observed, regardless of small-scale slides and avalanches presented in some sections of the pipeline route (their liquidation is possible during construction) – engineering geological conditions are satisfactory. According to mandatory annex 10 of the Construction Norms and Rules 1.02.07-87, basing on complexity of the engineering geological conditions the studied areas belong to II category (medium complexity); • 5 engineering geological elements (EGEs) are observed in the soils of the researched areas; • Basing on geological and lithological condition, soils of all 5 EGEs can be used as a foundation of a building. Any type of foundation can be used (belt, separate, massive). Note: since machinery of dynamic load will be placed in generator room designing must be carried out with consideration of requirements and recommendations of Construction Norms and Rules 2.02.05-87 (foundations of machinery with dynamic load); • On generator room arrangement area water pumping works will need to be carried out in order to arrange foundation below groundwater (while processing caves). About 0,02 l/sec of water is expected for each square meter of caves; • According to chemical analysis of groundwater, it does not represent an aggressive environment to any type of cement; • According to PN 01.01_09 (“seismic resistant construction”) the study areas belong to 9-point seismicity zone. According to table 1 of the same normative document, soils presented on the territory belong to II category. 9 points shall be taken as calculation seismicity; • Maximum permissible inclinations of caves or ditches for soils distributed on the territory to be obtained basing on requirements of Construction Norms and Rules 3.11; 3.12; 3.15 and chapter 9 of III-4-80; • According to complexity of processing, basing on table I-I of the Construction Norms and Rules IV– 2-82, soils belong to: o Pebble ground (layer 1) – group II while processing with mechanical shovels, group III while processing with bulldozers and manually, with average density 1950 kg/m3 (range №6b); o Cobble ground (layer 2) – group IV for all three types (mechanical shovels, bulldozers and manually) with average density 2000 kg/m3 (range №6c); o Boulder ground (layer 3) and rock-grained material (layer 4) – group V while processing with mechanical shovels, group IV while processing with bulldozer, with average density 2300 kg/m3 (range №6d). For manual processing (loosening) of individual boulders – group VII (combine range №6e); o Bedrock, quartz shales (layer 5) – group VII for manual processing, with average density 2300 kg/m3 (range №31c). • Characteristics of engineering-geological elements within project corridor, as well as distribution depths and horizons, as well as notable areas in terms of hazardous-geodynamical processes have been identified on the bases of additional (detailed)engineering-geological surveys, which is provided in the next Paragraph.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 62/ 384

4.2.2.3.2 Phase II of the Engineering-Geological Survey (Detailed Study)

4.2.2.3.2.1 Introduction

Geotechnical surveys for Lakhami HPP project were conducted in accordance with the agreement made between “Geoengineering Ltd” and LLC “Austrian Georgian Development”.

A complex of field works and in-office studies was performed within the period from July 17 through September 18. Types and scopes of the executed works are given in Table 4.2.2.3.2.1.1.

Table 4.2.2.3.2.1.1 Types and volumes of the works executed

№ Name Measure Quanti unit ty 1 Field works 1.1 Mobilization and demobilization of personnel and equipment Fixed 1 1.2 Engineering survey, scale 1:1000 Fixed 1 1.3 Trial pit excavation, sampling and logging (with depth from 1 trial pit 47 2.0 to 4.0 m) 1.4 Vertical electrical sounding (VES) 1 VES 15 1.5 Vertical drilling (minimum diameter 93 mm) under complex 1 meter 198.5 geological conditions 1.6 Engineering geological logging 1 meter 198.5 1.7 Standard Penetration Test (SPT) 1 test 40 2 Laboratory works: 2.1 Soil testing (soft grounds) 2.1.1 Moisture content 1 test 38 2.1.2 Atterberg limits 1 test 20 2.1.3 Particle size analysis (sieve test) 1 test 20 2.1.4 Particle size analysis (hydrometer test) 1 test 20 2.1.5 Specific weight 1 test 20 2.1.6 pH 1 test 8 2.1.7 Water-soluble chlorides content 1 test 8 2.1.8 Water-soluble sulphates content 1 test 8 2.2 Rock material testing 2.2.1 Density 1 test 30 2.2.2 Point load test 1 test 30 2.2.3 Petrographic analysis 1 test 16 2.3 Chemical analysis of water 2.3.1 pH 1 test 17 2.3.2 Sulphates content 1 test 17 2.3.3 Chlorides content 1 test 17 3 Office works Technical report preparation, printing 1 Georgian and 1 3.1 English copy (including electronic version on a CD) Fixed 1

For investigation of the facilities of Lakhami HPP both steps, 12 boreholes, 44 trial pits and 15 electric soundings were made. Lithologs of the boreholes and trial-pits are given in Annex-1. Soils electric sounding results are given in Annex-2, while their complete list, elevations and depths are given in Table 4.2.2.3.2.1.2.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 63/ 384

Table 4.2.2.3.2.1.2.Boreholes, Trial Pits and Vertical electric sounding (VES)

Coordinates

Sequenti Borehole/trial pit/VES Depth al X Y Z № № Boreholes 1 BH-UI-1 263644 4767571 1382.75 15.0 2 BH-UI-2 263655 4767572 1381.71 15.0 3 BH-UI-3 263645 4767580 1383.28 15.0 4 BH-UI-4 263650 4767565 1381.9 15.0 5 BH-UI-5 263670 4767547 1381 15.0 6 BH-UI-6 263655 4767588 1381.2 15.0 7 BH-02 265599 4766748 1188.16 22.0 8 BH-UP-01 266903 4665844 1043.5 20.0 9 BH-UP-03 266912 4765816 1043.85 21.5 10 BH-LI-03 266943 4765848 1042.7 15.0 11 BH-06 267222 4765534 1014.03 15.0 12 BH-LP-02 270461 4763792 705.7 15.0 Trial pits 1 P-01 263635 4767581 1385 2.3 2 P-02 263654 4767572 1381.71 2.1 3 P-03 263660 4767551 1383 1.5 4 P-05 263797 4767465 1384 1.6 5 P-06 263862 4767414 1377.45 2.4 6 P-07 264023 4767296 1351.5 3.1 7 P-08 264073 4767289 1338 3.1 8 P-09 264405 4767235 1300.45 2.8 9 P-10 264590 4767161 1281 1.8 10 P-11 264864 4767043 1244.8 2.0 11 P-12 265273 4766935 1216.6 2.5 12 P-13 265474 4766841 1206 3.0 13 P-14 265850 4766524 1169.5 2.5 14 P-15 266175 4766254 1114.3 1.5 15 P-16 266189 4766222 1111 2 16 P-17 266307 4766166 1109 2.5 17 P-18 266477 4766004 1085 1.6 18 P-19 266804 4765864 1054.7 2 19 P-20 266889 4765836 1045.45 2.5 20 P-21 266917 4765829 1044.2 2.3 21 P-22 267174 4765750 1051.5 3 22 P-23 267078 4765768 1044.18 2.6 23 P-25 267423 4765516 995.5 2 24 P-26 267466 4765458 996.5 2.2 25 P-27 267550 4765306 972.56 1.6 26 P-28 267626 4765154 959 1.8 27 P-29 267698 4765047 943 1.5 28 P-30 267698 4765011 940.5 1.6 29 P-31 267818 4764878 928.6 2 30 P-32 267879 4764834 929.65 2.1

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 64/ 384

31 P-33 268370 4764522 878.1 1.7 32 P-34 268885 4764375 835.3 2 33 P-35 269106 4764266 816.2 2.3 34 P-36 269143 4764256 815 1.7 35 P-37 269304 4764224 805.8 1.4 36 P-38 269403 4764206 796.25 1.6 37 P-39 269600 4764171 784 1.8 38 P-40 269773 4764204 768.8 1.8 39 P-42 270116 4764129 743.5 2.2 40 P-43 270306 4764031 733 1.8 41 P-44 270413 4763914 714.5 1.5 42 P-45 270418 4763891 712.3 1.5 43 P-46 270466 4763802 705.4 1.7 44 P-47 270481 4763772 703.2 1.7 Vertical Electric Sounding (VES) 1 VES-1 265599 4766748 1188.16 50 2 VES-2 266912 4765816 1043.85 50 3 VES-3 267139 4765587 1024.9 50 4 VES-4 268457 4764517 871.5 50 5 VES-5 268469 4764516 871.1 50 6 VES-6 268481 4764517 871.84 50 7 VES-7 268557 4764503 862.95 50 8 VES-8 268568 4764497 861.9 50 9 VES-9 268579 4764492 861.25 50 10 VES-10 268650 4764465 857.55 50 11 VES-11 268629 4764457 857.3 50 12 VES-12 268638 4764450 857.35 50 13 VES-13 270453 4763807 707.8 50 14 VES-14 270461 4763792 705.7 50 15 VES-15 270469 4763777 704.5 50

4.2.2.3.2.2 Lakhami HPP 1

4.2.2.3.2.2.1 Soils On the area of Lakhami HPP Upper Step facilities location, engineering survey was performed with scale 1:1000. Engineering Geological Map prepared based on the survey data is given in Annex 3.

For geotechnical investigation of soils, on the location sites of the HPP’s upper step individual facilities 9 boreholes were drilled and 19 trial pits were dug. Locations of the boreholes and trial pits are given on the Engineering Geological Map.

Based on the field studies and laboratory analyses of the soil samples taken from the boreholes, in the lithological structure of the construction site, 6 varieties or strata of different composition and state have been distinguished. Description and in-depth distribution by borehole and by trial pit is given in Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.1.1.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 65/ 384

Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.1.1.Strata description and in-depth distribution by borehole and by trial pit

Stratum in-depth distribution, m.

stratum thickness, m. Stratum description BH- BH- BH- BH- BH- BH- Stratum Stratum UI-01 UI-02 UI-03 UI-04 UI-05 UI-06 Sandy, gravely, slightly silty, rounded 1 COBBLES and rounded BOULDERS. Rounded and subrounded, represented by magmatic and 0.0-1.8 0.0-2.8 0.0-3.5 0.0-2.6 0.0-1.2 0.0-2.0 sediment rock material (Alluvial, aQIV). 1.8 2.8 3.5 2.6 1.2 2.0 5 Moderately weathered, weak, brownish-gray, medium bedded SLATES and CLAY SLATES with thinly bedded and laminated fine sandstones and aleurolites interlayers and 2.6-3.9 benches (Lower Jurassic. Toarcian and 1.3 Aalenian Stages,J1t-a). 6 Slightly weathered, moderately strong, dark gray, medium bedded SLATES and CLAY SLATES with thinly bedded and laminated fine sandstones and aleurolites interlayers and 1.8-15.0 2.8-15.0 3.5-15.0 3.9-15.0 1.2-15.0 2.0-15.0 benches (Lower Jurassic. Toarcian and >13.2 >12.2 >11.5 >11.1 >13.8 >13.0 Aalenian Stages,-J1t-a).

Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.1.1. (Continued) Strata description and in-depth distribution by borehole and by trial pit

Stratum in-depth distribution, m. stratum thickness, m. Description of stratum BH- UP- BH- UP-

Stratum Stratum BH-02 01 03 Sandy, gravely, slightly silty, rounded COBBLES and 1 rounded BOULDERS. Rounded and sub-rounded, 0.0-12.0 0.0-8.0 0.0-21.5 represented by magmatic and sedimented rock material 12.0 8.0 21.5 (Alluvial, aQIV)

Slightly sandy, silty-clayey, angular COBBLES, angular 2 GRAVEL, rounded COBBLES, with some angular and rounded boulders. Sub angular and sub-rounded, 12.0-22.0 9.0-14.0 represented by magmatic and sedimented rock material >10.0 5.0 (Alluvial/proluvial, apQIV)

Very stiff, slightly sandy, very clayey SILT. 8.0-9.0 3 (Alluvial/proluvial, - apQIV) 1.0

Stratum in-depth distribution, m. stratum thickness, m. Description of stratum BH- UP- BH- UP-

Stratum Stratum BH-02 01 03 5 Moderately weathered, weak, brownish-gray, medium

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 66/ 384

bedded SLATES and CLAY SLATES with thinly bedded and 14.0-16.4 laminated fine sandstones and aleurolites interlayers and 2.4 benches (Lower Jurassic. Toarcian and Aalenian Stages, J1t- a)

6 Slightly weathered, moderately strong, dark gray, medium bedded SLATES and CLAY SLATES with thinly bedded and laminated fine sandstones and aleurolites interlayers and 16.4-20.0 benches (Lower Jurassic. Toarcian and Aalenian Stages,J1t-a) >3.6

Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.1.1.(Continued) Strata description and in-depth distribution by borehole and by trial pit

Stratum in-depth distribution, m.

stratum thickness, m. Stratum description Stratum Stratum P-01 P-02 P-03 P-05 Sandy, gravely, slightly silty, rounded COBBLES and rounded 1 BOULDERS. Rounded and sub-rounded, represented by 0.0-2.3 0.0-2.0 0.0-1.4 magmatic and sedimented rock material (Alluvial,aQIV) 2.3 2.0 1.4

Slightly sandy, silty-clayey, angular COBBLES, angular 2 GRAVEL, rounded COBBLES, with some angular and rounded boulders. Sub-angular and sub-rounded, represented 0.0-1.5 by magmatic and sedimented rock material >1.5 (Alluvial/proluvial,apQIV)

Slightly weathered, moderately strong, dark gray, medium bedded SLATES and CLAY SLATES with thinly bedded and laminated fine sandstones and aleurolites interlayers and 2.0-2.1 1.4-1.5 1.5-1.6 6 benches (Lower Jurassic. Toarcian and Aalenian Stages,J1t-a) >0.1 >0.1 >0.1

Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.1.1. (Continued) Strata description and in-depth distribution by borehole and by trial pit

Stratum in-depth distribution, m.

stratum thickness, m. Stratum description Stratum Stratum P-06 P-07 P-08 P-09 P-10 P-11 P-12 Sandy, gravely, slightly silty, rounded 1 COBBLES and rounded BOULDERS. Rounded and sub-rounded, represented 0.0-1.8 by magmatic and sedimented rock 1.8 material (Alluvial,aQIV) Slightly sandy, silty-clayey, angular

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 67/ 384

2 COBBLES, angular GRAVEL, rounded COBBLES, with some angular and rounded boulders. 0.0-2.4 0.0-3.1 0.0-3.1 0.0-2.8 0.0-2.0 0.0-2.5 Sub angular 2.4 3.1 3.1 2.8 2.0 2.5 and sub-rounded, represented by magmatic and sedimented rock material (Alluvial/ proluvial, apQIV)

Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.1.1.(Continued) Strata description and in-depth distribution by borehole and by trial pit

Stratum in-depth distribution, m. stratum thickness, m. Stratum description

Stratum # Stratum P-13 P-14 P-15 P-16 P-17 P-18 P-19 P-20 Sandy, gravely, slightly silty, 1 rounded COBBLES and rounded BOULDERS. Rounded and subrounded, represented by 0.0-1.5 0.0-2.0 0.0-2.5 magmatic and sedimented rock 1.5 2.0 2.5 material (Alluvial,aQIV) Slightly sandy, silty-clayey, 2 angular COBBLES, angular GRAVEL, rounded COBBLES, with some angular and rounded boulders. Sub angular and sub- 0.0-3.0 0.0-2.5 0.0-2.5 0.0-1.6 0.0-2.0 rounded, represented by 3.0 2.5 2.5 1.6 2.0 magmatic and sedimented rock material (Alluvial/proluvial,apQIV)

Detailed description of each stratum based on field and laboratory investigation is given below.

STRATUM 1 – Sandy, gravely, slightly silty, rounded COBBLES and rounded BOULDERS; Rounded and sub-rounded. The stratum is an Upper Quaternary alluvial sediment (aQIV). The alluvium is represented by magmatic and sedimented rock material, distributed within the r. Lakhami valley bottom, flood plain and above-flood plain terraces. Description of the stratum is based on laboratory testing results for the samples taken from different boreholes and trial pits. Particle-size distribution of soils and physical properties of filler have been investigated. Investigation results are given in Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.1.2.

Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.1.2.Stratum-1 Particle-size distribution and physical properties of filler

Fraction content, % Plasticity

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 68/ 384

%

mm

W

% mm 2,0 2,0

l s

I

ρ mm , W , № 63,0 63,0

- 63,0 mm

of filler filler of

Soil p I

200 -

mm 200 - description % % p L <0,063 <0,063 W W

Sequential Liquidity index Liquidity № 0,0.063 0,0.063

Moisture content Moisture - 2.0 Moisture content Moisture Mineral parts density parts Mineral

Borehole m range, depth Sampling roundedboulders, 200 cobbles, Rounded gravel, Rounded Sand clay and Dust limit, Upper limit, Lower number, Plasticity BH-UI-1 1 0.4-1.8 34.1 38.3 14.7 9.0 3.9 2.5 4.0 31.2 24.5 6.7 - 2.69 Sandy, 3.06 2 BH-UI-2 1.0-2.5 30.1 40.5 14.6 8.6 6.2 2.4 6.0 31.3 17.2 14.1 -0.79 2.71 gravely, slightly silty 3 BH-UI-3 1.0-2.0 32.2 33.2 15.8 12.6 6.2 1.5 3.2 33.2 19.6 13.6 - 2.71 rounded 4 BH-UI-4 0.5-2.0 36.4 29.1 16.8 12.0 5.7 4.5 14.0 36.6 23.2 13.4 1.21- 2.70 cobbles and BH-UP-03 0.69 5 2.0-3.0 17.8 45.6 20.6 7.2 8.8 1.0 1.6 29.3 15.3 14.0 - 2.71 boulders 6 BH-UP-03 13.0- 25.3 33.5 24.6 8.4 8.2 2.5 15.0 27.7 14.4 13.3 0.980.05 2.71 Average14.0 29.3 36.6 17.9 9.7 6.5 12.5 - 2.71 1.11

Notes: 1) Over 200 mm size fractions content in soil mass was assessed on the site, by in-situ visual method 2) Plasticity limits and consistency index have been determined for the filler of very coarse fractions.

Based on particle-size distribution given in Table 3.2, content of average rounded cobbles in Stratum-1 is 36.6%, rounded boulders 29.3%, rounded gravel 17.9%, while sand content is 9.7% of the soil mass. According to these data, STRATUM-1 is sandy, gravely, slightly silty rounded cobbles and rounded boulders. Only 6.5% of the overall mass of the said fractions accounts for filler. The filler is a sandy/clayey soil of hard consistency, as its plasticity number is Ip=12.5, and liquidity index IL= -1.11.

The size of boulders in the stratum is up to 700 mm, while in individual cases their size is 1.5-2meters and more.

Based on fractions content, according to the normative document 2.02.01-83, values for STRATUM-1 shear properties are as follows: - Cohesion c = 1 kPa; - Internal friction angle f= 430.

In accordance with particle-size distribution and shear properties, standard value for the stratum deformation modulus is E= 50 MPa, while modulus of elasticity is Eel = 400MPa.

Design resistance R0= 500kPa (5kgf/cm2);

Average value for STRATUM-1 density (bulk density -ρ) can be accepted 2.2.g/cm3.

In STRATUM-1, Standard Penetration Tests were performed. B+C=N value according to all tests is over 50 in most cases at the test start, i.e. within A interval.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 69/ 384

Based on the permeability test conducted on the site of the HPP Upper Step facilities, filtration coefficient of STRATUM-1 Kf = 94.3 m/24hrs.

STRATUM-2 – Slightly sandy, silty-clayey, angular COBBLES, angular GRAVEL, rounded COBBLES, with some angular and rounded boulders. Stratum-2 alluvial/proluvial soil (apQIV). It is represented in the r. Lakhami valley bottom part, along the slopes bottom part and is located partly on the above- described alluvial soils and partly on the basic rocks structuring the slopes. The stratum reaches its maximum thickness at the r. Lakhami, on the sites of its tributaries entries where proluvial sediments brought out of these gullies with time are accumulated as debris cones. The debris cones contain vast amount of coarse rock material which is partly angular and partly roughly rounded. Compared to alluvial soils of STRATUM-1, STRATUM-2 coarse mass contains more silt and clay (see Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.1.3.)

Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.1.3. Stratum-2 Particle-size distribution and physical properties of filler

Fraction content, % Plasticity %

l

I

, W

of filler filler of -

p

- 63,0 I № -

% % s p L % ρ , parts parts W W W

№ 0,0.063 mm 0,0.063 Sequential

- Soil

Liquidity index Liquidity density

Mineral Mineral descrip

Moisture content Moisture Moisture content Moisture tion Borehole depth Sampling range,m 200 , boulders Rounded mm 200 cobbles Rounded mm 63,0 200 gravel Rounded 2.0 Sand mm <0,063 clay and Silt limit, Upper limit, Lower number, Plasticity mm 2,0 Slightly BH-UP-1 sandy, 7 11.0-12.0 12.3 46.2 14.5 8.0 19 9.0 20.0 27.3 18.2 9.1 0.20 2.70 silty-clayey, angular 13 BH-02 13.0-14.0 28.0 19.7 23.7 10.5 18.1 2.5 15.0 27.7 14.4 13.3 0.05 2.71 COBBLES, angular GRAVEL, 1 P-7 1.0-1.5 24.6 31.6 30.5 6.8 6.5 2.7 5.4 38.6 21.8 16.8 -1.14 2.71 rounded COBBLES, with 2 P-9 1.5-2.0 21.4 30.5 35.0 5 8.1 2.0 4.5 35.9 23.3 12.6 -1.69 2.71 some angular and

Average 21.6 32.0 25.9 7.6 12.9 12.95 -0.645 2.71 rounded boulders

Note: Over 200 mm size fractions content in soil mass was assessed on the site, by in-situ visual method

Based on particle-size distribution, content of rounded cobbles in Stratum-2 is 32.0%, rounded boulders 21.6%, rounded gravel 25.9%; sand makes up 7.6% of the soil mass, while silt and clay is about 13%. Based on the said data, STRATUM-2 is slightly sandy, silty/clayey, angular cobbles, angular gravel, rounded gravel, rounded cobbles, containing angular and rounded boulders. The filler is clayey soil of hard consistency, as its plasticity number is Ip=12.95, and liquidity index IL= -0.55.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 70/ 384

The size of boulders in the stratum is up to 700 mm, while in individual cases their size is 1.5-2 meters and more.

Based on fractions content, according to the normative document 2.02.01-83, values for STRATUM-2 shear properties are as follows:

- Cohesion c = 2 kPa; - Internal friction angle f = 400.

In accordance with particle-size distribution and shear properties, standard value for the stratum deformation modulus is E= 40 Mpa, while modulus of elasticity is Eel= 350MPa.

Design resistance R0= 450kPa (4.5kgf/cm2);

Average value for STRATUM-2 density (bulk density -ρ) can be accepted 2.1.g/cm3.

In STRATUM-2, Standard Penetration Tests were performed. B+C=N value according to all tests is over 50 in most cases at the test start, i.e. within A interval.

Specified value for STRATUM-2 filtration coefficient (Kf) is 50-60 m/24 hrs, based on its grading. STRATUM-3 – Very stiff, slightly sandy, very clayey SILT. Stratum-3 is also alluvial/proluvial soil (apQIV). It has not been registered by engineering surveys anywhere on the surface of the area, and only revealed within 8.0-9.0 m depth range of borehole #BH-UP-01. Therefore, this stratum of silty/clayey soil has small distribution by area and in depth. STRATUM-3 has been investigated using a sample from the said borehole. Stratum particle-size distribution and physical properties have been studied. Investigation results are given in Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.1.4.

Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.1.4. Stratum-3 Particle-size distribution and physical properties

s mm mm

Fraction content, % Plasticity , ρ

l

I

0,002 0,002

- , % Wp% № WL% - 63,0

-

W 0,0.063 № Ip -

Soil Description mm Borehole Borehole depth Sampling range,m 200 Gravel 2.0 Sand 0,063 % Dust <0,002 % Clay moisture, level, Upper level, Lower Plasticity number, index Liquidity density parts Mineral mm 2,0 Slightly sandy, very stiff 6 BH-UP-1 8.1-8.2 - 9.0 55.8 35.2 21.4 29.6 22.3 7.3 -0.12 2.70 clayey silt

Based on the data in Table 3.4, STRATUM-3 is very stiff, slightly sandy, very clayey silt, as content of silty fractions in it makes up 55%, while clayey fraction is in subordinate amount and makes up 35%. Stratum plasticity number Ip=7.3, while liquidity index is IL=-0.12.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 71/ 384

According to the said data, based on construction norms and regulations 2.02.01-83, STRATUM-3 mechanical properties values are as follows: - Cohesion c = 15kPa; - Internal friction angle f= 270; - Deformation modulus E= 16 MPa; - Elasticity modulus Eel = 60MPa - Design resistance (Construction Norms and Regulations 2.02.01-83, Annex-3) R0= 250kPa (2.5kgf/cm2);

The value for STRATUM-3 density (bulk density-ρ) can be accepted 1.85g/cm3.

STRATUM-4 – Slightly sandy, silty/clayey, sometimes very silty/clayey angular gravel and angular cobbles, with some angular boulders, angular and sub-angular. STRATUM-4 is colluvial/deluvial soil (cdQIV) having formed as a result of slope denudation processes, represented in the r. Lakhami valley bottom part, in the slope bases and are located partly on the above-described basic rocks. According to the morphological structure of the area, STRATUM-4 thickness is greater directly in the contact zone of the flood plain and the slopes, and is smaller on the slopes. Coarse colluvial angular gravel/cobbles mass in it contains silty/clayey filler in greater amount and large boulders in smaller amount compared to the above-described strata (STRATUM-1 and STRATUM-2).

STRATUM-4 has not revealed in the boreholes and trial pits and has not been studied using sampled. Its above description is based on in-situ visual examination. Taking into account stratum composition and state, its physical/mechanical parameters values can be accepted as follows:

- Density ρ =1.95 g/cm3; - Cohesion c =5 kPa; - Internal friction angle ϕ =320; - Deformation modulus E= 30 MPa; - Elasticity modulus Eel = 230MPa; - Design resistance (Construction Norms and Regulations 2.02.01-83, Annex-3) R0= 400kPa (4.0kgf/cm2).

Specified value for STRATUM-4 filtration coefficient (Kf) is presumably 20-30 m/24 hrs.

4.2.2.3.2.2.2 Rocks As mentioned above in the description of the areas geological structure, within the HPP facilities location, rocks are represented by Lower Jurassic (Toarcian/Aalenian- J1t-a) slates and clay slates. Within the salty rocks suite, thinly bedded and laminated fine sandstones and siltstones are observed. According to geological literature, sometimes the suite should contain heavier bedded sandstone benches, though such benches have not been revealed by either surveying, or visual examination or boreholes. Therefore, it should be assumed that all over the Lakhami HPP facilities location, basic rocks are represented by shales. The shales are characterized by different- degree metamorphism. More metamorphosed part has transferred into slates, though they are not strictly delineated from each other by their properties.

Basic rock outcrops have been registered on the surveyed area by engineering survey and are graphically shown on Engineering Geological Map (see Annex 3).

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 72/ 384

In geotechnical terms, basic rocks fall under two groups. The surface zone of the massive is in moderately weathered state where rocks have relatively low strength and are rather jointed, while after this zone, in the depth, rocks are slightly weathered, less jointed and has more strength.

STRATUM-5 - Moderately weathered, brownish-gray, medium bedded SLATES and CLAY SLATES with thinly bedded and laminated fine sandstones and aleurolites interlayers and benches. STRATUM-5 has revealed in three boreholes and its thickness varies from 0.4 to 2.4 m. Testing results for the sample from borehole BH-UP-1 are given in Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.2.1.

Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.2.1. Stratum-5 physical/mechanical properties

Uniaxial Compressive Borehole Depth, m Strength Density Moisture, Soil name № δuc, MPA ρg/cm3 W% BH-UP-1 15.4-15.6 4.09 2.38 3 Weak clay slate

Based on the data in the table, STRATUM-5, or the upper, moderately weak part of the stratum, is a weak rock as its strength value is 4.09 MPa.

Based on the strength value for Stratum-5, specified value for its deformation modulus E=2000 MPa, while specified value for deformation modulus Edef=5000 MPa.

STRATUM-6 - Slightly weathered, dark gray, medium bedded SLATES and CLAY SLATES with, thinly bedded and laminated fine sandstones and aleurolites interlayers and benches.

The stratum has also revealed in a certain part of survey boreholes and has been studied on the samples from the same holes. Testing results are given in Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.2.2.

Table 4.2.2.3.2.2.2.2. Stratum-6 physical/mechanical properties

r

3

% MPA № , W g/cm uc Soil name Depth, m Depth, Average, Average, Borehole Borehole d moisture, Density, Density,

BH-UI-1 6.4-6.7 17.95 2.62 1.1 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-1 14.5-14.7 44.47 2.66 0.90 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-2 3.5-3.7 29.07 2.66 1.80 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-2 8.6-8.9 17.59 2.64 1.60 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-3 4.8-5.0 36.56 2.63 1.80 Moderately strong clay slate

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 73/ 384

BH-UI-3 13.2-13.5 26.06 2.64 1.80 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-3 14.8-15.0 19.50 2.61 0.50 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-4 3.0-3.2 36.45 2.68 1.70 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-4 9.2-9.4 47.54 2.84 0.9 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-5 2.0-2.2 48.64 2.65 0.4 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-5 6.2-6.4 31.18 2.44 1.9 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-5 10.4-10.6 19.47 2.51 2.1 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-5 13.4-13.6 19.08 2.65 0.6 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-6 2.8-3.0 16.32 2.59 1.4 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-6 5.7-5.9 40.46 2.63 2 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-6 8.8-9.0 24.42 2.64 1.3 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-6 12.8-13.0 29.58 2.65 1.2 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UI-6 14.4-14.6 32.02 2.67 8.3 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UP-1 18.5-18.6 18.36 2.62 1.8 Moderately strong clay slate

BH-UP-1 19.4-19.6 41.81 2.62 1.1 Moderately strong clay slate

OC-1(1) Surface 6.83 2.42 2.2 Moderately strong clay slate

OC-1(2) Surface 28.60 2.44 2.3 Moderately strong clay slate

OC-2(2) Surface 104.31 2.57 0.8 Very strong sandstone

OC-3(1) Surface 42.57 2.49 1.4 Moderately strong clay slate

OC-3(2) Surface 107.07 2.59 1.1 Very strong sandstone

Moderately strong sandstone with thin OC-4(1) Surface 36.314 2.53 1.1 interlayers of shales Average 30.61 2.6 Moderately strong clay slate value Note: Average value calculations do not include sandstone data

Based on the data in the table, STRATUM-6 is a lower, slightly weathered part of the rock mass, according to both, individual tests results and according to their average values, is a moderately strong rock, as its strength values are within the range from 12.5 MPa to 50 MPa, with 1 exception (6.8 MPa) and except rare sandstone interlayers (104 and 107 MPa).

Based on the strength value for Stratum-5, specified value for its deformation modulus E=3000 MPa, while specified value for deformation modulus Edef=7000 MPa.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 74/ 384

4.2.2.3.2.3 Lakhami HPP 2

4.2.2.3.2.3.1 Soils On the area of Lakhami HPP Lower Step facilities location, engineering survey was performed with scale 1:1000. Engineering Geologiacl Map prepared based on the survey data is given in Annex 3.

For geotechnical investigation of soils, on the location sites of the HPP’s individual facilities 2 boreholes were drilled (BH-6, BH-LP-2) and 25 trial pits were dug. Apart from this, the boreholes drilled on the location of the HPP Powerhouse and Lower Step water Intake are common due to their location on one and the same construction site; therefore, the data on boreholes BHUP- 1, BH-UP-3 and BH-LI-3are also included in the description of the lower step geotechnical conditions.

Based on the field studies and laboratory analyses of the soil samples taken from the boreholes, in the lithological structure of the construction site, 6 varieties or strata of different composition and state have been distinguished. Their description and in-depth distribution by borehole and by trial pit is also given in Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.1.1.

Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.1.1. Strata description and in-depth distribution by borehole and by trial pit

Stratum in-depth distribution, m. Stratum description stratum thickness, m. BH- UP- BH- BH- LI- BH-06 BH- LP- 01 UP-03 03 02 Stratum # Stratum Sandy, gravely, slightly silty, rounded COBBLES and rounded BOULDERS. Rounded and sub 0.0-8.0 0.0-21.5 0.0-4.6 0.0-8.0 0.0-15.0 1 rounded, represented by magmatic and sedimented 8.0 21.5 4.6 8.0 15.0 rock material (Alluvial, aQIV) Slightly sandy, silty-clayey, angular COBBLES, angular GRAVEL, rounded COBBLES, with some angular and rounded boulders. Sub-angular and sub-rounded, represented by magmatic and 9.0-14.0 2 sedimented rock material (Alluvial/ proluvial, 5.0 apQIV) Very stiff, slightly sandy, very clayey SILT. 8.0-9.0 3 (Alluvial/proluvial, apQIV) 1.0 Moderately weathered, weak, brownish-gray, medium bedded SLATES and CLAY SLATES with thinly bedded and laminated fine sandstones and 14.0-16.4 4.6-5.0 8.0-8.7 5 aleurolites interlayers and benches (Lower Jurassic. Toarcian and Aalenian Stages, -J1t-a) 2.4 0.4 0.7

Slightly weathered, moderately strong, dark gray, medium bedded SLATES and CLAY SLATES with thinly bedded and laminated fine sandstones and

aleurolites interlayers and benches (Lower Jurassic. 16.4-20.0 5.0-15.0 8.7-15.0 6 Toarcian and Aalenian Stages, J1t-a) >3.6 >10.0 6.3

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 75/ 384

Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.1.1. (Continued) Strata description and in-depth distribution by borehole and by trial pit

Stratum in-depth distribution, m. Stratum description stratum thickness, m. P-21 P-22 P-23 P-25 P-26 P-27 Stratum # Stratum Sandy, gravely, slightly silty, rounded 1 COBBLES and rounded BOULDERS. Rounded and sub-rounded, represented by 0.0-2.3 0.0-1.6 magmatic and sedimented rock material 2.3 1.6 (Alluvial, aQIV) Slightly sandy, silty-clayey, angular 2 COBBLES, angular GRAVEL, rounded COBBLES, with some angular and rounded boulders. Sub-angular and sub-rounded, 0.0-3.0 0.0-2.6 0.0-2.0 0.0-2.2 represented by magmatic and sedimented 3.0 2.6 2.0 2.2 rock material (Alluvial/proluvial, apQIV)

Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.1.1. (Continued) Strata description and in-depth distribution by borehole and by trial pit

Stratum in-depth distribution, m. Stratum description stratum thickness, m. P-28 P-29 P-30 P-31 P-32 P-33 Stratum # Stratum Sandy, gravely, slightly silty, rounded 1 COBBLES and rounded BOULDERS. Rounded and sub-rounded, represented by 0.0-1.5 0.0-1.6 0.0-2.0 magmatic and sedimented rock material 1.5 1.6 2.0 (Alluvial, aQIV)

Slightly sandy, silty-clayey, angular 2 COBBLES, angular GRAVEL, rounded COBBLES, with some angular and rounded boulders. Sub-angular and sub- 0.0-1.8 0.0-2.1 0.0-1.7 rounded, represented by magmatic and 1.8 2.1 1.7 sedimented rock material

(Alluvial/proluvial, apQIV)

Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.1.1. (Continued) Strata description and in-depth distribution by borehole and by trial pit

Stratum in-depth distribution, m. Stratum description stratum thickness, m. P-34 P-35 P-36 P-37 P-38 P-39 P-40 Stratum # Stratum Sandy, gravely, slightly silty, rounded 1 COBBLES and rounded BOULDERS.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 76/ 384

Rounded and sub-rounded, represented by magmatic and sedimented rock material (Alluvial, aQIV) Slightly sandy, silty-clayey, angular 2 COBBLES, angular GRAVEL, rounded COBBLES, with some angular and rounded boulders. Sub-angular and sub-rounded, 0.0-2.0 0.0-2.3 0.0-1.7 0.0-1.4 0.0-1.6 0.0-1.8 0.0-1.8 represented by magmatic and sedimented 2.0 2.3 1.7 1.4 1.6 1.8 1.8 rock material (Alluvial/proluvial, apQIV)

Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.1.1. (Continued) Strata description and in-depth distribution by borehole and by trial pit

Stratum in-depth distribution, m. Stratum description stratum thickness, m.

Stratum # Stratum P-42 P-43 P-44 P-45 P-46 P-47 Sandy, gravely, slightly silty, rounded COBBLES 1 and rounded BOULDERS. Rounded and sub 0.0-2.2 0.0-1.5 0.0-1.5 0.0-1.7 0.0-1.7 rounded, represented by magmatic and sedimented 2.2 1.5 1.5 1.7 1.7 rock material (Alluvial, aQIV)

Slightly sandy, silty-clayey, angular COBBLES, 2 angular GRAVEL, rounded COBBLES, with some angular and rounded boulders. Sub-angular and sub- 0.0-1.8 rounded, represented by magmatic and sedimented 1.8 rock material (Alluvial/ proluvial, apQIV)

Detailed description of each stratum based on field and laboratory investigation is given below.

STRATUM-1 – Sandy, gravely, slightly silty, COBBLES and BOULDERS. Rounded and subrounded. The stratum is an Upper Quaternary alluvial sediment (aQIV). The alluvium is represented by magmatic and sedimented rock material, distributed within the r. Lakhami valley bottom, flood plain and above- flood plain terraces. Description of the stratum is based on laboratory testing results for the samples taken from different boreholes and trial pits. Particle-size distribution of soils and physical properties of filler have been investigated. Investigation results are given in Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.1.2.

Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.1.2. Stratum-1 Particle-size distribution and physical properties of filler

% %

l № Fraction content, % Plasticity Sequ entia l Bore hole № Samp ling dept h rang m e, Mois ture Mois cont ture ent, cont W ent of filler W Liqui dity M inde i xI n e r a l p a r t s d e n s i t y , r s

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 77/ 384

2,0 2,0

63,0 63,0 -

- 63,0

- Ip

Wp% WL%

0,0.063 mm 0,0.063 - Soil description Rounded boulders 200 mm 200 boulders Rounded 200 cobbles Rounded mm 200 gravel Rounded mm 2.0 Sand mm <0,063 clay and Silt limit, Upper limit, Lower number, Plasticity 1 BH-UP-03 2.0-3.0 17.8 45.6 20.6 7.2 8.8 1.0 1.6 29.3 15.3 14.0 - 2.71 0.98

2 BH-UP-03 13.0- 25.3 33.5 24.6 8.4 8.2 2.5 15.0 27.7 14.4 13.3 0.05 2.71 Gravely, 14.0 sandy, slightly 3 BH-LP-02 4.0-5.0 25.7 12 32.1 19. 11.0 8.8 18.0 25.2 16.2 9.0 0.20 2.70 silty/clayey 2 rounded 4 BH-LP-02 9.0-10.0 26.0 15.6 33.9 15. 9.4 6.7 17.0 26.4 15.4 11.0 0.15 2.70 cobbles 1 and rounded 5 BH-LI-03 1.0-2.0 33.8 19.9 32.3 6 8.0 1.0 1.6 29.3 15.3 14.0 - 2.71 boulders 0.98 6 BH-06 4.5-5.0 23.3 40.8 20.1 9.3 6.5 2.4 13.3 38.4 24.4 14.0 - 2.71 0.79 7 P-29 1.0-1.5 23.7 40.1 27.9 5.9 2.4 1.1 1.4 38.1 22.5 15.6 - 2.70 1.37 8 P-31 1.5-2.0 29.2 38 26.3 3.8 2.7 2.2 5.4 39.2 23.3 15.9 - 2.71 1.13 9 P-46 0.5-1.0 14.0 17.4 35.1 21. 12.3 3.8 9.3 31.8 19.4 12.4 - 2.70 2 0.81 Average 24.3 29.2 28.7 10.6 7.2 13.2 - 2.70 4 0.63 Notes: 1) Over 200 mm size fractions content in soil mass was assessed on the site, by in-situ visual method 2) Plasticity limits and consistency index have been determined for the filler of very coarse fractions.

Based on particle-size distribution given in Table 3.8, content of average rounded cobbles in Stratum- 1 is 29.2%, rounded boulders 24.3%, rounded gravel 28.7%, while sand content is 10.6% of the soil mass. According to these data, STRATUM-1 is gravely, sandy, slightly silty clayey rounded cobbles and rounded boulders. Only 7.2% of the overall mass of the said fractions accounts for filler. The filler is a sandy/clayey soil of hard consistency, as its plasticity number is Ip=13.2, and liquidity index IL= -0.63.

The size of boulders in the stratum is up to 700 mm, while in individual cases their size is 1.5-2 meters and more.

Based on fractions content, according to the normative document 2.02.01-83, values for STRATUM-1 shear properties are as follows:

- Cohesion c = 1 kPa; - Internal friction angle f= 430.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 78/ 384

In accordance with particle-size distribution and shear properties, standard value for the stratum deformation modulus is E= 50 MPa, modulus of elasticity is Eel = 400MPa, while design resistance R0= 500kPa (5kgf/cm2);

Average value for STRATUM-1 density (bulk density -ρ) can be accepted 2.2.g/cm3. In STRATUM-1, Standard Penetration Tests were performed. B+C=N value according to all tests is over 50 in most cases at the test start, i. e. within A interval.

Based on the permeability test conducted on the site of the HPP Lower Step facilities, filtration coefficient of STRATUM-1 Kf = 87.5 m/24hrs.

STRATUM-2 – Slightly sandy, silty-clayey, angular COBBLES, angular GRAVEL, rounded COBBLES, with some angular and rounded boulders. Stratum-2 alluvial/proluvial soil (apQIV). It is represented in the r. Lakhami valley bottom part, along the slopes bottom part and is located partly on the above described alluvial soils and partly on the basic rocks structuring the slopes. The stratum reaches its maximum thickness at the r. Lakhami, on the sites of its tributaries entries where proluvial sediments brought out of these gullies with time are accumulated as debris cones. The debris cones contain vast amount of coarse rock material which is partly angular and partly roughly rounded. Compared to alluvial soils of STRATUM-1, STRATUM-2 coarse mass contains more silt and clay (see Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.1.3.)

Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.1.3. Stratum-2 Particle-size distribution and physical properties of filler

Fraction content, % Plasticity

%

2,0 mm 2,0

s 63,0 mm 63,0 r -

% - 63,0

- Ip

l

Wp% WL%

Soil № № 0,0.063 mm 0,0.063

- description

Sequential Sequential Borehole m range, depth Sampling mm 200 boulders Rounded 200 cobbles Rounded 200 gravel Rounded 2.0 Sand mm <0,063 clay and Silt W content, Moisture W filler of content Moisture limit, Upper limit, Lower number, Plasticity indexI Liquidity density, parts Mineral Slightly sandy, 7 BH-UP-1 11.0- 12.3 46.2 14.5 8.0 19 9.0 20.0 27.3 18.2 9.1 0.20 2.70 silty-clayey, 12.0 angular COBBLES,

angular GRAVEL, 13 BH-02 13.0- 28.0 19.7 23.7 10.5 18.1 2.5 15.0 27.7 14.4 13.3 0.05 2.71 rounded 14.0 COBBLES, with some angular and 1 P-7 1.0-1.5 24.6 31.6 30.5 6.8 6.5 2.7 5.4 38.6 21.8 16.8 -1.14 2.71 rounded boulders

2 P-9 1.5-2.0 21.4 30.5 35.0 5 8.1 2.0 4.5 35.9 23.3 12.6 -1.69 2.71

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 79/ 384

Average 21.6 32.0 25.9 7.6 12.9 12.9 -0.645 2.71 5 Note: Over 200 mm size fractions content in soil mass was assessed on the site, by in-situ visual method

Based on particle-size distribution given in Table 3.9, content of rounded cobbles in Stratum-2 is 32.0%, rounded boulders 21.6%, rounded gravel 25.9%; sand makes up 7.6% of the soil mass, while silt and clay is about 13%. Based on the said data, STRATUM-2 is slightly sandy, silty/clayey, angular cobbles, angular gravel, rounded gravel, rounded cobbles, containing angular and rounded boulders. The filler is clayey soil of hard consistency, as its plasticity number is Ip=12.95, and liquidity index IL= -0.645.

The size of boulders in the stratum is up to 700 mm, while in individual cases their size is 1.5-2 meters and more.

Based on fractions content, according to the normative document 2.02.01-83, values for STRATUM-2 shear properties are as follows:

- Cohesion c = 2 kPa; - Internal friction angle f= 400.

In accordance with particle-size distribution and shear properties, standard value for the stratum deformation modulus is E= 40 MPa, modulus of elasticity is Eel= 350MPa, while design resistance R0= 450kPa (4.5kgf/cm2);

Average value for STRATUM-2 density (bulk density-ρ) can be accepted 2.1.g/cm3. In STRATUM-2, Standard Penetration Tests were performed. B+C=N value according to all tests is over 50 in most cases at the test start, i. e. within A interval.

Specified value for STRATUM-2 filtration coefficient (Kf) is 50-60 m/24 hrs, based on its grading.

STRATUM-3 – Very stiff, slightly sandy, very clayey SILT. Stratum-3 is also alluvial/proluvial soil (apQIV). It has not been registered by engineering surveys anywhere on the surface of the area, and only revealed within 8.0-9.0 m depth range of borehole #BH-UP-01. Therefore, this stratum of silty/clayey soil has small distribution by area and in depth.

STRATUM-3 has been investigated using a sample from the said borehole. Stratum particle-size distribution and physical properties have been studied. Investigation results are given in Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.1.4.

Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.1.4. Stratum-3Particle-size distribution and physical properties

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 80/ 384

Fraction content, % Plasticity

s

r

Ip

2,0, mm 2,0,

l 0,002 mm 0,002 - , % Soil Wp% WL%

- 63,0 № - W 0,0.063, mm 0,0.063, № descrition -

Sequential Sequential Borehole m range, depth Sampling 200 Gravel 2.0 Sand 0,063 % Dust mm <0,002 % Clay Moisture, limit, Upper limit, Lower number, Plasticity indexI Liquidity density, parts Mineral Slightly sandy, very 6 BH-UP-1 8.1-8.2 - 9.0 55.8 35.2 21.4 29.6 22.3 7.3 -0.12 2.70 stiff clayey silt

Based on the data in Table 3.10, STRATUM-3 is very stiff, slightly sandy, very clayey silt, as content of silty fractions in it makes up 55%, while clayey fraction is in subordinate amount and makes up 35%. Stratum plasticity number Ip=7.3, while liquidity index is IL=-0.12.

According to the said data, based on construction norms and regulations 2.02.01-83, STRATUM- 3 mechanical properties values are as follows:

- Cohesion c = 15kPa; - Internal friction angle f = 270; - Deformation modulus E= 16 MPa; - Elasticity modulus Eel = 60MPa - Design resistance (Construction Norms and Regulations 2.02.01-83, Annex-3) R0= 250kPa (2.5kgf/cm2);

The value for STRATUM-3 density (bulk density-ρ) can be accepted 1.85g/cm3.

STRATUM-4 – Slightly sandy, silty/clayey, sometimes very silty/clayey angular gravel and angular cobbles, with some angular boulders, angular and sub-angular. STRATUM-4 is colluvial /deluvial soil (cdQIV) having formed as a result of slope denudation processes, represented in the r. Lakhami valley bottom part, in the slope bases and are located partly on the above-described basic rocks. According to the morphological structure of the area, STRATUM-4 thickness is greater directly in the contact zone of the flood plain and the slopes, and is smaller on the slopes. Coarse colluvial angular gravel/cobbles mass in it contains silty/clayey filler in greater amount and large boulders in smaller amount compared to the above-described strata (STRATUM-1 and STRATUM-2).

STRATUM-4 has not revealed in the boreholes and trial pits and has not been studied using sampled. Its above description is based on in-situ visual examination. Taking into account stratum composition and state, its physical/mechanical parameters values can be accepted as follows:

- Density ρ =1.95 g/cm3; - Cohesion c =5 kPa; - Internal friction angle ϕ =320;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 81/ 384

- Deformation modulus E= 30 MPa; - Elasticity modulus Eel = 230MPa - Design resistance (Construction Norms and Regulations 2.02.01-83, Annex-3)R0 = 400kPa (4.0kgf/cm2).

Specified value for STRATUM-4 filtration coefficient (Kf) is presumably 20-30 m/24 hrs.

4.2.2.3.2.3.2 Rocks As mentioned above in the description of the area’s geological structure, within the HPP facilities location, rocks are represented by Lower Jurassic (Toarcian/Aalenian- J1t-a) slates and clay slates. Within the slaty rocks suite, thinly bedded and laminated fine sandstones and siltstones are observed. According to geological literature, sometimes the suite should contain heavierbedded sandstone benches, though such benches have not been revealed by either surveying, or visual examination or boreholes. Therefore, it should be assumed that all over the Lakhami HPP facilities location, basic rocks are represented by shales. The shales are characterized by different- degree metamorphism. More metamorphized part has transferred into slates, though they are not strictly delineated from each other by their properties.

In geotechnical terms, basic rocks fall under two groups. The surface zone of the massive is in moderately weathered state where rocks have relatively low strength and are rather jointed, while after this zone, in the depth, rocks are slightly weathered, less jointed and have more strength. Below both zones of rocks are described individually, under conventional name ‘STRATUM’.

STRATUM 5 - Moderately weathered, brownish-gray, medium bedded SLATES and CLAY SLATES with thinly bedded and laminated fine sandstones and aleurolites interlayers and benches. STRATUM-5 has revealed in three boreholes and its thickness varies from 0.4 to 2.4 m. Testing results for the sample from borehole BH-UP-1 are given in Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.2.1.

Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.2.1. Stratum-5 physical/mechanical properties Average value of uniaxial compressive Borehole Depth, m Dencity, Moisture, Soil name strength № ρg/cm3 W% δuc,MPA BH-UP-1 15.4-15.6 4.09 2.38 3 Weak clay slate OC-6(1) Surface 4.27 2.43 0.7 Weak clay slate Average 4.18 2.41

Based on the data in the table, Stratum-5, or the upper, moderately weak part of the stratum, is a weak rock as its strength value is within 1.25-5.0 MPa.

Based on the strength value for Stratum-5, specified value for its deformation modulus E=2000 MPa, while specified value for deformation modulus Edef=5000 MPa.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 82/ 384

STRATUM 6 - Slightly weathered, dark gray, medium bedded SLATES and CLAY SLATES with, thinly bedded and laminated fine sandstones and aleurolites interlayers and benches. The stratum has also revealed in a certain part of survey boreholes and has been studied on the samples from the same holes. Testing results are given in Table 4.2.2.3.2.3.2.2.

r

3

% MPA № , W g/cm uc

Average, Average, Soil name Borehole Borehole d moisture, Depth, m Depth, Density, Density,

BH-UI-1 6.4-6.7 17.95 2.62 1.1 Moderately strong clay slate BH-UI-1 14.5-14.7 44.47 2.66 0.90 Moderately strong clay slate BH-UI-2 3.5-3.7 29.07 2.66 1.80 Moderately strong clay slate BH-UI-2 8.6-8.9 17.59 2.64 1.60 Moderately strong clay slate BH-UP-1 18.5-18.6 18.36 2.62 1.8 Moderately strong clay slate BH-UP-1 19.4-19.6 41.81 2.62 1.1 Moderately strong clay slate OC-4(1) Surface 36.31 2.53 1.1 Moderately strong sandstone with thin interlayers of shales OC-5(1) Surface 102.8 2.51 1.0 Very strong sandstone OC-6(4) Surface 26.63 2.52 1.3 Moderately strong clay slate Average 30.78 2.57 Moderately strong clay slate

Note: Avearge value calculations do not include the data for individual sandstone strata

Based on the data in the table, Stratum-6 is a lower, slightly weathered part of the rock mass, according to both, individual tests results and according to their average values, is a moderately strong rock, as its strength values are within the range from 12.5 MPa to 50 MPa, with the exception of sandstone interlayer (102.8 MPa).

Based on the strength value for Stratum-5, specified value for its deformation modulus E=3000 MPa, while specified value for deformation modulus Edef=7000 MPa.

4.2.2.3.2.4 Conclusions and Recommendations Developed for Stage II of Engineering- Geological Survey

1. Due to vast difference between the elevations of the river channel at the HPP Head Works and at the Generator House, there are favorable conditions for HPP construction here; 2. In terms of lithology, the construction area is represented by a suite of Lower Jurassic clay slates and slates over covered by mostly Quaternary loose/non-cohesive sediments within the project facilities location; 3. Within the Quaternary sediments complex, singled out and described are the following strata of different genesis: • STRATUM-1 - Sandy, gravely, slightly silty, rounded cobbles and rounded boulders (alluvial, aQIV); • STRATUM-2 – Slightly sandy, silty-clayey, angular cobbles, angular gravel, rounded cobbles, with some angular and rounded boulders (alluvial/proluvialapQIV); • STRATUM-3 – Very stiff, slightly sandy, very clayey silt (alluvial/proluvial apQIV); • STRATUM-4 – Slightly sandy, silty/clayey, sometimes very silty/clayey angular gravel and angular cobbles, with some angular boulders (colluvial/deluvial-cdQIV);

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 83/ 384

• STRATUM-5 - Moderately weathered, weak, medium-bedded slates and clay slates with, thinly bedded and laminated fine sandstones and aleurolites interlayers and benches (Lower Jurassic- J1-2t- a); • STRATUM-6 - Slightly weathered, moderately strong, medium bedded slates and clay slates with, thinly bedded and laminated fine sandstones and aleurolites interlayers and benches (Lower Jurassic- J1-2t-a). 4. Within the construction site, in terms of hydrogeology, saturated and water-abundant is that part of the flood-plain alluvial rounded cobbles deposits which is located hypsometrically lower than the river level. Its water abundance is due to hydraulic connection between the groundwater and the river, with high filtration coefficient value. Groundwater may occur above the river water level at certain places in construction pits where it might be fed by infiltration of some flows running down the slopes into coarse soils; 5. In geodynamic terms, during both, construction and operation periods, the HPP structures are mainly endangered by the erosion and mudflow phenomena ongoing on the r. Lakhami and its tributaries. On the segment pk20-pk24, landslide phenomena are also hazardous. Relatively less hazardous are stone falls and avalanches on the steep slopes; 6. According to chemical analyses, soils and groundwater do not show aggressiveness against any grade of concrete made on any cement.

4.2.2.4 Hydrogeological Conditions

According to Georgian hydrogeological regionalization scheme Lakhami HPP cascade impact area belongs to fracturing water-pressure system region of Svaneti, which is a part of folded zone water- pressure system region of South slope of the Caucasus main ridge.

Svaneti water-pressure system of fracturing waters unites Kodori, Samegrelo, Svaneti and Lechkhumi mountain ridges up to 3,500m a.s.l. The mentioned areal is mainly structured by Paleozoic and Mesozoic volcanogenic and terrigenous metamorphic rocks and clay shales. Their folds are complicated by longitudinal tectonic faults, accompanied by intensive spalling zones.

In active water change zones abundant water varies. Debit of springs connected to intensive fracturing and spalling zone of rocks reaches 5 l/sec, but debit of springs connected to deluvial-colluvial cover often exceeds 30 l/sec. In the mentioned region groundwater mineralization is low, approximately up to 0.4g/l. According to chemical content these waters are mostly of hydrocarbonate-calcium. Outlets of mineral waters with deep circulation are connected to tectonic faults and anticline arches. Low temperature (7- 120C) and changeability within wide boundaries of total mineralization (0.3-18g/l) are typical to them (Bavari, Muashi, Khojali and other mineral waters). Mineral waters are distinguished by large content of carbon dioxide (to 2.5g/l) and variety of chemical content.

Engineering geological studies show, that in certain parts groundwater stand levels are close to the ground surface.

On the location area of the complex of HPP facilities, groundwater, according to the type of circulation, is of two kinds – waters circulating in pores and waters circulating in cracks.

The first one, i.e. water circulating in pores is observed in the Quaternary alluvial, alluvial-proluvial and colluvial-deluvial soils over covering rock material on the area where the Headworks, Penstocks and

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 84/ 384

Powerhouse superstructures are situated. The other type, i.e. water circulating in cracks, is related to the rock mass and circulates within the joint systems of various genesis developed in these rocks.

Permeability of Quaternary formations is high while shaly rocks are practically impervious except for the zones where they are jointed. Their permeability is generally high along tectonic faults and adjacent zones, though such faults have not been found on the project area. Output of several sources registered along the valley bottom is small, which means that ground water circulation in the soils and rocks mass is not active and the surface zone of the mass does not contain a lot of water.

As long as the whole complex of Lakhami HPP will be mainly in contact with Quaternary soft grounds, these very sediments are of interest in terms of hydrogeology.

Among Quaternary sediments, most water-containing are alluvial rounded boulders/cobbles and gravelly formations of the valley bottom. These sediments are saturated and water-abundant below hypsometric levels of the rivers as pore waters in them are in direct hydraulic connection with the river. The thickness of colluvial and proluvial formations located on the area over flood-plain alluvial sediments is sometimes considerable, though they are less aqueous due to good conditions for quick drainage of the waters on the level of the rivers.

Thus, during construction of the HPP facilities groundwater will cause certain complications only then and in those places where excavation pits or trenches will be developed for them in deeper than the river level or approximately within the range of its elevations. This is confirmed by the boreholes and trial pits made in the zone of the facilities location. In the boreholes drilled on the head works, as well as along the penstocks and on the sites of HPP generator houses, ground water has been registered within depth range from 0.3 to 2.5 m. The difference between water table elevations at the collars of boreholes and in their neighborhood makes it clear that water level in the rivers has overwhelming influence on the water table within the valley bottom. Therefore, it is to be supposed that during vast and long floods, water table in the boreholes will rise to some degree with the rise of water level in the river.

Within the zone of the penstock, ground water only registered in 7 trial pits (№№1,18,25,27,30,31,45) out of the 44 that were dug to 1.5-2.3 m depth. Water table in all of them is in hydraulic connection with the level of the r. Lakhami or its tributaries.

According to the common pattern, groundwater phenomena in the shales structuring the slopes is connected with the zones of the rock mass exogenic fissures and faults which work as a collector in the mass depth. There are no rock outcrops directly in the locations of the HPP facilities and, therefore, crack groundwater existing in them will have practically no negative effect on construction.

4.2.2.5 Tectonics and Seismic Conditions

According to degree of technical liability territory of Georgia is divided into five major geotechnical units: I – anticline norium of the Caucasus main range, II – fold system of southern slope of the Caucasus, III – Georgia belts (Tusheti), IV – fold system of Ajdara-Trialeti and V – Artvi-Bolnisi (Armenia) belt (see figure 4.2.2.5.1.).

Catchment area of the riv. Lakhami is located in northern sub-zone of porphyritic Jura of the Gagra-Java zone located in the fold system of the Caucasus south slope. The sub-zone represented geosynclines

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 85/ 384

during upper Paleozoic, whole Mesozoic and lower Paleogene periods. Sedimentation of an enormous thickness is formed partially with volcanogenic formations. The whole system is intensely folded, directing towards south. Highly compressed isoclines or asymmetrical traction linear folds of general Caucasian direction are developed.

Scheme 4.2.2.5.1.

Lakhami HPP Cascade location territory is one of the most seismically active parts of Georgia. Map of historical earthquake epicenters marked in the Caucasus Earthquakes Catalogue of the Seismic Monitoring Centre is provided on scheme 4.2.2.5.2. (only medium and strong earthquakes M>=3 are mapped). The map shows that the mentioned territory incurred effect of strong earthquake several times. Earthquake of 1350 is especially significant; its magnitude is valued as M=7, but effect in epicenter – 9-10 scale (MSK scale). Such earthquake might have had an effect over 5-6 scale at the construction territory. However, as mentioned above, historical earthquake has been determined by very low accuracy (determination accuracy of epicenter is 50 km, of magnitude – 0.5, but of intensity – 1 scale).

Scheme 4.2.2.5.2.Map of Historical Earthquake Epicenters

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 86/ 384 Project area

Project area

Epicenter zone of earthquake in Racha in 1991 is to be noted. Earthquake of Racha was the largest scale seismic event on Georgian territory. Earthquake magnitude M-7.0, intensity in epicenter – 9 scale. Earthquake epicenter was in high mountainous villages of Racha and Imereti.

Earthquake of Racha is connected to active fault of Gagra-Djava. Results of measurements carried out show, that movement of Earth crest is quite intensive in this region, nearly 4-5mm per year. The central part of intermountain moves on this speed in respect to the Caucasus fold system. This recent data is coincident with geological and seismic surveys. According to Georgian seismic regionalization scheme the study area is located in 9 scale seismic region; A-0.34 (Construction Norms and Rules “Seismic Resistant Construction” - pn 01.01-09). (See Figure 4.2.2.5.3.).

Figure 4.2.2.5.3.Seismic map of Georgia

4.2.2.6 Hazardous Geodynamical Processes

Conditions and intensity of development of hazardous geodynamical processes within the project corridor is determined by the potential of terrain energy, engineering geological features of bedrock and landscape-meteorological particularity. As for scale of human impact on the geological environment,

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 87/ 384

negative activity is rather limited. It should also be noted, that despite slope tension tempo of erosion and gravitational processes development is significantly reduced in forested areas.

Within the territory development of different scale and intensity of riverbed (depth) and slope erosion, landslide events are present.

Slope erosion does not have a wide area of distribution since the most territory is covered with rather dense vegetation; however in some sections outcrops of bedrock are observed.

Mudflow-forming hearths within the territory are not very large. Most part is covered with vegetation cover, and insignificant flood does not create conditions for strong mudflow development.

Geodynamic conditions on both upper and lower steps of Lakhami HPP construction site are determined by the erosion, mudflow, and stone fall and landslide phenomena occurring here. The phenomena having revealed by engineering survey are registered on the Engineering Geological Map of the area with appropriate indications.

During the abundant precipitation and especially during the spring snowmelt periods, the yield of the r. Lakhami and also its inflows jumps, this causes surge of their deep and lateral erosion action energy. Erosional processes going on along the rivers and especially along the r. Lakhami banks should be considered here as being especially topical, as long as the location line of all the facilities of the HPP is represented by though coarse but still loose, non-cohesive alluvial, proluvial and colluvial material. The rise of the rivers levels during floods and the intensity of the bottom and bank erosion should be determined by hydrological/hydraulic calculations and the obtained results should be allowed for during designing of individual facilities.

Water-rock flow phenomena are characteristic for both, the main river – Lakhami and its lateral inflows. All presumable mudflow places are graphically shown on the Engineering Geological Map (see Annex 3). Mostly formatting water- rock stream, though sometimes formation of stone/mud flows is not excluded. Mudflows often create quite deep ravines or accumulation of sediments in different places. In terms of mudflow phenomena, it should be taken into account that on the bottom and on the sides of the river valleys there is a lot of loose non-cohesive material (angular gravel, angular cobbles, boulders with clay sand) accumulated, which often causes greater or smaller landslides in the river channels. Certain amount of water dammed by landslides at the river sources having broken through the barrier formed later, runs as a powerful water-rock stream in the steep channel and has a great destructive power, especially when the stream contains considerable amount of large boulders.

Apart from the presumable landslide phenomena which can develop at the river outflows, those landslide phenomena should also be mentioned which have been registered directly within the project area, and in particular within the zone of the cascade’s lower HPP facilities location, and which are also shown on the Engineering Geological Map. Altogether 8 landslide phenomena are registered here. Among them, two do not pose direct hazard to the structures, while four relatively small ones located close to each other involve more danger in these terms within the penstock segment from pk20 to pk24. Due to the valley narrowness and other unfavorable conditions, the penstock route runs here at the bottom of these landslides, on the right bank of the r. Lakhami. The said segment of the penstock requires protection here on the one hand from the river erosion action, and on the other, from negative effects of the possible coming down of landslide masses. Thus far, activation of the said landslides is not observed, though the penstock here should be located deeper than the landslide slipping plane level.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 88/ 384

Less dangerous but still worth of attention are the processes of gradual collapse of cliffy steep slopes (colluvial, stone fall) during which sometimes large boulders roll down or cliff blocks of a certain volume fall down the slopes as rockslides. Stone falls and rock falls neither are more characteristic of the upper, steep parts of the slopes and this does not create direct hazard to the project structures.

In terms of stone falls, relatively more danger is involved in avalanches. Lateral, steep but in these terms dangerous gullies have been revealed by engineering surveys and civil interrogation. Places of possible avalanches are shown on the Engineering Geological Map. Avalanche hazard grows here during heavy snowing and is smaller in the periods with little snow. The structures must be distanced to the maximum extent from avalanche places, as snow mass moving at high speed often contains large rock boulders as well.

4.2.3 Hydrology

4.2.3.1 General Hydrological Characteristics of the riv. Lakhami

The river Lakhami originates on the east slope of Kodori range, 1,4 km south of Kharikhra glacier, on 2920 m a.s.l. and connects to the riv. Nenskra from the right side, near Lakhami village.

Two sections have been selected for headworks of the cascade – upper on 1371 m a.s.l. and the lower on 1069 m a.s.l. River length till the upper headworks of the cascade is 8,90 km, overall drop 1646 m, average inclination 185‰, catchment area 29,6 km2, average height of the basin – 2303 m. At this section the river has several tributaries with total length of 7,6 km.

River length till the lower project section is 12,5 km, overall drop 1851 m, average inclination 148‰, catchment area 47,9 km2, average height of the basin – 2076 m. Total length of tributaries at this point is 15,6 km.

The river basin is located on south-east slopes of the Kodori range. Watershed marks vary from 1522 m to 3713 m. the basin is bordered by Kodori range from the north-west, watershed of the riv. Darch- Ormeleti form the south, watershed of the riv. Devra from the north and valley of the riv. Nenskra form the east. Materials participating in geological formation of the basin are granite, gneiss and shales covered by clayey soils. 45% of the basin (for the upper project section) and 55% of the basin (for the lower project section) are covered with dense mixed forest, distributed below 2200 m. alpine grass is distributed on elevations between 2200 and 2800; as for the territories above 2800 m – the basin lacks vegetation cover.

From the origin till 1800 m the river valley is tough-shaped. From this point till lower confluence it transforms into V-shape. Slopes with tributaries and ravines connect with nearby slopes. Terraces are presented from the village Zeda Lakhami till confluence. Riverbed is moderately wavy and mostly has no branches. Flow width varies between 2-4 m to 10-12 m, width from 0,4 to 0,9 m and speed from 2,5- 3,0 m/sec to 1,2-1,4 m/sec.

The river is fed by snow, rainwater, ground waters and glacial runoff. Its water regime is characterized by spring-summer and summer-autumn floods and sustainable low-flow winter. Catchment area of the riv. Lakhami is provided on figure 4.2.3.1.1.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 89/ 384

Figure 4.2.3.1.1.Catchment area of the riv. Lakhami

4.2.3.2 Average Annual Flow

In terms of hydrology the riv. Lakhami has not been studied. For this reason values of average annual flows for headworks sections of the project cascade have been established using method, provided within monograph on “Water Balance of Georgia”. According to the method, flow heights of the average height of the project river basin is determined by relationship curves between average heights of the

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 90/ 384

basin within the region of interest and height of flow layers; the values in our case is 1967 mm for the upper project section (▼1380 m) and 1767 mm for the lower project section (▼1047 m). Average multi- annual flow of the riv. Lakhami within the headworks sections of the project HPP cascade is determined as follows:

Fkm2 ⋅ hmm ⋅1000 Q = m3/sec 0 tsek

Therefore, average multi-annual flow in the upper project section will be 1,84 m3/sec and 2,68 m3/sec in the lower project section.

Coefficient of variation has been taken in accordance with coefficient of variation between values established for the riv. Lakhami basin location and average annual flows of the riv. Nenskra provided within the hydrological reference book “Surface Water Recourses of the USSR, Volume IX, Edition I”, which amounts to Cv=0,20. Therefore, asymmetry coefficient value is Cs=2Cv=0,40. Using obtained parameters and normalized ordinates of three-parameter gamma variable average annual flow values for different provisions of the riv. Lakhami has been established for the sections of the headworks of the project HPP cascade. The results are provided in the table below.

Table 4.2.3.2.1.Average annual flows for different provisions of the riv. Lakhami, sections of headworks of the project cascade

h Provision P % F H Q0 CV CS Section km2 m mm m3/sec 10 25 50 75 80 90 95 Upper (1380 m) 29.6 2303 1967 1.84 0.20 0.40 2.32 2.08 1.81 1.58 1.53 1.39 1.28 Lower (1047 m) 47.9 2076 1767 2.68 0.20 0.40 3.38 3.03 2.64 2.30 2.22 2.02 1.86

Inter annual distribution of average annual flow of calculation provision (10%, 50% and 90%) of the riv. Lakhami was carried out in accordance with inter annual distributions of unexplored rivers provided within the same reference book; percentage distribution over the months is established according to average heights of the basin. Obtained results are provided in tables 4.2.3.2.2. and 4.2.3.2.3. Tables also provide value of ecological flow and water to be supplied to the HPP with consideration of the ecological flow.

Table 4.2.3.2.2.Inter annual distribution of average annual flow of the riv. Lakhami calculation provision within the upper section of the project (1380 m).

Flow I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Year 10 % provision (abounding) Average monthly 0.73 0.68 1.05 2.69 4.50 5.13 4.48 2.91 2.04 1.50 1.17 0.96 2.32 Origin Ecological flow 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 To be supplied to 0.55 0.50 0.87 2.51 4.32 4.95 4.30 2.73 1.86 1.32 0.99 0.78 the HPP 50 % provision(medium) Average monthly 0.57 0.53 0.82 2.10 3.51 4.00 3.50 2.27 1.59 1.17 0.91 0.75 1.81

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 91/ 384

Origin Ecological flow 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 To be supplied to 0.39 0.35 0.64 1.92 3.33 3.82 3.32 2.09 1.41 0.99 0.73 0.57 the HPP 90 % provision (shallow) Average monthly 0.43 0.41 0.63 1.61 2.70 3.07 2.69 1.74 1.22 0.90 0.70 0.58 1.39 Origin Ecological flow 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 To be supplied to 0.25 0.23 0.45 1.43 2.52 2.89 2.51 1.56 1.04 0.72 0.52 0.40 the HPP

Table 4.2.3.2.3.Inter annual distribution of average annual flow of the riv. Lakhami calculation provision within the lower section of the project(1047 m).

Flow I II III IV V VI VII VIII IX X XI XII Year 10 % provision (abounding) Average monthly 1.05 0.99 1.53 3.92 6.55 7.49 6.52 4.24 2.97 2.20 1.70 1.40 3.38 Origin Ecological flow 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 To be supplied to 0.78 0.72 1.26 3.65 6.28 7.22 6.25 3.97 2.70 1.93 1.43 1.13 the HPP 50 % provision(medium) Average monthly 0.82 0.77 1.20 3.06 5.12 5.85 5.09 3.31 2.32 1.72 1.33 1.09 2.64 Origin Ecological flow 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 To be supplied to 0.55 0.50 0.93 2.79 4.85 5.58 4.82 3.04 2.05 1.45 1.06 0.82 the HPP 90 % provision (shallow) Average monthly 0.63 0.59 0.92 2.34 3.92 4.48 3.89 2.53 1.78 1.32 1.02 0.83 2.02 Origin Ecological flow 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 To be supplied to 0.36 0.32 0.65 2.07 3.65 4.21 3.62 2.26 1.51 1.05 0.75 0.56 the HPP

Average monthly and annual flow of the riv. Lakhami provided within the graph showing amount of water to be supplied to the headworks of the HPP cascade was accepted as calculation values.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 92/ 384

4.2.3.3 Maximum Flow

As mentioned above, the riv. Lakhami is not studied. For this reason, maximum was flow in the sections of headworks was established via detailed method provided within “technical reference on calculation of maximum flow of Caucasus rivers”.

Using the detailed method maximum flows in west Georgia is calculated for the rivers with catchment areas no more than 400 km2.

According to the detailed method maximum flows are calculated using the following formula:

H Q = 16,67 ⋅α ⋅ β ⋅δ ⋅ F ⋅ T

Where,

T _calculation time in minutes of maximum flow concentration in the project section. Its value is calculated using formula:

1,53 ⎡ ⎤ Lday T = ⎢ ⎥ m 0,27 ⎢ i a l K ⎥ ⎣ϕ ⋅ ⋅α ⋅ 0 ⋅ ⋅τ ⎦

Where,

L day _ “reduced” length of flow in meters. Its value is calculated as follows:

L L = + l day S 0

Here,

L _ flow length in meters from origin till project section; S _ flow rate ratio in riverbed and slopes of the valley; l 0 _ calculation length of slope in meters. It is calculated using the following formula:

1000 ⋅ F l = 0 2⋅ (L + Σl)

Where,

F _ catchment area in km2; Σl _ total length of tributaries in km; ϕ _density of grass cover in basin. Its value is obtained from specially processed table and in our case is 0,34; m i a _ Basin slope inclination in %,and m = 0,6; α _maximum runoff coefficient, its value is obtained as follows:

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 93/ 384

0,345 α = ξ ⋅ (i + 0,1) ⋅T 0,15 ⋅ λ

Here,

ξ _coefficient of soil cover distributed within the basin. Its value is obtained from specially processed map and relevant table; i _ intensity of heavy rain within the basin in mm/min;

H i = ; T

Here,

H _ calculation amount of heavy rain within basin in mm. its value is calculated as follows: H = K ⋅τ 0,27 ⋅T 0,31

Where,

K _climatic factor of the region, its value is obtained from specially processed map; τ _repeatability in years;

β _uneven distribution ratio of heavy rains within basin. Its value is calculated as follows:

−0.28⋅F 0.6 ⋅3 i⋅T −0.30 β = e

Here,

e _ basis of natural logarithm; δ _ratio of basin shape. Its value is calculated as follows: B δ = 0,25 ⋅ max + 0,75 Bsas

Where,

B max _ maximum width of basin in km; B sas _ average width of the basin in km. its value is derived from formula below: F B = ; sas L

Forest coefficient is also considered in the calculations λ , its value is calculated as follows:

1 λ = F 1+ 0,2 ⋅ t F

Here,

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 94/ 384

F t _ area covered with forest is in %, which for upper project section is 45%, and for lower project section – 55%.From here, basin forest ratio for upper section is λ =0,92, and for lower section λ =0,90.

Values of morph metric elements required for calculation of maximum flows of the riv. Lakhami in headworks sections of the project HPPs, in accordance with 1:25 000 scale topographic map, is provided in table below.

Table 4.2.3.3.1.Morphometric elements of the riv. Lakhami

2 F L L i cal ϕ K Section km km ia % Σl km ξ δ Upper (▼1380 m) 29.6 8.90 0.185 49.0 7.60 0,27 0,34 6,0 1,12 Lower (▼1047 m) 47.9 12.5 0.148 50.6 15.6 0,27 0,34 6,0 1.09

For calculation of maximum flow established basing on morph metric elements all required parameters and also values of maximum flow values are provided in table 4.2.3.3.2.

Table 4.2.3.3.2.Maximum flow of the riv. Lakhami in headworks sections of the project HPP cascade

v Q τ T H i m/sec Section P% α β v m/sec year minute mm Mm/min slope m3/sec 100 1 109 89.2 0.82 0.49 0.705 2.27 0.34 140 Upper project 50 2 119 76.0 0.64 0.46 0.731 2.14 0.30 105 section 33 3 130 69.7 0.54 0.44 0.750 2.07 0.26 88.0 (▼1380 m.) 20 5 139 62.0 0.45 0.42 0.766 1.98 0.24 71.5 10 10 157 53.5 0.34 0.40 0.792 1.87 0.20 53.5 100 1 134 95.0 0.71 0.47 0.672 2.40 0.31 195 Lower project 50 2 146 81.0 0.56 0.44 0.700 2.28 0.26 150 section 33 3 151 73.0 0.48 0.42 0.714 2.20 0.24 125 (▼1047 m.) 20 5 165 65.7 0.40 0.41 0.734 2.12 0.22 105 10 10 181 55.9 0.31 0.39 0.759 2.01 0.19 80.0

4.2.3.4 Minimal Flow

Since in terms of hydrology the riv. Lakhami is not studied, its minimal flow for the headworks sections of the project HPP cascade was established by the method provided within hydrological reference book “Surface Water Recourses of the USSR, Volume IX, Edition I”, according to which at first 75% provision module of 10 days minimal flow is determined. 75% provision module value of 10 days minimal flow for winter period of the riv. Lakhami was established by relationship curve between modules of average heights of the basin specially defined for the upper zone of the riv. Inguri basin and 75% provision of the minimal runoff. According to the curve, minimal runoff module of 6,74 l/sec from km2 is consistent with average height of the riv. Lakhami basin in the upper project section – 2303 m; and 7,52 l/sec from km2 is consistent with 2076 m of the lower project section.

Therefore, 75% provision value of 10 days minimal flow in winter period is calculated as follows:

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 95/ 384

m ⋅ F Q = 75% m3/sec 75% 1000

Transition from 75% provision of 10 days minimal flow to various flow provisions is carried out using converting coefficient provided within the same reference book.

Lakhami river 10 days minimal flow in winter period in the headworks sections of the project HPP cascade is provided within the table 4.2.3.4.1.

Table 4.2.3.4.1.10 days minimal flow of the riv. Lakhami during the winter period in headworks sections of the project HPP cascade

Section 75% 80% 85% 90% 95% 97% 99% Upper (▼1380 m) 0.22 0.21 0.20 0.19 0.17 0.15 0.13 Lower (▼1047 m) 0.36 0.35 0.32 0.31 0.28 0.25 0.22

4.2.3.5 Sediment Flow

Solid runoff of the riv. Lakhami is not studied, therefore it has been determined using method provided within hydrological reference book “Surface Water Recourses of the USSR, Volume IX, Edition I”.

According to this method, turbidity of water has to be defined first using formula:

3 3 ρ sash = 10 ⋅α ⋅ iauz g/m

Where,

α _ erosion coefficient of the river basin. Its value is obtained from specially processed map and for the riv. Lakhami equals 0,25;

iauz _ inclination of the catchment area, value of which is determined from topographical map and in our case is 0,490 for the upper project section and 0,506 for the lower project section.

Using the numerical values in the formula above turbidity in the upper project section is obtained:

3 3 ρsash =10 ⋅0,25 ⋅ 0,490 = 175 g/m

For the lower project section:

3 3 ρsash =10 ⋅0,25 ⋅ 0,506 = 178 g/m

Hence, average multiannual value of solid flow in the upper project section will be:

R0 = ρsash ⋅Q0 = 0,175⋅1.84 = 0,32kg/sec

For lower project section:

R0 = ρsash ⋅Q0 = 0,178 ⋅ 2,68 = 0,48 kg/sec

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 96/ 384

Average multiannual flow of sediments in the upper project section is:

6 W = R0 ⋅T = 0,32 ⋅ 31,5⋅10 = 10080t/year

In the lower project section:

6 W = R0 ⋅T = 0,48 ⋅ 31,5⋅10 = 15120 t/year

Bottom sediments may be equal to 40% of the solid flow. Then, annual flow of suspended solids and bottom sediments in the upper project section will be:

W1 =W ⋅1,4 =14112t/year

In the lower project section:

W1 =W ⋅1,4 = 21170t/year

4.2.4 Biological Environment

4.2.4.1 Flora and Vegetation Cover

4.2.4.1.1 Some Methodological and Conceptual Approaches Concerning Flora and Vegetation Description and Identification of Project Impact on Ecosystems and Habitats

Types of vegetation and habitats of the ecosystems within the project impact zone are characterized in accordance with Ketskhoveli (1960), Kvachakidze (1996), Nakhutsrishvili (1999). Species composition is provided basing on bibliographic sources and field surveys.

According to our estimation many species are represent within the corridor of interest. However, as stated by Morris (1995) in principle, assessment of the flora should include all vascular plants, bryophytes, lichens, algae and fungi. Nonetheless, vascular plants are considered to be the main indicator of terrestrial ecosystems which include all forms of life in a given landscape.

As mentioned above together with endangered plant species and sensitive habitats of different conservation value, special attention is paid to forested areas, including artificial forest plantations. This is on the ground that forests are considered as special environmental protection areas, unique and most important ecosystems with high ecological, aesthetic, cultural, historical and geological properties (Harcharik, 1997; Isik et al., 1997). In other words, “forests are more valuable as forests than under some other forms of land use” (Harcharik, 1997), “people are making greater demands on forests for recreation, pleasure, scenery and conservation (protection) of biological diversity” (Lanly, 1997).

It is of great significance that on project impact areas, especially on forest territories, it is practically impossible to reinstate and maintain former natural stands in the state before construction. Consequently, the recommendation is given to implement forest offset measures, which refers to restoration of equivalent forest habitat or other type of ecosystems/vegetation communities.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 97/ 384

As for wetlands, residual impact causes increase of surface waters which leads to permanent loss of flooded territories from the fund. Although, marsh vegetation redevelops on such areas and peat accumulation beings, it takes thousands of years to fill such cavities with organic masses.

Negative impacts to the biodiversity, protected areas and forestry have to reduce to the absolute minimum and unavoidable residual environmental damages have to be offset by an eco-compensation scheme. In particular the impacts on forest ecosystems have to be evaluated and offset by adequate mitigation and eco-compensation measures with the goal to restore the equivalent forest habitat.

In this context, in order to define the exact ratio for forest eco-compensation based upon modern methodologies and international best practice, the calculation of damages to forest ecosystems by the project implementation must be carried out in accordance with “none-net loss”, “net gain principle” and “habitat hectare” approaches.

The habitat hectare scoring method is a common approach to determine the value of vegetation in non- monetary units. The environmental proxy used i.e. the “currency” in which the value of vegetation is expressed is the “habitat hectare”. habitat area [ha] x habitat score = habitat-hectares

This method serves to assess a number of site-based habitat and landscape components against a pre- determined ‘benchmark’ relevant to the vegetation type being assessed. Benchmarks have to be defined for different ecological vegetation classes (EVC). The benchmark for each EVC has to describe the average characteristics of mature and undisturbed biodiversity and native vegetation occurring in the bioregions in which habitats shall be assessed. The notion of mature and undisturbed benchmark is relative to the EVC; e.g. a forest benchmark can be based on the average for stands of 20 year old trees with no signs of significant anthropogenic disturbance. Each EVC must contain a range of information required for habitat-hectare evaluation. When carrying out a habitat hectare scoring exercise a habitat score indicating the quality of the vegetation relative to the EVC benchmark is assigned to each of the areas assessed.

The product of the habitat score by the habitat area (in hectares) allows determination of the quality of vegetation. Whereby units of “habitat hectares” are used as a common measuring rod to compare the relative value of different ecosystems within one EVC. The habitat hectare exercise foresees an in-situ assessment of natural vegetation to collect a range of visually assessed information of several vegetation components across the habitat zone. The vegetation components that have to be included and assessed depend on the specific ecosystem composition of the eco-region.

On the second step, the information about the vegetation components is visually assessed and analyzed using calculation of the habitat score.

The components of the habitat score can be calculated. Department of Sustainability and Environment of The Australian State Government of Victoria, which is a worldwide leading institution in applying the habitat hectare approach, uses the following components and calculations:

Table 4.2.4.1.1.1.Components and characteristics of the habitat score in Victoria, Australia

Component Max value % Site characterization Tall trees 10 Canopy cover 5

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 98/ 384

Understory (non-tree) strata 25 No weeds 15 Restoration 10 Organic litter 5 Logs 5 Landscape context Plot area 10 Neighborhood 10 Distance between site and forest 5 Total 100

4.2.4.1.2 General Overview of Flora and Vegetation within the Project Corridor

The project territory covers botanical-geographical region of the Nenskra-Nakra catchment area located in the western part of Zemo Svaneti. The region is bordered by watershed section from the north; administrative border of Svaneti from the west; Nakra-Dolra watershed-Tsalgmili range from the east; right bank of the riv. Inguri from the south.

As mentioned above, one of the main arteries of Zemo Svaneti is the riv. Inguri. It originates in Namkvami, i.e. Engur Ukhvani glacier and runs near the village Khaishi on 550 m a.s.l. Within the region Inguri valley is gate-like and is a rocky gap between Abkhazia-Svaneti and Samegrelo ranges. Within this botanical-geographical region Inguri valley runs in Paleozoic metamorphic rock suite (Dizi suite), middle Jurassic porphyritic series (near Khaishi) and cretaceous limestone (near Larakvakva and above Jvari).

Svaneti-Abkhazian range segregates from Caucasus near Ghvandara Mountain. East branches of Svaneti-Abkhazian range are: watershed of the rivers Dalari and Tskhandiri; Panavi range, which is a watershed of the rivers Laghami and Darchi (Ormeleti); Likhnili range, which is a watershed of the rivers Darchi and Larakvakva. It begins with Bashkapsa mountain and till Khaishi runs between Bokunsta-Larakvakva and Gandishi-Ghele. A remarkable orographic unit in the same botanical- geographical region is Shtauleri range, which separates form Caucasus and represents a watershed of Nenskra and Nakra (Maruashvili, 1970).

Among the right tributaries of the Inguri River Nakra and Nenskra are most significant. The latter originates in south slopes of Caucasus. The upper reaches are represented by karst shales, in lower reaches by clay-shales and carbonate suits. In this part it crosses “Deisi” and “Liasi” clay-shales, sandstones and volcanic rocks.

Until Tetnashera confluence Nenskra runs in a relatively narrow valley. Its right tributaries are – Dalari, Tskhandiri, Okrila, Kharali, Tetnashera, Devra, Laghamo, Darchie; and the left tributaries are Manchkhapuri, Tita, Marghi, Gvashkhara.

The upper boundary of the forest zone is on 2000-2300 m altitude on average. Precipitation increases above the forest zone. Phyto landscape of the region, as well as of the most territory of Zemo Svaneti, consists mostly of dark coniferous forests. With this feature the region looks like mountainous Abkhazia, for instance forests of Kodori Gorge. Sub-forest is especially well represented with evergreen laurel, rhododendron and holly. Massive distribution of laurel is observed in Larakvakva and Ormeleti valleys; other variants of mixed forests are represented in lower zones. In particular, the Georgian Oak forests along the Inguri River, near Nenskra confluence, bottom of Nakra valley near the village Naki. The

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 99/ 384

particularity of the region in the lower part of the forest zone is represented by good development of evergreen sub-forest. This is observed in Ormeleti-Larakvakva strip.

Near confluence of the rivers Larakvakva and Inguri, namely on the right bank of Inguri, limestone is exposed on mt. Chekaderi, which represents north branch on Samegrelo range. Here remains of Colchis limestone florocenotype complex, which is unique for Svaneti. Pine-oak cenosis typical for west- Transcaucasia is observed with sesleria participation. Sub-forest is represented by Colchis dendroflora representatives: Colchis ivy, smilax, ruscus, swida; blackberry is widely spread on secondary ecotopos. Smilax is also widely distributed. From specific components of west Transcaucasia limestones Sesleria anatolica is to be mentioned; as well as Abkhazia-Samegrelo endemic - Kemulariella colchica, that grows on moist rocks; limestone endemic of Abkhazia and Racha-Lechkhumi Asperula kemulariae; west Transcaucasia limestone endemic Epimedium colchicum, which is an oak component. Same complex is observed on the right bank of Inguri, between Khaishi and Dizi. Leptopus colchicus must be mentioned among Colchis calcicole species that grows on shingle. This specie was detected in Chuberi as well. Among hemixerophilic Mediterranean deciduous shrubbery Cotinus and Sumac cenoses are to be noted. Near the village Dizi on 950 m a.s.l. on the bottom of the valley, namely right bank, a rare eastern Mediterranean specie Alyssoides graeca (=Vesicaria graeca) is observed growing on clay shales and shingle ecotopos. Alyssoides family is new for Georgian flora. This specie is rare for whole Caucasus and was only presented in Tebera-Zelenchuki valleys. Valeriana alliariifolia and Saturea spicigera are typical for bottom valleys of Inguri and its tributaries in Nenskra-Nakra botanical-geographic region as well as in other regions.

Within the region in some areas deciduous forest of beech-hornbeam with chesnut reaches 1500-1600 m. For example near the village Naki on the slope of the right bank of the river, which is developed in zone of dark coniferous forest. The latter is well developed on 1700-1800 m a.s.l. This height is optimal for fir-spruce species (Dolukhanov, Sakhokia, Kharadze, 1946). Above 2000 m dark coniferous forest is replaced by subalpine zone. Massive distribution of Vaccinium arctostaphylos is observed in dark coniferous forest belt; development of beech forests between Tskhvandiri and Dalari. In areas of dark coniferous forest deforest a species of public agriculture importance is widely spread - Senecio pojarkovae.

In terms of phytocoenology vegetation of Svaneti geobotanical region is rich and diverse. The structure of vegetation cover substantially differs within west and east parts of hollow; this is due to significant variations of climate (in west part the climate is mileder, marine; Easter part is characterized by more continental, severe climate), uneven impact and other natural or artificial reasons, as well as uneven impact caused by agricultural activities and etc.

In the region the forest belt spreads on 1800-1850 m a.s.l. Difference between forests on western and eastern parts of Svaneti hollow is significant.

Is the western part of Zemo Svaneti vegetation of the forest has a well depicted mesophyll expression, which includes oldest (relic) forests (formations, associations). Due to these features this vegetation cover shows similarities with vegetation cover of geobotanical region of Abkhazia-Samegrelo. Mixed deciduous forests dominate forest on 1000-1200 m a.s.l (mixed broadleaf forest sub-belt). Among the main species of this forest are: Fagus orientalis, Castanea sativa, Carpinus caucasica. With mixture (assectator) of Tilia caucasica, Acer platanoides, Acer laetum and etc. Significant part of the forest is presented by relic Colchis sub-forest (Rhododendron ponticum, Laurocerasus officinalis, Vaccinium arctostaphylos and etc). Followings are representatives of monodominant and bidominant broadleaf

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 100/ 384

forests: Castanea sativa, Carpinus caucasica, Fagus orientalis. On relatively dry slopes of south, south- east and south-west exposition followings prevail: Quercus iberica and hornbeam-oak forestsinteresting relic oak groups can be found on limestone slopes; here synusiae created by relic species (Epimedium colchicum, Arachne colchica,Trachystemon orientale and etc) is found. Alnus barbata is developed in river groves. Mixed coniferous-deciduous and coniferous forests are developed in sub-belt, namely Picea orientalis, Abies nordmanniana, Pinus sosnowskyi, and etc.

Formational composition of forest vegetation drastically changes on elevations between 1000-1100 m a.s.l. and 1800-1850 m a.s.l. Dominants are (Fagus orientalis) and dark coniferous forests (Picea orientalis, Abies nordmanniana). Bidominant forests are characterized by beech-fir, spruce-fir and beech-hornbeam. Pinus kochiana) distribution is relatively limited. It is to be noted, that west part of Svaneti is less populated; this fact benefits existence of large amounts of untouched and insignificantly violated communities of forest (beech massifs are well preserved on north slopes of Samegrelo and Lechkhumi ridge). Significantly large part of the forests beech, fir, spruce, beech-fir) is represented by relic Colchis sub-forest (Laurocerasus officinalis, Rhododendron ponticum, Vaccinium arctostaphylos, Rhododendron luteumand etc.).

Certain Phyto-landscape and floristic features of Nenskra-Nakra region should also be mentioned. Small sedge and sphagnum swamps of glacier origins are developed in subalpine zone of Abkhazia-Svaneti and Tsalgmili ridges. Especially swamp of Bashkapskera ridge is noteworthy (right bank of Nenskra in origins of the riv. Ormeleti), along with Shavlura swamp (Devra origins) with sphagnum development, where Palaearctic specie of rare distributionis developed - Scheuchzeria palustris. Sphagnum swamp of Dombalara is also interesting on fir-cranberry forest field.

Peat-swamps are widely distributed in Svaneti mountainous region, especially in Zemo Svaneti. Almost all types of swamps are presented in this part of the country; however meso-oligotrophic swamps are more dominant. Majority is presented near the upper border of spruce-fir forest, within 1800-2000 m a.s.l. Peat accumulation process is intense within the swamps. Some leak so much water that it causes terrestrial water logging. Such processes however are rather limited in Svaneti and in Georgia in general, due to strict relief.

Geo-botanically speaking, the most interesting swamps are developed in basin (Chubrula) of the riv. Nenskra. One of them is detailed by A. Dolukhanov (1941). This swamp is located 1750 m a.s.l. The name of its surroundings is Chamkharkhi. The plain around this marsh is covered by wide variety of broadleaf herbivorous meadow, while spruce-firs grow on the slopes with small sections of beech and mountain maples. In the center of the wetland a small free-mirror surface of water is observed which is covered by Potamogetonetum natantis purum. Sphagnums are mostly developed on this peat wetland- Sphagnetumsc heuchzerieto-caricosum, Sphagnetum scheuchzeriosum and Sphagnetum caricosum. In this association of moss covers Sphagnum magellanicum and Sph. Angustifolium are mostly developed.Apart from them small number of other sphagnum species are present together withDrepanocladus fluitans. Caricetum inflatae drepanocladiosum, Caricetum irriguae drepanocladiosum, Scheuchzerietum palustrae purum and clear sedge are developed on ulcer surface of peat. Wetland development is in oligotrophic stage. Surface is wavy. Lower parts have more ulcers and convex surfaces are mostly covered with sphagnum.

In the same basin, on 2200 m a.s.l. on slope of Ormeleti-Sakeni watershed ridge swamps of ground feeding are developed. They are surrounded by broadleaf herbivorousmeadows. This wetland is characterized by peat cover of about 1 m thickness raised a little over the general surfaceand the water

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 101/ 384

drained from it slowly creates swamp around itself. Following vegetation prevails: Caricetum kotschyanae hypnosum and Caricetum kotschyanae sphagnosum, with Caricetum canescenti drepanocladiosum developed on small sections. Similar complexes are also developed on Ormelet-Sakeni watershed ridge.

Wetland similar to Chamkharkhi is developed on the right side of the riv. Nenskra, on watershed of Lakhamitskali and Devlura. It is located on 1800 m a.s.l. and is surrounded by fir. Birch and few mountain maple and beechcan be found next to wetland bank. The name of the surroundings is Shamprili. The area is developed due to swamping of lake surface and is in Mesotrophic development stage. Its coastline is convex and the inner part is concave and reaches groundwater level. A narrow clough is developed between land and convex line of the swamp. This clough is swamping. Together with sedge and Scheuchzeria palustris sphagnum species are also participating in the swamping process. Waterlogging moves ashore. This process is a miniature analogue of what is happening in shores of swamp massifs of phytolandscape in taiga.

Cariceta inflatae and Cariceta irriguae are dominating in vegetation complex of peat-swamps of Shamprili. Scheuchzerieta palustrae and Caricetum canescenti sphagnosum are presented on smaller areas. Sphagnum subsecundumandSph. teres; are dominant among moss synusia. Drepanocladus fluitansare developed within sphagnum cover in relatively less numbers; and rarely it is developed in moss synusia of some associations (Caricetum inflatae drepanocladiosum, Scheuchzerietum palustrae drepanocladiosum). Scheuchzerieta palustrae associations are mostly developed in the center of wetland. Above mentioned mosses are developed in this association. The inner area of wetland is very fluctuating and is covered as a thin veil.

West from the described wetland, on elevation of about 1900 m a.s.l. a large-area peat-swamp is located, which is known under the name of Dombailara. This massif is developed on a territory surrounded by fir, near origins of Lakhamitskali (right tributary of the riv. Chubrula). Birch, mountain maple, alder, two types of willow and others grow here. The wetland is bordered by different types of Nardus stricta, which are developed on peat and forested areas. Scheuchzeria is not presented at all, however there are types of sedge-sphagnum that are not presented in Shavlura wetlands.

The peat-swamp of Dombailara is developed from relief of an old glacier due to waterlogging of moraine lakes. Its modern surface is separated into large-area sections by small springs; they are characterized by lens-like convex surface. It leaves an impression of massif developed due to merging of isolated waterlogs. Sharp difference of vegetation presented on different sections of the massif is also an indication to this possibility. Different complexes of sedge-sphagnum are developed on them.For example, Sphagnetum caricosum lasiocarpae and Sphagnetum caricosum limosae are developed on one of the sections with fragments of Caricetum canescenti calliergonosum. Sphagnum angustifoliumandSph. Magellanicum are developed among sphagnum mosses. The first type of sphagnum is developed on relatively aqueous peat and the second one on less water-seturated surfaces. Other mosses are presented here as well, but they have subordinating significance. Sphagneta caricosa is dominant on the second section of the peat-swamp massif. Carex inflata, C. canescens, C. irrigua, C. limosa, C. dacica, Sphagnum angustifoliumandSph. subsecundumdominate in moss synusiae of these associations; relatively rarely Sphagnum magellanicumandSph. amblyphyllum. Other mosses in relatively small amounts are also observed among them. Sphagnetum molinioso-caricosum is developed on the third section, which occupies the smallest territory, as for herbaceous cover -Carex irrigua, Eriophorum vaginatum, Potentilla erecta, Nardus glabriculmisand others dominate. On the fourth section of the massif (which is about fifth of the whole area) Caricetum dacicae purum, Caricetum dacicae calliergonosum and Caricetum dacicae

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 102/ 384

sphagnosum are developed together with fragments of Sphagnetum caricosum.This section of Dombailara is mostly covered with complex of eutrophic associations, and the rest of the swamp – vegetation of meso-oligotrophic type.

Vegetation of Dombailara massif is developed on rather deep peat layers, organic part of which is composed of remains of mosses and sedge. Swam is in meso-trophic development stage. Sphagnetum caricoso-nardosum is developed on small sections. It covers the most elevated surface peat and replaces sedge-sphagnums.

Peat-swamps are relatively undeveloped in the basin of Nakra River. Mostly eutropic wetlands are presented here. Within the basin of this valley swamps are mostly observed on watershed ridge of Nenskra and Nakra (Utviri Pass). Sedge marshes are developed in some parts of avalanche cough located 1600-200 m a.s.l. on the right side of Nakra valley, in the lower part of the watershed ridge.Mostly Caricetum dacicae purum, Caricetum dacicae hypnosum are developed here, with fragments of Caricetum muricatae philonotiosum and Caricetum muricatae sphagnosum. Sphagnum squarrosum, creates moss cover of this association,and rather rare plants create herbaceous cover-Primula grandisandCardamine seidlitziana. Coarse peat layers are developed in this swamp with thickness of 50- 60 cm. On the final stage of swamp-generation some bushes like rhododendron and willow grow here. They are presented within the complex of high-grass and broadleaf herbaceous meadows.

Different type of swamps are developed on the left side of the riv. Nakra, Nakra-Maulashi watershed ridge, near the village Tsaleri on elevation of 1500 m. The name of this wetland created on place of a lake is Tsigrani. Potamogetonetum natantis purum is developed in the deepest part of swamp, surrounded by Typha. Together with sedges mentioned above (Caricetum canescenti hypnosum and Caricetum dacicae ulacomnium) Blysmetum compressi hypnosum are also observed. Existence of the latter indicates on a fact that wetland feeds on mineral springs. This also explains why there is no sphagnum present. Eutrophic wetlands are developed in some areas, which are fed by mineral waters. Associations of Blysmeta compressi hypnosa and Junceta lampocarpi hypnosa are developed. These type of swamps are developed in Dolra valley as well, mostly around villages Mazeri and Guli. They are distributed on bottom of the valley or slopes with little winds and usually occupy small territories.

Basing on phytocoenological content of the vegetation cover and distribution patterns twelve micro- regions were established for high mountains of Svaneti (Kimeridze, 1985). Apart from the provided indicators, they vary in terms of flora composition, degradation of grassland and quality of ground erosion. The project territory is located in the first micro-region. Below you will find features of territorial positioning of the micro-region with indication of key characteristics of the vegetation cover.

The first micro-region is located in the west part of main range of Caucasus Mountains, from Svaneti- Abkhazia ridge to origins of the riv. Dolra. Alpine geranium, broadleaf herbaceous and polydominant forb meadows are dominating vegetation landscape.Festuca djimilensisare dveloped. Ona relatively soft terrain nardus, and on sloping ground - Rhododendron caucasicum is developed.In certain areas eutropic and meso-oligotrophic wetlands are developed with participation ofScheuchzeria palustrisand other helophytes. One of such swamps was described by Dolukhanov (1941) and after by Kimeridze (1964). Sphagnum mosses and in general – typical swamp mosses, are most abundant in this specific area.

From subalpine landscape features development of high subalpine herbaceous cover in Nenskra and Nakra valleys are to be noted. The classic area for its description is Nenskra basin. Sommier and Levier (1900) described many before unknown species from these very basins. Rare Colchis and Caucasian species likeCirsium albovianum, Angelica tatianae, Lilium keselringianumand others are developed here.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 103/ 384

Subnival zone is presented on high ridges and peaks, above 3200 m. vegetation cover is presented by open cenoses, fragments of alpine meadows are also observed. Rare subnival species -Delphinium caucasicum, Pseudovesicaria digitataand others participate in vegetation of Svaneti Caucasus, namely from Dolra valley to Tetnuldi (Kimeridze, 1985). From rare ultra-oreophytes participation of Jurinea pumilais typical for Nenskra-Nakra botanical-geographical region; it is distributed in Dalari origins, within granite rocks of subnival belt; and Caucasus-Asia specie Coluteocarpus vesicaria participation in rock complex of Shtauleri ridge, on Kirari section.

4.2.4.1.3 Detailed Characteristics of Flora and Vegetation within the Project Corridor

Detailed botanical studies were carried out within the project corridor of the planned HPP on the riv. Lakhami. The corridor includes botanical-geographical region of Nenskra-Nakra catchment area. Therefore, possible negative and residual impacts related to construction and operation of the project were revealed, covering flora and vegetation of the corridor and the adjacent territories. Communities and species of plants of conservation value (Red List, Red Book, endemic, rare) were determined together with plants of economic value.

During botanical study frequency-coverage of the vegetation was estimated in accordance to Drude scale of abundance. The symbols of the scale designate abundance-coverage of the species. These symbols are: Soc (socialis) – dominant specie, abundance-coverage over 90%; Cop3 (coptosal) – specie of high rate, abundance-coverage 70-90%; Cop2 – species represented with numerous individuals, abundance- coverage 50-70%; Cop1- abundance-coverage 50-70%; Sp3 (sporsal)- abundance-coverage about 30%; Sp2 (sporsal)- abundance-coverage about 20%; Sp1 (sporsal)- abundance-coverage about 10%; Sol (solitarie)- scanty individuals, abundance-coverage up tp 10%; Un (unicum) – single individual.

Botanically surveyed areas within the project corridor of Lakhami HPPs cascade are marked on the map 4.2.4.1.3.1. Botanical review is given in following Tables.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 104/ 384

Figure 4.2.4.1.3.1Layout of botanically described areas within the project corridor

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 105/ 384

Plot 1.Dryopteridaceae fern on a riverside terrace Plant community type Dryopteridaceae fern on a riverside terrace Conservation value Medium Location Lakhami River valley. Headworks alignment-settler Sample plot № 1 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N263342/E4767630 Height a.s.l. (m) 1415 Aspect East Inclination 5-100 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 60 Medium diameter (cm) 30 Max. height of a tree (m) 24 Medium height (m) 16 Number of tallest plant species 10 Tree-tier coverage (%) 50 Bush coverage (%) 15-20 Bush height (cm) 150 Herbaceous cover (%) 60-70 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 100 Moss coverage (%) 10-15 Number of tallest plant species 16 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Alnus barbata (maximum) Sp2 Alnus barbata (Average) Cop1 Picea orientalis-Caucasus sub-endemic with Sol irradiation in Asia Minor Ulmus elliptica (=)-specie of Red List of Sol Georgia Acer pseudoplatanus (young) Sol Abies nordmanniana-Caucasus sub-endemic with Sol irradiation in Asia Minor Bushes Rubus sp. Sp2 Herbaceous cover Matteuccia struthiopteris Cop2 Symphytum ibericum- Caucasian sub-endemic with Sp1 irradiation in north-east Anatolia (Artvin province, Lazistan) Petasites albus Sp2 Asperula odorata Sp1

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 106/ 384

Myosotis sp. Sol Veronica beccabunga Sol Dentaria bulbifera Sol Paris incompleta Sol Geranium robertianum Sol Moss cover Moss species Sp2

Plot №1. Dryopteridaceae fern on a riverside Plot №1. Dryopteridaceae fern on a riverside terrace terrace

Plot №1. Myosotis Plot №1. Asperula odorata

Plot №1. Matteuccia struthiopteris Plot №1. Geranium robertianum

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 107/ 384

Plot №1. Petasites albus Plot №1. Matteuccia struthiopteris

Plot №1. Dentaria bulbifera Plot №1. Petasites albus

Plot 2.Dryopteridaceae fern on a riverside terrace Plant community type Dryopteridaceae fern on a riverside terrace Conservation value Average Location Lakhami River valley Sample plot № 2 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N263343/E4767631 Height a.s.l. (m) 1400 Aspect _ Inclination 00 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 40 Medium diameter (cm) 30

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 108/ 384

Max. height of a tree (m) 22 Medium height (m) 18 Number of tallest plant species 10 Tree-tier coverage (%) 50-60 Bush coverage (%) 5 Bush height (cm) 150 Herbaceous cover (%) 80-90 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 80 Moss coverage (%) 5-10 Number of tallest plant species 8 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Alnus barbata Cop1 Bushes Rubus sp. Sol Herbaceous cover Matteuccia struthiopteris Cop3 Equisetum variegatum Sol Petasites albus Sp1 Asperula odorata Sp1 Geranium robertianum Sol Veronica beccabunga Sol Moss cover Moss species Sp1

Plot №2. Dryopteridaceae fern Plot №2. Dryopteridaceae fern

Plot 3.Spruce-Fir (degraded) Plant community type Spruce-Fir (degraded) Conservation value Average Location Lakhami River valley Sample plot № 3

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 109/ 384

Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N263781/E4767422 Height a.s.l. (m) 1397 Aspect North-East Inclination 5-100 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 40 Medium diameter (cm) 20 Max. height of a tree (m) 24 Medium height (m) 18 Number of tallest plant species 9-10 Tree-tier coverage (%) 30-40 Bush coverage (%) 40-50 Bush height (cm) 150 Herbaceous cover (%) 50-60 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 100 Moss coverage (%) 10-15 Number of tallest plant species 14 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Abies nordmanniana-Caucasus sub-endemic with Sp3 irradiation in Asia Minor Picea orientalis-Caucasus sub-endemic with Sp2 irradiation in Asia Minor Fagus orientalis (young) Sol Acer laetum Sp1 Sorbus torminalis Sol Bushes Ilex colchica- specie of Caucasus-Balkan (Strandzha)- Sp2 Asia Minor (with Chaneti area) Vaccinium arctostaphylos Sp1 Rubus sp. Cop1 Herbaceous cover Petasites albus Cop2 Matteuccia struthiopteris Sp3 Symphytum ibericum- Caucasian sub-endemic with Sp2 irradiation in north-east Anatolia (Artvin province, Lazistan) Pachyphragma macrophyllum Sp2 Paris incompleta Sp1 Urtica dioica Sol Moss cover Moss species Sp2

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 110/ 384

Plot №3. Spruce-Fir Plot №3. Spruce-Fir

Plot №3. Ilex colchica

Plot 4.Beech-Maple Plant community type Beech-Maple Conservation value Average Location Lakhami River valley. Sample plot № 4 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N263782/E4767423 Height a.s.l. (m) 1390 Aspect East Inclination 10-150 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 45 Medium diameter (cm) 30 Max. height of a tree (m) 22 Medium height (m) 16 Number of tallest plant species 9-10 Tree-tier coverage (%) 60-70 Bush coverage (%) _ Bush height (cm) _

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 111/ 384

Herbaceous cover (%) 60-70 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 100 Moss coverage (%) 5-10 Number of tallest plant species 13 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Acer pseudoplatanus Cop2 Fagus orientalis Sp3 Ulmus elliptica (=Ulmus glabra)-specie of Red List of Sp1 Georgia Abies nordmanniana (young) -Caucasus sub-endemic Sol with irradiation in Asia Minor Bushes Bush species were not found _ Herbaceous cover Symphytum ibericum- Caucasian sub-endemic with Cop2 irradiation in north-east Anatolia (Artvin province, Lazistan) Matteuccia struthiopteris Cop2 Asperula odorata Sp3 Pachyphragma macrophyllum Sp2 Fragaria vesca Sp1 Geranium robertianum Sol Dentaria bulbifera Sol Euphorbia macroceras-Caucasian endemic Sol Paris incompleta Sol Moss cover Moss species Sp1

Plot №4. Beech-Maple Plot №4.Beech-Maple

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 112/ 384

Plot №4. Fagus orientalis Plot №4. Pachyphragma macrophyllum

Plot №4. Paris incompleta Plot №4. Symphytum ibericum

Plot 5.Alder on riverside terrace Plant community type Alder on riverside terrace Conservation value Average Location Lakhami River valley Sample plot № 5 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N264143/E4767291 Height a.s.l. (m) 1394 Aspect _ Inclination 00 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 25 Medium diameter (cm) 15 Max. height of a tree (m) 14 Medium height (m) 10 Number of tallest plant species 8-9 Tree-tier coverage (%) 50 Bush coverage (%) 20-25

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 113/ 384

Bush height (cm) 200 Herbaceous cover (%) 50-60 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 150 Moss coverage (%) 10-20 Number of tallest plant species 13 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Alnus barbata (maximum) Cop1 Alnus barbata (Average) Sp3 Bushes Rubus sp. Sp3 Herbaceous cover Symphytum asperum Sp2 Dryopteris filix-mas Sp1 Petasites albus Sp2 Asperula odorata Cop1 Carex pendula Sol Dentaria bulbifera Sol Fragaria vesca Sol Hesperis matronalis Sol Geranium robertianum Sol Chaerophyllum aureum Sol Moss cover Moss species Sp2

Plot №5. Alder Plot №5. Alder

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 114/ 384

Plot №5. Symphytum asperum Plot №5. Geranium robertianum

Plot №5. Alder on riverside terrace Plot №5. Carex pendula

Plot №5. Hesperis matronalis

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 115/ 384

Plot 6.Alder on riverside terrace Plant community type Alder on riverside terrace Conservation value Average Location Lakhami River valley Sample plot № 6 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N2664348/E4767218 Height a.s.l. (m) 1318 Aspect _ Inclination 00 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 50 Medium diameter (cm) 20 Max. height of a tree (m) 22 Medium height (m) 12 Number of tallest plant species 8-9 Tree-tier coverage (%) 40-50 Bush coverage (%) 40-50 Bush height (cm) 100 Herbaceous cover (%) 50-60 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 150 Moss coverage (%) 5-10 Number of tallest plant species 11 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Alnus barbata Cop1 Acer pseudoplatanus Sol Abies nordmanniana-Caucasus sub-endemic with Sol irradiation in Asia Minor Bushes Rubus sp. Cop1 Herbaceous cover Asperula odorata Cop3 Sambucus ebulus Sp3 Matteuccia struthiopteris Sp2 Dentaria bulbifera Sol Impatiens noli-tangere Sol Fragaria vesca Sol Geranium robertianum Sol Moss cover Moss species Sp1

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 116/ 384

Plot №6. Alder Plot №6. Alder

Plot №6. Alder

Plot 7.Spruce-Alder Plant community type Spruce-Alder Conservation value Average Location Lakhami River valley Sample plot № 7 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N264638/E4767140 Height a.s.l. (m) 1273 Aspect _ Inclination 00 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 50 Medium diameter (cm) 30 Max. height of a tree (m) 25 Medium height (m) 20 Number of tallest plant species 7-8 Tree-tier coverage (%) 50-60 Bush coverage (%) 40-50 Bush height (cm) 300 Herbaceous cover (%) 50-60

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 117/ 384

Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 150 Moss coverage (%) 50-60 Number of tallest plant species 14 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Alnus barbata Cop1 Picea orientalis-Caucasus sub-endemic with Sp3 irradiation in Asia Minor Ulmus elliptica (=Ulmus glabra)-specie of Red List of Sol Georgia Bushes Rubus sp. Cop1 Ilex colchica- specie of Caucasus-Balkan (Strandzha)- Sp2 Asia Minor (with Chaneti area) Sambucus nigra Sol Herbaceous cover Asperula odorata Cop2 Veronica beccabunga Sp3 Matteuccia struthiopteris Cop1 Trachystemon orientalis Sp1 Sedum spurium Sp1 Dentaria bulbifera Sol Sambucus ebulus Sol Urtica dioica Sol Moss cover Moss species Cop2

Plot №7. Spruce-Alder Plot №7. Spruce-Alder

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 118/ 384

Plot №7. Dentaria bulbifera Plot №7. Ilex colchica

Plot №7. Asperula odorata

Plot 8.Nut-grove Plant community type Nut-grove Conservation value Low Location Lakhami River valley Sample plot № 8 Sample plot area (m2) 50 GPS coordinates N265042/E4767003 Height a.s.l. (m) 1244 Aspect South-West Inclination 0-100 Structural features of community Bush height (cm) 600 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 100 Bush coverage (%) 60-65 Herbaceous cover (%) 40-50 Moss coverage (%) 50-60 Number of tallest plant species 9 Number of moss species 3

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 119/ 384

Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Bushes Corylus avellana Cop2 Rubus sp. Sp3 Herbaceous cover Allium ursinum Cop1 Matteuccia struthiopteris Sp1 Fragaria vesca Sp2 Sambucus ebulus Sp1 Urtica dioica Sol Dentaria bulbifera Sol Leucanthemum vulgare Sol Moss cover Moss species Cop1

Plot №8. Nut-grove Plot №8. Allium ursinum

Plot №8. Leucanthemum vulgare

Plot 9.Young alder on riverside terrace Plant community type Young alder on riverside terrace Conservation value Low Location Lakhami River valley

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 120/ 384

Sample plot № 9 Sample plot area (m2) 50 GPS coordinates N265359/E4766896 Height a.s.l. (m) 1210 Aspect South Inclination 3-50 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 8 Medium diameter (cm) 7 Max. height of a tree (m) 6 Medium height (m) 4 Number of tallest plant species 30-35 Tree-tier coverage (%) 50-60 Bush coverage (%) _ Bush height (cm) _ Herbaceous cover (%) 20-30 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 100 Moss coverage (%) 10-15 Number of tallest plant species 8 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Alnus barbata Cop2 Bushes Bush species were not found _ Herbaceous cover Sambucus ebulus Cop2 Salvia glutinosa Sp1 Urtica dioica Sp2 Symphytum asperum Sp1 Symphytum ibericum- Caucasian sub-endemic with Sol irradiation in north-east Anatolia (Artvin province, Lazistan) Calystegia silvatica Sol Dentaria bulbifera Sol Moss cover Moss species Sp2

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 121/ 384

Plot №9. Young alder Plot №9. Young alder

Plot 10.Dryopteridaceae fern on a riverside terrace Plant community type Dryopteridaceae fern on a riverside terrace Conservation value Low Location Lakhami River valley Sample plot № 10 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N265360/E4766897 Height a.s.l. (m) 1200 Aspect _ Inclination 00 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 60 Medium diameter (cm) 50 Max. height of a tree (m) 22 Medium height (m) 20 Number of tallest plant species 9-10 Tree-tier coverage (%) 60-65 Bush coverage (%) _ Bush height (cm) _ Herbaceous cover (%) 60-65 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 150 Moss coverage (%) 50-60 Number of tallest plant species 9 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Alnus barbata Cop2 Bushes Bush species were not found _ Herbaceous cover Matteuccia struthiopteris Cop2

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 122/ 384

Sedum spurium Sp3 Geranium robertianum Sp1 Symphytum ibericum- Caucasian sub-endemic with Sp1 irradiation in north-east Anatolia (Artvin province, Lazistan) Salvia glutinosa Sp1 Stelaria neglecta Sp1 Dentaria bulbifera Sol Tussilago farfara Sol Moss cover Moss species Cop1

Plot №10. Dryopteridaceae fern Plot №10. Dryopteridaceae fern

Plot 11.Alder Plant community type Alder Conservation value Average Location Lakhami River valley Sample plot № 11 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N265619/E4766758 Height a.s.l. (m) 1198 Aspect South Inclination 35-400 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 25 Medium diameter (cm) 15 Max. height of a tree (m) 20 Medium height (m) 10 Number of tallest plant species 8-9 Tree-tier coverage (%) 30 Bush coverage (%) 5-10 Bush height (cm) 100

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 123/ 384

Herbaceous cover (%) 20-30 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 120 Moss coverage (%) 5-10 Number of tallest plant species 9 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Alnus barbata Sp3 Acer pseudoplatanus Sol Picea orientalis-Caucasus sub-endemic with Sol irradiation in Asia Minor Bushes Rubus sp. Sol Herbaceous cover Salvia glutinosa Sp3 Senecio pojarkovae-Caucasian endemic Sp2 Sambucus ebulus Sp1 Matteuccia struthiopteris Sp2 Urtica dioica Sol Moss cover Moss species Sp1

Plot №11. Alder Plot №11. Alder

Plot 12.Alder Plant community type Alder Conservation value Average Location Lakhami River valley Sample plot № 12 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N266201/E4766251 Height a.s.l. (m) 1123 Aspect South

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 124/ 384

Inclination 50 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 45 Medium diameter (cm) 20 Max. height of a tree (m) 22 Medium height (m) 15 Number of tallest plant species 10 Tree-tier coverage (%) 60-65 Bush coverage (%) 10-15 Bush height (cm) 100 Herbaceous cover (%) 20-25 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 150 Moss coverage (%) 0-5 Number of tallest plant species 10 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Alnus barbata Cop2 Acer pseudoplatanus Sol Bushes Rubus sp. Sp1 Herbaceous cover Sambucus ebulus Sp2 Allium ursinum Sp2 Urtica dioica Sp1 Matteuccia struthiopteris Sp1 Geranium robertianum Sp1 Impatiens noli-tangere Sol Geum urbanum Sol Moss cover Moss species Sol

Plot №12. Alder Plot №12. Geranium robertianum

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 125/ 384

Plot 13.Alder on riverside terrace Plant community type Alder on riverside terrace Conservation value Average Location Lakhami River valley Sample plot № 13 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N266703/E4765990 Height a.s.l. (m) 1072 Aspect _ Inclination 00 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 50 Medium diameter (cm) 20 Max. height of a tree (m) 22 Medium height (m) 10 Number of tallest plant species 9 Tree-tier coverage (%) 50-60 Bush coverage (%) 5-10 Bush height (cm) 400 Herbaceous cover (%) 50-55 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 150 Moss coverage (%) 50-60 Number of tallest plant species 12 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Alnus barbata Cop1 Abies nordmanniana-Caucasus sub-endemic with Sol irradiation in Asia Minor Picea orientalis-Caucasus sub-endemic with Sol irradiation in Asia Minor Bushes Corylus avellana Sol Sambucus nigra Sol Rhododendron ponticum-oldest relic of the Tertiary Sol period Herbaceous cover Sambucus ebulus Cop1 Fragariaa vesca Sp2 Impatiens noli-tangere Sp1 Sedum spurium Sp1 Chaerophyllum aureum Sol Geranium robertianum Sol Moss cover

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 126/ 384

Moss species Cop1

Plot №13. Alder with spruce and fir Plot №13. Alder on riverside terrace

Plot №13. Alder Plot №13. Rhododendron

Plot 14.Alder on riverside terrace Plant community type Alder on riverside terrace Conservation value Average Location Lakhami River valley Sample plot № 14 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N267457/E4765447 Height a.s.l. (m) 1005 Aspect South Inclination 5-100 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 20 Medium diameter (cm) 18 Max. height of a tree (m) 12 Medium height (m) 10-15 Number of tallest plant species 9 Tree-tier coverage (%) 60-70 Bush coverage (%) _

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 127/ 384

Bush height (cm) _ Herbaceous cover (%) 20-25 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 100 Moss coverage (%) 10-20 Number of tallest plant species 10 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Alnus barbata Cop2 Abies nordmanniana (shoots) -Caucasus sub-endemic Sol with irradiation in Asia Minor Bushes Bush species were not found _ Herbaceous cover Geranium robertianum Sp2 Fragariaa vesca Sp2 Salvia glutinosa Sp1 Pachyphragma macrophyllum Sp1 Senecio pojarkovae-Caucasian endemic Sp1 Sedum spurium Sp1 Impatiens noli-tangere Sol Physalis alkekengi Sol Moss cover Moss species Sp2

Plot №14. Alder Plot №14. Alder on riverside terrace

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 128/ 384

Plot №14. Alder on riverside terrace

Plot 15.Alder on riverside terrace Plant community type Alder on riverside terrace Conservation value Average Location Lakhami River valley Sample plot № 15 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N267721/E476509 Height a.s.l. (m) 953 Aspect East Inclination 50 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 25 Medium diameter (cm) 22 Max. height of a tree (m) 18 Medium height (m) 16 Number of tallest plant species 10-12 Tree-tier coverage (%) 30-40 Bush coverage (%) 10 Bush height (cm) 150 Herbaceous cover (%) 30 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 60 Moss coverage (%) 60-70 Number of tallest plant species 12 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Alnus barbata Sp3 Bushes Sambucus nigra Cop1 Daphne mezereum Unicum Herbaceous cover Pteridium tauricum Sp3

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 129/ 384

Fragariaa vesca Sp2 Geranium robertianum Sp1 Impatiens noli-tangere Sol Sedum spurium Sol Oxalis acetosella Sol Geum urbanum Sol Tussilago farfara Sol Saxifraga cymbalaria Sol Moss cover Moss species Cop2

Plot №15. Alder Plot №15. Alder

Plot №15. Pteridium tauricum Plot №15. Oxalis acetosella

Plot 16.Alder with Willow mixture Plant community type Alder with Willow mixture Conservation value Average Location Lakhami River valley Sample plot № 16 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N268605/E4764482 Height a.s.l. (m) 864

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 130/ 384

Aspect East Inclination 0-30 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 10 Medium diameter (cm) 8 Max. height of a tree (m) 8 Medium height (m) 6 Number of tallest plant species 20-25 Tree-tier coverage (%) 50-60 Bush coverage (%) _ Bush height (cm) _ Herbaceous cover (%) 30 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 100 Moss coverage (%) _ Number of tallest plant species 8 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Alnus barbata Cop1 Salix alba Sol Bushes Bush species were not found _ Herbaceous cover Equisetum variegatum Sp3 Sambucus ebulus Sp1 Petasites albus H-0,5მ Sol Senecio pojarkovae-Caucasian endemic H-1მ Sol Sedum spurium Sol Carex sp. Sol Moss cover Moss cover not developed _

Plot №16. Alder with Willow mixture Plot №16. Alder with Willow mixture

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 131/ 384

Plot 17.Alder on riverside terrace Plant community type Alder on riverside terrace Conservation value Average Location Lakhami River valley Sample plot № 17 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N269097/E4764274 Height a.s.l. (m) 824 Aspect East Inclination 3-50 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 50 Medium diameter (cm) 30 Max. height of a tree (m) 20 Medium height (m) 10 Number of tallest plant species 8-9 Tree-tier coverage (%) 60-70 Bush coverage (%) 7-10 Bush height (cm) 300 Herbaceous cover (%) 50-60 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 150 Moss coverage (%) 80-90 Number of tallest plant species 15 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Alnus barbata Cop2 Picea orientalis-Caucasus sub-endemic with Sol irradiation in Asia Minor Bushes Rosa canina Sol Herbaceous cover Sedum spurium Cop1 Fragariaa vesca Sp3 Oxalis acetosella Sp2 Senecio pojarkovae-Caucasian endemic Sp3 Salvia glutinosa Sp1 Sambucus ebulus Sp1 Prunella vulgaris Sp1 Cynoglossum officinale Sol Plantago lanceolata Sol Geum urbanum Sol Moss cover

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 132/ 384

Moss species Cop3

Plot №17. Alder Plot №17. Alder

Plot 18.Spruce (degraded) with Pteridium Plant community type Spruce (degraded) with Pteridium Conservation value Average Location Location of Lakhami 2 HPP building Sample plot № 18 Sample plot area (m2) 100 GPS coordinates N270531/E4763798 Height a.s.l. (m) 719 Aspect East Inclination 30-400 Structural features of community Max. diameter (cm) 40 Medium diameter (cm) 20 Max. height of a tree (m) 18 Medium height (m) 10 Number of tallest plant species 5-6 Tree-tier coverage (%) 10 Bush coverage (%) _ Bush height (cm) _ Herbaceous cover (%) 10-15 Height of herbaceous cover (cm) 150 Moss coverage (%) 10-20 Number of tallest plant species 14 Species Abundance-coverage according to Drude scale Tree-tier Picea orientalis-Caucasus sub-endemic with Sol irradiation in Asia Minor Tilia begoniifolia Unicum Alnus barbata Sol

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 133/ 384

Carpinus caucasica (sprout) Sol Quercus iberica (shoots) - rare plant Sol Bushes Bush species were not found _ Herbaceous cover Pteridium tauricum Sp3 Senecio pojarkovae-Caucasian endemic Sp1 Fragariaa vesca Sp1 Trifolium campestre Sp1 Leontodon hispidus Sp1 Leucanthemum vulgare Sol Asplenium trichomanes Sol Viola odorata Sol Prunella vulgaris Sol Moss cover Moss species Sp2

Plot №18. Spruce with Pteridium Plot №18. Spruce with Pteridium

4.2.4.1.4 Sensitive Areas

After botanical survey of the project area sensitive territories were identified and their detailed characteristic became possible. Therefore, basing on literature review and field studies following sensitive areas have been identified.

Averagely sensitive areas:

Plot 1.Dryopteridaceae fern on a riverside terrace.Lakhami River valley.Dam alignment – settler.GPS coordinates are N263342/E4767630.Altitude a.s.l. (m) 1415.Aspect east.Inclination5- 100.Following plants are presented: Alnus barbata, Picea orientalis-Caucasus sub-endemic with irradiation in Asia Minor, Ulmus elliptica (=Ulmus glabra)-specie of Red List of Georgia, Acer pseudoplatanus, Abies nordmanniana-Caucasus sub-endemic with irradiation in Asia Minor, From bushes: Rubus sp., and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Matteuccia

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 134/ 384

struthiopteris, Symphytum ibericum- Caucasian sub-endemic with irradiation in north-east Anatolia (Artvin province, Lazistan), Petasites albus, Asperula odorata, Myosotis sp., Veronica beccabunga, Dentaria bulbifera, Paris incomplete, Geranium robertianum. Moss cover developed.

Plot 2.Dryopteridaceae fern on a riverside terrace.Lakhami River valley. GPS coordinates are N263343/E4767631. Altitude a.s.l. (m) 1400.Following plants are presented: Alnus barbata, From bushes: Rubus sp., and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Matteuccia struthiopteris, Equisetum variegatum, Petasites albus, Asperula odorata, Geranium robertianum, Veronica beccabunga. Moss cover developed.

Plot 3.Spruce-Fir (degraded). Lakhami River valley. GPS coordinates are N263781/E4767422. Altitude a.s.l. (m) 1397.Aspect North-East. Inclination 5-100. Following plants are presented: Abies nordmanniana-Caucasus sub-endemic with irradiation in Asia Minor, Picea orientalis-Caucasus sub- endemic with irradiation in Asia Minor, Fagus orientalis, Acer laetum, Sorbus torminalis, From bushes: Ilex colchica- specie of Caucasus-Balkan (Strandzha)-Asia Minor (with Chaneti area), Vaccinium arctostaphylos, Rubus sp. and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Petasites albus, Matteuccia struthiopteris, Symphytum ibericum- Caucasian sub-endemic with irradiation in north-east Anatolia (Artvin province, Lazistan), Pachyphragma macrophyllum, Paris incomplete, Urtica dioica. Moss cover developed.

Plot 4.Beech-Maple.Lakhami River valley. GPS coordinates are N263782/E4767423. Altitude a.s.l. (m) 1390.Aspect east. Inclination 10-150. Following plants are presented: Acer pseudoplatanus, Fagus orientalis, Ulmus elliptica (=Ulmus glabra)-specie of Red List of Georgia, Abies nordmanniana (young) - Caucasus sub-endemic with irradiation in Asia Minor. Bush species were not found, and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Symphytum ibericum- Caucasian sub-endemic with irradiation in north-east Anatolia (Artvin province, Lazistan), Matteuccia struthiopteris, Asperula odorata, Pachyphragma macrophyllum, Fragaria vesca, Geranium robertianum, Dentaria bulbifera, Euphorbia macroceras-Caucasian endemic, Paris incompleta. Moss cover developed.

Plot 5.Alder on riverside terrace.Lakhami River valley. GPS coordinates are N264143/E4767291. Altitude a.s.l. (m) 1394. Following plants are presented: Alnus barbata, From bushes: Rubus sp., and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Symphytum asperum, Dryopteris filix-mas, Petasites albus, Asperula odorata, Carex pendula, Dentaria bulbifera, Fragaria vesca, Hesperis matronalis, Geranium robertianum, Chaerophyllum aureum. Moss cover developed.

Plot 6.Alder on riverside terrace.Lakhami River valley. GPS coordinates are N2664348/E4767218.Altitude a.s.l. (m) 1318.Following plants are presented: Alnus barbata, Acer pseudoplatanus, Abies nordmanniana-Caucasus sub-endemic with irradiation in Asia Minor, From bushes: Rubus sp., and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Asperula odorata, Sambucus ebulus, Matteuccia struthiopteris, Dentaria bulbifera, Impatiens noli-tangere, Fragaria vesca, Geranium robertianum. Moss cover developed.

Plot 7.Spruce-Alder.Lakhami River valley. GPS coordinates are N264638/E4767140. Altitude a.s.l. (m) 1273.Following plants are presented: Alnus barbata, Picea orientalis-Caucasus sub-endemic with irradiation in Asia Minor, Ulmus elliptica (=Ulmus glabra)-specie of Red List of Georgia, From bushes: Rubus sp., Ilex colchica- specie of Caucasus-Balkan (Strandzha)-Asia Minor (with Chaneti area), Sambucus nigra, and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Asperula odorata, Veronica beccabunga,

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 135/ 384

Matteuccia struthiopteris, Trachystemon orientalis, Sedum spurium, Dentaria bulbifera, Sambucus ebulus, Urtica dioica. Moss cover developed.

Plot 10.Dryopteridaceae fern on a riverside terrace.Lakhami River valley. GPS coordinates are N265360/E4766897.Altitude a.s.l. (m) 1200.Following plants are presented: Alnus barbata, Bush species were not found, and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Matteuccia struthiopteris, Sedum spurium, Geranium robertianum, Symphytum ibericum- Caucasian sub-endemic with irradiation in north-east Anatolia (Artvin province, Lazistan), Salvia glutinosa, Stelaria neglecta, Dentaria bulbifera, Tussilago farfara. Moss cover developed.

Plot 11.Alder.Lakhami River valley. GPS coordinates are N265619/E4766758. Altitude a.s.l. (m) 1198.Aspect south. Inclination 35-400. Following plants are presented: Alnus barbata, Acer pseudoplatanus, Picea orientalis-Caucasus sub-endemic with irradiation in Asia Minor, From bushes: Rubus sp., and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Salvia glutinosa, Senecio pojarkovae-Caucasian endemic, Sambucus ebulus, Matteuccia struthiopteris, Urtica dioica. Moss cover developed.

Plot 12.Alder.Lakhami River valley. GPS coordinates are N266201/E4766251. Altitude a.s.l. (m) 1123.Aspect south.Inclination 50. Following plants are presented: Alnus barbata, Acer pseudoplatanus, From bushes: Rubus sp., and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Sambucus ebulus, Allium ursinum, Urtica dioica, Matteuccia struthiopteris, Geranium robertianum, Impatiens noli-tangere, Geum urbanum. Moss cover developed.

Plot 13.Alder on riverside terrace.Lakhami River valley. GPS coordinates are N266703/E4765990. Altitude a.s.l. (m) 1072. Following plants are presented: Alnus barbata, Abies nordmanniana-Caucasus sub-endemic with irradiation in Asia Minor, Picea orientalis-Caucasus sub-endemic with irradiation in Asia Minor, From bushes: Corylus avellana, Sambucus nigra, Rhododendron ponticum-oldest relic of the Tertiary period, and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Sambucus ebulus, Fragariaa vesca, Impatiens noli-tangere, Sedum spurium, Chaerophyllum aureum, Geranium robertianum. Moss cover developed.

Plot 14.Alder on riverside terrace.Lakhami River valley. GPS coordinates are N267457/E4765447. Altitude a.s.l. (m) 1005.Aspect south. Inclination 5-100. Following plants are presented: Alnus barbata, Abies nordmanniana (shoots) -Caucasus sub-endemic with irradiation in Asia Minor, Bush species were not found, and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Geranium robertianum, Fragariaa vesca, Salvia glutinosa, Pachyphragma macrophyllum, Senecio pojarkovae-Caucasian endemic, Sedum spurium, Impatiens noli-tangere, Physalis alkekengi. Moss cover developed.

Plot 15.Alder on riverside terrace.Lakhami River valley. GPS coordinates are N267721/E476509.Altitude a.s.l. (m) 953.Aspect east.Inclination 50. Following plants are presented: Alnus barbata, From bushes: Sambucus nigra, Daphne mezereum, and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Pteridium tauricum, Fragariaa vesca, Geranium robertianum, Impatiens noli-tangere, Sedum spurium, Oxalis acetosella, Geum urbanum, Tussilago farfara, Saxifraga cymbalaria. Moss cover developed.

Plot 16.Alder with Willow mixture.Lakhami River valley. GPS coordinates are N268605/E4764482.Altitude a.s.l. (m) 864.Aspect east.Inclination 0-30. Following plants are presented: Alnus barbata, Salix alba, Bush species were not found, and from herbaceous cover the following species

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 136/ 384

are presented: Equisetum variegatum, Sambucus ebulus, Petasites albus, Senecio pojarkovae-Caucasian endemic, Sedum spurium, Carex sp. Moss cover not developed.

Plot 17.Alder on riverside terrace.Lakhami River valley. GPS coordinates are N269097/E4764274.Altitude a.s.l. (m) 824.Aspect east. Inclination 3-50. Following plants are presented: Alnus barbata, Picea orientalis-Caucasus sub-endemic with irradiation in Asia Minor, From bushes: Rubus sp., and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Sedum spurium, Fragariaa vesca, Oxalis acetosella, Senecio pojarkovae-Caucasian endemic, Salvia glutinosa, Sambucus ebulus, Prunella vulgaris, Cynoglossum officinale, Plantago lanceolata, Geum urbanum. Moss cover developed.

Plot 18.Spruces (degraded) with pteridium fern.Lakhami River valley.Location of Lakhami 2 HPP building. GPS coordinates are N270531/E4763798.Altitude a.s.l. (m) 719.Aspect east. Inclination 30-400. Following plants are presented: Picea orientalis-Caucasus sub-endemic with irradiation in Asia Minor, Tilia begoniifolia, Alnus barbata, Carpinus caucasica (sprout), Quercus iberica (shoots) - rare plant, Bush species were not found, and from herbaceous cover the following species are presented: Pteridium tauricum,Senecio pojarkovae-Caucasian endemic, Fragariaa vesca, Trifolium campestre, Leontodon hispidus, Leucanthemum vulgare, Asplenium trichomanes, Viola odorata, Prunella vulgaris. Moss cover developed.

4.2.4.1.5 Rare and Red List Species of Georgia Found within the Project Corridor

It should be mentioned that the Red List of Georgia which includes 56 species of vegetation - is not complete. At the moment Red List species are being modified. In particular, the herbaceous plants are being identified according to IUCN categories (identification of categories of their state and conservation status). After extrapolation of this data number of the Red List species will significantly increase. At this stage only one specie of the Red List of Georgia is being identified within the project corridor:Ulmus glabra Huds. (=Ulmus elliptica C. Koch). Table below shows status of the Red List specie found within project corridor:

№ Category of condition Latin title Georgian title and status Angiosperms 1 Ulmus glabra Huds. შიშველი თელადუმა VU

In addition, some rare, endangered and vulnerable species are occurring in the project corridor, for instance:Quercus iberica (rare plant);Subendemic of Caucasus with irradiation in northeast part of Asia Minor: Abies nordmanniana, Picea orientalis; Rhododendron ponticum-oldest relic of the Tertiary period; Ilex colchica- Colchian, apart from Caucasus grows in Strandzha (Balkans) and Chaneti (Asia Minor); Symphytum ibericum-Caucasian sub-endemic with irradiation in north-east Anatolia (Artvin province, Lazistan).Caucasian endemic: Senecio pojarkovae,Euphorbia macroceras.Species protected by the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES 1975; universal) and the Bern Convention have not been observed within the project corridor.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 137/ 384

4.2.4.1.6 Inventory of Forest within Lakhami HPP Cascade Project Corridor

Determination of forest volume within project area of hydro technical complex of the riv. Lakhami (right tributary of the riv. Nenskra): a) Headworks and settler of the upper step.A small dam is designed on the bottom of the riv. Lakhami valley (GPS coordinates: 0263641; 4767584). Arrangement of settler is also consideredon a small distance from the dam alignment, namely on the proalluvial terrace of the right bank of the riv. Lakhami (GPS coordinates: 0263665; 4767556). In total, the project area is of 1 ha; b) Upper section of culvert pipe.1,5 m diameter wide culvert pipe installed above the ground within the mentioned section must connect two hydraulic unit located remotely from one another: the settler mentioned above and machinery station of Lakhami 1 HPP. Length of the project corridor in this section is 4 km, width – 12 m, and a whole area of the corridor within the mentioned section is 4,8 ha; c) Power house of Lakhami 1. This building of machinery station is designed for the left bank of Lakhami river, within proluvial terrace located 1050 m a.s.l. GPS coordinatesof the future station are: 0267001; 4765820, and the area for construction and further operation is no more than 0,5 ha; d) Headworks and settler of the lower step.Total area of both facilities is 0,8 ha with the following GPS coordinates for the dam alignment: 0266947; 4765815; and the following GPS coordinates for the settler: 0267073; 4765752. Both, water pond and settler are designed for the right bank of the river, on 1050 m a.s.l; e) Lower section of culvert pipe.This section of the pipe connects lower settler and machinery station of Lakhami 2. The length of the project corridor is also 4 km with total area of 4,8 ha; f) Lakhami 2 power house. This facility is designed to be constructed between two rivers – Nenskra and its tributary Lakhami, on 700 m a.s.l. in vicinity of Sgurishi village (GPS coordinates:0270539; 4763889), project territory of which (area of 0,5 ha)is a little higher than bottoms of both river valleys and is characterized by plateau-like, flat surface.

Volume of forest at the foot:

“Evaluation Method”, which has been used for remote sections of the project area, was based on the following data:

• Area of the project territory; • The share of forested area (%) within the full area of the territory; • The share of particular unit of the forest (%) within the study section of the project corridor; • Share (%) of taxation unit area within the forested area of the project area; • Varietal composition formula of the grove (tier); • Average age of the dominant tree species within the grove (tier); • Sum of relative density of the grove (tier); • Standard table for calculating the volume of the grove (tier). Results of inventory and calculations are provided in the following two tables.

In total within the Lakhami hydro technical complex area 885.4 cubic meters of forest was registered, including 589.9 cubic meters of forest located at foot of upper and lower sections of culvert pipe. On territory for future upper reservoir and settler – 138,5 m3; project territory of Lakhami 1 HPP – 48 m3;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 138/ 384

project area of lower reservoir and settler – 96 m3; and finally, project territory of Lakhami 2 HPP – 13 m3.

From the registered forest alder is presented in biggest amount timber of which is 502,8 m3, i.e. 57% of the whole forest. Second comes fir – 168 m3 (19%), beech – 162,4 m3 (18%), spruce – 12,5 m3 (1,4%) and other species.

As for the forest registered per area unit, the picture is also rather ambiguous and contrasting. Namely, within one taxation unit of culvert pipe corridor, where fir and beech are prevailing, 153 m3 of forest was observed per 1 ha, which is a maximum of the forest registered within the project area of the hydraulic complex; while only 26 m3 was registered per 1 ha within the project territory of Lakhami 2 HPP.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 139/ 384

Table 4.2.4.1.6.1.Cubic distribution of forest within area unit (1 ha) according to tree species and taxation unit

Tree species Bird Goat Alder Fir Beech Maple Hornbeam Nut Spruce Lime Total cherry willow Taxation units Upper and lower project

corridors of culvert pipe 2,3 97,6 46 6,8 152,7 18,6 32,1 49,6 0,7 3,2 0,3 0,7 105,2 16,2 16,2 45,3 4,1 5,8 0,5 1,4 2 1,1 0,2 60.4 Project area of upper reservoir 138 0,5 138,5 and settler Project territory of Lakhami 1 96 96 HPP Project area of lower reservoir 96 96 and settler Project territory of Lakhami 2 26 26 HPP

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 140/ 384

Table 4.2.4.1.6.2.Forest volume (cubature) distribution in accordance with tree species, project territories and taxation units

Tree species Goat Alder Fir Beech Elm Maple Hornbeam Nut Bird cherry Spruce Lime Total willow Project territories and taxation units

Upper and lower project corridors of 207,8 168,3 162,4 1,8 6,6 7,3 20,4 0,9 12,5 0,5 1,4 589.9 culvert pipe 2,1 88,8 41,9 139 37,1 64,2 99,1 1,4 6,2 210 16,2 6,3 0,5 1,4 16,2 168.6 15,3 21,4 1,8 5,2 7,3 4,2 0,9 224.7 Project area of upper reservoir and 138 0,5 138,5 settler

Project territory of Lakhami 1 HPP 48 48

Project area of lower reservoir and 96 96 settler

Project territory of Lakhami 2 HPP 13 13

Total 502,8 168,3 162,4 2,3 6,6 7,3 20,4 0,9 12,5 0,5 1,4 885.4

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 141/ 384

4.2.4.2 Wildlife

This paragraph provides zoological study results carried out in project corridor of Lakhami HPP cascade. Field survey was conducted in 2011, 2014 and 2015.

The main objective of the study was determination of animal species within the project area as well as establishment of their main habitat; apart form that it was important to define possible impacts on fauna during construction and operation phases of the project and development of relevant mitigation measures. Special attention must be paid to animal species protected by Georgian legislation and international agreements (species in Red Lists and of other conservation statuses) and species important for population and tourism-wise interesting specimens. Results of fauna survey were based on literary sources, known facts, professional experience and data collected during field studies.

4.2.4.2.1 Zoo-Geographical Description of the Project Area

The project territory is entirely located in the western zone of Caucasus region within Eastern Mediterranean Province of Palearctic ecozone (Верещагин, 1959; Гаджиев, 1986;). Construction area covers section riv. Lakhami valley, located between elevations 725-1425 m a.s.l., which, in terms of landscape-geography, is consistent with mountain forest zone of west Caucasus. In terms of fauna, species distributed here mostly are typical for the mountain forests of Caucasus.

4.2.4.2.2 Ecosystems under the Impact of the Project and Important in Terms of Biodiversity

Distribution of individual animal species and complexes often coincides with boundaries of landscape or biotope. Landscapes are scattered mosaic-like within every physical-geographical or zoo-geographical regions.

As mentioned above, the construction area covers mountain forest zones of west Caucasus. Upper and lower boundaries of the zone vary from 500-600 to 1700-2000 m a.s.l. which is resulted by influence of slope inclination, exposition, anthropogenic impacts and other factors (Ketskhoveli, 1960; Gulisashvili, 1977;). The area is presented with following types of vegetation: 1000-1200 m a.s.l. – deciduous forest, mainly beech varieties, Georgian oak from below and chestnut with mixtures of lime, maple and etc. Sub-forest is represented by relic Colchis elements: rhododendron and Prunus laurocerasus. Yellow Azalea is observed in certain areas. From 1000-1100 m a.s.l. to 1800-1850 m formation composition of forest vegetation changes. The forest cover is dominated by beech and dark coniferous (spruce, fir) species. Mostly mixed forests are observed (see picture 4.3.4.3.1).

Fern is observed along the river banks. Some territories are cleared due to tree felling. Small puddles and springs are also present.

In general, the project area is under significant anthropogenic influence, which is mainly due to tree felling. The cutting traces can be seen on the full length of the valley. Forest is sparse, its natural structure is violated due to absence of big trees (see picture 4.3.4.3.2).

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 142/ 384

The road for log transportation runs along the river (see picture 4.3.4.3.3). The same road is used to move cattle to summer pastures and back. Large amount of cattle is moving in the forest near the village (in lower part). Al this has a certain impact on local fauna and changes structure of fauna complex.

Picture 4.3.4.3.1.Mixed forest on Lakhami valley Picture 4.3.4.3.2. Fragments of felled trees in slope Lakhami valley

Picture 4.3.4.3.3. Car loaded with prepared wood-material

4.2.4.2.3 Study Methodology

Route method was mainly used while studying the area. Every specie was visually observed and registered along the valley transect. Other signs of animal present were also observed: tracks, droppings, burrows, feathers, fur and etc.

Bird species were determined by sound, if visual observation was impossible.

Reptiles and amphibians were observed on transects, shelters and water ponds. Also, information collected in previous years was used together with data published in scientific literature; interviews with local population and forestry personnel were conducted.

All this enabled us to identify specie composition of animals inhabiting these areas, also seasonal and randomly coming animals and to come up with relevant conclusions.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 143/ 384

4.2.4.2.4 Characteristics of Animal Species within the Study Area

Main species of terrestrial fauna detected during field surveys are presented below. The following paragraphs include information on specie compositions, their preservation and risk status and information on highly sensitive species. Since individual habitats are often encroached into the borders of each other, a certain mosaic of habitats is created. Additionally, there is no single, universally accepted system of habitat classification. Therefore, given that the project territory within the valley covers a rather small area, individual species will be discussed as part of a common fauna representatives.

4.2.4.2.4.1 Mammals (Class: Mammalia):

108 species of mammals are registered in Georgia. Study of the project area defined 28 species. Those are: Levant mole (Talpa levantis),Radde's shrew (Sorex raddei),Caucasian pygmy shrew (Sorex volnuchini),Caucasian water shrew (Neomys teres), Red squirrel(Sciurus vulagaris),Edible dormouse (Glis glis), forest dormouse (Dryomis nitedula), Caucasian wood mouse (Sylvaemus sp.), Major's Pine Vole (Terricola majori), Robert's Snow Vole (Chionimys roberti). According to A. Bukhnikashvili and S. Natradze following species of bats are found on the territory:Whiskered/Brandt's bat (Myotis mystacinus/brandtii), Natterer's bat (Myotis nattereri), Common noctule (Nyctalus noctula), Greater noctule bat (Nyctalus lasiopterus), Common pipistrelle (Pipistrellus pipistellus), Serotine bat (Eptesicus serotinus), Brown long-eared bat (Plecotus auritus). Carnivores are:European badger (Meles meles), European otter (Lutra lutra), Least weasel (Mustela nivalis), European pine marten (Martes martes), Red fox (Vulpes vulpes), Gray wolf (Canis lupus), Brown bear (Ursus arctos), Wildcat (Felis sylvestris), Eurasian lynx (Lynx lynx). Roe deer (Capreolus capreolus) and Wild boar (Sus scrofta) are rarely seen in the valley.

Large habitats of endangered animals are not found within the study area. Those animals are temporary or accidental visitors of the area. Such is Brown bear (Ursus arctos), which comes to this part of valley in search of food (see picture 4.2.4.2.4.1.1). However, the region is not its reproduction area.

Picture4.2.4.2.4.1.1.Track of Brown bear (Ursus arctos)

As for Eurasian lynx (Lynx lynx), it comes here very rarely from the upper part of Kodori ridge. Even though, both species are highly sensitive, impact of the project on them is less expected.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 144/ 384

European otter (Lutra lutra) seems to inhabit the area throughout the year, however it is mostly observed from the end of summer till beginning of winter, when trout relocated here for spawning from the riv. Nenskra. Hence, construction works will have an impact on this specie.

In terms of terrestrial fauna inhabiting the study area bats (order: Chiroptera)belongs to vulnerable group of species. Bats are rather limited in providing shelter for their colonies. Favorable shelters are tree hollows, caves and abandoned buildings, which is very important for bats. Every specie of bats found in Georgia is included in annex II of Bonn convention and is protected by EUROBATS agreement. According to this agreement, Georgia is obliged to protect 8 species of bats inhabiting the project are and its adjacent territories (see table 4.2.4.2.4.1.1.).

Table 4.2.4.2.4.1.1.Bats within Lakhami valley

National/intern № Latin title Georgian title English title ational status 1 Myotis mystacinus ულვაშა მღამიობი Whiskered Bat LC 2 Myotis brandtii ბრანტის მღამიობი Brandt's Bat LC 3 Myotis nattereri ნატერერის მღამიობი Natterer's Bat LC 4 Nyctalus noctula წითური მეღამურა Common LC Noctule 5 Nyctalus lasiopterus გიგანტური მეღამურა Giant Noctule LC Bat 6 Pipistrellus pipistrellus ჯუჯა ღამორი Common LC Pipistrelle 7 Eptesicus serotinus მეგვიანე ღამურა Serotine Bat LC 8 Plecotus auritus რუხი ყურა Brown Big-eared LC Bat

Additionally, the region covers distribution area of some species interesting for society. These are animals for sport hunting and attractive for tourists (see table 4.2.4.2.4.1.2).

Table 4.2.4.2.4.1.2.Mammals of special interests within the study region

National/international Specie Georgian title Distribution on study area status Canis lupus მგელი Permanent visitor - Vulpes vulpes მელა Local inhabitant - Ursus arctos მურა დათვი Permanent visitor EN Meles meles მაჩვი Local inhabitant - Martes martes ტყის კვერნა Local inhabitant - Felis silvestris ტყის კატა Local inhabitant - Capreolus ევროპული შველი Local inhabitant - capreolus Lutra lutra წავი Permanent visitor VU Lynx lynx ფოცხვერი Non-regular visitor CR Sus scrofa გარეული ღორი Possible visitor -

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 145/ 384

It is noteworthy, that basing on field surveys, literary sources and interviews with local population no essential section of the area was determined for mammal species.

4.2.4.2.4.2 Birds (Class: Aves)

Georgian bird fauna counts about 390 species of birds, 220 out of which is inhabiting and nesting, and others are found within the country during migration or winter periods.

210 species of birds were identified on the study area. 94 species are inhabiting and nesting the project region and adjacent territories. Those species are as follows:bearded vulture (Gypaetus barbatus), griffon vulture (Gyps fulvus), golden eagle (Aquila chrysaetos), booted eagle (Aquila pennatus), common buzzard (Buteo buteo), Eurasian sparrowhawk (Accipiter nisus), northern goshawk (Accipiter gentilis), common kestrel (Falco tinnunculus), Eurasian hobby (Falco subbuteo), peregrine falcon (Falco peregrinus), common sandpiper (Actitis hypoleucos), little ringed plover (Charadrius dubius), stock dove (Columba oenas), common wood pigeon (Columba palumbus), common cuckoo (Cuculus canorus), tawny owl (Strix aluco), European scops owl (Otus scops), boreal owl (Aegolius funereus), European nightjar (Caprimulgus europaeus), common swift (Apus apus), hoopoe (Upupa epops), black woodpecker (Dryocopus martius), European green woodpecker (Picus viridis), great spotted woodpecker (Dendrocopos major), middle spotted woodpecker (Dendrocopos medius), lesser spotted woodpecker (Dendrocopos minor), Eurasian wryneck (Jynx torquilla), horned lark (Eremophila alpestris), Eurasian skylark (Alauda arvensis), woodlark (Lullula arborea), barn swallow (Hirundo rustica), Eurasian crag martin (Ptyonoprogne rupestris), water pipit (Anthus spinoletta), tree pipit (Anthus trivialis), white wagtail (Motacilla alba), grey wagtail (Motacilla cinerea), white-throated dipper (Cinclus cinclus), dunnock (Prunella modularis), European robin (Erithacus rubecula), common redstart (Phoenicurus phoenicurus), black redstart (Phoenicurus ochruros), northern wheatear (Oenanthe oenanthe), whinchat (Saxicola rubetra), African stonechat (Saxicola turquata), song thrush (Turdus philomelos), mistle thrush (Turdus viscivorus), common blackbird (Turdus merula), ring ouzel (Turdus torquatus), common rockthrush (Monticola saxatilis), Eurasian blackcap (Silvia atricapilla), common whitethroat (Sylvia communis), marsh warbler (Acrocephalus palustris), common chiffchaff (Phylloscopus collybita), mountain chiffchaff (Phylloscopus lorenzii), green warbler (Phylloscopus nitidus), Eurasian wren (Troglodytes troglodytes), spotted flycatcher (Muscicapa striata), red-breasted flycatcher (Ficedula parva), great tit (Parus maior), coal tit (Parus ater), Eurasian blue tit (Parus caeruleus), long-tailed tit (Aegithalos caudatus), goldcrest (Regulus regulus), Eurasian nuthatch (Sitta europaea), Kruper´s Nuthatch (Sitta kruperi), short-toed treecreeper (Certhia brachydactyla), Eurasian treecreeper (Certhia familiaris), red-backed shrike (Lanius collurio), Eurasian jay (Garrulus glandarius), common raven (Corvus corax), common chaffinch (Fringilla coelebs), Common linnet (Carduelis cannabina), twite (Carduelis flavirostris), European goldfinch (Carduelis caduelis), European greenfinch (Chloris chloris), red-fronted serin (Serinus pusillus), Eurasian siskin (Spinus spinus), Eurasian bullfinch (Pyrrhula pyrrhula), red crossbill (Loxia curvirostra), hawfinch (Coccothraustes coccothraustes),Common Rosefinch (Carpodacus erythrinus), rock bunting (Emberiza cia), corn bunting (Miliaria calandra).

Considering all available data we may conclude, that nesting bird fauna within the study area is rather poor, especially in the project area. It is represented by common, widespread and numerous species.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 146/ 384

In terms of nesting bird conservation dominant group is small sparrow-like birds. It is noteworthy, that common buzzard (Buteo buteo) reproduction areas are found on the project adjacent territory.

Bearded vulture (Gypaetus barbatus), griffon vulture (Gyps fulvis) and golden eagle (Aquila chrysaetos) are rare residents throughout the year with vertical relocation of seasonal nature. It is most likely that construction activities shall not have a significant impact on birds of prey, since their nests are located very far from the project territory.

4.2.4.2.4.3 Reptiles (Class: Reptilia)

54 species of reptiles are registered on the territory of Georgia. Most of these species inhabit south-east part of the country and hence, project will not have any impact on them.

Only 7 types of reptiles were observed within the study area: slow worm (Anguilis fragilis) (seePicture 4.2.4.2.4.3.1.),Caucasian lizard (Darevskia caucasica), spiny-tailed lizard (Darevskia rudis) (seePicture 4.2.4.2.4.3.2.), Derjugin’s lizard (Darevskia derjugini), dice snake (Natrix tesselata), smooth snake (Coronella austriaca), Caucasus viper (Vipera kaznakovi).

Reptile fauna incorporates a few endemic species found only in Caucasus and north part of Asia Minor. Those are Caucasus viper (Vipera kaznakovi) and rock lizards of Darevskiafamily. The Caucasus viper is a rare specimen and is enlisted in Georgian and international (IUCN) Red List.

Habitats of rock lizards are mainly represented by certain areas of the rocks rich with insects and other invertebrates. Only Derjugin’s lizard (Darevskia derjugini) lives in forests, near the roads and near individual rocks. Since such areas will not be impounded during the construction works, it is unlikely that the project will have any impact on the population of rock lizards.

Caucasus viper (Vipera kaznakovi) is found in riverside alders, ferns, sunny meadows with high grass and shrubbery. Such areas are located near the riverbed and roads. Therefore, construction may have a negative impact on the population.

Picture 4.2.4.2.4.3.1. Slow worm (Anguilis fragilis) Picture4.2.4.2.4.3.1. Spiny-tailed lizard(Darevskia rudis).

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 147/ 384

4.2.4.2.4.4 Amphibians (Class: Amphibia)

12 species of amphibians are registered in Georgia, 6 of which are found within the study area:banded newt (Ommatotriton (sin.Triturus) vittatus), Caucasian parsley frog (Pelodytes caucasicus), European green toad (Bufo viridis), Caucasian toad (Bufo verrucosissimus), marsh frog (Rana ridibunda), long- legged wood frog (Rana macrocnemis).

Two species of amphibians distributed on the project area are endemic and are only found in Caucasus: Caucasian parsley frog (Pelodytes caucasicus) and Caucasian toad (Bufo verrucosissimus). Their habitats are mostly located in Georgia.

Two regional endemic species that are only found in Caucasus and north part of Asia Minor are: banded newt (Ommatotriton (sin.Triturus) vittatus) and marsh frog (Rana ridibunda). Due to limited area of habitats these species are highly sensitive towards project activities.

Due to shortage of ponds suitable for reproduction on the project territory it is not excluded that the amphibians will use puddles created after vehicle movement or waters accumulated on roadsides after snowmelt. Such micro-pods must be conserved in period of their reproduction.

4.2.4.2.5 Endemic Species of Terrestrial Fauna Inhabiting the Study Area

Caucasia is characterized by high concentration of endemic forms of animals, which is explained with historical features of geology.Total number of regional endemic species varies between 20-30% for fish, amphibians, reptiles and mammals. Among birds endemicity is mostly presented on level. 21 taxon of vertebrates endemic for Caucasus in included in the following categories of the Red List: “DD: data deficient, LR(nt): lower risk, near threatened, VU: vulnerable, EN: endangered and CR: critically endangered”. They include eight species of mammals, one bird, ten reptiles and two amphibians. At least five mammals, one bird, 17 reptiles, 18 and hundreds of invertebrates (insects, snails, ) are endemic for Caucasus,however they are not given a conservation status.

Below you will find list of endemic forms distributed within the project area (seetable 4.2.4.2.5.1.).

Table 4.2.4.2.5.1.Endemic species within study region

Class Specie Georgian title Endemicity

Sorex raddei რადეს ბიგა Caucasia Mammals Talpa caucasica კავკასიური თხუნელა Caucasia Chionomys roberti მცირეაზიური მემინდვრია Caucasia

Birds Phylloscopus lorenzii კავკასიური ყარანა Caucasia Darevskia rudis ქართული ხვლიკი Caucasia and Asia Minor Reptiles Darevskia derjugini ართვინის ხვლიკი Caucasia Vipera kaznakovi კავკასიური გველგესლა Caucasia Ommatotriton ophryticus მცირეაზიური ტრიტონი Caucasia and Asia Minor Rana macrocnemis მცირეაზიური ბაყაყი Caucasia and Asia Minor Amphibians Bufo verrucosissimus კავკასიური გომბეშო Caucasia Pelodytes caucasicus კავკასიური ჯვრიანა Caucasia

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 148/ 384

4.2.4.2.6 Red List Species Found within Study Area

8 species of terrestrial fauna within the study area is enlisted in the Red List of Georgia. 6 of them were identified during field surveys.

In accordance with Red List criteria one of three mammals belongs to vulnerable (VU) category, one – endangered (EN) category and one – critically endangered (CR) category.

All four bird species enlisted in the Red List belong to vulnerable (VU) category.

One specimen of reptiles is endangered (EN).

4 out of 8 species (otter, possibly bear, owl and Caucasus viper) occupy individual plots within the project area. Other species are rare or accidental visitor.

Red List species found within the project region are listed in the table below.

Table 4.2.4.2.6.1.Red List species found within the project area

№ Latin title Georgian title English title Status Inhabiting type Mammals 1 Ursus arctos მურა დათვი Brown Bear EN Regular visitor 2 Lynx lynx ფოცხვერი European Lynx CR Rare visitor 3 Lutra lutra წავი Otter VU Local, visitor Birds 4 Gypaetus barbatus ბატკანძერი Lammergeier VU Visitor 5 Gyps fulvus ორბი Eurasian Griffon Vulture VU Visitor 6 Aquila chrysaetus მთის არწივი Golden Eagle VU Visitor 7 Aegolius funereus ბუკიოტი (Boreal)Tengmalm’s VU Local Owl Reptiles 8 Vipera kaznakovi კავკასიური Caucasian viper EN Local გველგესლა Categories: VU -vulnerable; EN - endangered; CR –Critically endangered.

4.2.4.2.7 Highly Sensitive Areas within Study Territory

Given small area of the project and condition of natural habitats at place, which is heavily changed by economic impact of humans, relatively sensitive areas are: river shoreline with its shrubbery, high grasses and individual trees. Following species inhabit the area:Caucasus viper (Vipera kaznakovi), European otter (Lutra lutra), and boreal owl (Aegolius funereus),possibly bats.

In springtime here and on roadsides small ponds are created due to snowmelt and rains, where endemic species of amphibians reproduce (seepicture 4.2.4.2.7.1.).

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 149/ 384

Main harm will be caused to the species located in project corridor during breeding period or permanently or reproduce (amphibians, reptiles and small mammals) in shelters located here (hollows, holes, stone piles, water ponds and etc).

Picture 4.2.4.2.7.1.Spawn of long-legged wood frog (Rana macrocnemis)

4.2.4.3 Ichthyofauna

4.2.4.3.1 Ichthyofauna and Hydrofauna of the riv. Inguri

Inguri Rive is one of the biggest rivers of west Georgia, plankton, benthos, periphyton and microphytes of which have been poorly studied.

In 2009 we conducted survey of Inguri hydrofauna, namely in Inguri mouth, lower and middle reaches; and in 2010-2014 Ichthyofauna of the riv. Nenskra was studied. Benthic fauna was studied using Petersen and Sadovsky equipment, plankton was studied using Drift plankton net and phytoplankton was studied using vertical bathometer.

The flow is rather slow in the lower reaches and the mouth of the river, here vegetation cover is presented by Typha angustifolia, Pragmites asutrralis, Nuphar lutea and Elodea canadensis.

Phytoplankton forms are only present in the mouth and in vicinity. Mouth is represented by euryhaline forms of fresh water as well as forms coming from the sea. 50 forms of phytoplankton is registered here, including Cyanophita - 4, Bacillariophyta - 18, Chlococcales – 20 and Euglenophyta – 8 forms. Phytoplankton species are not registered in middle and upper reaches.

Zooplankton in confluence and in vicinity is represented by Cladocera, Rotatoria, Copepoda and Nauplii Copepoda. From Cladocerafollowings are observed: Moina rectireostris, Daphnia magna, Bosmina longirostris, Alona sp., Pleuroxus abuncus, Chidorus sphaericus. From Rotatoria: Brachionus angularis, Keretella quadrata, Asplanchna sp. From Copepoda: Cyclops strenius. Together with typical forms of zooplankton temporarily living Chironomidae and Polichaeta forms are observed. Middle and upper reaches of Inguri lacks planktonic settlement.

Zoobenthos of Inguri (confluence and middle reach) is represented by 12 systematic groups, namely: Ostracoda, Nematoda, Hirudinea, Foraminifera, Chironomidae, Ephemeroptera (Larvae), Odonata (Larvae), Ostarcoda, Decapoda, , Neniatomorpha, Polychaeta, Oligochaeta, up to 60 species.In terms of species dominants are Chironomidae, Mollusca and Oligochaeta. Average number of

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 150/ 384

zoobenthos is - 1610 specimen/m2, biomass - 8005 ml/m2. In terms of biomass dominants are Oligochaetaand Chironomidae.

From mega-invertebrates of the Inguri river followings are distributed: Astacus (Pontastacus) leptodactylus Eschscholtz, 1823 - crayfish and Astacus astacus colchicus Kessler, 1878 –European crayfish (Бирштейн, Виноградов, 1934; Бирштейн, 1940), which is included in the Red List of Georgia with a conservation status VU (vulnerable).

According to Elanidze report, Inguri Ichthyofauna is presented by 41 species (Elanidze, 1960; Kokhia, 1960; Elanidze, 1983). Studies of 2008-2009 and 2001 by A. Guchmanidze determined 17 families and 47 species/subspecies of Inguri Ichthyofauna. 5 of them is endemic of Cochis, 1 specie Colchis-Anatolia endemic, 2 speciesCaucasian endemic, 5 speciesPonto-Caspian relict, 6 endemic of the Black Sea basin (see table 3.2.5.4.1.1.).

Eight species distributed here, namelyEuropean Sturgeon, Starry Sturgeon, Colchic Sturgeon, Beluga Sturgeon, Black Sea Salmon, Trout, Monkey Gobyand Black Sea Roachare in danger of extinction and therefore are included in the Red List of Georgia.

In 1978 construction of Inguri HPP and its arch dam was finished (north of Jvari town). Due to this construction main mass of the water was diverted west of the Inguri – into a special channel with length of 30 km and which is directly connected with the Black Sea. Only 10% of the river water flows downstream Inguri dam for sanitary purpose. Even though, tributaries of Inguri, rivers Magana and Jumi, fill the water mass, it is still not enough for existence of hydrofauna and historical complexes of Ichthyofauna between them in the middle and lower reaches of the river, especially for migration of anadromous fish (salmon and sturgeon) (Beradze, 1986). After 70s of the past century reproduction migration of sturgeons in the riv. Inguri (second important river for sturgeons after riv. ) stopped. Spawning areas of Inguri were completely destroyed (due to dehydration). Historically sturgeons used Inguri for spawning no less than they used Rioni; the reproduction areas were located from the village Shamgona till Jvari town, and the length of the area was about 35 km. Now, sturgeons come here in very small numbers (Colchic Sturgeon, Beluga Sturgeon andStarry Sturgeon) mostly for feeding and only in the confluence area (Guchmanidze, 2009; Guchmanidze, 2012; Ninua, Guchmanidze, 2012). Also, due to dehydration most part of reproduction areas of Black Sea Salmon was destroyed. The area used to be stretched from the village Lia till village Khudoni. At present, Black Sea Salmon spawns in small numbers in tributary of Inguri downstream the dam – riv. Magana.

By fish distribution, Inguri can be divided into three parts: delta, section before Inguri dam and section upstream Inguri dam.

Hydrological upper reach spreads from the origins till the village Khaishi. Upper reach is rich with tributaries, is characterized by high speed and water temperature of 0.5°C – 14°C. Only trout inhabits this area. Hydrological middle reach extends from the village Khaishi till the village Rukhi. From the village KHaishi till Jvari the river Inguri flows in the narrow and deep valley, till village Rukhi the riverbed gradually expands and flow speed slowly reduces. Hydrological lower reach spreads from Rukhi village till the Black Sea (Anaklia).

Unlike qualitative indicator of the riv. Inguri Ichthyofauna, quantitative index is not abundant. None of the species are presented in production scale, therefore only amateur fishing takes place. In this regard important are: trout (illegal fishing takes place), Colchic Nase, Caucasian Goby, Roach, Colchic Bleak, Rudd, Zahrte, Colchis barbell and Caucasian chub.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 151/ 384

European Sturgeon is enlisted in Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES) annex I (Georgia joined the CITES convention in 1996),andStarry Sturgeon, Colchic SturgeonandBeluga Sturgeonare included in the annex II of the same convention.

European Sturgeonis also included in I and II annexes of Convention on the Conservation of Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS) i.e. Bonn Convention(Georgia joined Bonn convention in 2000),and Starry Sturgeon, Colchic Sturgeon andBeluga Sturgeonare enlisted in annex II of Bonn Convention.

European Sturgeon, Starry SturgeonandBeluga Sturgeon are enlisted in annex II (Strictly Protected Fauna Species) of Convention on the Conservation of European Wildlife and Natural Habitats i.e. Bern Convention (Georgian joined Bern Convention in 2008).

All sturgeon species of Georgia are included in The Commission on the Protection of the Black Sea Against Pollution i.e. Bucharest Convention (signed April 21, 1992, Romania, Bucharest; ratified by Georgia in 1993), namely in protocol on Conservation of Black Sea Biodiversity and Landscape (signed in 2002, , Sofia; ratified by Georgia in 2010), Annex II (Preliminary List of Important Black Sea Species).

Ichthyofauna of Inguri is presented in table 4.2.4.3.1.1.

Table 4.2.4.3.1.1.Ichthyofauna of the riv. Inguri

## Scientific title Georgian title English title Protection status/endemism ოჯ. Petromyzontidae Fam. I სალამურასებ Bonaparte, 1831 Lampreys რნი Eudontomyzon mariae (Berg, Ukrainian 1 სალამურა 1931) Brook Lamprey Acipenseridae Bonaparte, ოჯ. Fam. II 1831 ზუთხისებრნი Sturgeons European Is in the Red List of Georgia, 2 Acipenser sturio Linnaeus, 1758 ფორონჯი Sturgeon status CR Is in the Red List of Georgia, 3 Acipenser stellatus Pallas, 1771 ტარაღანა Starry Sturgeon status EN Endemic to the Black Sea basin, Is Acipenser persicus colchicus კოლხური Colchic 4 in the Red List of Georgia, status Marti, 1940 ზუთხი Sturgeon EN Beluga Is in the Red List of Georgia, 5 Huso huso (Linnaeus, 1758) სვია Sturgeon status EN ოჯ. Fam. III Salmonidae Cuvier, 1816 ორაგულისებ Salmons რნი Endemic to the Black Sea basin; შავი ზღვის Black Sea 6 Salmo labrax pallas,1814 Is in the Red List of Georgia, ორაგული Salmon status EN

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 152/ 384

Endemic to the Black Sea basin; Salmo labrax fario Linnaeus, ნაკადულის 7 Trout Is in the Red List of Georgia, 1758 კალმახი status VU ოჯ. IV Fleming, 1822 ღორჯოსებრნ Fam. Gobies ი melanostomus (Pallas, შავპირა 8 Round Goby Ponto-Caspian relict 1814) ღორჯო Neogobius fluviatilis (Pallas, მექვიშია Ponto-Caspian relict, Is in the Red 9 Monkey Goby 1814) ღორჯო List of Georgia, status VU Neogobius ratan (Nordmann, 10 ღორჯო-რატანი Ratan Goby Ponto-Caspian relict 1840) Ponticola constructor მდინარის Caucasian 11 Caucasian endemic (Nordmann, 1840) ღორჯო Goby Proterorhinus marmoratus მილცხვირა 12 Tubenose Goby Ponto-Caspian relict (Pallas, 1814) ღორჯო Neogobius gymnotrachelus ყელტიტველი 13 Racer Goby Ponto-Caspian relict (Kessler, 1857) ღორჯო ოჯ. Fam. V Percidae Cuvier, 1816 ქორჭილასებ Perches რნი 14 Perca fluviatilis Linnaeus, 1758 ქორჭილა Perch Pleuronectidae Rafinesque, ოჯ. მდინარის VI Fam. Flounders 1815 კამბალასებრნი Platichthys flesus (Linnaeus, კამბალა- 15 Flounder 1758) გლოსა VI Esocidae Cuvier, 1816 ოჯ. წერისებრნი Fam. Pikes I 16 Esox lucius Linnaeus, 1758 წერი Pike VI ოჯ. Fam. Siluridae Cuvier, 1816 II ღლავისებრნი Sheatfishes 17 Silurus glanis Linnaeus, 1758 ღლავი (ლოქო) Wels Catfish ოჯ. Fam. Anguillidae Rafinesque, IX გველთევზასებ Freshwater 1815 რნი Eels Anguilla anguilla (Linnaeus, ევროპული 18 European Eel 1758) გველთევზა ოჯ. Fam. X Atherinidae Risoo, 1827 ათერინასებრ Silversides ნი Atherina boyeri pontica შავი ზღვის Black Sea 19 Black Sea endemic Eichwald, 1831 ათერინა Sandsmelt ოჯ. XI MoronidaeBonaparte, 1831 Fam. Basses ლავრაკისებრნი Dicentrarchus labrax (Linnaeus, 20 ლავრაკი Bass 1758) ოჯ. XI Syngnathidae, Bonaparte, ნემსთევზასებრნ Fam. Pipefishes I 1831 ი Black Sea 21 Syngnathus abaster Risso, 1827 ნემსთევზა Pipefish

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 153/ 384

XI ოჯ. Fam. Poeciliidae Swainson, 1839 II გამბუზიასებრნი Livebearers Gambusia affinis (Baird & 22 გამბუზია Mosquitofish Girard, 1853) ოჯ. XI Mugilidae Bonaparte, 1831 კეფალსიებრნ Fam. Mullets V ი Flat-Headed 23 Mugil cephalus Linnaeus, 1758 კეფალი Mullet 24 Mugil soiuy Basilewsky, 1855 პილენგასი So-iuy Mullet ოქროსფერი 25 Liza aurata (Risso, 1810) Golden Mullet კეფალი ოჯ. XV Cobitidae Swainson, 1839 Fam. Loaches ხლაკუნასებრნი ხლაკუნა 26 Cobitis satunini Gladkov, 1935 Satunini Loach Caucasian endemic (გველანა) ოჯ. XV Gasterosteidae Bonaparte, Fam. სამეკალასებრნ I 1831 Sticklebacks ი Gasterosteus aculeatus Linnaeus, Three-Spined 27 სამეკალა 1758 Stickleback XV ოჯ. Cyprinidae Fleming, 1822 Fam. Carps II კობრისებრნი 28 Cyprinus carpio Linnaeus, 1758 გოჭა (კობრი) Carp Carassius carassius (Linnaeus, 29 კარასი Crucian Carp 1758) 30 Rutilus rutilus (Linnaeus, 1758) ნაფოტა Roach Endemic to the Black Sea basin; შავი ზღვის Black Sea 31 Rutilus frisii (Nordmann, 1840) Is in the Red List of Georgia, ნაფოტა Roach status VU Squalius cephalus (Linnaeus, 32 ქაშაპი Chub 1758) Petroleuciscus borysthenicus 33 ჯუჯა ქაშაპი Black sea Chub Endemic to the Black Sea basin (Kessler, 1859) კოლხური Colchic 34 Phoxinus colchicus Berg, 1910 Colchis endemic form კვირჩხლა Minnow Scardinius erythrophthalmus ფარფლწითელ 35 Rudd (Linnaeus,1758) ა გუწუ 36 Tinca tinca (Linnaeus, 1758) Tench (ლოქორია) Chondrostoma colchicum 37 კოლხური ტობი Colchic Nase Colchis endemic form Derjugin, 1899 Gobio lepidolaemus caucasica Caucasian 38 ციმორი Colchis endemic form Kamensky, 1901 Gudgeon Luciobarbus escherichii კოლხური 39 Colchic Barbel Colchis-Anatolia endemic (Steindachner, 1897) წვერა კოლხური 40 Alburnus derjugini Berg, 1923 Colchic Bleak Colchis endemic form თრისა (ელავი) Alburnoides fasciatus 41 ფრიტა Schneider Colchis endemic form (Nordmann, 1840)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 154/ 384

42 Vimba vimba (Linnaeus, 1758) ვიმბა Zahrte 43 Rhodeus amarus (Bloch, 1782) ტაფელა Bitterling 44 Aspius aspius (Linnaeus, 1758) ჭერეხი Asp 45 Blicca bjioerkna (Linnaeus, 1758) კაპარჭა White bream Freshwater 46 Abramis brama (Linnaeus, 1758) კაპარჭინა bream Alburnus alburnus (Linnaeus, 47 თეთრულა Bleak 1758)

4.2.4.3.2 Ichthyofauna of the riv. Lakhami

Ichthyofauna of Lakhami is presented only by trout (Salmo labrax fario Linnaeus, 1758).

At present, population of trout within Inguri is divided into two groups by the Inguri (Jvari) arch dam (since 1978); downstream trout is mainly presented in the left tributary of Inguri – riv. Magana (in other locations downstream the dam trout is either not presented or is very rare); upstream the dam trout is widely spread.

Ichthyomass od trout above the Jvari dam is 1.2 kg/ha on average; while in main tributaries Ichthyomass is 17.9 kg/ha (expert assessment).

River Lakhami is one of the spawning areas of Nenskra trout. Apart from that, trout is observed her during growth-feeding period (May-August). Trout here is both, fingerlings and matures.

Survey among local population revealed, that fishing takes place only for personal use and commerce fishing has never been developed. It is also notable, that according to locals, number of fish is smaller here than in upper reaches of the riv. Nenskra and its tributaries.

4.2.4.4 Protected Areas

Planned protected areas currently registered within Mestia Municipality are located at 600-5200 m a.s.l. and are represented by following categories: Zemo Svaneti National Park and Zemo Svaneti Protected Landscape; the total planned area is 75 901 ha.

Zemo Svaneti planned protected area is of a high ecological value and represents potential for development of eco-tourism. Due to the difficult terrain and varied climate conditions, diverse plant species are represented. There are many endemic, relict and rare species. Svaneti flora includes 212 species of Caucasian endemics, 52 species of Georgian endemic and 9 species of Svanetian endemic species.

Construction area of Lakhami HPP cascade is on a big distance from the protected areas of Svaneti. Therefore, direct impact on protected areas is not expected during the project implementation.

4.2.5 Soils

Two types of soils are found in Mestia Municipality: forest and mountain-meadow soils. Forest soils are mainly represented by podzolic soils used for agricultural purposes (e.g. potato growing). As for the

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 155/ 384

mountain-meadow soils, there are subalpine and alpine soils, which are used for mowing-grazing purposes. Forest soils are represented within the project area.

Lakhami River flows in rather deep and narrow valley. Slopes are very steep. Penstock will pass along the existing road, near the river. It is to be noted, that the corridor crosses the riverbed at five sections. These areas are mostly represented by alluvial sediments.

Therefore, it can be said that humus layer is practically not represented within the major part of the project area. Topsoil found in some areas is quite poor and of low value.

4.3 Socio-Economical Environment

4.3.1 Population

Mestia Municipality consists of 1 borough, 14 communities and 142 settlements. Population density is about 5 people/km2, which is 13 times less than the average rate throughout the country (67people/km2). Apart from the migration, the given situation can somewhat be explained with the complex relief.

The given tables show the number of population and the ethnic composition in the region and Mestia Municipality. The municipalities are homogeneous in terms of the ethnicity.

Table 4.3.1.1. The number of population in Georgia, Samegrelo-Zemo Svaneti and Mestia Municipality in 2007-2014, thousand persons

2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Georgia 4,394.7 4,382.1 4,385.4 4,436.4 4 4 4483,8 4490,5 3729.5 469,2 497,6 Samegrelo-Zemo Svaneti 469.8 467.7 468.0 74.1 477,1 479,5 476,9 476,3 330.9 Mestia Municipality 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 14,6 14,6 14,5 14,5 9.3 Source: National Statistics Office of Georgia, 2014 www.statistics.ge.

Table 4.3.1.2. Ethnic composition of Georgia and particular municipalities of Samegrelo-Zemo Svaneti

Samegrelo- Mestia Georgia Zemo Svaneti Municipality Georgian 83.8% 98.6% 99.39% Abkhazian 0.1% 0.1% 0.1% Armenian 5.7% 0.1% 0.1% Russian 1.5% 0.9% 0.4% Ukrainian 0.2% 0.1% 0.01%

There are 418 families (households) registered in Mestia Municipality. Table below provides information on quantities of residents and families within communities of the municipality.

Table 4.3.1.3.Permanent population of the Mestia Municipality council, 2014

Total Permanent Temporarily Community Refugee Total families residents absent Mestia 815 2780 227 136 2916 Ushguli 70 299 – - 299

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 156/ 384

Kala 29 109 9 - 108 Ifari 97 403 16 22 425 Tsvirmi 101 539 12 27 566 Mulakhi 257 1006 50 39 1045 Lenjeri 298 1051 29 85 1136 Latali 387 1276 52 110 1386 Tskhumari 218 604 - 35 639 Becho 368 1065 72 75 1150 Etseri 249 761 86 45 806 Fari 97 338 23 46 384 Lakhamula 123 370 41 91 461 Nakra 127 385 20 27 412 Chuberi 312 1177 37 120 1297 Khaishi 462 1416 24 54 1470 Source:Mestia Municipality council data

Disadvantaged – vulnerable population

Compared to the previous year, the number of pensioners had slightly reduced in 2013 for Samegrelo- Zemo Svaneti, which is shown in Table 4.3.1.3.

Table 4.3.1.3.

2012 2013 Georgia, total 856990 857011 Samegrelo-Zemo Svaneti 94581 94425

The following categories of vulnerable population are defined in Mestia Municipality:

• Pensioners - total, the number of state pension recipients are 1 755 persons, out of which 215 is in Chuberi; • Veterans of World War II and the recent armed conflicts in Georgia – 26 persons: 4 participants and 22 - with the equal status. • Disabled persons - 406 persons: I group - 49 and II group – 255. Therefore, 15 in Chuberi – 3 from I group, 12 from II group; • Poor families(Families whose income per person is less than the determined minimum wage)- 963 families are registered in the database, 10 are from Chuberi; • The number of allowance recipient families is 630; • Involuntarily displaced persons - 912 people amounting to 172 families, out of which 120 people (22 families) are from Chuberi.

Source: Mestia Municipality Administration office of labor, public health and social protection, veterans, refugees and involuntarily displaced persons. Mestia department of the Social Service Agency.

The main source of income of the population is the profit from the different fields of agriculture, public services, tourism and forestry. The majority of the population is considered as self-employed in households, having low productivity and low profit.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 157/ 384

4.3.2 Demographic Tendencies

In 2013 live-birth rate of Georgia was 58,878, which was 0,2% less than the previous year. Increase of death and slight decline in birth had an impact on natural growth. Biggest natural growth among regions was observed in Tbilisi – 4,652 units. Negative natural growth was observed in Samegrelo-Zemo Svaneti with - 277 units (table 4.3.2.1.).

Table 4.3.2.1.Demographic values for regions of Gerogia

Natural Region Birth Death growth Georgia 57878 48553 9325 Tbilisi 17010 12358 4652 Kvemo Kartli 6730 4280 2450 Adjara 5909 3289 2620 Imereti 8496 8691 -195 Shida Kartli 4063 3512 551 Samegrelo and Zemo Svaneti 5066 5343 -277 Samtskhe-Javakheti 2394 2068 326 Kakheti 5014 4921 93 Guria 1575 1910 -335 Mtskheta-Mtianeti 1279 1418 -139 Racha-Lechkhumi and Kvemo Svaneti 342 763 –421 Source: National Statistics Office of Georgia 2013

Table 4.3.2.2.presents demographic data for region, Georgia and Mestia Municipality.

Table 4.3.2.2.Demographic data for Samegrelo-Zemo Svaneti

Natural Birth Death growth Samegrelo-Zemo Svaneti 5 066 5 343 -277 Mestia Municipality 177 124 -35 Georgia 57 878 48 553 9 325 Source: National Statistics Office of Georgia 2014

4.3.3 Migration

According to data of 2013 number of emigrants in Georgia is 95 064, while the number of immigrants is 92 458.

Apart from forced displacement, the biggest motivation of migration is unfavorable socio-economic conditions, long-term unemployment and education abroad.

Eco migration is to be mentioned separately. 35 204 registered families have been affected by natural disasters, among them 11 000 require immediate resettlement.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 158/ 384

Resettlement of eco migrants mostly takes place from Svaneti and mountainous Adjara. In 1981-2006 they were resettled in Samtskhe-Javakheti and Kvemo Kartli.

Eco-migration processes are caused by the fact, that change of residency is considered to be the only solution for defense against natural disasters. Migration of Svaneti began in 1987, when hundreds of families left their homes due to big snow. 22 villages are empty. Population of Zemo Svaneti till 1987 was 19 500.

In 1987 Zemo Svaneti region was studied by the Geologists. Results of disasters were evaluated for separate communities. Their studies were based on field studies within each community (Mestia, Tsvimi, Tskhumari). They assessed main risk factors and issued recommendations for resettlement of the population in areas particularly dangerous in terms of avalanche. Table 4.3.3.1.shows cumulative result of migration during 2009-2011.

Table 4.3.3.1.Internal migration within Mestia Municipality

Settlement 2009 – 2011 Emigration, family Immigration, family Mestia municipality 330 87 Village Chuberi 22 10 Source: Office of labor, health and social security, veterans, refugees and forcefully displaced persons of Mestia Municipality Administration. Mestia Department of Social Service Agency.

4.3.4 Economy

The levels of economic development in separate municipalities of Samegrelo-Zemo Svaneti significantly vary. Poti is a port city of Georgia, therefore there is an important portion of s trade turnover of the country. The seaside municipality of is relatively developed. The conditions are different in central areas and the mountainous zones that are mostly the agricultural regions.

Mestia Municipality is mountainous. Apart from the severe climate and complex landscape the development of municipality is hindered by the depreciated infrastructure. Municipality is of a low budget and profit.

The budget establishments of Mestia Municipality do not pay the VAT, while the taxes of the other institutions and organizations are not recorded in the municipality. The total production share of the municipality totals to 0.1 % of the GDP of the country. The average annual income per capita was always lower compared to the overall indicators in Georgia.

Mestia local government fills most of its budget with the tax revenues. These revenues include only the payment for land and properties. Rest of the budget is filled with the planned transfers.

4.3.5 Industry

The industry in Mestia Municipality is poorly developed. Timber production is the main industry in the municipality. The major part of the vegetation cover is forest (45,8%). The area of the forest

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 159/ 384

management dependent territory is 100.0 Ha. There are 30 million m3 wood resources identified in the municipality. One medium and 11 small productions function in this field.

The forest management activities were conducted in 2001-2005, within the World Bank program supporting Georgian forestry, the activities applied only to forest fund areas.

The obtainment and development of the local inert construction materials have started for the construction of the central road. 3 concrete mini factories and 2 inert material crushing and sorting plants are currently functioning.

The low indicator in economic activity is resulted by the undeveloped industry of the region, which mainly consists of the households and the family type small businesses.

There are no significant industrial facilities within the Chuberi community. Much like the other parts of the municipality, the timber processing plants are noteworthy. Several facts of the illegal logging have been detected lately.

4.3.6 Local Infrastructure

Projects implemented in 2008-2013 in the region significantly improved local infrastructure. These projects are: • Rehabilitation of drinking water system and supply of towns and villages; • Construction of the new airport; • Rehabilitation of Mestia sewage system; • Rehabilitation of cultural and educational facilities; • Construction-rehabilitation of the roads; • Rural support program; • Renovation of the center of Mestia and main streets; • Reconstruction of old sites and restoration of immovable cultural heritage monuments; • Arrangement of protective gabions and bridges; • Creation-arrangement of touristic infrastructure. The distances from the administrative center to the strategic locations are as follows:

• From Mestia to Tbilisi - 475 km, to Zugdidi - 136 km; • The nearest port city – Poti – distance - 226 km; • The nearest airport - Mestia – distance 2 km; • The nearest railway station - Zugdidi, distance - 136 km. The transport artery of the municipality is the motor roads. The length of central road of the state importance Zugdidi-Mestia-Lasili is 136 km till the railway and it belongs to II-III categories. The length of the regional local roads exceeds 170 km and belongs to V category. 16 communities are located along the road at different distances from the main locations (Mestia, Zugdidi).

Transport industry is represented by three organizations:

• “Mestia Turi” Ltd – Provides transportation for passengers and the luggage; • “Avto Satsarmo” Ltd; • “Sagzao Sammartvelo” Ltd.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 160/ 384

500 kV high-voltage transmission line “Caucasus” and Lakhami village and Kodori gorge connecting ground road run in the corridor of the project HPP cascade (in Lakhami valley).

The road leads to the headworks of the upper step and it crosses the river Lakhami several times. The technical condition of roads and bridges is suitable for the transportation movement, although prior to construction rehabilitation and the reinforcement will be necessary for the individual sections.

4.3.7 Agriculture

The basic economic activity in Mestia Municipality is agriculture. The leading fields of agriculture include: livestock farming, horticulture (production of fruits and vegetables like potato), etc.

The agricultural area in Mestia Municipality is 94 000 ha, of which the arable lands are 274 ha. Fruit gardens are of 54 ha area, but the major part of the agricultural areas are the lands used for mowing and pasture purposes.

The landslides, mudflows and floods often took place in the region, causing a serious damage upon the major pastures, having them reduced by 3-4%.

Horticulture is a leading field in the municipality. The production of potato, corn and leguminous crops is widely spread there. The productivity of potato is 10-12 t/ha, and 1-1.5 t/ha of corn.

Due to the import of new varieties the productivity of potato has increased through the last decade.

Mestia Municipality is located in moderately cold climate zone, where winter lasts for 6 months. Plants require watering. In the past, the arable lands and hayfields used to be irrigated using the traditional method (canals). Nowadays due to lack of irrigation system in the municipality watering cannot be carried out. Also, the water recourses are insufficient as the streams that watered the lands before have disappeared. The rainwater is not collected in the municipality. The agricultural lands do not require drainage.

Mestia Municipality is rich with hayfields and pasture territories that hold more than 90% of agricultural lands. Therefore livestock farming is one of the leading activities in Mestia Municipality.

Sheep farming is also developed in the municipality. The reason why the number of cattle is reduced in the past few years is considered to be the lack of food in a prolonged winter season and an insufficient knowledge among the farmers.

There are mostly hayfields and summer pastures on the territory of the municipality. For past 10 years cattle ranchers have not suffered the pasture shortage. The summer pastures are used by the population of other regions as well. Cattle ranchers do not exchange the pastures. The farmers do not have a sufficient knowledge regarding the modern methods of pasture management and care. Although organic fertilizers are used in some places but it is not enough.

The agriculture is less developed nearby the project location, which is mainly caused by the local relief. The leading field is animal farming. Agricultural lands in Lakhami valley are mostly represented by grasslands.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 161/ 384

4.3.8 Tourism

In 2007 Department of Tourism and Resorts of Georgia recognized Zemo Svaneti as a priority for the development of local tourism. Around 20 touristic projects were carried out in 2008–2010 in Mestia Municipality, including several hotels and cafes, internet service, agricultural market of Mestia, arrangement of traffic signs and etc.

The implementation of tourism infrastructure rehabilitation programs has begun the municipality.

The program – “development of sustainable family tourism infrastructure in Zemo Svaneti” helped to create the tourism infrastructure in Svaneti and establish the guesthouse network.

120 owners of the guesthouses are currently trained, 84 of them are in business and 45 of them are successful. The guesthouses are certified. The certification was undertaken by the biological farming association – ELKANA. No-one has undergone training from Chuberi council.

In 2010 touristic information center of Mestia was established. Mestia touristic information agency allows to communication with 63 hotels, guides and rent of vehicles and transportation. Agency does not cover Chuberi community.

The Svaneti mountain tourism center is located in Mestia Borough. They always welcome the tourists and provide the information regarding the existing guesthouses and food services. They also introduce the tourists to the exhibitions and sales and provide the consultation.

In order to promote tourism observation towers were arranged in Mestia, allowing seeing Zemo Svaneti gorge and Caucasus Mountain from the mt. Zaruldi and Tskhakvzagari.

About 10 local workers were employed during implementation of the project. Additionally, after commissioning of the observation stations 4 people are permanently employed here. The project lifespan is 10-12 years.

8 km from Mestia, passing pinewood forest, there is a high tourist potential place, where the 2400 m long ski track is functioning for 3 years now. The ski track is not far behind the leading ski resorts of Europe.

Birch forest is located above the ski track opening views over Ushba and Tetnuldi mountains. Fresh air of the region is also attractive in terms of tourism.

There are 29 trained mountain guides (18 of them are certified) and 8 lifeguards for the tourist routes. 18 mountain tourist routes and horse routes are marked.

Tourists are served by local transportation as well. Officially 16 local drivers are employed basing on agreement with Georgia National Agency of Tourism. Main types of transportation are: 4-seater SUV, 6- seater delica, micro-buses; apart from that flights are available since 2010. In winter the airport serves one-engine planes with capacity of 18 people. In summer period the airport can serve bigger planes with capacity of 50 people.

Since 2010 tourists and guests arrive to Zemo Svaneti throughout the year. Majority of tourists are foreigners. Most of them used services of the agencies located in Tbilisi. The internal tourism has also activated in the last 2 years.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 162/ 384

A highly active tourist seasons are July and September. Winter is also active mostly due to skiing track arrangement.

Data of ski track:

• I –length1900 m, type – red, more complex than average, sports; • II – length 2565m, type – blue, medium difficulty; • Length of the cableway is 1407 m, number of seats - 40. Initial height 1800 m a.s.l. Start – 2350 m. the third track is under construction. Table 4.3.8.1.Facilities of touristic infrastructure

Facilities Quantity Local tour firms 2 Hotel 4 Family hotel (guesthouse) 94 Hostel 1 Cafes and bars 4 Restaurant 1 Dining 1 Svanetian kitchen (family-type) 6 Marked trail 18 Cableway 2 Ski track 2 Information center 2 Travel agency 2

On average 200 families are involved in the tourism services. These are guesthouses, guides and other services. The local touristic production is offered by local, as well as by the regional and other travel companies. These are:

• Bike and quadrocycle rentals – 2 local services; • Horse-riding tours; • Svanetian Kitchen; • Introduction to Svanetian folk and hymnography; • Adventure tours, ski Ski-tour and Sky-tour with paragliding; • “Gold mining” event, Christmas in Latali, Lamproba in Mestia (14 February). The tourism sector in the so-called lower communities is less developed; however, the tourism potential of the lower villages is also high.

Table 4.3.8.2.Touristic locations in Mestia Municipality

Type of the Location Title object Mulakhi-Tsvirmi road section Ughviri lake Lake Mestia: 3 lakes of Koruldi Becho: Meziri (Tvebishi)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 163/ 384

Zargaashi-mining ore output, Shgedi – Mestia: Cave nest-like cave Nakra Naki Mestia: Kakhiri, Hatsvali Picnic area Ipari,Kala: Ughviri pass, valleys Mestia: Mestiachala riv. Becho: Shikhrischala riv. Rafting Nakra Nakra riv.(upper reach) Adishi: Adishchala riv. Ushguli: Upper Enuri Chuberi Nenskra Lakhamula Doli Pari Adishchala Fishing tourism Khaishi Khaishura, Inguri Becho, Dolra, Tvebishi Ipari Mulkhra Horseback riding Mestia-Jabeshi-Adimi-Ipali-Ushguli Ipari – Adishi Adishi ice pass in origins of Adishura Natural riv. monuments “Perkhuli stone” in upper reach of Ipari –Halde Halde-Chaladidi riv. basin Tviberi-Jabeshi, Chalaadi-Mestia, Ushguli-Shkhara glacier, Zuruldi-Mestia, Hiking ravines Lekhziri-Mazeri-Tvebishi, Ushba glacier. Mazeri-Guli-Mestia, Nakra valley Mestia Koruldi, Shgedi Skiing Tsvirmi Adishi Khaishi Dizi Waterfalls Becho Mazershi-Shdugvra Zuruldi, Hatsvali, Gvaldi, Tskhakv- In Mestia Zagar, Kheshkildi Observation spots Becho Zargashi, Meziri, Decil, Guli Latali Kvana, Bal-Zagari Source: Regional administration of Samegrelo-Zemo Svanetiwww.szs.gov.ge.

4.3.9 Healthcare

The network of medical institutions in Mestia Municipality is listed in table 4.3.9.1.

Table 4.3.9.1. Types of medical institutions and number staff

Number of Number of Types of medical institutions Quantity doctors nurses

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 164/ 384

“Polyclinic and Maternity Hospital 1 15 16 Association of Mestia” Ltd “The emergency medical service of Mestia - 1 8 12 03“ Ltd „The Regional Stationary Hospital of Mestia” 1 8 18 Ltd Dental clinic 1 3 2 “Public Health Protection Service of Mestia” 1 6 5 NPO A medical clinic 12 12 12 Total 17 42 65 Including The medical clinic of Chuberi 1 1 1 The medical clinic of Nakra 1 1 1

The child mortality rates in Samegrelo-ZemoSvaneti are not higher compared to the rates of the country and other regions, namely: stillbirth indicator totals 6.4 per 1000 births. While the mortality rate till age of 0-1is 3.6 (for every 1000 live births), till the age of 0-6 days or less the mortality rate is 2.0, and the potential mortality rate for every 1000 children born is 8.5. Table 4.3.9.2.shows the child mortality rates across the country and for particular regions.

Table 4.3.9.2.Child mortality index in the country and regions

Children 0-15 years of age Among them 0-1 years of age 1 - 5 years of age Region In At Total In At In At hospital home Total Total hospital home hospital home

Adjara 55 42 13 46 39 7 7 2 5 Tbilisi 462 461 1 374 374 47 47

Kakheti 25 15 10 19 14 5 3 1 2 Imereti 149 140 9 131 129 2 8 6 2 Samegrelo-Zemo 14 7 7 6 6 6 1 5 Svaneti Shida Kartli 16 12 4 11 11 2 1 1

Kvemo Kartli 21 11 10 11 9 2 7 2 5 Guria 8 3 5 3 3 2 2

Samtskhe- 8 6 2 6 5 1 1 1 Javakheti Mtskheta- 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 Mtianeti Georgia 760 698 62 608 591 17 84 60 24 Source: Health Care, statistic directory Georgia, 2013.

The lethality among children is low in Mestia Municipality, the rates are provided in table 4.3.9.3.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 165/ 384

Table 4.3.9.3.Lethality rates among 1000 born children

Children under 1 year of age Administrative unit Number Rate Georgia 608 1.6 Samegrelo-Zemo Svaneti 6 10.5 Source: Health care, statistic directory, Georgia, 2013

There are 2 pharmacies in the municipality: pharmacy - “Ido Japaridze” SP and “Pharmadepot” network pharmacy, both located in Mestia.

The illness rates are not considerably different compared to other regions; they include disorders caused by improper nutrition, high arterial pressure, cardiovascular diseases, upper respiratory tract diseases, asthma, arthritis, etc. The exception is an endemic goiter which is more frequent in lower villages.

4.3.10 Education System and Cultural-Educational Institutions

Based on the latest data there are 24 secondary public schools and 1 boarding for orphans and underprivileged adolescents. There are 17 preschool educational institutions on state funding.

Since 2008 “Tetnuldi” LEPL professional training college of Mestia is functioning. 2 craft and 4 sport schools are subsidized by the local budget. Currently, the boarding for orphans and underprivileged adolescents is being reorganized; the family type orphanages are being founded as well. There are no private secondary schools or pre-school institutions in the region. Subordinated to the Patriarchate, the gymnasium named after Ilia Martali is functioning.

There is a youth house in Mestia, employing 2 teachers and having 15 students. 4 establishments include lessons of folk crafts. 20 masters of different folk craft work at the municipality.

Data on educational institutions is provided in table 4.3.10.1.

Table 4.3.10.1.Educational institutions in Mestia municipality

Number of Number of Number of Types of institutions institutions students teachers Preschool 17 349 34 Chuberi 2 38 2 Nakra 1 13 1 9 year basic school 5 163 56 Complete general 21 1770 430 Chuberi 2 262 47 Nakra 1 73 21 Gymnasium 1 29 2 Professional collage 1 172 15 Sport School 4 765 53 Craft schools 2 24 4 Boarding 1 27 10

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 166/ 384

There are 1933 Pupils studying and 497 teachers employed at the public schools of the Mestia Municipality.

Mestia Municipality owns 4 open stadiums: Mestia, Latali, Becho, Tchuberi.

Mestia borough is the cultural and administrative center of the municipality. But in every community there is a local cultural center. It could be a culture house or NGOS whose activities include mentioned directions. Sometimes certain people involved in culture represent such “center”.

There are 4 museums throughout the municipality: Historical and Ethnographic Museum of Mestia, house-museum of alpinist and mountaineer Mikheil Khergiani, house-museum of a poet and publicist Revaz Margiani, a preserve-museum of village Chajashi (an outdoor museum).

In addition, there is an ethnographic museum named after Mevludi Charqseliani in Ushguli, 7 private expositions and art salons are available.

Most of the cultural and public institutions in the Municipality are located in Mestia. Rural clubs are in 6 communities: Becho, Latali, Etseri, Tskhumari, Chuberi, Nakra.

Main library of the Mestia Municipality Library Union NPO is located in the municipality, including 7 branches. There are no branches in Chuberi.

Mestia Municipality hosts various festivals. Sport events are held regularly, several annual tournaments of athletic or winter sports.

4.3.11 Water Supply

Mestia Municipality has a large resource of surface and ground water, although the resources are not assessed.

The general state of municipal water supply might be assessed as medium and there is no important amount in water loss. „United Water Supply of Georgia” Ltd is responsible for the management of water resources in Mestia Municipality.

4.3.12 Waste Management

Mestia Municipality has a cleaning service that collects waste in Mestia settlement and removes it to landfill. The collected waste is placed at the legal landfill, away from the town, on Latali village territory. Waste has a mixed composition. There are some illegal landfills in within the municipality.

4.3.13 Communication and Availability of Information

The postal code of Mestia Municipality is 3200. There is a single post office in Mestia “Mestia Post” Ltd.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 167/ 384

There are two Magti antennas installed on opposite ridges of Mestia and Becho, covering most villages in Zemo Svaneti and enabling the mobile connection for both, Magti and Geocell companies. Beeline is also starting to function. Most of the population and offices use Magtifix for communication.

Wireless internet is received with Magti-Fix and Geo-Fix, as well as by the telephone and through wireless antennas.Satellite internet is also available. Internet is available in all organizations, hotels and guest houses, and mainly in all NGOs.

Television

Throughout Svaneti almost every family has a satellite antenna making most TV-channels of Georgia available. There is no local radio. Radio stations are available through satellite antenna.

The Local Press

2 local newspapers are issued in Mestia municipality:

• “Udzleveli Mkhedari” – the newspaper of Mestia and Zemo Svaneti eparchy. Monthly newspaper. Published since 2007. Print run – 500 copies. • “Lile” – news release of Mestia municipality council. Print run is 200 copies with possibility to print 500 copies if the issue contains very important information.

4.3.14 Public Sector

Information and a brief description about the NGOs on the territories of Mestia municipality are provided in Table 4.3.14.1.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 168/ 384

Table 4.3.14.1.Information on NGOs located in the project area

№ Title Occupation field Supervisor Contact Information 1 2 3 4 5 Founded in July 2006. Tourism development promotion in 790 10 17 27, 5 99 41 93 53 Zaur Chartolani 1 Tourism Center of Svaneti Zemo Svaneti. Sustainable development of family tourism www.svanetitrekking.gesvaneti_tr Chairman industry in Zemo Svaneti. [email protected] Center of spiritual and secular Founded in 2004. Introduction of the creative activities Father Giorgi Chartolani 5 99 92 23 02 2 culture among the young generation of Zemo Svaneti, promotion of Chairman “Lagusheda” religious and secular culture of Zemo Svaneti. The union – “Guram Cultural heritage, art, science, social-cultural and youth issues Koba Parjiani 5 98 74 97 99 3 Tikanadze Youth Center of in Svaneti. Chairman Svaneti” Civil, cultural and economic development promotion of Zemo Gigla Parjiani 5 99 44 79 78 Community association 4 Svaneti and in particular Latali community society, Chairman [email protected] “Latali” engagement in local governance. Founded in 2001. Association for disabled and refugees, other The Association of Refugees 5 996 26 05, 599 4249 23 vulnerable psycho-social rehabilitation-adaptation, Gulnazi Belkania 5 and Disabled People of Mestia [email protected] integration of Zemo Svaneti. Area: Etseri, becho, Latali, Region Lenjeri. The Center of Folk Craft Founded in 2008. Maintain the traditions of folk crafts, Shalva Guledani 6 5 99 98 36 35 Development of Lenjeri vocational training, community activities. The Association to Help and Promotion to establishing the community unions among the Paata Kaldani 7 Develop the Relationships 5 99 93 49 92 communities in Zemo Svaneti, support for agriculture. Chairman Between the Communities Opening the ambulatory in the village Mulakhi, setting up a Rusiko Gujejiani 5 99 38 08 95 8 Promestia Georgia pilot organic farming. Contact person [email protected] The promotion of Michael Khergiani deeds. Care- Eka Niguriani 9 M.Khergiani Museum Fund 5 55 45 86 07 maintenance of his museum. Chairman

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 171/ 384

4.4 Cultural Heritage of Zemo Svaneti

4.4.1 Monuments of Historical-Cultural Heritage of the Region

Number of registered monuments in Mestia Municipality is 947 (608 local and 339 national monuments). 45 of 152 are mural churches. 342 living complexes or their remaining are registered. There are 311 Svanetian towers and more than 100 residential houses. In fact, this material covers most of the historic communities and villages and together with archeological monuments includes the whole residential area.

The oldest monument found in Svaneti belongs to the stone age, Neolithic age.

Generally churches of Zemo Svaneti are small (5-20 m2), little Basilica-shaped and is dated from the beginning of the 9th century to the 17thcentury. Creativeness of this architecture reaches peak in 10th- 12thcenturies. Churches were built with local Shirimi stones or cobblestones and were coated with limestone.

Svaneti is important regarding secular architecture. Svanetian house was made for a big family of 30-50 people. Such families existed until the first half of the 20thcentury.

Watchtowers, roads, bridges and churches were built; they had water supply and irrigation systems. The last tower was built in the 17th century and the last Machubi was built in the beginning of 20th century in Mulakhi.

Houses and towers are approximately dated by churches situated around them and by legends. 52 towers are named and dated.

4.4.1.1 Study Results for Historical and Cultural Heritage within Projet Corridor This research is based on results of previous archeological surveys carried out in Chuberi community, impact assessment of the Khudoni HPP project on cultural heritage, analysis of artifacts preserved in museum of Svaneti history and ethnography, and finally – visual observation. The full exert report also includes general review of cultural heritage of the Zemo Svaneti region. It discusses archeological heritage, history, language, architecture and mural painting.

Two two-day expeditions were arranged for observation purposes of the project territory. Visual inspection of territories of the HPP, headworks and their adjacent territories did not reveal any cultural heritage or archeological objects that may be affected by the project. Such objects have not been discovered in the penstock corridor either. Cut of the existing road of the valley, along which the penstock will be arranged, show no signs of archeological items and only geological layers are observed. As for the sections of the pipeline that do not run along the road, possibility of the archeological discovery while construction works (cutting of the channel) cannot be excluded, since discovery by visual inspection is complicated by the dense vegetation of the area.

Number of cultural and archeological heritage monuments has been discovered in Chuberi community; most of them were accidental findings of various ground works. Some artifacts are preserved in the museum of Svaneti history and ethnography; some of them are exhibited on the renovated exhibition of the museum. Other part of the artifacts is owned by the local population.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 172/ 384

Biggest part of the archeological monuments is scattered in Nenskra valley within Chuberi community. Targeted archeological research took place here in the 80s of the past century and was conducted by Svaneti archeological expedition of the Archeological Research Center of Georgian National Academy of Science. Research was led by the Doctor of Historical Science – Shota Chartolani. The expedition has identified and studied number of archeological monuments, including metallurgical furnaces dated VIII- VII centuries BC and Larilari burials dated VII-VI centuries BC.

Accidentally discovered artifacts of Chuberi prove, that assimilation here began as early as the Early Bronze Age (from the III millennium BC). The special interest towards this territory seems to have been metallurgy. Copper ingots discovered in village Lakhami indicate on hearth of metal-processing; discovery of industry remains of Early Iron Age and classic period are a proof of iron production.

Renewed archeological survey that began in 2012 has found additional materials supporting statement that this micro region once was the strongest hearth of metal-production. The research was conducted by Svaneti archeological expedition of the Ivane Javakhishvili State University of Georgian and was led by Prof. Zviad Kviciani. Latest discoveries confirm the same – prospecting archeological expedition has discovered remains of the iron metallurgical plants with stone furnaces; the remains date back VIII-VI centuries BC. According to researchers, such metallurgical furnaces spread on 50-60 ha territories; apart from that, they believe goods produced here from the locally extracted raw materials supplied Colchis, as well as other regions of the Middle East.

Additionally, replicas (imitations) of staters of Alexander the Great and Lysimachus were also found on Chuberi territory, creating a theory of mint operating in Chuberi community in classic period.

Late antique – early-medieval burial sites and ruins of churches of middle ages are found in the village Kvemo Marghi; watch-observation tower of the Roman Era has been discovered in Zemo Marghi.

Apart from ancient and medieval monuments of cultural heritage, a modern church is erected in the center of Chuberi village.

Although, none of known object of cultural or archeological heritage fall under the impact of the project, there is always a possibility of late discovery during construction, namely ground works. Therefore, in case of such discovery observance of procedures established by the Georgian legislation and international norms is obligatory. The procedure is provided within the text of the full research report.

4.4.2 Traditions and Oral Cultural Heritage of Svaneti

Upper Svaneti is presented by archaic ethnography and by people with traditional lifestyle and old customs. Local culture of Svaneti continues since Early Bronze Age till today. Svanetian traditions were mixed with modern tendency on each stage of Svanetian society development.

General reason of this is geopolitical and historical location of Svaneti. Nowadays, local community has different, non-materialistic values. Since the society has kept its authenticity, it is interesting with its ethnographical, linguistic and mythological facts.

Svanetian language is one of the Georgian branches from the family of Iberian-Caucasian languages. Svanetian is unwritten language. Historically Georgian was always literary, official and national language of Svaneti.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 173/ 384

There are surname, community, village and general celebrations in Svaneti. Lemziri (temple bread) was baked on each celebration and general feasts are also very common. Old traditions are reflected in modern Svanetian lifestyle and include different aspects, such as:

• Involvement in state structure and administration of community • Justice and property issues; • Respecting dead people and ancestors, arrangement of family and gender relationship; • Organizing labor (construction) and agriculture. Beliefs and cults coming from archaic era are still preserved in Svaneti. They are often mixed with Christianity, those are: beliefs related to productivity and continuation of surname, cults of dead people and ancestors. Pagan deities and Christian saints are often mixed.

Some of the most common ethnographic structures are: fellowships formed between the same surnames after a breakup of the large families. These fellowships were called – Samkhub, Lamkhub and their unions create a territorial community within the ravine.

Community was ruled in a democratic way in Svaneti. Ruler was Makhvsh, community leader, who was selected on the community meeting.

Arable and sowing lands were private property, but hayfield, pasture and forest belonged to the community. Ground and forest of the icon existed, which was used for needs of church and religion celebrations. Issues like using mowing land, pasture and forest, changing of pastures, distribution of lands, establishment land borders were controlled by Makhvsh. Each issue was discussed by Makhvsh and 4-5 persons.

Cult of ancestors is strong till today in Svaneti. Lipanaali is one of the main events in pagan celebrations which takes place in winter and lasts a few days. This is general celebration for whole Upper Svaneti.

Each community and village has its local traditional celebrations, as orthodox so pagan rituals (Svimnishoba, Chagboba, Lichanishoba, etc.). They are related to the cult of productivity. Oral legends are also often related to celebrations. These celebrations are often visited by whole Svaneti. The most popular celebrations are:

• Kvirikoba - Kala (27th of July); • Lamproba – 14th of February; • Lipaanali - lasts from 19th of January till the following Monday; • Liuskhvari, Lamarioba, Akhanakheoba – Ushguli, spring, summer; • Gulatakhash-Becho – spring; • Lichanishoba - Adishshi. summer; • Mkher-Taringzel - Latali, 21st of July; • Ieloba - Ieli. summer; • Kaishoba - Kaishi. autumn; • Kashuetoba – Lenjeri; • Lighunvari, Hilishi, Murkvamoba i.e. Jgvib - Mestia, Lenjeri; • Lalkhoraal Mishladagh – Etseri; • Hilishi, Mhli – Nakra.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 174/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 175/ 384

5 Alternatives of the Project

Based on the requirements of Environmental legislation of Georgia, various alternative options should be considered in EIA report. Based on specifics of the planned activities, following alternatives can be considered in EIA report:

• No action alternative; • HPP cascade infrastructure deployment alternatives; • Other alternatives of the project. Following paragraphs describe these alternatives in more details.

5.1 No-Action Alternative

In case of no action alternative, project will not be implemented and thus there will be no negative impacts on natural and social environment related to this project.

When discussing no-action alternative, conditions leading to environmental and socio-economic advantages should be considered, including:

• The project does not consider arrangement of high dam and creation of reservoir of big volume, which is especially important in terms of less negative impact on biological, geological and socio- economic matters; • Project corridor is not densely populated, therefore risk of physical and economical resettlement is low as well as risks of impacts on population with noise and emissions; • Project does not require construction of tunnels (which is normally characterized by large amount of waste rock), water flow will be supplied using underground penstock; • Project also does not consider arrangement of long roads (there is an existing ground work leading to headworks of the upper step). Only a small section will need to be arranged (to access construction sites). Local roads will be rehabilitated; • Transport infrastructure is rather developed – the main road , connecting two regional centers – Zugdidi and Mestia, passes close to HPP of the lower step; • Basic construction materials for the project – sand, gravel and wood, - can be found locally. Additionally, advantages in terms of energy are to be noted. Namely: • Possibility for high-pressure due to morphological conditions, which ensures low cost of generated electricity; • Anticipated production of the HPPs is rather high even in winter period, when electricity and energy recourses are being imported from the neighboring countries and therefore purchase price of electricity increases. Lakhami HPP cascade will have a small, but still a significant role in reaching energetic independence of the country. There is a high chance that project implementation will benefit socio-economic development of Mestia municipality and the whole region in general. Including: • Creation of number of temporary and permanent jobs. Demographic index and socio-economic condition of the local population is poor. Migration is high the main reason of which is lack of job opportunities. The practice of implementation of similar projects show, that majority of workers employed on the project is local population. Therefore, project implementation will contribute to regional employment growth rates and improvement of socio-economic condition;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 176/ 384

• Development of service infrastructure required for the project (meaning: small factory producing construction materials, transport service, food provision, etc.), which in return will create sources of additional income and jobs; • Funds entering budget in forms of different taxes is also notable, including property tax (according to tax legislation, investor pays 1% of property tax to local budget). The funds will be used for development of infrastructure and other social projects; • Settle local infrastructure and etc. Considering the above said, project will be related to significant socio-economic benefits and it can become a part of long-term energy policy of the government of Georgia, namely promote increase of local production of electricity, reduce energy import rate and etc.

Certainly, the project will be related with significant impacts on certain factors of environment, including impact on geological, biological and hydrological environment. Reduction of scales of such impacts (in some cases - prevention) will be possible to be carried out in parallel with implementation of works by introducing relevant mitigation and compensation measures, which will require strict control.

Overall, since project implementation will not be related to high, irreversible impact on any entity of environment – the project is feasible.

5.2 Main Alternatives of HPP(s) Infrastructural Facilities Deployment, Reservoir Arrangement Option

Two main alternatives for hydraulic structures dislocation of the HPP(s) was discussed on the design stage, including:

Alternative I – arrangement of two step HPP cascade in Lakhami valley on elevations between 1400 and 700 m. Both HPPs will have independent headworks, pipeline and powerhouse. First step headworks will be arranged on approximately 1400 m a.s.l. and the second one approximately 1010-1050 m a.s.l;

Alternative II – arrangement of one step HPP on section between same elevations. The scheme considers arrangement of two independent water intakes and penstocks and one powerhouse, namely: first headworks will be placed on 1400 m a.s.l., which will connect with the powerhouse located on approximately 705 m a.s.l. via penstock. Additional (second) headworks will be arranged on approximately 1010-1050 m a.s.l., which will also have an independent penstock and will connect with it to the same powerhouse. The additional headworks will be intended for intake of liquid runoff of Lakhami tributaries between the first headworks and the elevations of 1010-1050 m. Two turbines of different capacity and consumption will be installed in the powerhouse: one will operate on water supplied from the first headworks and the other one will operate using water form additional headworks. Both options considered arrangement of 60-90 thousand m3 reservoirs.

Schematic drawings of both alternatives are provided below (note: benchmarks and other parameters are approximate). Table 5.2.1.provides advantages and disadvantages of the alternatives.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 177/ 384

Drawing 5.2.1.Scheme of alternative I

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 178/ 384

Drawing 5.2.2. Scheme of alternative II

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 179/ 384

Table 5.2.1.Comparison of alternatives

Type of impact I Alternative II Alternative Conclusion Advantage: Advantage: Overall, there is no significant difference Less volume of construction works in penstock Less volume of construction works due to only in amount of work. Amount of corridor. one powerhouse. construction works Disadvantage: Disadvantage: to be carried out More volume of work due to two independent More volume of work due to two-line pipes in powerhouses. certain areas of the project corridor.

Emissions into the Impact scales are practically identical. Volume of construction works to be carried out is similar. Therefore there is no significant difference in ambient air, noise terms of negative impact. distribution Impact on geological Advantage: Advantage: Since penstock corridor is characterized environment, ground Impact risk is lower in penstock corridor. Less impact on geological environment due to with relatively more difficult engineering stability, risk of Disadvantage: one powerhouse. geological conditions, preference may be development of Impact risk is higher due to two independent Disadvantage: given to alternative I. hazardous powerhouses. Impact risks are higher due to wider penstock geodynamical corridor. Project solutions for river crossings are processes more complex. Impact on Length of corridor for alternative options, upper and lower benchmarks of the corridor are identical. In Impact scales are practically identical. hydrological both cases arrangement of two headworks is considered, water consumption flow for energy generation conditions does not change. Therefore there is no significant difference in terms of negative impact. Advantage: Advantage: Compared to other areas, penstock Impact risk is lower in penstock corridor. Less impact on biological environment due to corridor is more sensitive in terms of Disadvantage: one powerhouse. biological environment. According to the Impact risk is higher due to two independent Disadvantage: second alternative, penstock corridor Impact on biological powerhouses. Impact risks are higher due to wider penstock widens requiring slope-cutting on more environment corridor. areas. Apart from that, risks of habitat fragmentation increase (for construction phase). With this being said, small preference may be given to alternative I. Impact on Both alternatives consider arrangement of two headworks. Same section of the river falls under the Impact scales are practically identical.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 180/ 384

Ichthyofauna impact, ecological flow to be released in the tailrace is identical. Therefore there is no significant difference in terms of negative impact. Advantage: Advantage: Small preference may be given to Has a slight advantage on penstock construction Less impact on visual-landscape environment alternative II, since only one aboveground Risks of visual- phase. due to one powerhouse. powerhouse will be visible. landscape impact Disadvantage: Impact risk is higher due to two independent powerhouses. Impact on land The project valley is not densely populated. Impact risks are greater during works near the village Impact scales are practically identical. property and use, Lakhami. In both cases working in this area is inevitable, while the scope of works stays the same. risks of physical and Therefore there is no significant difference in terms of negative impact. economical resettlement Advantage: Advantage: Overall, there is no significant difference Easy operation of the penstock and low risks of Simplicity of operation and maintenance due to in difficulties related to operation. its damage. one powerhouse. Difficulties related to Disadvantage: Disadvantage: operation of the Difficulties related to operation of two Pressure height of penstock is over 650-675 m. HPP(s) independent powerhouses. damage risks in such conditions even using metal pipes is high. Pipeline maintenance is complicated.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 181/ 384 მდ . Alternative - 1 ლა With consideration (1420 of less m a.s.l. impact) risks onხამ certain entities of environment, a small environmental ი priority may be given to alternative I. Alternative - 2 (1380 m a.s.l.) მდ. ლახამის As for reservoir constructionმარჯვენა შენაკადი alternative - it is commonly known that arrangement of large dams and reservoirs is related to significant impacts. Impacts include: change in local climate, deterioration of geological stability, acquisition of more lands and hence significant impact on biological and social (physical or economical resettlement) environment and etc. Additionally, arrangement of large reservoir will not compensate investment costs for a long period, as revealed by a preliminary assessment carried out by the project organization.

Having said that, it will be acceptable to implement the project with a scheme of alternative I, only without the reservoir.

5.3 Other Alternatives of HPP Cascade Infrastructural Facilities Deployment

5.3.1 Alternatives of Headworks Arrangement Benchmarks

Headworks of Lakhami 1 HPP

Location of Lakhami 1 HPP headworks was selected after comparison of two alternatives:

1. Basing on preliminary survey, alignment of the river has been selected for headworks location, namely on 1420 m a.s.l. In terms of energy use form the left tributary (1390 m a.s.l.) a small water intake was planned to be constructed on it and bringing it to the main water intake; 2. Basing on the latest research, it has been decided to move the headworks downstream. Alignment of the river on 1380 m a.s.l. has been selected. This decision was made on the grounds that river flow already included its tributary. Arrangement of only one intake is required. Relative positioning of alternatives is provided on the drawing 5.3.1.1.1.

Drawing 5.3.1.1.1.

In terms of engineering geology both territories are stable and arrangement of infrastructural facilities of the headworks is acceptable.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 182/ 384

Both territories are identical from quantitative and compositional point of view.

From environmental standpoint the main difference is the following:

In case of the first option, volumes of construction works increased. Arrangement of additional road was inevitable, which in return created additional impact on environment. Most importantly, during operation phase a river section where a high impact on Ichthyofauna is expected due to reduction of water level – increases.

Finally, second option was selected, according to which pressure decreases with about 40 m and hence installed capacity, but scale of negative impact on environment decreases as well, together with initial investment costs. Scheme becomes easier to operate, especially during heavy snows of winter.

Headworks of Lakhami 2 HPP:

Location of Lakhami 2 HPP headworks was selected after comparison of two alternatives:

• According to initial surveys of 2013 alignment of the river has been selected for headworks location, namely on 1035 m a.s.l; • Basing on the latest research, it has been decided to move the headworks upstream. Alignment of the river on 1047 m a.s.l. has been selected. A ground road passes close to alternative alignments of the headworks and significant road works are not required for any option.

Existence of both alternatives was conditioned by determination of final scheme of Lakhami 1 HPP. Alternative comparison was mainly focused on maximum efficiency of hydro-recourse use in conditions of minimum impact on environment.

With consideration of this condition the second alternative was selected. Advantage of the second alternative is Lakhami 1 powerhouse was determined for location of Lakhami 2 HPP headworks; its wastewater will directly connect to Lakhami 2 HPP intake via settler. Therefore, dimensions of water intake and settler significantly reduced. This fact caused significant decrease of area required for construction works (therefore, impact on geological environment and vegetation cover is less). Number of building structures has also declined.

5.3.2 Alternatives of Penstock Corridor Deployment

Selection of penstock corridor is mostly conditioned by local relief conditions (Lakhami valley), geological environment and morphology of the riv. Lakhami, as well as locations of powerhouses and headworks of the HPP cascade.

Generally, considering locations of headworks and powerhouses, penstock corridor location options do not have many alternatives. Selected corridor is the most optimal in terms of reduction of environmental impact scales. Corridor runs along the existing ground road, thus reducing ground works. Therefore, impact on geological and biological environment is not high.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 183/ 384

5.3.3 Alternatives of Powerhouse Deployment

Powerhouse of Lakhami 1 HPP

Preliminary study powerhouse of Lakhami 1 HPP was considered for the left bank of the river.

For this alternative there was a necessity to cross the river with the penstock in 3 places. River crossings, unlike other sections of penstock, are complicated to carry out and require prolonged works. Works need to be carried out in the riverbed and in immediate vicinity. Therefore, risk of water pollution and impact on aquatic fauna is high.

Additionally, in case of arrangement of powerhouse on the left bank of the river arrangement of additional road and bridge would be required, since the existing road passes on the right bank of the river.

Therefore, in terms of environment protection, it has been decided to arrange the powerhouse on the right bank. In this case penstock crosses the river only in two places. Necessity to arrange additional road does not exist. Apart from that, feasibility discussion revealed, that additional crossings of the river significantly worsens financial parameters of the project.

Powerhouse of Lakhami 2 HPP:

According to preliminary considerations, powerhouse of the lower step of the Lakhami HPP cascade was going to be arranged on the territory between Nenskra and Lakhami confluences, on relatively low elevation. However, a possibility of Khudoni reservoir arrangement has been considered, and this territory falls under its impoundment. Given similar risks, relatively high elevations have been selected as a location for the powerhouse (regardless of losses related to pressure reduction).

Deployment of powerhouse on left or right bank has also been discussed.

In this case decision was made basing on geological and topographical study results. Preference has been given to location of the powerhouse on the right bank of the river (on the last section penstock is replaced from the left bank to the right bank). This territory is characterized by relatively calm terrain and stable geological environment; therefore there is no need for large-scale ground works and installation of reinforcement structures (retaining walls).

5.4 Other Alternatives of the Project

5.4.1 Alternatives of Headworks (Dam, Water Intake) Types

Tangible alternatives of headworks type are:

• Flexible small dam and side intake connected to settler; • Tyrolean intake with bottom spillway. Considering location of the headworks, both alternatives are technically feasible. However, given that arrangement of reservoir in the headrace is not considered, Tyrolean intake is preferable for both headworks. This construction will allow release of full volume of excessive water and solid sediment into the tailrace.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 184/ 384

5.4.2 Alternatives of Penstock Type

Alternatives of penstock pipeline are: I option – cast iron pipe and II option – so-called GRP pipes.

After feasibility comparison, with consideration of possibility to lower the costs and also ensuring of sustainability while working with high pressure – combined scheme arrangement has been decided. That is, the first section of the pipeline, namely about 2/3 of the total length will be arranged with GRP pipes, while the last section will be arranged using more high-strength material – cast iron pipes.

Use of GRP pipes allows more timely construction. The pipes can be transported while inserted in each other, which decreases transportation costs at certain level. Responsibility for quality of pipes, their durability and technical compliance with operational conditions of the penstock fully lies on the plant- supplier, representative of which shall participate and supervise installation of penstock using the pipes and other parts.

6 Environmental and Social Impact Assessment

6.1 General Principles of the EIA Methodology

This chapter includes assessment of environmental and social impacts expected to occur during construction and operation process of Lakhami HPP cascade. In order to evaluate expected changes in natural and social environment, it is necessary to collect and analyze the information on the current situation within the project area. The volume of the expected changes is determined on the basis of obtained information, impact recipient objects-receptors are identified and their sensitivity is assessed, which is necessary for determination of the importance of the impact. After determining the significance of the impact its acceptability is defined, as well as alternative options with less negative impact, necessity of mitigation measures and mitigation measures themselves.

The following scheme has been used during the assessment of the environmental and social impacts:

Stage I: Determination of main types of impacts and study format

Determination of those impacts that may be significant for these types of projects based on the general analysis of the activities.

Stage II: Study of baseline conditions – search of existing information and analysis

Identification of the receptors that can be impacted by the planned activities. Determination of sensitivity of the receptors.

Stage III: Impact characterization and assessment

Determination of the nature, probability, significance and other characteristics of the impact, considering sensitivity of the receptor; description of the expected changes in the environment and evaluation of their significance.

Stage IV: Determination of mitigation measures

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 185/ 384

Determination of mitigation, prevention or compensating measures for significant impact.

Stage V: Assessment of residual impact

Identification of the magnitude of the expected environmental changes after implementation of mitigation measures.

Stage VI: Development of monitoring and management strategies

Monitoring of the effectiveness of mitigation measures is needed to ensure that the impact does not exceed predetermined values, to verify the effectiveness of mitigation measures, or to identify the necessity of corrective measures.

6.1.1 Impact Receptors and Sensitivity

Following types of additional impacts are expected during the implementation of planned activities:

• Air quality deterioration; • Noise distribution; • Impact on geological environment, topsoil quality and stability; • Impact on aquatic environment; • Impact on biological environment; • Impact expected during waste management process; • Visual-landscape changes; • Impact on local socio-economic environment; • Impact on human health and safety; • Impact on historical and cultural heritage. Sensitivity of a receptor is related to the magnitude of the impact and the ability of a receptor to resist change or recover after changes, as well as to its relative ecological, social or economic value.

6.1.2 Impact Assessment

The major impact factors have been identified for the environmental impact assessment for the construction and operation phases. Assessment of the expected impacts has been implemented in accordance with the following classification: • Nature - positive or negative, direct or indirect; • Magnitude - very low, low, medium, high or very high; • Likelihood of occurrence - low, medium or high risk; • Impact area – construction site, area or region; • Duration - short and long term; • Reversibility - reversible or irreversible.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 186/ 384

Expected changes in the environment and their nature, area of the influence and duration, reversibility and probability of risk realization have been determined for both phases of the project, based on which the significance of the impact has been assessed.

Expected impacts are summarized in table of paragraph 6.1.3. Afterwards are criteria established for the assessment of the impact on environmental and social receptors; characterization of the impact; list of relevant mitigation measures; using established criteria for determining significance and scope of the impact before and after the implementation of mitigation measures.

Gamma Consulting

T TLTLTTT EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 187/ 384 T L

LL

6.1.3 Summary of Expected Impacts

Table below shows expected positive and negative, direct and indirect, temporary and long term impacts during the construction and operation of the Lakhami HPP cascade. Indications: Positive impact - Direct impact - Temporary impact - Negative impact - Indirect impact - Long-term impact - Indication on cause of indirect impact - Impact not expected or is insignificant - - Table 6.1.3.1.Summary of impacts expected on construction and operation phases of the HPP cascade

Soil, geological Socio-economic Air Water environment environment Surface

Flora Fauna Waste landscapechange Dust - Noise Quality recourses Emission Impacton conditions Regime Quality infrastructure Underground Impacton land ment of economic economic of ment erosion and etc. and erosion Visual Employment/improve use/limitation of local local of use/limitation Stability disturbance, disturbance, Stability

Constructi on phase

Gamma Consulting LLL L L L L EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 188/ 384

Operation - phase - - -

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 189/ 384

6.2 Impact on Ambient Air Quality

6.2.1 Impact Assessment Methodology

For the assessment of impact on ambient air quality normative documents of Georgia have been used, which determine the air quality standards. Standards are defined for the protection of health. As the impact on health depends as on the concentration of harmful substances, so on the duration of the impact, evaluation criteria considers these two parameters.

Table 6.2.1.1.Assessment criteria for the impact on ambient air quality

Short-term Unpleasant odor distribution (long- Ranking Category concentration (< 24 h) term, or frequent) 1 Very low C <0.5 MPC Unnoticeable increase 2 Low 0.5 MPC < C < 0.75 MPC Noticeable increase Slightly disturbs the population, though has 3 Medium 0.75 MPC < C <1 MPC no negative impact on health Quite disturbs the population, especially the 4 High 1 MPC < C <1.5 MPC sensitive individuals Population is very disturbed, has negative 5 Very high C > 1.5 MPC impact on health Note: C - Estimated concentrations in the environment, considering the baseline

6.2.2 Impact Characterization

6.2.2.1 Construction Phase The approach, where the typical construction equipment operation is considered, has been used for the assessment of ambient air contamination.

Impact of emissions on ambient air quality expected from technological processes such as ground works have been estimated and calculated. Implementation of these operations requires number of mechanisms and use of other necessary material resources.

Given that, the following sources of pollution have been identified: bulldozer, dumper and crane. These mechanisms operate on fuel and their emissions are assessed in accordance with their operation capacity.

Air pollution is also expected from concrete mixer, silos, as well as transportation and storage of raw materials. Arrangement of concrete mixer of30m3/h capacity is considered during the construction phase. Concrete unit will operate in one shift, 250 days a year. The volume of produced concrete mixture will be: 30 x 8 x 180 = 60 000 m3/year. Concrete production factory provides solid and portable concrete mass production. It is prefabricated stationary facility. The facility complex include: concrete mixer, inert material supply system, pneumatic system, automatic control system and operator cabin.

• Concrete mixer consists of internal crane equipment, as well as transporters and belt conveyers, which provides automatic delivery of inert materials;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 190/ 384

• Inert material dosing system consists of collector bunker and automatic batcher. Batcher is equipped with exact dosing and supply system, which ensures automatic adjustment of concrete mass; • Water and appendage (is in liquid phase) supply system include correction chamber, which provides exact dilution. The system is equipped with anticorrosion pump equipment; • The control system is automatic. Has a modern computer controller, which ensures automatic management in process of concrete preparation, as well as automatic adjustment of water amount.

Cement load, transportation and cement mass preparation in silos (equipped with fabric filters) will be conducted in hermetically secured conditions, which will reduce air pollution.

Concrete production facilities (concrete plant) are distinguished by a small volume of air pollution, because the technological process of concrete production after mixing naturally moist inert materials continues with wet method. Air pollution sources are following technological processes and devices: temporary storage of inert materials, sand and gravel service bunkers, belt conveyers, cement silos. • Actual moisture of the gravel ranges within 9-10% and sand >10%; • 1 cement silo will be installed in the factory – with 100 t capacity(equipped with appropriate filters). Open storages for sand and gravel (300 m2 area for each); • The total length of belt conveyers is 15 m; width – 1.0 m.

The emissions calculation is made for maximum values of consumable products. Concrete-making formula (for 1 m3) is as follows: sand – 650 kg; gravel – 1100 kg; cement – 420 kg; chemical additive – 3.4 kg. The maximum rated capacity of the concrete-mixer is 30 m3/h. Maximum annual approximate capacity of one-shift and annually 250 days working days will be: 30 m3/h * 8h/day * 250 day/year = 60.0 thousand m3/year. Maximum consumption of materials is determined based on annual production:

• Sand - 0,65t * 30 m3/h * 8h/day * 250 day/year = 39.0 thousand t/year (sand humidity exceeds 3%, therefore, according to the [2] emissions are not calculated); • Gravel -1,10 t* 30 m3/h * 8h/day * 250 day/year = 66.0 thousand t/year. [33.0 t/h] • Cement -0,420t * 30 m3/h * 8h/day* 250 day/year = 25.2 thousand t/year. [12.6 t/h] • Chemical additive -0,0034t * 30 m3/h * 8h/day * 250day/year = 0,204 thousand t/year.

Relevant equipment will be installed inside the facility for this production; relevant engineering infrastructure will be arranged as well.

According to typical technological scheme, inert material transported by vehicles will be stored in warehouses protected by three walls (gravel and sand separately). Loader, using ramp will move sand and gravel to bunkers (4 bunkers with dimensions 3 * 3 m), after this dosing system and belt conveyors will deliver materials to the concrete plant. The computer system regulates relevant proportions of the ingredients (sand, gravel, cement, additive) of the concrete to be produced and sends it to mixers.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 191/ 384

Hourly project production is 30 m3/h. Prepared concrete is transported to the final destination by concrete carrier.

6.2.2.1.1 Emission from Cement Silo (გ-1)

Technological process of concrete production include: loading the cement with pneumatic method in the silo from the cement carrier and dosed supply from silo to the cement mixer passing scales using worm method, where supply of sand, gravel, water and chemical additive components are placed in advance following the established formula.

According to plant characteristics, the silos should be provided with 25.2thousand tons of cement per year.

Silo is equipped with standard cloth filer, with nominal efficiency – 99,8%(small hose cloth bag filter; mark КФЕ-С, so called „Silo Filters“, intended for excessive pressure aspiration of silo. Regeneration with compressed gas. Filtered dust returns to the silo. Length of filter 1 m. Air flow range 300- 1000m3/hr. Filtration area-5-200 m2. Concentration at inlet 50 m/m3, at outlet – 10 mg/m3).

According to the [6], annual emission of the dust will be 25200 t * 0,8kg/t * 10-3 = 20,16t/year; Considering the nominal efficiency of the cloth bag filter, emission will be: 20,16 t/year * (1-0,998)= 0,04032t/year.

Maximum momentary emission calculation:

Average carrying capacity of the cement bearer is 25 t, discharging time 2 hr. (7200 sec); momentary emission of the cement dust will be 25t * 0,8 kg/t * 103 / 7200 sec = 2,78 g/sec;

Considering the efficiency of the cloth bag filter: 2,78 g/sec * (1-0,998)= 0,0056 g/sec.

Concrete mixer system is closed from all sides and does not have any connection with the ambient air, accordingly there is no emission in the air (flexible pipe installed on the concrete mixer is connected to the upper bunker and the dust formed during the material loading goes back).

Table 6.2.2.1.1.1.Calculated emission

Code Substance Title კოდი % Mass (g/sec) Mass (t/y) 2908 Inorganic (cement) dust 100 0,0056 0,0403

6.2.2.1.2 Emission from Belt Transporter (გ-2)

Calculation conducted according to the following methodological guidelines [9, 10].

Transportation is performed with open belt conveyer with width of 1 m. Total length is 15 m. Wind accounting speeds, m/s: 0,5((K 3= 1); 2 (K 3 = 1). Average annual wind speed 1.1 (K 3 = 1).

Quantitative and qualitative characteristics of pollutant substances emissions is given in table 6.2.2.1.2.1

Table 6.2.2.1.2.1.Quantitative and qualitative characteristics of pollutant substances emission

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 192/ 384

Pollutant Substance Maximum emission, Annual emission, t/y Code Title g/sec

2908 Inorganic dust containing 70-20% silicon dioxide 0,0033861 0,0243801

Initial data necessary for the calculation is given in table 6.2.2.1.2.2

Table 6.2.2.1.2.2

Material Parameters Simultaneousness

Working time-2000 h/y; Humidity up to 10%. (K 5 = 0,1). Size of particles- Gravel 2 + 50-100 mm. K 7 = 0,4). Specific dust formation- 0,0000045 kg/m *sec.

Provisional marking, calculation formulas, calculating parameters and their explanation are given below.

Emission of total mass of suspended particles generated during the transportation by open belt conveyer is determined with the following formula:

М К = 3,6 · K 3 · K 5 · W К · L · l · γ · T, t/year; Where: K 3–coefficient considering local meteorological conditions; K 5–coefficient considering humidity of material W К–specific dust formation from the belt conveyor, kg/m2*sec; L–width of belt transporter, m; l - length of belt transporter, m; γ–coefficient considering material grinding; T–annual operating time, h/year.

Maximum one-time emission generated during the transportation by open belt conveyer is determined with the following formula:

М' К = K 3 · K 5 · W К · L · l · γ · 103, g/sec;

Calculation of maximum one-time and annual emissions of the pollutant substances into the ambient air is given below. Pebble stone (gravel)

M'29080.5 m/sec =1 · 0,1 · 0,0000045 · 15 · 1 · 0,5 · 103 = 0,0033861 g/sec; M'29082 m/sec = 1 · 0,1 · 0,0000045 · 15 · 1 · 0,5 · 103 = 0,0033861 g/sec; M 2908 = 1 · 0,1 · 0,0000045 · 15 · 1 · 0,5 · 103 = 0,0033861 t/year.

6.2.2.1.3 Emission from Inert Material Warehousing and Storage (გ-3)

Emission during warehousing:

The calculation is made according to the following methodological guidelines[9, 10].

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 193/ 384

Loading of the loose materials is carried out without loading arm. Local conditions – storage is open from all four sides (K 4 = 0.1). Material drop height - 1,0m (B = 0,5).Salvo unload is implemented from the auto dumper – more than 10 t(K 9 =0,1). Wind reference speed, m/sec: 0,5 (K 3 = 1); 2 (K 3 = 1). Average annual wind speed, m/sec: 1.1 (K 3 = 1). Quantitative and qualitative characteristics of pollutant substances emissions are given in table 6.2.2.1.3.1.

Table 6.2.2.1.3.1.Quantitative and qualitative characteristics of pollutant substances emission Pollutant Substance Maximum emission, Annual emission, t/y Code Title g/sec

2908 Inorganic dust containing 70-20% silicon dioxide 0,0183333 0,132

Initial data necessary for the calculation is given in table 6.2.2.1.3.2.

Table 6.2.2.1.3.2.Initial data for calculation

Material Parameter Simultaneousness

Number of overloaded material: Gh = 33t/h; Gy = 66000t/y. Dust fraction mass content in material:K 1 = 0,04. Dust fraction, which Pebble stone (gravel) + moves in aerosol:K 2 = 0,02. Humidity till 10% (K 5 = 0,1). Material dimensions 50-10 mm (K 7 = 0,5).

Provisional marking, calculation formulas, calculating parameters and their explanation are given below.

Maximum one-time and annual emission of dust in the ambient air is calculated using the following formula:

М ГР = K 1 · K 2 · K 3 · K 4 · K 5 · K 7 · K 8 · K 9 · B · G h · 106 / 3600, g/sec

Where, K 1– weight share of dust fraction (0-200 microns) in material; K 2–dust share (from the total weight share) which moves to aerosol (0-10 microns); K 3–coefficient considering local meteorological conditions; K 4–coefficient considering local conditions, protection degree of the plant from outer impacts, dusting conditions; K 5–coefficient considering humidity of material; K 7–coefficient considering material dimensions; K 8–correcting coefficient for different material considering equipment type, for use of other type of loadersK 8 = 1; K 9–correcting coefficient for salvo unloading from dumper; B–coefficient considering dropping height; G h – amount of material to be transported in hour (t/h). Annual total dust emission is calculated using the following formula:

П ГР = K 1 · K 2 · K 3 · K 4 · K 5 · K 7 · K 8 · K 9 · B · G y, t/year

Where, G y - amount of material to be transported in year (t/year).

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 194/ 384

Maximum one-time and annual emission of dust in the ambient air is given below. Inert material:

M 29080.5 m/sec = 0,04 · 0,02 · 1 · 1 · 0,1 · 0,5 · 1 · 0,1 · 0,5 · 33 · 106 / 3600 = 0,0183333 g/sec; M 29082 m/sec = 0,04 · 0,02 · 1 · 1 · 0,1 · 0,5 · 1 · 0,1 · 0,5 · 33 · 106 / 3600 = 0,0183333 g/sec; П 2908 = 0,04 · 0,02 · 1 · 1 · 0,1 · 0,5 · 1 · 0,1 · 0,5 · 66000 = 0,132 t/year.

Emission during storage The calculation is made according to the following methodological guidelines [9, 10].

Quantitative and qualitative characteristics of pollutant substances emissions are given in table 6.2.2.1.3.3.

Table 6.2.2.1.3.3 Quantitative and qualitative characteristics of pollutant substances emissions

Pollutant Substance Maximum emission, Annual emission, t/y Code Title g/sec

2908 Inorganic dust containing 70-20% silicon dioxide 0,0004435 0,000449

Maximum one-time dust emission for loose material storage is calculated using the following formula:

М ХР = K 4 · K 5 · K 6 · K 7 · q · F раб + K 4 · K 5 · K 6 · K 7 · 0,11 · q · (F пл - F раб) · (1 - η), g/sec

Where, K 4 - coefficient considering local conditions, protection degree of the plant from outer impacts, dusting conditions; K 5 - coefficient considering humidity of material K 6–coefficient considering surface profile of the stored material; K 7– coefficient considering material dimensions; F раб–area on the plan, where storage works are systematic, m2; F пл–dusting surface area on the plan, m2; q–maximum rate of specific dust dusting, g/(m2*sec); η–emission reduction degree while using dust-trap system.

Value ofK 6coefficient is calculated with formula:

K 6 = F макс / F пл

Where, F макс–surface area of stored material during maximum filling of the storehouse, m2; Maximum value of specific dusting is defined using the following formula: g/(m2*sec);

q = 10-3 · a · U b, g/(m2*sec);

Where, aandb – empirical coefficient dependent on type of material to be transported; U b–wind speed, m/sec.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 195/ 384

Annual total dust emission during loose material storage is calculated using the following formula:

П ХР = 0,11 · 8,64 · 10-2 · K 4 · K 5 · K 6 · K 7 · q · F пл · (1 - η) · (T - T д - T c) t/year;

Where, T – total storage time within a certain period (day); T д–number of rainy days; T с–number of days with sustainable snow cover.

Calculation parameters and their values are provided in table 6.2.2.1.3.4.

Table 6.2.2.1.3.4.Calculation parameters and their values

Calculation parameters Values a = 0,0135 Material to be loaded: Pebble stone (gravel) b = 2,987 Empirical coefficients, which depend on the type of material to be loaded

Local condition – warehouse open from all four sides K 4 = 1 Material humidity up to 10% K 5 = 0,1 Surface profile of material to be stored K 6 = 450 / 300 = 1,5 Material dimensions – 50-10 mm K 7 = 0,5 Wind calculating speeds, m/s U' = 0,5; 2 The average annual wind speed, m/s U = 1,1 2 Working area of the overloading activities, m F раб = 25 2 Dusting surface area on the plan, m F пл = 300 2 Dusting surface actual area on the plan, m F макс = 450 Total time of material storage in the draft period, day T = 366 Number of rainy days T д = 19 Number of sustainable snow cover days T с = 130

Maximum one-time and annual emissions calculation of the pollutant substances in the ambient air is given below. Inert material dust q 29080.5m/sec = 10-3 · 0,0135 · 0,52.987 = 0,0000017 g/(m2*sec); M 29080.5 m/secс = 1 • 0,1 • 1,5 • 0,5 • 0,0000017 • 25 + + 1 • 0,1 • 1,5 • 0,5 • 0,11 • 0,0000017 • (300 - 25) = 0,0000071 g/sec; q 29082 m/sec = 10-3 · 0,0135 · 22.987 = 0,000107 g/(m2*sec); M 29082 m/sec = 1 • 0,1 • 1,5 • 0,5 • 0,000107 • 25 + + 1 • 0,1 • 1,5 • 0,5 • 0,11 • 0,000107 • (300 - 25) = 0,0004435 g/sec; q 2908 = 10-3 · 0,0135 · 1,12.987 = 0,0000179 g/(m2*sec); П 2908 = 0,11∙8,64∙10-2∙1∙0,1∙1,5∙0,5∙0,0000179∙300∙(366-119-130) = 0,000449 t/year.

Total warehousing + storage (2908):

0,0183333 0,0004435 ∑ g/sec: warehousing + storage 0,0187768 0,132 0,000449 ∑ t/year: warehousing + storage 0,132449

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 196/ 384

6.2.2.1.4 Emission during Operation of the Road-Construction (Bulldozer) Vehicle (გ- 4)

The calculation is performed in accordance with the following methodological guidelines[11,12,13].

Source of emission of the pollutant substances is engines during load and during idle mode.

Quantitative and qualitative characteristics of emission of the pollutant substances from the road- construction vehicles, is given in table 6.2.2.1.4.1.

Table 6.2.2.1.4.1.Quantitative and qualitative characteristics of emission of the pollutant substances from the road-construction vehicles

Pollutant Maximum emission, Annual emission, Code Title g/sec t/year 301 Nitrogen dioxide (nitrogen (IV) oxide) 0,0324631 0,2345304 304 Nitrogen (II) oxide 0,0052737 0,0380997 328 Soot 0,0060297 0,0435681 330 Sulfur dioxide 0,0035584 0,0256758 337 Carbone oxide 0,0291177 0,2091537 2732 Fraction of hydrocarbons kerosene 0,0081263 0,0585891

Calculation is made in conditions of external temperature of construction sites of the road-construction vehicles (RCV). Number of work days – 250. Initial data for calculation of emission of the pollutant substances is given in table 6.2.2.1.4.2

Table 6.2.2.1.4.2.Initial data of calculations

Name of the One vehicle working time road- Per day, hr In 30 min, min Work Num construction Idle mode, min Witho With ing ber With Idle With Idle vehicles Total ut out days load mode load mode (RCV) load load

Bulldozer with 61-100 kW 1 (1) 8 3,5 3,2 1,3 13 12 5 250 capacity (83-136 hp)

Provisional marking, calculation formulas, calculating parameters and their explanation are given below:

The maximum one-time emission of i-type substance is performed by the following formula:

k G i = ∑ k=1(m ДВ ik · t ДВ + 1,3 · m ДВ ik · t НАГР. + m ХХ ik · t ХХ) · N k / 1800, g/sec;

Where,

m ДВ ik –for k-type group, i- type substance specific emission during vehicle movement without loading, g/min; 1,3 · m ДВ ik – for k-type group, i-type substance specific emission during vehicle movement with load, g/min; m ДВ ik –for k-type group, i-type substance specific emission during vehicle idle mode, g/min;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 197/ 384

t ДВ - vehicle working time with 30 minutes interval, without load, min; t НАГР. - vehicle working time with 30 minutes interval, with load, min; t ХХ - vehicle working time with 30 minutes interval with idle mode, min; N k – k-type group vehicle amount working simultaneously with 30 minutes interval. i-typesubstance total emission from road-vehicles is calculated with the following formula:

k -6 M i = ∑ k=1(m ДВ ik · t'ДВ + 1,3 · m ДВ ik · t'НАГР. + m ХХ ik · t'ХХ) · 10 , t/year;

Where,

t'ДВ– total working time of k-type group vehicle without load, min; t'НАГР. – total working time of k-type group vehicle with load, min; t'ХХ– total working time of k-type group with idling drive mode, min.

Specific emissions of pollutants during the operation of road-construction vehicles are given in table 6.2.2.1.4.3

Table 6.2.2.1.4.3.Specific emissions of pollutants during the operation of road-construction vehicles, g/min

Type of road-construction vehicles Driving Idle mode Pollutants (RCV) mode Bulldozer with 61-100 kW capacity (83-136 Nitrogen dioxide (nitrogen (IV) 1,976 0,384 hp) oxide) Nitrogen (II) oxide 0,321 0,0624 Soot 0,369 0,06 Sulphur dioxide 0,207 0,097 Carbone oxide 1,413 2,4 Fraction of hydrocarbons 0,459 0,3 kerosene

Calculation of annual and maximum one-time emission of pollutants is given below:

G 301 = (1,976·13+1,3·1,976·12+0,384·5)·1/1800 = 0,0324631 g/sec; M 301 = (1,976·1·250·3,5·60+1,3·1,976·1·250·3,2·60+0,384·1·250·1,3·60)·10-6 = 0,2345304 t/year; G 304 = (0,321·13+1,3·0,321·12+0,0624·5)·1/1800 = 0,0052737 g/sec; M 304 = (0,321·1·250·3,5·60+1,3·0,321·1·250·3,2·60+0,0624·1·250·1,3·60)·10-6 = 0,0380997 t/year; G 328 = (0,369·13+1,3·0,369·12+0,06·5)·1/1800 = 0,0060297 g/sec; M 328 = (0,369·1·250·3,5·60+1,3·0,369·1·250·3,2·60+0,06·1·250·1,3·60)·10-6 = 0,0435681 t/year; G 330 = (0,207·13+1,3·0,207·12+0,097·5)·1/1800 = 0,0035584 g/sec; M 330 = (0,207·1·250·3,5·60+1,3·0,207·1·250·3,2·60+0,097·1·250·1,3·60)·10-6 = 0,0256758 t/year; G 337 = (1,413·13+1,3·1,413·12+2,4·5)·1/1800 = 0,0291177 g/sec M 337 = (1,413·1·250·3,5·60+1,3·1,413·1·250·3,2·60+2,4·1·250·1,3·60)·10-6 = 0,2091537 t/year.

Maximum one-time emission during the operation of bulldozer is determined with the following formula: The calculation is performed according to the following methodological guidelines [16,17,18].

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 198/ 384

G = (Qbulx Qden x V x K1 x K2 x N)/(Tbc x Krl), g/sec;

Where:

Qbul _ specific emission of dust from 1 t of transporting material/t -0,74; Qden -rock density (t/m3-1,6); K1–wind speed ratio (K1=1,2); K2–moisture ratio (K2=0,2); N - number of simultaneously operating machinery (unit); V – prism displacement volume (m3) 3,5; Tbc - bulldozer cycle time, sec, 80; Krl–rock loosening ratio (Krl -1,15).

G = (Qbul x Qden x V x K1 x K2 x N)/(Tbc x Krl) = 0,74*1,6*3,5*1,2*0,2*1/(80*1,15)=0,011 g/sec

Total dust emission during the operation of bulldozer is determined by the following formula:

G = M x 3600 x T x 10-6 = 0,011 x 3600 sec x 8 h x 250 day x 10-6 = 0,0792t/year.

6.2.2.1.5 Emission during Operation of the Road-Construction (Dumper) Vehicle (გ-5)

The calculation is performed according to the following methodological guidelines [11,12,13].

Gaseous emissions of the dumper are identical to those of bulldozer:

Pollutant Maximum emission, Annual emission, Code Title g/sec t/year 301 Nitrogen dioxide (nitrogen (IV) oxide) 0,0324631 0,2345304 304 Nitrogen (II) oxide 0,0052737 0,0380997 328 Soot 0,0060297 0,0435681 330 Sulfur dioxide 0,0035584 0,0256758 337 Carbone oxide 0,0291177 0,2091537 2732 Fraction of hydrocarbons kerosene 0,0081263 0,0585891

6.2.2.1.6 Emission during Operation of the Road-Construction (Crane) Vehicle (გ-6)

The calculation is performed according to the following methodological guidelines [11,12,13].

Gaseous emissions of the dumper are identical to those of dumper:

Pollutant Maximum emission, Annual emission, Code Title g/sec t/year 301 Nitrogen dioxide (nitrogen (IV) oxide) 0,0324631 0,2345304 304 Nitrogen (II) oxide 0,0052737 0,0380997 328 Soot 0,0060297 0,0435681 330 Sulfur dioxide 0,0035584 0,0256758 337 Carbone oxide 0,0291177 0,2091537 2732 Fraction of hydrocarbons kerosene 0,0081263 0,0585891

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 199/ 384

6.2.2.1.7 Emission from Diesel Tank (გ-7)

The calculation is performed according to the methodological guideline [8].

The source of pollution is a breathing valve of the tank while storage of the oil product (small breathing) and while loading (large breathing). Climate zone – 3.

Quantitative and qualitative characteristics of emission of the pollutants are provided in table 6.2.2.1.7.1.

Table 6.2.2.1.7.1.

Pollutants Maximum one-time Annual emission, t/year Code Title emission, g/sec 333 Dihydro-sulfide (hydrogen sulphide) 0,0000686 0,0000029 Alkanes C12-C19 2754 0,0244314 0,0010281 (saturated hydrocarbons C12-C19)

Initial data for calculation of emission of the pollutant substances is given in table 6.2.2.1.7.2.

Table 6.2.2.1.7.2

Amount per year Pump Tank Simult Number Product t/year Tank structure productivit capacity, aneou 3 3 of tanks Bშზ Bგზ y, m /h m sness Diesel fuel. Group A. Surface, vertical. Operation Temperature close to mode – “hogshead”. No air temperature. 50 50 emission-limiting system. 25 10 1 +

Provisional marking, calculation formulas, calculating parameters and their explanation are given below.

Maximum emission of oil product fumes is calculated using formula:

M = (C 1 · K maxp · V maxч) / 3600, g/sec;

Annual emission of oil product fumes is calculated using formula:

G = (У 2 · В оз + У 3 · В вл) · K maxp · 10-6 + G хр · K нп · N, t/year.

Where: У 2,У 3 – specific average emission from reservoir, therefore during year for autumn-winter and spring-summer periods, g/t. Obtained in accordance with annex 12; B оз,B вл – amount of liquid, loaded into the tank during autumn-winter and spring-summer periods, t; K maxp–ratio obtained during testing, obtained in accordance with annex 8; G xp–oil product fume emission from storing in one tank, t/year. Obtained in accordance with annex 13; K нп - ratio obtained during testing, obtained in accordance with annex 12; N–number of tanks.

Maximum one-time and annual emissions calculation of the pollutant is given below.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 200/ 384

Diesel fuel M = 3,92 · 0,9 · 25 / 3600 = 0,0245 g/sec; G = (2,36 · 50 + 3,15 · 50) · 0,9 · 10-6 + 0,27 · 0,0029 · 1 = 0,001031 t/year.

333 Dihydro-sulfide (hydrogen sulphide) M = 0,0245 · 0,0028 = 0,0000686 g/sec; G = 0,001031 · 0,0028 = 0,0000029 t/year.

2754 Alkanes C12-C19 (saturated hydrocarbonsC12-C19) M = 0,0245 · 0,9972 = 0,0244314 g/sec; G = 0,001031 · 0,9972 = 0,0010281 t/year.

6.2.2.1.8 Emission from Diesel Generator (გ-8)

The calculation is performed according to the methodological guidelines [10,11].

In the process of use of stationary diesel-generator harmful (polluting) substances are being emitted into the ambient air.

To calculate maximum one-time emission generator data provided in its technical documentation is used (operating capacity), and to calculate annual emissions – annual use of fuel is calculated.

Quantitative and qualitative characteristics of emission of the pollutants are provided in table 6.2.2.1.8.1. and the initial data for calculation of emission is given in table 6.2.2.1.8.2.

Table 6.2.2.1.8.1

Pollutant Maximum one-time Annual emission, Code Title emission, g/sec t/year 301 Nitrogen dioxide (nitrogen (IV) oxide) 0,0457778 0,06192 304 Nitrogen (II) oxide 0,0074389 0,010062 328 Soot 0,0027778 0,0038565 330 Sulfur dioxide 0,0152778 0,02025 337 Carbone oxide 0,05 0,0675 703 Benzopyrene 0,0000001 0,0000001 1325 Formaldehyde 0,0005972 0,0007695 2732 Fraction of hydrocarbons kerosene 0,0142917 0,019287

Table 6.2.2.1.8.2.

,

Data ness ness t/year g/kW*h Specific Specific Fuel use Fuel consumption Simultaneous Capacity, kW Capacity,

Group A. Producer: EU, USA, Japan. Low capacity (Ne < 50 4,5 250 + 73,6kW; n = 1000-3000 rpm). Till repair.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 201/ 384

Maximum emission ofi-type pollutant from the diesel generator is calculated using the following formula:

M i = (1 / 3600) · e Mi · P Э, g/sec; Where: e Mi – emission ofi-type pollutant during normal operation of the diesel generator, g/kW*h; P Э–operating capacity of the diesel generator, kW; (1 / 3600) – calculation ratio from hours to seconds. Total annual emission ofi-type pollutant from the diesel generator is calculated using the following formula:

W Эi = (1 / 1000) · q Эi · G T, t/year

Where: q Эi–emission of i-type pollutant from diesel-generator for 1 kg fuel, g/kg; G T– annual fuel consumption of the diesel generator, t/year; (1 / 1000) – calculation ratio from kg to t. Consumption of burned gas from diesel generator is defined with formula:

G ОГ = 8,72 · 10-6 · b Э · P Э, kg/sec;

Where: b Э–specific fuel consumption in operation mode of the engine, g/kW*h. Volumetric consumption of burned gas of the diesel generator is determined using the following formula:

Q ОГ = G ОГ / γ ОГ, m3/sec Where: γ ОГ–specific weight of burned gas, defined using the following formula:

γ ОГ = γ ОГ( t=0°C) / (1 + T ОГ / 273), kg/m³

Where: γ ОГ( t=0°C)– specific weight of burned gas on 0°С, γ ОГ(t=0°C) = 1,31kg/m³ ; T ОГ– temperature of burned gas, К. Maximum one-time and annual emissions calculation of the pollutant is given below. Nitrogen dioxide (nitrogen (IV) oxide) M = (1 / 3600) · 3,296 · 50 = 0,0457778g/sec;; W Э = (1 / 1000) · 13,76 · 4,5 = 0,06192 t/year; Nitrogen (II) oxide M = (1 / 3600) · 0,5356 · 50 = 0,0074389 g/sec; W Э = (1 / 1000) · 2,236 · 4,5 = 0,010062 t/year; Soot M = (1 / 3600) · 0,2 · 50 = 0,0027778 g/sec; W Э = (1 / 1000) · 0,857 · 4,5 = 0,0038565t/year; Sulfur dioxide M = (1 / 3600) · 1,1 · 50 = 0,0152778 g/sec; W Э = (1 / 1000) · 4,5 · 4,5 = 0,02025 t/year;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 202/ 384

Carbon oxide M = (1 / 3600) · 3,6 · 50 = 0,05 g/sec; W Э = (1 / 1000) · 15 · 4,5 = 0,0675 t/year; Benzopyrene M = (1 / 3600) · 0,0000037 · 50 = 0,0000001 g/sec; W Э = (1 / 1000) · 0,000016 · 4,5 = 0,0000001 t/year; Formaldehyde M = (1 / 3600) · 0,043 · 50 = 0,0005972g/sec W Э = (1 / 1000) · 0,171 · 4,5 = 0,0007695 t/year; Fraction of hydrocarbons kerosene M = (1 / 3600) · 1,029 · 50 = 0,0142917g/sec W Э = (1 / 1000) · 4,286 · 4,5 = 0,019287 t/year; Volumetric consumption of burned gas is provided below.

G ОГ = 8,72 · 10-6 · 250 · 50 = 0,109 kg/sec.

On 5 m height, T ОГ = 723 K (450 °С):

γ ОГ = 1,31 / (1 + 723 / 273) = 0,359066 kg/m3 Q ОГ = 0,109 / 0,359066 = 0,3036m3/sec

6.2.2.1.9 Maximum Permissible Concentrations of Pollutants

Maximum permissible one-time and average daily concentrations [5] of pollutants in ambient air emitted on construction phase are provided in table 6.2.2.1.9.1.

Table 6.2.2.1.9.1.MPC of pollutants in ambient air

Maximum permissible Pollutant concentration, mg/m3 Hazard class of Maximum one- harmfulness Title Code Average daily time 1 2 3 4 5 Nitrogen dioxide (IV) 301 0,2 0,04 2 Nitrogen (II) oxide 304 0,4 0,06 3 Soot 328 0,15 0,05 3 Sulfur dioxide 330 0,5 0,05 3 Hydrogen sulfide 333 0,008 - 2 Carbon monoxide 337 5,0 3,0 4 Benzopyrene 703 - 0,000001 1 Formaldehyde 1325 0,035 0,003 2 Kerosene fraction 2732 1,2 - - Saturated hydrocarbons C12-C19 2754 1,0 - 4 Inorganic dust 70-20% 2908 0,3 0,1 3

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 203/ 384

6.2.2.1.10 Conclusion

According to calculation results, sources of ambient air pollutants are stationary and non-stationary sources. Their emissions have been calculated; amount of pollutants is not significant to cause deterioration of air quality.

Analysis of results reveal, that amount of pollutants emitted from each source is not high. However, in order to minimize disturbance of population and impact risks on wildlife – relevant mitigation measures will be conducted.

Prior to works technical report on inventory of stationary sources and emitted substances will be prepared.

6.2.2.2 Operation Phase There will be no sources of emission of harmful substances neither at headwork nor at power house structures during the operation of the HPP cascade. Arrangement of large reservoir was excluded on a pre-design stage, during discussion of alternatives. Thus, evaporation and therefore increase of humidity and climate change is not expected. Emissions on operation phase are only expected during maintenance/repair works. However, such impacts are limited, reversible and low-scaled than those on construction phase. Therefore, calculation of the emissions of harmful substances and development of specific mitigation measures is not required.

6.2.3 Mitigation Measures

Following mitigation measures are to be implemented during the construction phase in order to reduce emissions and dust distribution:

• Ensuring the technical functionality of construction equipment and vehicles. Technical functionality shall be checked daily prior to works. Vehicles and equipment with high noise levels (due to technical failure) will not be allowed within working sites; • Shut off of the engines or working with a minimum rotation when not in use will be ensured; • Observance of the optimal traffic speed (especially on ground roads); • Machinery and equipment should be placed from sensitive receptors (residential areas, forest zone) as far as possible; • Maximum limited use of roads in populated areas (mainly within Lakhami village). Population should be notified in advance about intensive movement of vehicles; • Systematic implementation of dust reduction measures in dry weather (e.g., construction sites and roads watering, observance of rules of bulk construction material storage and etc); • In order to prevent dust distribution from easily dusting materials a special cover (tarpaulin)in storage areas is required; • Implementation of precautionary measures in order to avoid excessive dust emission during ground works and materials loading-unloading (e.g. restriction of material dropping from a big heights); • Instruction of the personnel prior to the works;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 204/ 384

• Recording of complaints and relevant response to them, with consideration of measures described above. Same measures will be conducted during big-scale maintenance works on operation phase of the HPP cascade.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 205/ 384

6.2.4 Impact Assessment

Table 6.2.4.1.Summary of the impacts on ambient air quality

Residual Impact Assessment Probabilit Impact Description of impacts and impact sources y of Reversibilit receptors Nature Influence area Duration Residual impact occurrenc y e Construction phase:

Combustion products, welding aerosols and other harmful substances emitted into Areas adjacent to ambient air Direct construction sites During Average Low (periodically and camps (forest construction (24 Reversible • Combustion products sources - activities requiring risk medium) Population of nearby Negative zone) and residential months) construction and special machinery, transportation, etc. settlements zone • Other sources of harmful substances - Gaseous emissions (Lakhami village), of chemical substances (Fuels and lubricants, etc.). biological Dust distribution environment Areas adjacent to During Medium or high, Direct construction sites construction (24 considering High risk Reversible • Source – ground works, transportation, storage and and camps and months), mitigation measures Negative usage of bulk construction materials, movement of residential zone periodically – Low equipment and vehicles, and others.

Combustion products, welding aerosols and Direct Construction camps During Low, considering Average other harmful substances emitted into and construction construction (24 Reversible mitigation measures risk ambient air Negative sites months) – very low

Personnel Low (periodically During Direct Construction camps medium) Dust distribution Average construction (24 and construction Reversible considering risk months), Negative sites mitigation measures periodically – very low

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 206/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 207/ 384

6.3 Noise Distribution and Possible Impact

6.3.1 Impact Assessment Methodology

Noise levels in Georgia are regulated by normative document – sanitary norms 2.2.4/2.1.8 003/004-01 “noise in workplace, in housing, public buildings and residential areas”. The noise level should not exceed the values set by these standards.

Table 6.3.1.1.Evaluation criteria of the impacts related to the noise

Working, industrial or Ranking Category Residential zone commercial zone Acoustic background will increase with less than Acoustic background will 3 dBA1, at residential zone, during the daytime 1 Very low increase with less than 3 dBA up to <50 dBA, while during night hours up to and up to <70 dBA <45 dBA Acoustic background will increase with 3 – 5 Acoustic background will dBA, at residential zone, during the daytime up 2 Low increase with 3–5 dBA and up to to <55 dBA, while during night hours up to <45 <70 dBA dBA Acoustic background with sensitive receptors Up to <70 dBA, Acoustic will increase with 6-10 dBA, at residential zone, background with sensitive 3 Medium during the daytime up to <55 dBA, while during receptors will increase with 6-10 night hours up to <45 dBA dBA Acoustic background with sensitive receptors Up to >70 dBA, Acoustic will increase by more than 10 dBA, at residential background with sensitive 4 High zone, during the daytime up to >70 dBA, while receptors will increase by more during night hours up to <45 dBA than 10 dBA Acoustic background with sensitive receptors will increase by more than 10 dBA, at residential Up to >70 dBA, accompanied by 5 Very high zone, during the daytime up to <70 dBA and a tonal or impulsive noise accompanied by a tonal or impulsive noise, while during night hours up to <45 dBA

6.3.2 Impact Characterization

6.3.2.1 Construction Phase Construction of HPP cascade infrastructure includes intensive activities like ground works, transport operations and construction works, leading to creation of noise and its distribution (especially considering that practically there are no noise sources within the project area).In order to determine scales of possible impact and distribution area noise distribution must be calculated, which considers:

• Determination of noise sources and their characteristics; • Selection of calculation points; • Determination of noise direction from noise source to the reference point and calculation of acoustic of the environmental elements, affecting the distribution of noise (natural screens, green plantation, etc.); • Determination of noise levels at reference points and comparison to permissible levels of noise;

1Most people cannot perceive such change

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 208/ 384

• Determination of noise level reduction measures, if necessary.

As mentioned while discussing organizational issues for construction (see paragraph 3.4.2.), arrangement of three camps is considered. In terms of noise generation the main and the adjacent camp 1 (construction camp of Lakhami 1 HPP powerhouse and Lakhami 2 HPP headworks) are noteworthy, since amount of works to be carried out here is relatively high. Additionally, arrangement of concrete plant is considered. However, residential areas are located on a significant distance from this area, therefore impact is less expected.

Noise distribution calculation therefore was carried out for the auxiliary camp 2 located near the construction site of Lakhami 2 HPP powerhouse. This camp will be the nearest object to the residential zone (the nearest house to the center is located north-west, about 60 m away). It is also noteworthy, that the most intensive transportation operations are expected here, since access road to the upper section of Lakhami valley is located here.

The main sources of noise are assumed to be the machinery and vehicles working simultaneously within the construction camp and construction site of power house, namely:

• Bulldozer with 170 hp, the noise level of which is 90 dBA; • Dumper (85 dBA); • Demolition hammer (96 dBA); • Crane (92 dBA). Octave sound pressure levels in the reference point are calculated according to the following formula:

βar L = Lp −15lg r +10lgФ − −10lgΩ, 1000 (1) Where, Lр – octave level of the noise source capacity; Ф – noise source direction factor, non-dimensional, is determined through trial and changes from 1 to 8 (depends on spatial angle of sound radiation); r – distance from the source of the noise to the reference point(60 m); Ω – spatial angle of sound radiation, which is obtained by placing inΩ = 4π- space;Ω = 2π- when placed on the surface of the area; Ω = π - double ribbed angle; Ω = π/2 – triple ribbed angle; βа – Sound damping in the air (dBA/km) tabular description

Average geometric frequencies of the octave lines, Hz. 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

βаdBA/km 0 0.3 1.1 2.8 5.2 9.6 25 83

Noise source levels on the noise-generating section are summarized according to the formula:

n 10 lg∑100,1Lpi i=1 (2) Where: Lрi- i-type noise source capacity. Following assumptions are made to perform the calculation:

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 209/ 384

1) If distance between several noise sources, located on the same site is less than distance to the reference point, sources are combined into one group. The total noise level is calculated with the n following formula: 10lg∑ 10 0,1Lpi ; i =1 2) To assess the total level of noise sources combined into one group, distance from geometric center was used as a distance to accounting point (as it was mentioned, the distance from noise source center is 60 m); 3) For simplicity, the calculations are performed for the sound equivalent levels (dBA) and average value of its octave indicator is taken as sound damping coefficient in the air: βave=10.5 dBA/km; By putting the data in the second formula, we will obtain the total noise level from the generation point, i.e. simultaneous operation of equipment-machinery on construction camp and construction site:

n 10 lg∑10 0,1Lpi = 10lg (100,1x90+ 100,1x85+100,1x96+ 100,1x92)= 98,4dBA. i=1 By putting the data in the first formula, we will obtain noise level from reference point, the nearest receptor:

βar L = Lp −15lg r +10lgФ − −10lgΩ, 98,4 – 15*lg60+10*lg2–10.5*60/1000-10xlg2 π=66,1 dBA. 1000 =

The calculation results are given in table 6.3.2.1.1.

Table 6.3.2.1.1.Calculation results of noise distribution

Distance Equivalent Equivalent Main operating to the Noise Level at Noise Level at equipment- Nearest Nearest Generation Norm2 machinery Receptor Receptors Point [dBA] [m] [dBA]

o Bulldozer o Dumper During daytime – 55 dBA o Demolition 98,4 60 66,1 During nighttime – 45 hammer dBA o Crane

According to calculations, noise levels will exceed stipulated norms as by day, so by night. Therefore, impact coming from the construction works and transportation operations on the lower construction site will be significant for the population of the village Lakhami. Upper construction facilities (main camp and auxiliary camp 1) are located on a big distance from the residential zone; therefore impact from their functionality will not be significant. In this case impact caused by noise is expected on wildlife, which will be related to migration of animal species (mainly birds). Terrain conditions and dense vegetation cover are to be noted, since this will prevent noise distribution on large distances (noise will be distributed within 1,5 km radius). After completion of construction works majority of species will return to their natural habitats.

2Sanitary norm on “noise in workplace, in housing, public buildings and residential areas”

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 210/ 384

The most significant impact from noise is expected on construction personnel. Noise levels on construction sites may exceed 98-100 dBa. Personnel (working with noisy equipment) will be equipped with means of protection (earmuffs), if required.

It should also be mentioned, that drilling-blasting works may periodically take place near some construction camps. Such works may result in significant discomfort of the population, as well as wildlife. Relevant mitigation measures will be implemented during planning of such works.

When assessing impacts related to noise distribution, it is important to consider certain circumstances that reduce possible impacts, namely: • Construction works (especially those generating intensive noise) will be implemented only during daytime; • The main sources of noise are less likely to work simultaneously. Even then it will not be a long lasting process; • There is a high and dense tree-vegetation within project corridor, which will be a natural barrier; • Local relief should be also considered, which is one of the most important factors in noise reduction; • Impacts caused by noise distribution during the construction phase will be short term (separate noisy works will not last for a long period).

6.3.2.2 Operation Phase The main source of noise distribution during the operation of the HPP cascade will be hydraulic units installed within the power houses. In this case as well, calculations must be made for the source located closest to the village Lakhami, namely powerhouse of the lower step. Apart from vicinity of the impact receptor, three aggregates will be installed in Lakhami 2 HPP, while only two hydraulic units will be operating in the upper step of the cascade.

The calculation of noise propagation was performed for simultaneous operation of all three hydraulic units. Noise level of each at place will be approximately 100 dBA. Total maximum noise level from the generation point will be:

n 10 lg∑10 0,1Lpi = i=1 10lg (100,1x100+ 100,1x100 + 100,1x100)= 104,8dBA.

Distance between the power house of Lakhami 2 and the nearest receptor (residential house) is about 80 m. Therefore, in worst case, noise level at reference point will be:

βar L = Lp −15lg r +10lgФ − −10lgΩ, 104,8 – 15*lg80+10*lg2–10.5*80/1000-10xlg π=70 dBA 1000 =

It should be considered that these three hydraulic units will not always operate simultaneously. In addition:

• Turbines will be enclosed, which has a high rate of noise absorption. Noise will be also reduced by soundproofing materials that will be arranged within the building and the powerhouse (considering this, noise will be reduced with approximately 25-30 dBA);

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 211/ 384

• Due to a high vegetation cover and local relief near the power house area, noise will be reduced with approximately 8-10 dBA. Considering all the above mentioned, impact of noise on wildlife and nearby residential houses will not be high. In fact, in case of normal operation of the HPP, noise level near residential house will not exceed 30-35 dBA.

Noise level at generation point (inside power house) will be quite high and therefore, negative impact is expected on the staff working inside the building. In this case, appropriate mitigation measures should be implemented. In particular: personnel should be provided with earmuffs; operation room should be arranged with special soundproof material.

On the operational phase, noise may be caused during the maintenance/repair by its repair works and/or vehicle movement. Such works will be implemented within the territories of powerhouses and headworks. Scales and durations of works are much shorter than those on construction phase of the project. Therefore, we can state, that impact related to increase of acoustic background due to maintenance-repair works will not be high and additionally, it will be short-term.

6.3.3 Mitigation Measures

Following mitigation measures will be implemented in order to minimize noise levels during the construction phase: • To ensure the technical functionality of construction equipment and vehicles, which will be checked daily prior to works. Vehicles and equipment with high level on noise (due to technical failure) will not be allowed within working sites; • Noisy works will be implemented only at daytime. In case of works at night, the population must be notified beforehand; • Prior to implementing noisy works near the residential zone population must be warned and given an explanation; • Period of implementing noisy works should be determined with consideration of social (holidays and days-off) and environmental (Animal breeding, especially in the period from April to July) issues; • Noisy equipment should to be allocated away from sensitive receptors (forest zone, residential houses) as much as possible; • Temporary barriers (screens) should to be arranged between a significant noise source and the sensitive receptors, if necessary. The screens can be arranged by using a variety of structures (e.g. shields made from wood materials). The quality of noise protection depends on the material type and thickness of the boards. For instance: o Fencing with pine boards (with thickness of 30mm – 12 dBA); o Fencing with oak boards (with thickness of 45mm - 27 dBA); • Personnel will be equipped with means of personal protection (earmuffs), if necessary; • Instruction of the personnel prior to the beginning of construction works and after, once every six months; • Complaints must be recorded and appropriate action must be taken, with consideration of measures listed above.

Operation phase:

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 212/ 384

• Mitigation measures considered for the construction phase will be implemented during large- scale maintenance or repair works; • Personnel will be equipped with special earmuffs; • Operation rooms of the HPPs will be arranged using special soundproof materials; • Decorative plants will be gradually planted around the powerhouses.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 213/ 384

6.3.4 Impact Assessment

Table 6.3.4.1.Summary of noise impact

Residual Impact Assessment Description of impacts and Impact receptors Probability of Residual impact sources Nature Influence area Duration Reversibility occurrence impact Construction phase: Noise Distribution in Air • Noise propagation from Medium (at construction equipment, In about 1.5 km Animals inhabiting in Direct During construction times high). machinery, construction High risk radius from Reversible Considering adjacent areas. Negative (24 months) operations, earth works; construction site mitigation • Noise caused by measures - low transportation activities. Noise Distribution in Air High (at times • Construction activities in the very high). vicinity of power house; Population of Lakhami Direct Mainly village During construction Considering High risk Reversible • Noise cause by movement of village, project workforce Negative Lakhami (24 months) mitigation vehicles. measures - medium

Operation phase: Noise Distribution in Air • Noise caused by operation of Medium. hydraulic unit; Population, project staff, In about 0.1-0.2 km considering Direct • Noise caused by animals inhabiting in Low risk radius from power Long term Reversible mitigation Negative transportation; adjacent areas. house measures • Noise caused during - low maintenance/repair works.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 214/ 384

6.4 Impact on Geological Environment, Dangerous Geodynamic Processes

6.4.1 Impact Assessment Methodology

In dangerous geological processes discusses such gravitational processes on the Earth surface as landslide, erosion, gullying and others that may be caused or activated as a result of project implementation. Risks are assessed considering receptor and project activity.

Table 6.4.1.1.Assessment criteria of geodynamic processes activation risks

Geo hazardous (ravine formation, landslide, debris flow, rockslide, Ranging Category mudflow) risks The project does not include any type of activities at geo-hazardous areas/zones; 1 Very Low the project activities practically are not related to the geo hazard causing risks. Preventative measures are considered during works in the geo-hazardous areas/zones that would effectively eliminate geological risks. Activities on the 2 Low geologically safe areas do not cause erosion, or other changes, which may cause the geo-hazards. Geo-hazard management/effective plan of mitigation measures is developed and is being implemented. Preventative measures are considered during works in the geo-hazardous areas/zones that would effectively eliminate geological risks. During implementation of the activities on geologically safe areas may cause development 3 Medium of such processes (e.g., erosion) which may cause geo-hazards without effective management. Geo-hazard management/effective plan of mitigation measures is developed and is being implemented. Despite the preventative measures on the geo-hazardous areas/zones there is a risk of geo-hazardous processes development, or implementation of the activities caused 4 High geo-hazardous processes on the geologically safe areas. Geo-hazard management/mitigation measures plan do not exist or is less effective. Despite the preventative measures on the geo-hazardous areas/zones there is a risk of geo-hazardous processes development, or implementation of the activities caused 5 Very High geo-hazardous processes on the geologically safe areas. Geo-hazard management/mitigation measures plan do not exist or are less effective.

6.4.2 Impact Characterization

6.4.2.1 Construction Phase From geodynamic point of view, the main threat to the HPPs structures, both at construction and operation phases, is posed due to erosion and mudflows observed on Lakhami River and its tributaries(areas under the threat of development of geological processes are marked on geological engineering maps provided in Annex 3). Therefore, special attention should be paid to preventive measures during the implementation of the project.

As detailed engineering-geological studies has shown (see Paragraph 4.2.2.3.2.), there is a landslide area between pk20 and pk24 section of the penstock (pipeline route runs along the foot of the landslide).Although the landslide is not active, there are some risks during the construction and operation phases.

In addition to this specific area, it should be noted that above the project corridor, at the sources of the rivers landslides may occur, which may lead to blockage of the river. After breaking through the barrier, a powerful stream of debris may flow downstream (areas of the proposed power houses). It

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 215/ 384

should be noted that these risks are considered in the design process. Both intakes of Lakhami HPPs cascade are designed so that surface spillway relevant to the natural riverbed is preserved in order to safely release mudflows downstream. After the situation is stabilized, upstream area will be cleaned with special equipment if necessary.

Project corridor is away from high risk areas in terms of rock fall. However, preventive measures should be taken while working at the foot of steep slopes.

In addition, engineering-geological survey revealed that the risk of development of deep and lateral erosion is high especially in the spring. Arrangement of 5 bank protection gabions is considered by the project on the rehabilitation of the existing road and bridges in Lakhami River valley. This will protect the road and penstock from erosion.

Overall, impact in terms of the development of dangerous geodynamic processes during the construction phase can be assessed as high. However, fundamental scientific research and effective implementation of appropriate preventive measures along with the construction works will reduce the possible impact.

If the effective mitigation measures will be considered during the design and construction phases, the risk of the development of geological hazards during the operation phase will be relatively low. Arrangement of large reservoirs is not considered by the project. Therefore, instability of slopes and landslide risk is small within this section. Arrangement of underground systems (tunnels) is also not considered. Soil failure-collapse process may last several years within the corridor of the penstock (until the development of vegetation cover and soil stabilization). Appropriate measures (e.g. arrangement of protective structures along the upper slopes of the channel or terracing of slopes) will be taken in order to suspend the processes and protect the corridor of the penstock (as well as the road along the corridor).

6.4.3 Mitigation Measures

Following mitigation measures will be implemented in order to minimize the risk of development of geodynamic processes during construction phase of HPP cascade infrastructure:

• Active landslide formations will be removed from the upper slopes and slopes will be given appropriate deviation angle in order to keep them stable. • Slope will be collapsed with maximum caution within the sensitive areas of pipeline corridor (preference will be given to the mechanical means). Slopes will be given appropriate deviation angle in order to keep them stable. • Organizational withdrawal of the surface and ground water, provided that it does not lead to watering of slopes below; • Maximum restriction of works on sensitive areas during high precipitation (especially in spring); • After hard precipitation, persons with relevant competence will check sensitive areas of the project corridor (with attention to sections where ground works have been carried out) and additional measures will be planned, if required (removal of active layers, cleaning, etc.); • Wood-cutting within the corridors of the penstock and access roads will be controlled; • Materials and waste will be disposed in a way that to avoid erosion. The height of the dumped soil will not be higher than 2 m; Slopes of the stockpiles will be given relevant tilt (450) angle; drainage channels will be arranged throughout the perimeter of the area;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 216/ 384

• Reclamation and landscaping of construction sites will be carried out after the completion of the construction works. Following mitigation measures will be taken in order to minimize the risk of development of geodynamic processes during operation phase:

• The main building of the power plant will be based on main rocks, on the basis of engineering- geological surveys. Type of rock will be selected with consideration of engineering geological characteristics of the existing grounds; • Protective barriers will be arranged within sensitive areas of penstock corridor, from the slope sides; • Ground reinforcement works will be carried out along the upper slopes of the penstock corridor. Growth and development of trees will be ensured as much as possible; • Particular attention should be made to the section between pk20 and pk24 of the penstock during the monitoring stage; • Monitoring of dangerous geological events within all sensitive areas especially during the first 2 years. Competent staff (engineer geologists) will be involved in the monitoring process. In case of necessity, appropriate preventive measures will be taken as soon as possible (geological studies, project development and reinforcement works). • After the mudflow occur, upstream and upper section of the valley will be monitored and existing risk will be determined and appropriate measures (cleaning works, etc.) will be carried out.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 217/ 384

6.4.4 Impact Assessment

Table 6.4.4.1.Summary of geodynamical processes development risks

Description of impact and its Impact Residual Impact Assessment sources receptors Nature Nature Nature Nature Nature Nature

Construction phase:

Geohazards, including development of landslides, Medium-risk areas Land and land erosion, collapse, ravine have been identified resources Some of the formation and etc. within the project May vary from medium to high (plants, animals, construction sites Average term. In • Removal and storage of soil/slopes; Direct corridor in terms of Mainly impact. Considering the • Tree felling; water); and corridors of some cases – long Negative the development of reversible mitigation measures, impact may • Construction works of HPP population; transportation term dangerous be reduced to low infrastructure; Construction roads geodynamic • Construction works and safety transportation, especially use of processes heavy machinery.

Operation phase:

Geohazards, including Land and land development of landslides, resources Objects placed in erosion, collapse, ravine (plants, animals, difficult terrain formation and etc. water); Direct conditions Mainly Considering the mitigation • Medium risk Long term Existence of the HPP infrastructure population; Negative (headworks, reversible measures, low impact is expected and reduced vegetation cover; HPP penstock, roads, • Maintenance and repair works and infrastructure etc.). transportation, especially use of heavy machinery. safety

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 218/ 384

6.5 Impact on Surface Waters

6.5.1 Impact Assessment Methodology

Impact on surface water includes:

• Impact on river water debit; • Impact on solid sediment movement of the river, river-bed dynamic and on stability of the banks; • Deterioration of rivers water quality. Impact is assessed by considering the intensity, impact area and the sensitivity of river-bed/banks of the river.

Table 6.5.1.1.Assessment criteria for the impact on surface water

Deterioration of Impact on sediment Range Category Change of rivers water debit water quality of movement the river Lakhami Background Change of the debit is invisible, does The change of the solid run-off is concentration of the Very not impact on the water practically unnoticeable, there is no 1 substances and water Low habitat/Ichthyofauna. Water use has impact on the river-bed or on the turbidity has not changed banks of the river unnoticeably changed The river debit on certain sections Solid run-off has changed with 1- has changed with 10%, impact is Concentration or 5% in the tailrace/lower water temporary (e.g., will be restored after turbidity of the water intake flow along the whole length completion of construction works) or has changed by less of the river or on it’s certain 2 Low is seasonal (e.g., there will be only than 50%, but does sections, which may cause some shallowness), does not impact on not exceed maximum impact on sensitive areas, but the water habitats/Ichthyofauna. Water permissible erosion processes has not been use has changed temporarily or concentration activated significantly. slightly. Solid run-off has changed with 5- The river debit on certain sections 10% in the tailrace/lower water has changed with 10-30%, impact is Concentration or intake flow along the whole length temporary (e.g., will be restored after turbidity of the water of the river or on it’s certain completion of construction works) or has changed by 50- sections, which cause some impact 3 Medium is seasonal (e.g., there will be only 100%, but does not on sensitive areas, significant shallowness), certain impact on water exceed maximum activation of the erosion processes habitats/Ichthyofauna is expected. permissible is expected, or development of the Water use has changed temporarily concentration erosion processes on the erosion and slightly. hazardous areas. Solid run-off has changed with 10- 15% in the tailrace/lower water Concentration or The river debit on certain sections intake flow along the whole length turbidity of the water has changed with 30-50%, which is of the river or on it’s certain has changed by more irreversible by character, significantly sections, which cause significant 4 High than 100%, or impacts on water habitats, impact on impact on sensitive areas, existing exceeded maximum Ichthyofauna is expected, visibly erosion processes has significantly permissible impacts on water use. activated or erosion is being concentration developed on erosion hazardous areas.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 219/ 384

Solid run-off has changed with >15% in the tailrace/lower water The river debit on certain sections intake flow along the whole length Concentration or has changed with more than 50%, of the river or on its certain turbidity of the water impact is irreversible, lack of flow sections, which significantly has changed by more Very 5 significantly impacts on water impacts the lower flow of the river, than 200% and High habitats, there is an impact on including sensitive areas, existing exceeded maximum Ichthyofauna, water use has erosion processes has significantly permissible significantly changed. activated, erosion developed on concentration erosion hazardous or on previously stable areas.

6.5.2 Impact Characterization

6.5.2.1 Construction Phase

Cofferdam and diversion channels will be arranged within the areas of headwork structures of both HPPs prior to the main construction works. The purpose is to ensure the release of the full volume of liquid and solid natural flow in the tailrace. Periodically, headrace will be cleared with excavators, if required.

Arrangement of concrete plant with 30 m3/h capacity on the territory of the main construction camp is considered by the project. Water required for the production of concrete mixture will be extracted from the Lakhami River through pumps and reservoir for technical water will be filled periodically. According to the relevant calculations, hourly consumption of water for the production of concrete mixture is 3.9m3(about 0,001 m3/sec), which is less than the natural flow of the river (average annual flow –2.64 m3/s). Therefore, impact on water debit and movement of river sediments during the construction phase will not be significant and additional mitigation measures will not be required with this regard. Surface water pollution risks are more notable during the construction phase. River water may be polluted:

• During working in active riverbed or in the vicinity (especially while constructing weir, fishway, penstock sections that cross the river, etc.). The risk of increased suspended particles in water is high during implementation of such works; • Improper solid and liquid waste management (including industrial-fecal waters); • Accidental fuel /oil spill. Surface water pollution risk during the construction phase depends on the performance of the measures envisaged by environmental management plan, as well as on the quality of monitoring of waste management and the functionality of the equipment. This is also important in terms of soil / ground and ground water protection against pollution, in order to minimize the risks of indirect impact on surface waters.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 220/ 384

6.5.2.2 Operation Phase

During the operation phase of the HPP cascade, impact on Lakhami River is expected in all three directions. At this stage, the impact on river debit (decreased flow) and the risk of limited movement of river sediments are most noteworthy. There is a less probability of water pollution.

Water diversion in intake structures and then in the penstock will lead to the impact on the riv. Lakhami flow within the section between headworks of Lakhami 1 HPP and outlet channel of Lakhami 2 powerhouse. This section will be approximately 9 km long. The elevation area of impact is within 700- 1400 m a.s.l. Downstream release of mandatory ecological/sanitary flow is an important mitigation measure.

6.5.2.2.1 Flow Reduction in Natural Riverbed of Lakhami River and Mandatory Ecological Flow

Water users (fish farm, mill and etc.) within the project section of Lakhami River (from headworks of Lakhami 1 HPP – 1380 m a.s.l. till powerhouse of Lakhami 2 HPP – 705 m a.s.l.) have not been observed. However, reduced water flow will violate ecological balance, impact will be expected on biological environment, especially with regard to Ichthyofauna and water-related animals. Release of mandatory ecological flow downstream is an important mitigation measure to reduce this negative impact. In order to establish profitability of the project hydro-energetic calculations were carried out. According to calculations, mandatory ecological flow to be released from headworks of Lakhami 1 HPP is 0,18 m3/sec, and from headworks of Lakhami 2 HPP – 0,27 m3/sec, which, for both sections of the river, is a minimal flow of 95% (see table 4.2.3.4.).

Table 6.5.2.2.1.1.below provides data for both sections:

• Annual distribution of average annual flow (provision 50%) in m3/s; • Mandatory ecological flow to be released downstream - in m3/s; • Mandatory ecological flow to be released downstream – in %, with regard to the river flow; • Internal annual distribution of flow for hydro turbines - in m3/s;

Table 6.5.2.2.1.1.

VII I II III IV V VI VII IX X XI XII Year I Upper project section (Lakhami 1 HPP headworks), 1380 m a.s.l. 50% provision. 0.57 0.53 0.82 2.10 3.51 4.00 3.50 2.27 1.59 1.17 0.91 0.75 1.81 Average flow Mandatory ecological 0.18 / 0.18 / 0.18 / 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 - flow 1,01* 1,50* 1,00* Ecological flow, 5.13 / 4.50 / 5.14 / 31.58 33.96 21.95 8.57 7.93 11.32 15.38 19.78 24.00 - % of river flow 28.77* 37.50* 28.57* Flow for turbines 0.39 0.35 0.64 1.92 2,50 2,50 2,50 2.09 1.41 0.99 0.73 0.57 - Lower project section (Lakhami 2 HPP headworks) 1047 m a.s.l. 50% provision. 0.82 0.77 1.20 3.06 5.12 5.85 5.09 3.31 2.32 1.72 1.33 1.09 2.64 Average flow

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 221/ 384

Mandatory ecological 0.27 / 0.27 / 0.27 / 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 - flow 1,37* 2,10* 1,34* Ecological flow, 5.27 / 4.62 / 5.30 / 32.93 35.06 22.50 8.82 8.16 11.64 15.70 20.30 24.77 - % of river flow 26.76* 35.90* 26.33* Flow for turbines 0.55 0.50 0.93 2.79 3,75 3,75 3,75 3.04 2.05 1.45 1.06 0.82 - Note: * - mandatory ecological flow to be released with consideration of project flow for turbines (for upper step – 2,5 m3/sec, for lower step – 3,75 m3/sec).

Analysis of the table reveals that ecological flow during the most period of the year is more than 20% of average monthly flow for both sections. Change of river flow will be relatively noticeable in April and August-October period. Considering the design flow (maximum water intake for upper step – 2,5 m3/sec and for lower step – 3,75 m3/sec) from May to July, about 27-38% of natural flow will be released downstream and therefore, impact scale is less during this period. Overall, impact on the hydrological regime of the river should be assessed as very high. Effective mitigation measures should be implemented to mitigate impacts and release of ecological flow should be monitored (see paragraph 6.5.3.).

6.5.2.2.2 Impact on Sediment Movement

In general, significant impact on sediment movement is expected by the operation of the dam. Normally, dam creates a natural barrier and sediment is accumulated in headrace. This results in risen bed in the headrace and risks of grove flooding along riverbed increases. Simultaneously, tailrace is experiencing sediment deficit, affecting dynamics of the riverbed and stability of the banks. Regarding this impact, Lakhami HPP cascade can be considered as a low risk factor. For both headworks arrangement of low dams is considered and installation of Tyrolean intake. This project design ensures soothing of the water flow and at the same time will not stand in the way of sediment transportation from headworks to the tailrace. Solid sediments cannot accumulate in headrace due to absence of the volume. Additionally, settlers will be washed during the flooding periods.

Apart from existence of the headworks, sediment transportation will be limited due to reduction of natural flow. However, flood periods will restore natural balance of solid sediments.

Hence, existence of headwork structure and change of river water regime will not have significant impact on deformation of the Lakhami riverbed, since reduction of the solid sediments of the river is not expected.

6.5.2.2.3 Surface Water Contamination Risks

Lakhami River water pollution during the operation of the HPP cascades is possible in the following cases:

• Contamination of water with turbine oil; • Discharge of wastes and industrial-fecal waters into outlet channel or water surface due to poor management. Impact on water quality during the maintenance works will depend on the volume and type of works. Mitigation measures will be similar to those considered for the construction phase.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 222/ 384

6.5.3 Mitigation Measures

Preventive measures for surface water contamination on the construction phase are as follows: • To ensure technical functionality of vehicles / equipment; • Vehicles/equipment and potentially polluting materials should be located no less than 50 meters away from surface waters (where possible). If this is not possible, the permanent control and safety measures should be implemented in order to prevent water pollution; • Prohibition of washing vehicles in vicinity of riverbeds; • Sewage pits will be arranged for industrial-fecal waters ; • Drainage/water channels will be arranged throughout the perimeter of potentially polluting sites of storm waters; • Roofing of potentially polluting sites of storm waters with shed-like construction; • All potentially polluting material should be removed after the completion of works. In case of spillage of oil/lubricants, spilled product should be localized/cleaned; • Instruction of the staff. Mitigation measures for natural flow changes during the operation phase are: • Automatic flow measuring device will be arranged within the area of both headwork structures. Lakhami river flow will be recorded during the construction and operation phases in both sections; • Results of monitoring of Lakhami River flow (according to months) will be submitted quarterly to the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resource Protection; • Release of ecological flow into tailrace of the headworks will be controlled; • Ecological flow will be released automatically; • In case of flow equal to or less than the ecological flow in the river, power plant will stop operation and full volume of water flow will be released in tailrace of the headworks; • During the first 2-3 years of operation, Ichthyofauna will be monitored in River Lakhami and the report will be submitted quarterly to the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resource Protection. Mitigation measures will be taken, if necessary; • It Ichthyological studies reveal the irreversible degradation of biodiversity, activities will be renewed in accordance with new, increased flow stipulated as a result of monitoring; • The administration of the HPP cascades has a viable complaints journal. Relevant reaction is required in case of any complaints. Mitigation measures for limited movement of sediments during the operation phase are: • During floods, rinsing shields will be fully opened in order to release sediment downstream; • Twice a year, after spring and autumn floods, sediment movement within the headworks section will be monitored; • Basing on the monitoring results, if sediment movement is limited appropriate mitigation measures will be taken (e.g. cleaning of headrace with excavator, etc.). Mitigation measures to prevent surface water pollution during the operation phase are: • Systematic control over implementation of measures considered by the waste management plan; • Systematic supervision on fuel/oil storage and usage rules; • In case of accidental fuel/oil spill, localization of the pollution and implementation of measures to prevent deterioration of the surface waters;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 223/ 384

• Instruction of personnel on environmental and safety issues.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 224/ 384

6.5.4 Impact Assessment

Table 6.5.4.1.Summary of the impact on surface water quality

Residual Impact Assessment Impact Description of impact and its sources receptors Probability of Reversibilit Residual Nature Influence area Duration occurrence y impact

Construction phase:

Contamination of surface water and related water bodies with suspended Direct. In some particles, hydrocarbons and other cases - indirect substances (e.g. inflow of Medium risk, Low. In some Medium term • Source of contamination with suspended particles - Residents of contaminated taking into Last section of the riv. cases (works in contaminated surface runoff, construction works (The impact is nearby surface water account Lakhami(till confluence the riverbed) – close to the riverbed; limited with the Reversible settlements, river runoff in rivers, mitigating with the riv. Nenskra), medium or • Source of contamination with hydrocarbon/chemical construction inhabitants. as a result of measures – low about 8-10 km high substances - due to their spillage, inflow of phase) contaminated surface water runoff, or their spillage in spilled risk the water bodies; pollutants). • Other pollution sources - construction or household Negative solid/liquid waste generated from construction camps. Operation phase: Change of river flow Residents of 9 km section of the riv. Very high, nearby Lakhami, from considering settlements, river Direct High risk headworks of Lakhami 1 Long term Irreversible mitigation inhabitants and Negative HPP till powerhouse of measures - terrestrial Lakhami 2 HPP high animals Impact on sediment movement Residents of 9 km section of the riv. • Change in the dynamics of the riverbed and banks nearby Direct Lakhami, from Long term Reversible Medium risk Low stability settlements, river Negative headworks of Lakhami 1 inhabitants. HPP till powerhouse of

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 225/ 384

Power house Lakhami 2 HPP Contamination of surface waters with suspended particles, hydrocarbon and other substances • Source of contamination with suspended Direct. In some particles: cases - indirect o Surface runoff contaminated with suspended (e.g. inflow of Mainly riv. Lakhami particles from non-cultivated areas; Residents of contaminated (riv. Nenskra with less • Source of contamination with nearby surface water expectancy) from Low risk Short term Reversible Low hydrocarbon/chemical substances: settlements, river runoff in rivers, Lakhami 1 HPP o Discharge water pollution with turbine oils; inhabitants. as a result of powerhouse alignment o Discharge of surface runoff, contaminated as spilled downstream a result of spillage of chemical substances, pollutants). into the water bodies; Negative • Solid / liquid household waste, solid / liquid construction waste generated during maintenance works.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 226/ 384

6.6 Impact on Ground Water

6.6.1 Impact Assessment Methodology

Table 6.6.1.1.Assessment criteria of the impact on groundwater

Deterioration of Ranking Category Changes in groundwater debit water3quality The background concentration 1 Very low Debit has changed unnoticeably of substances have changed unnoticeably Concentration of substances of Ground-water levels has declined markedly, the II group4is below the 2 Low though, it has not affected water levels in wells permissible limits for drinking or flow of water water Concentration of substances of Ground-water levels and water extraction from the II group exceeds the 3 Medium wells has declined markedly affecting flow of permissible limits for drinking springs water Wells are not working temporarily, discharge of water has reduced in surface water bodies, which Hazardous substances of I 4 High will cause a seasonal drought and ecological group are observed impact Concentration of substances of Wells are drying, water is not discharging in Very the I group exceeds the 5 surface water bodies, there is a great risk of high permissible limits for drinking drought and ecological impact water

6.6.2 Impact Characterization

6.6.2.1 Construction Phase During the construction phase of the HPP cascade, impact on groundwater flow rate is less expected as the project does not include the arrangement of underground tunnel and direct impact on deep geological structures. Certain risks of groundwater contamination exist during building of foundations for the facilities. Some wells arranged on the territories of project sites show ground water levels rather close to the surface of the earth. Ground waters may appear while preparing caves for the project buildings. Water will be removed using pumps. In such event, contamination risks will be related to spills of oil products and other substances and relocation of pollutants into deeper layers.

In order to prevent groundwater contamination risks soil/ground quality protecting mitigation measures must be implemented, since these two entities are closely related. Timely removal and remediation of the contaminated soil will be the especially noteworthy during minimization of risks of pollutant movement in the deeper layers.

3Groundwater quality is not regulated by the law of Georgia. Therefore, drinking water standard is used for the assessment 4EU Directive80/68/EEC, December 17, 1979, "Protection of groundwater from contamination by certain hazardous substances"

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 227/ 384

6.6.2.2 Operation Phase

During the operation phase, significant reduction of water flow is expected in certain sections of Lakhami River (from headwork structure of Lakhami 1 HPP to power house of Lakhami 2 HPP). This may result in limitation of feeding areas of the ground water horizons that are in hydraulic connection with the river. However, impact may be reduced through releasing mandatory environmental flow into the tailrace.

Groundwater contamination risks during the operation phase will be lower compared with the construction phase. Impact area is generally represented by storages of the powerhouses. The source of pollution in first place can be transformer oils and other petroleum products stored on the area.

6.6.3 Mitigation Measures

In order to reduce the probability of groundwater pollution it is necessary to implement the measures related to the protection of soil/ground and surface water quality.

During the operation phase, release of ecological flow into tailrace of the headworks will be a significant mitigation measure for reducing impact on groundwater debit. The release of the ecological flow will be systematically controlled.

Important facilities in terms of groundwater contamination – transformer substations, will be located inside the closed buildings. The substations will be equipped with systems against accidental spills.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 228/ 384

6.6.4 Impact Assessment

Table 6.6.4.1.Summary of impact on groundwater

Residual Impact Assessment Description of impact and its Probability Impact receptors sources Nature of Influence area Duration Reversibility Residual impact occurrence

Construction phase:

Changes in groundwater debit Area selected for Population, animals, surface • During the arrangement of Direct the arrangement of Average or long waters with a hydraulic Low risk Irreversible Very low foundations of HPP structures Negative the project term connection and other groundworks structures Deterioration of groundwater quality Mostly • Ground works; Population, animals, surface indirect, in Medium. Considering Construction • As a result of pollutants waters with a hydraulic some cases Low risk Average term Reversible the mitigation camp and sites movement into the deep layers connection direct, measures – low of soil, or contamination of negative surface waters; Operation phase: Changes in groundwater debit • Reduction of water flow in Indirect Project section of Population, animals Low risk Long term Reversible Low project section of the riv. Negative Lakhami River Lakhami Deterioration of groundwater Mostly quality Population, animals, surface indirect, in • As a result of pollutants Mostly power waters with a hydraulic some cases Low risk Average term Reversible Very low movement into the deep layers house area connection direct, of soil, or contamination of negative surface waters;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 229/ 384

6.7 Impact on Biological Environment

6.7.1 Impact Assessment Methodology

For the assessment of the impact on biological environment qualitative criteria is introduced for the following categories:

• Integrity of the habitat, where the possible loss or fragmentation of habitats, reduction of the potential capacity of ecosystem and the impact on natural corridors are estimated; • The loss of species. Impact on species behavior, where the assessment is implemented on changes in their behavior that are caused due to the physical changes, including visual impact, noise and atmospheric emissions, as well as the impact on breeding, nesting, spawning, daily and seasonal migration, activity, and mortality; • Impact on protected territory. Criteria established for assessment of impacts on ecological systems is provided in table 6.7.1.1.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 230/ 384

Table 6.7.1.1.Criteria of assessment of impact on biological environment

Category Impact on habitat integrity Loss of species. Impact on species behavior Impact on protected habitats Negligible impact on the integrity of the habitat. Changes in behavior are unnoticeable; death of not No impact is observed throughout the areas After the completion of recultivation works, valuable species of small mammals/fish is expected; protected by national legislation or Very low recovery of the habitat in a short period of time there is no risk of spreading invasive species. international conventions. (<1 year). Noticeable impact on the integrity of low-value Changes in behavior may be revealed by standard A temporary, short-term, minor impact is habitat, including loss of less valuable habitat of methods; death of not valuable species of small expected throughout the areas protected by Low 10-20 ha of land. mammals / fish is expected; there is no risk of national legislation or international After the completion of recultivation works, spreading invasive species. conventions, which will not cause a long-term recovery of the habitat in two years. violation of ecological integrity. Significant impact on the integrity of locally Changes in behavior of endemic and other valuable A minor impact is expected throughout the valuable habitat, its reduction, reduction of species may be revealed by standard methods; areas protected by national legislation or valuable habitats, or less valuable 20 - 50 ha of death of less valuable animal species is to be international conventions, though ecosystem Medium terrestrial habitat loss. expected; appearance of invasive species is will be restored within 3 years. After the completion of recultivation works, expected. recovery of the habitat in 2-5 years. Reduction of locally valuable habitats, or less Changes in behavior of protected species may be Impact is expected throughout the areas valuable 50-100 ha of terrestrial habitat loss. After revealed by standard methods. The death and protected by national legislation or High the completion of recultivation works, recovery of reduction of protected and valuable animal species international conventions. Mitigation measures the habitat in 5-10 years. is expected; Spread of invasive species. are to be implemented in order to restore the ecosystem. It will need 5 years to be restored. Reduction of locally valuable habitats, or less Changes in behavior of an internationally protected There is an impact on the areas protected by valuable more than 100 ha of habitats loss. After species may be revealed by standard methods. national legislation or international Very high the completion of recultivation works, recovery of Protected or valuable species of animals die and conventions. the habitat in more than 10 years. there is a probability of extinction. Spread of invasive species.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 231/ 384

6.7.2 Characterization of Impact on Vegetation Cover and Habitat Integrity

6.7.2.1 Construction Phase

Project will be implemented in rather forested area. Tree felling will be required on a significant area allocated for HPP cascade construction. However, it is unlikely (and practically excluded)that construction activities will lead to the destruction of plant species. It is possible that the population of certain species may decrease.

As revealed by the botanical survey, around 16 medium sensitive areas will fall under impact caused by the project. Apart from that, Red List specie – Ulmus Glabra (Ulmus glabra Huds) will also be in the impact zone. It is noteworthy, that certain rare, endangered and vulnerable species are observed. Therefore, the expected impact will be significant (taxation of vegetation covers subjected to cutting within the project corridor will be carried out within the framework of documentation preparation required for obtainment of the forest use right).

Destruction of vegetation cover, as an important part of the local ecosystem, and arrangement of construction sites will have a significant impact on the integrity of the habitat. In some sections habitats will be fragmented, which will significantly limit the movement of animals. This factor will intervene with reproduction, feeding and livelihood habits of species. Habitat fragmentation primarily affects rodents, amphibians and reptiles, as well as Otter population. However, the impact of habitat fragmentation, in most cases, will not be long-term. After completion of construction works recovery of the habitat through proper mitigation measures is possible in several years. According to the project, arrangement of underground pipeline is considered. Based on the above mentioned, expected impact on vegetation cover and local habitats is significant. Project-related impacts can be reduced by proper organization/management of the works and implementation of appropriate mitigation measures.

6.7.2.2 Operation Phase Operation of the HPP cascade will not require tree felling. Small-scale activities may be carried out during maintenance-repair works, when a periodical cleaning of the territories will take place to ensure safe operation of facilities.

As mentioned above, project considers arrangement of underground pipeline, which will significantly reduce the impact of habitat fragmentation and less impede the movement of terrestrial animals.

6.7.2.3 Mitigation Measures Mitigation measures for the impact on vegetation cover and the integrity of habitat during the construction phase are:

• In order to protect vegetation cover from damage, the boundaries of construction sites and traffic routes should be strictly defined; • Trees will be cut under the supervision of specialists of authorized service;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 232/ 384

• Protected species will be removed from the environment in accordance with requirements of law on “Red List and Red Book of Georgia”, article 24, paragraph 1, sub-paragraph e), after agreeing with the Ministry of Environment and Natural Recourse Protection; • In order to compensate for the damage of vegetation cover, groves of trees should be planted (especially near power houses and in penstock corridor). Local species will be used; • Prior to the construction works the staff will be instructed about the issues related to the protection of vegetation; • Development of code of conduct for the staff on illegal tree felling; • In order to reduce the risk of habitat fragmentation, especially in linear corridors, artificial passages will be arranged, where possible (especially at night, wooden planks will be arranged on the trenches prepared for penstock); • Any activities planned to be implemented on state forest fund areas should to be agreed with the authority for managing the forest fund. Mitigation measures against the negative impact on vegetation cover and habitats integrity during the operation phase are:

• Implementation of mitigation measures considered for the construction phase while planning large-scale maintenance-repair works; • Arrangement of illegal tree felling prohibition signs in order to raise local public awareness; • Strict control of the personnel to eliminate illegal tree felling.

6.7.3 Characterization of Impact on Wildlife

6.7.3.1 Construction Phase As mentioned in relevant paragraph, due to anthropogenic impact (tree felling) the project corridor is somewhat altered and its natural structure is violated. However, the corridor is characterized with dense vegetation coverage and hence, still represents a significant habitat.

Zoological survey revealed several sensitive areas in terms of fauna, most noteworthy of them – coastal line of the river, as well as sections with tall grass and separately standing old tress. These places can be habitats for Caucasian viper Vipera kaznakovi), European otter (Lutra lutra) and Boreal owl (Aegolius funereus), possibly bats too. Brown bear (Ursus arctos) is a visitor of these areas. As a result of anthropogenic impact Eurasian lynx (Lynx lynx) is less likely to be observed on this territory.

Impact on animals distributed within the construction zone is expressed in following directions:

• Habitat loss/fragmentation is expected (e.g. due to erosion, tree felling, etc.). Main receptors can be bear and other large or small mammals; • Nesting areas of certain species may be disturbed due to tree felling and ground works. Main receptors can be otter, boreal owl and possibly bats; • Destruction of vegetation cover will have a negative impact on feeding base of vertebrates and invertebrates and their reproduction; • Clearing the territory form herbaceous cover may limit habitat of Caucasian viper; • Newt and long-legged wood frog are highly sensitive towards the project activities due to limited habitat areas. Because of deficit of water-ponds necessary for reproduction it is not excluded that for spawning purposes these species will use small ponds appearing in car-tracks after traffic movement or water accumulated along the roads after snowmelt;.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 233/ 384

• Due to increased traffic, existence of humans and change in lighting background disturbance factors will increase for terrestrial fauna, amphibians, birds and bats inhabiting road-side territories and territories in vicinity of project territories. This may have a direct impact on existence on animal population, for instance impact on reproduction (nesting) areas during reproduction season, hunting and wintering areas, migration routes and resting points; • Construction will be related with increase of noise and vibration, as well as emissions of dust and other harmful substances into ambient air; • Trenches arranged as part of construction works will pose a risk to small mammals: they may fall into the ditches which may lead to their injury or death; • Animal deaths or migration can be also caused by waste, if any in environment, and visual- landscape changes; • In case of pollutants spill into water or on the soil, populations of Ichthyofauna, amphibians, birds living in vicinity of water bodies and otter will be affected, as well as animal inhabiting areas where spill takes place or immediate vicinity; • Facts of illegal hunting of personnel may be detected; • There is also a risk of distribution of invasive species. In order to minimize impact on animals during the construction phase, implementation of developed mitigation measures will be especially monitored on sensitive areas. Overall, impact on wildlife during the construction phase may be assessed as high impact. In case of appropriate mitigation measures and constant monitoring impact on fauna may be reduced to medium level.

6.7.3.2 Operation Phase The sharp reduction of the water level of Lakhami River and sparse forest will cause negative impact on wildlife during operation phase of the HPP cascade. Based on zoological survey, the major receptors are above mentioned animals (otter, bear and bats) that are under the special protection. Reduction of river runoff may lead to the reduction of otter population, as the feeding base will be limited for them. Limited feeding base and ability to move will also impact bear. Shelters of bats and reptiles will be destroyed. Therefore, mitigation measures will be directed towards reduction of such impacts. Other than that, possible negative impacts on wildlife expected during operation phase of the project include:

• Impact related to noise distribution; • Impact related to night lighting systems; • In case of water quality deterioration, impact on water-related animals and birds. Operation phase will be also related to negative impact on Ichthyofauna. See the following chapter.

6.7.3.3 Mitigation Measures Mitigation measures considered for construction phase are as follows: • Period for the construction works near the river should be selected so that it does not coincide with the breeding period of the otter ( it is noteworthy, that otters couple mostly in February-

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 234/ 384

April. Otter pups are born in different months – April-May, June-August and often in December-February. Therefore, the most favorable period for maximum implementation of ground works within the corridor of the penstock is September-November); • Prior to the construction works access roads, river cross sections will be monitored in order to identify bird nests and holes; • Observed nests and holes will be recorded and works near these areas will be prohibited from April till July; • Vegetation cover will be maintained as much as possible, especially within the areas where hollow trees have been observed; • In case of identifying otter holes, owl nests within the project corridor further activities will be implemented according to the law on “Red List and Red Book of Georgia”, namely, every activity that may lead to reduction of numbers of endangered animals and deterioration of their living and existing conditions will stop (except for special circumstances). Therefore: o Sensitive areas will be marked (mapped); o Situation will be explained to the personnel and any activity threatening living environment of species will be prohibited (approaching holes/hollows, hunting, etc.); o Any activity to be carried out within construction works will be conducted as far from the marked territories as possible; o Transport movement will be limited near the sensitive areas, speeds will be reduced, bypass roads will be used, where possible; o In special circumstances, implementer shall address the Ministry of Environment and Natural Recourse Protection in writing form and shall carry out further activities basing on guidelines provided by the Ministry; • Ponds created in car-tracks or due to snowmelt will be maximally preserved in reproduction period of amphibians; • Personnel employed for the construction will be trained and warned. Hunting/fishing prohibiting code of conduct will be developed; • Border of the construction corridor will be adhered in order to ensure that ground works to not exceed the marked territories and to avoid additional damage of animal habitats. Ground works should be controlled by appropriately qualified personnel; • Traffic route will be adhered; • Limited speed of traffic in order to reduce direct impact on animal species (collision); • Pits, trenches and other must be protected to prevent fall of animals. For large animals – sharp- colored ribbon, for small animals – any flat material – tin, polyethylene and etc. Long boards or logs must be placed into trenches and pits, so that small animals could get out. Trenches must be inspected before backfilling; • Minimal use of directed light (ray of light to be directed towards the surface of ground); • Activities causing too much disturbance of animals should be implemented in a short period of time (e.g. blasting works), in no breeding periods; • After completion of construction works, in order to compensate damage caused to bats, for each felled hollow tree 10 times more artificial bat shelters of different types (in accordance with established methodology) will be installed. Number of damaged hollow trees will be known after detailed botanical survey (taxation); • Recultivation of territories adjacent to HPP communications and access roads after the completion of construction works, which will significantly reduce the habitat fragmentation impact.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 235/ 384

Additionally:

• Proper waste management; • Mitigation measures for water, soil and air pollution, noise distribution and etc. will be implemented (see relevant chapters). On operation phase:

• Mandatory ecological flow will be released in tailrace of the headworks; • Forest groves will be planted in order to compensate for the damage of vegetation cover; • Bat shelters will be arranged to compensate damage caused to bats on construction phase; • In order to minimize injuries of animal species during operation phase, open water surfaces (water intake chamber, settling tank, outlet channel) will be equipped with railings and fences; • Awareness of population and staff on illegal hunting/fishing will be raised and monitoring will be established.

6.7.4 Characterization of Impact on Ichthyofauna

6.7.4.1 Construction Phase During the construction phase, impact on Ichthyofauna depends on the scale of the impact on the quality of surface water and hydrological regime. These risks and mitigation measures are described in relevant subparagraph.

6.7.4.2 Operation Phase As mentioned already, Ichthyofauna of the riv. Lakhami is represented only by brook trout (Salmo labrax fario Linnaeus, 1758). Negative impact during operation phase may be reflected in following: • Sharp reduction of river water level will significantly change the environment for Ichthyofauna. Fish reproduction and habitat conditions will be violated. Hydrological, thermal, chemical and hydro biological regimes will be changed together with movement, reproduction and feeding conditions of fish; • Existence of headworks will hinder the movement of fish from tailrace towards headrace of the HPPs; • Also less likely, but still expected negative impact is impact on Ichthyology due to the deterioration of river water quality (impact is described in relevant paragraph); • During the operation phase, there is a risk of fish damage (death) if fish gets into water intake.

Diversion of water in pressure system of the HPPs will significantly change annual seasonality of river runoff (within about 8 km long section of the river). In such conditions, reduced duration of the flood and changing water level will cause the reduction of reproduction area, death of spawn, mix of spawning areas and terms of different species, reduction of period when fingerlings still live in spawning areas, due to this reason they are still weak when leaving those places. Described negative impact will be especially revealed in the shallow water years. In addition, it should be noted, that impact is expected on protected species (Brook Trout). The second factor that leads to the significant impact on fish fauna is the existence of the dams. According to the project, arrangement of a stepped type fish passage is considered on the headworks.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 236/ 384

Fish species inhabiting in this section of the river have been considered while designing the fish passage. The number and sizes of basins have been selected according to the relevant methodology in order to achieve maximum effect. This will ensure conditions similar to natural conditions for fish migration. In case of normal operation of the structure and constant monitoring, its efficiency may reach 50-55%. In order to minimize the risk of injury (death) of fish in case of getting into intake and turbines, proper mitigation measures must be considered. Based on the above mentioned and according to Table 6.7.1.1, impact on fish fauna during the operation phase can be assessed as “high” or “very high”. Effective mitigation measures should be implemented in order to reduce the impact.

6.7.4.3 Mitigation Measures Mitigation measures for the reduction of the impact on fish fauna are:

• Ecological flow release must be considered while taking water for energy generation purposes, which shall create a minimal conditions for livelihood of Ichthyofauna; • Project includes the arrangement of stepped fish way on the headworks, which will create conditions for fish migration (close to the natural conditions); • During the operation phase, release of ecological flow will be systematically controlled. Ecological flow will be released downstream through the fish passage; • Technical functionality and operation of fish passage will be monitored, which is especially important during the breeding and migration period; • In order to minimize the risk of fish damage (death), fish-avoiding system will be arranged on water intake; • In order to compensate for the damage to fish fauna, implementer takes responsibility to purchase 40 000 trout fries from privately owned fish farms each year after the completion of the construction phase and during the operation phase and release the fish into headrace of the headworks under the supervision of the representatives of the Minister of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia. In order to allow a quick adaptation of a fry to the environment, trout fry conditioning should be 4-5 g (average weight); • During the first 2-3 years of operation, species of Ichthyofauna will be monitored in order to implement additional mitigation measures if required; • Prior to the operation phase, executor of the activities should agree the package of compensation for the damage on fish fauna to the Ministry.

Additionally, following will be considered:

• All mitigation measures in order to avoid quality deterioration of surface waters (see relevant paragraph); • A code of conduct prohibiting illegal fishing will be developed and staff will receive appropriate instructions.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 237/ 384

6.7.5 Impact on Protected Areas

Due to significant distances between the project corridor and the protected areas direct negative impact on them is not expected.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 238/ 384

6.7.7 Impact Assessment

Table 6.7.7.1.Summary of impact on Biological environment

Residual Impact Assessment Impact Description of impact and its sources Probability of Residual receptors Nature Influence area Duration Reversibility occurrence impact Construction phase: Damage/Destruction of the Vegetation; Habitat loss/fragmentation: • Direct impact area – • Direct impact: construction sites and o Tree felling; Direct and construction corridor Medium term. Reversible in Wildlife, o Rehabilitation of infrastructure and access indirect High risk of the penstock; Some areas - some cases - Medium population roads. Negative • Indirect impact area – long-term irreversible • Indirect impact: areas adjacent to the construction sites o Water pollution; o Soil pollution and erosion Impact on terrestrial fauna, including: • Direct Impact: o Direct impact of humans or equipment; o Change of illumination background at night; Areas adjacent to the o Vehicle collision, falling into trenches; Direct and Duration is Animal species construction sites and o Illegal hunting. indirect limited only by inhabiting within High risk camps, especially while Mainly reversible Medium • Indirect impact: the construction the project area working in the vicinity of o Cutting down the vegetation in order to Negative phase Lakhami riverbed. arrange the infrastructure; o Pollution of air; o Acoustic background change; o Possible pollution of surface and ground waters; o Soil pollution and erosion;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 239/ 384

o Visual Impact.

Mainly Duration is Biological The section of the river indirect Low or medium limited only by Medium or Impact on Ichthyofauna environment of near the construction Reversible risk the construction low Lakhami River sites and camps Negative phase

Operation phase:

The area of influence is Damage/Destruction of the Vegetation; Wildlife, Direct mainly limited within Medium risk Long-term Reversible Low Habitat loss/fragmentation population Negative the repair sites for powerhouses Impact on terrestrial fauna, including: • Water debit reduction within the project Animal species section; Direct and inhabiting within Areas adjacent to the Mainly • Illegal hunting; indirect High risk Long-term Medium the communication HPP communications irreversible • Soil contamination and erosion; Negative area • Visual impact; • Reduced forest cover. Impact on Ichthyofauna • Direct impact sources: • Direct impact o Change of hydrological regime of the river; – very high o Existence of headworks; Biological Direct and High or risk; Mainly o Illegal fishing; environment of indirect Lakhami river Long-term Medium • Indirect irreversible o Maintenance works. Lakhami River Negative impact – low • Indirect impact sources: risk o Surface water pollution; o Contamination of bottom sediments.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 240/ 384

6.8 Impact on Topsoil, Soil Contamination

6.8.1 Impact Assessment Methodology

Impact value on the soil, ground and bottom sediments quality is assessed by the following parameters:

• Impact intensity, area and duration; • Towards changes of their sensitivity;

• Their ability to restore.

Table 6.8.1.1.Impact assessment criteria on soil and ground

Destruction of the fertile soil Ranging Category Soil/Ground Pollution layer

Less than 3% of the project area has Soil/ground background conditions have 1 Very Low been destroyed forever changed unnoticeably The concentration of pollutants have increased with less than 25%, but less 3%-10% of the project area has been 2 Low than the permitted value, 6 months will destroyed forever be needed for the soil/ground quality restoration The concentration of pollutants have increased with 25-100%, but less than the 10%-30% of the project area has been 3 Medium permitted value, 6-12 months will be destroyed forever needed for the soil/ground quality restoration

30-50% of the project area has been The concentration of pollutants have destroyed forever; small areas are increased with more than 100%, or 4 High damaged outside of the project area, exceeds the permitted value, 1-2 years recultivation of which is possible after will be needed for the soil/ground quality completion of the construction works restoration

More than 50% of the project area has The concentration of pollutants have been destroyed forever; small areas are increased by more than 100%, or exceeds 5 Very High damaged outside of the project area, the permitted value, more than 2 years recultivation of which is possible after will be needed for the soil/ground quality completion of the construction works restoration

6.8.2 Impact Characterization

6.8.2.1 Construction Phase Topsoil damage and reduction in soil stability is mainly expected during preparatory and construction works, which will be related to vehicle movement within the project area and ground works; arrangement of temporary and permanent infrastructure and final disposal of waste rock.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 241/ 384

As noted in the description of the environmental baseline, soil cover is very poor within the project area (due to local relief - high inclination of slopes).At the same time, the specifics of the areas where the major works will be implemented should be considered, namely: on the territory of headworks, major works will be implemented in and near the active riverbed of Lakhami River. The penstock corridor passes along the existing road. It crosses the river at 5 points.

In such conditions, topsoil will be removed only on one part of project territory (mostly on territories of powerhouses, settlers and construction camps).Total amount of topsoil to be removed is 1500 m3.

Mitigation measures have been considered in order to minimize impacts to soil stability and fertility. Contamination of soil is expected during the preparation and construction phases. Soil quality may be affected by improper management of waste (both solid and liquid),violation of rules for fuel and lubricants and construction materials storage, accidental spill of fuel/lubricants from construction machinery and vehicles. During the construction phase, relatively high risks of soil contamination are expected in the vicinity of the construction camps (parking lot and other potential sources of soil contamination will be arranged here).

It should be noted that in case of soil contamination secondary (indirect) impacts are expected, for instance, groundwater contamination due to the movement of pollutants in deep layers of soil (layers presented at the territory are characterized with rather high water permeability), also washing of the pollutants with surface runoff and discharge into the river. Therefore, appropriate preventive measures will be implemented during the construction activities.

6.8.2.2 Operation Phase Arrangement of large reservoirs on headworks of the project cascades is not considered, therefore there cannot be an impact on soil cover of adjacent terraces.

Possible causes of soil contamination during the operational phase are:

• Violation of the rules of storage-usage of fuel and lubricants; • Oil spill from transformers or other equipment due to leak, damage, during adding or changing the oil; • Improper household and other solid waste management on the HPPs territory (polluted rags used for cleaning of equipment, oily sawdust, dirty gloves, etc.); • Turbine oil spill.

Hence, risks of soil contamination are the highest on the territories of powerhouses, namely within substations and oil storages.

The impact is also expected during the maintenance-repair works. In order to prevent the soil pollution during the maintenance works, mitigation/preventive measures considered for the construction phase are to be implemented.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 242/ 384

6.8.3 Mitigation Measures

In order to prevent additional damage and contamination of soil/ground, following environmental requirements will be considered:

• Removal and recultivation of topsoil will be carried out in accordance with technical regulation on “removal of topsoil, storage, use and recultivation” approved with order N424 of the government on December 31, 2013; • Strict adherence of the boundaries of construction sites in order to prevent possible contamination of neighboring areas, damage and compaction of topsoil; • Determination of routes for vehicles and machinery and restriction of off-road movement; • In case of identification of fuel/oil leak damage must be fixed immediately. Damaged Vehicles will not be allowed on the construction sites; • Materials /waste should be disposed so to prevent erosion and was off with surface runoff; • Proper management of industrial and fecal wastewater; • Restriction of refueling/maintenance of the machinery/equipment on the construction sites. If there will be an urgent need, it should happen at least 50 m away from the water, by conducting certain mitigation measures to prevent the spills; • In case of spillage of pollutants, spilled material should be localized and contaminated site should be immediately cleaned. Staff should be provided with appropriate means (adsorbents, shovels, etc.); • In case of large spill contaminated soil and ground for further remediation should be removed from the territory by the contractor holding an appropriate permit for such activities; • Staff will undergo periodical training; • Area will be cleaned and recultivated after the completion of works. Following measures will be implemented during the operation phase:

• Means of elimination of spill consequences will be available at the substation and oil storage; • Control of the fuel/oil storage and usage rules; • Control over implementation of waste management plan; • In case of fuel/oil spill, cleaning of the territory and withdrawal of the contaminated soil and ground for further remediation; • Personnel will undergo training prior to recruitment and once every year after that.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 243/ 384

6.8.4 Impact Assessment

Table 6.8.4.1.Summary of the impact on soil/ground

Residual Impact Assessment Impact Description of impact and its sources Probability of receptors Nature Influence area Duration Reversibility Residual impact occurrence

Construction phase:

Impact on integrity and stability of soil. High risk, taking Medium - taking Lose of topsoil Vegetation cover, into account Construction sites Reversible. In Direct, Medium and long into account • Vehicle and construction equipment movement; animals, mitigation and corridors of exceptional cases Negative term mitigation measures • Earth works, arrangement of various facilities; population measures – roads for vehicles - irreversible –low • Waste management (including waste rock). medium risk Medium-term Vegetation cover, Medium - taking Soil contamination Construction sites, (Limited to the surface and Direct, into account • Spillage of oil or other chemical substances, pollution by Medium risk mainly local spills duration of the Reversible groundwaters, Negative mitigation measures waste. are expected construction population –low phase) Operation phase:

Mainly the areas Soil contamination Vegetation cover, Direct, adjacent to power • Spillage of oil or other chemical products (e.g. paint, surface and ground Low risk Long term Reversible Low or very low Negative houses (substation transformer oil), pollution by waste. waters, population and oil storage)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 244/ 384

6.9 Visual-Landscape Impact

6.9.1 Impact Assessment Methodology

Visual-landscape impact assessment is more or less subjective. Impact area and duration, as well as the relative ecological value of the landscape are taken as evaluation criteria.

Table 6.9.1.1.Assessment criteria of visual-landscape impact

Duration of landscape changes and Ranging Category Impact on visual receptors spatial boundaries / landscape quality and value Unnoticeable change in the landscape, or 1 Very low Unnoticeable change in the view landscape is not valuable Some slight change of view is observed Insignificant change in the landscape, or 2 Low from certain points, which is easily landscape restoration takes 1-2 years adaptable The view has changed noticeably from Some sites of the natural landscape have 3 Medium many points of view, though it is easily changed, or landscape restoration takes 2-5 adaptable years The view has changed noticeably from A large area of natural or high-value 4 High most of the points, though it is easily landscape has changed, or landscape adaptable restoration takes 5-10 years The view has completely changed from A large area of natural or high-value 5 Very high every place, hardly adaptable impact on landscape has changed, or landscape receptors is expected. restoration is not possible

6.9.2 Impact Characterization

6.9.2.1 Construction Phase There will be some visual and landscape impact during the preparatory and construction works due to the increased traffic flow, construction sites and working equipment and personnel, structures under construction, construction materials and waste as well as tree felling. Implementation of the construction works will partially change the regular view and landscape. The most noticeable structure among all will be Lakhami 2 HPP, its construction camp and the last section of penstock. The main receptor of the impact is population of the village Lakhami. Other facilities are located on big distances from the populated areas and they are not falling under the visual impact. Potential receptors of the upper facilities are hunters, lumbermen and etc., who can be moving towards upper sections of the riv. Lakhami. Visual impact will be relatively significant for animals inhabiting the area. After completion of construction works, vehicles and equipment, materials and waste will be removed from the construction sites, temporary structures will be dismantled and removed, workers will leave the territory, and the area will be recultivated. After completion of construction works, permanent structures will remain, which will change the landscape to some extent.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 245/ 384

6.9.2.2 Operation Phase

During the operation phase, the main factor that could lead to a change in the visual landscape is the reduction of Lakhami River debit. This will be cause by diversion of water flow into the penstock. Negative impact is expected due to the existence of permanent buildings (mainly Lakhami 2 HPP). It should be noted that part of the HPP infrastructure will be unnoticed. According to the project penstock will be arranged underground, which will cause less visual changes and will not cause significant fragmentation of the habitat. The risks of habitat fragmentation are also reduced by the fact that the penstock will cross the river at several sections and some species of animals (mainly amphibians, water- loving terrestrial animals) are less likely to be restricted to move along the bank. Some impacts are expected due to the maintenance and rehabilitation works. This impact is similar to the one of the construction phase, though much smaller. Magnitude of the impact depends on the scale and type of works.

6.9.3 Mitigation Measures

Impact on visual landscape will be mitigated through following measures:

• Reasonable selection of colors for permanent construction as for construction so for operation phases, so that colors are combined with nature; • Temporary structures, materials, and waste should be disposed at less noticeable areas; • Protection of sanitary and environmental conditions during construction and operation phases; • Recultivation works should be implemented after the completion of construction works (especially within construction camps and waste rock disposal areas); • Decorative trees and plants should be planted around headworks after completion of works.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 246/ 384

6.9.4 Impact Assessment

Table 6.9.4.1.Summary of visual-landscape impact

Residual Impact Assessment Description of impact and its Probability Impact receptors sources Nature of Influence area Duration Reversibility Residual impact occurrence

Construction phase:

Visual-landscape impact: • Tree felling in working areas Areas adjacent to and corridors of access roads; Animal species inhabiting construction camps and • Construction camp and in the vicinity, population, Direct sites. (Distribution area Medium risk Medium term Reversible Medium temporary structures; hunters, lumbermen, Negative depends on local • Waste disposal; tourists and etc. landscape, i.e. visibility • Construction and conditions) transportation operations. Operation phase: Areas adjacent to the HPP cascade Visual-landscape impact: Animal species inhabiting Direct infrastructure Eventually • Change in river debit; in the vicinity, hunters, Negative. In (Distribution area Long term Medium risk reversible Low • HPPs infrastructure; lumbermen, tourists and some cases – depends on local • Maintenance works. others. positive landscape, i.e. visibility conditions)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 247/ 384

6.10 Impact Caused by Waste Generation and Distribution

Under the requirements of “Waste Management Code”, article 14,paragraph 1, “Those individuals and legal entities that produce more than 200 tons of non-dangerous waste a year or more than 1000 tons of inert materials or any amount of dangerous waste, are obliged to establish an internal waste management plan”. Waste Management Plan is updated at least every 3 years or in case of significant changes in types and amounts of waste and the processing.

Since significant amount of non-hazardous and inert waste, as well as hazardous waste is expected to be generated due to the planned activities, waste management plan has been developed for the construction and operation phases of the HPP cascade and is presented in Annex 1 of the EIA report.

Violation of rules of waste management may cause a number of negative impacts on different receptors of the environment, for example: • Incorrect management of waste (dumping into water, scattering) may lead to water and soil pollution, as well as to deteriorated sanitary conditions and adverse visual changes; • Improper disposal of construction waste and waste rock may cause block of the roads and may lead to erosion processes, etc. Therefore it is necessary to add here waste management conditions.

6.10.1 Mitigation Measures

Measures considered in the waste management plan will be implemented during the construction and operation phases of the HPP cascade: • Water drainage channels will be arranged within the perimeter of waste rock storage area. Surface of the storage area will be recultivated; • Labeled hermetic containers should be arranged in construction sites for a temporary storage of hazardous waste. • Special storage facility should be arranged for temporary disposal of hazardous waste: o Storage facility will be marked and will be protected from the impact of atmospheric precipitation and unauthorized encroachments; o The floor and walls of the storage facility will be lined with solid cover; o Storage should be equipped with wash stand and tap, trap for intake; o Shelves and racks for waste disposal will be arranged; o Waste will be disposed in the storage only in hermetic packaging with a relevant marking. • Appropriate trained personnel will be hired for waste management; they will undergo periodic training and testing. Recording of quantities and types of such waste as well as further management activities is required.

6.11 Impact on Socio-Economic Environment

6.11.1 Impact Assessment Methodology

Following factors should be considered while discussing the impact on socio-economic environment during the construction and operation of Lakhami HPP cascade:

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 248/ 384

1. Impact on land ownership and use, limitation of resources; 2. Positive and negative impacts associated with employment; 3. Contribution to the economy; 4. Impact on transport infrastructure; 5. Health and safety risks.

Impact is assessed according to three categories - low impact, medium impact and high impact. Criteria are provided in table 6.11.1.1.

Table 6.11.1.1.Assessment criteria of the impact on socio-economic environment

Ranking Category Socio-economic impact Positive − Employment rate in region has increased by less than 0.1%; − Average income of the local population has increased by 10%; Low 1 − Budget revenues of the region have increased by 1%; − Local infrastructure/power supply has been slightly improved, resulting in improved local population living/subsistence and economic environment. − Employment rate in region has increased by 0.1%-1%; − Average income of the local population has increased by 10-50%; − Budget revenues of the region have increased by 1-5%; 2 Medium − Local infrastructure/power supply has been significantly improved, resulting in significantly improved local population living subsistence and economic environment, which contributes to the economic development of the region. − Employment rate in region has increased by 1%; − Average income of the local population has increased by more than 50%; High − Budget revenues of the region have increased by more than 5%; 3 − Local infrastructure / power supply has been significantly improved, resulting in significantly improved local population living / subsistence and economic environment, which contributes to the economic development of the region. Negative − A short time delay in the availability of resources or infrastructure is expected, though it will not affect the income of the local population. In addition, it will not be followed by long-term negative impacts on the economic activity of the local population; − Quality of life of the local population will be lowered for a short period of time, though it will Low 1 not be followed by long-term negative results; − Health will not be affected; − Impact on safety is negligible; − A long-term, but easily adaptable impact on environment is expected; − Local population will increase by 10% due to migration. − A short time delay in the availability of resources or infrastructure is expected, due to which the local population will have to change their lifestyle for a short period of time. However, it will not have any long-term negative impact on the economic activities of the local population; − Quality of life of the local population will be lowered for a short period of time, though it will Medium 2 not be followed by long-term negative results; − A certain impact on health is expected, but there is no increased mortality risk; − There are some risks related to safety; − Complaints from citizens are expected about some of the impacts; − Local population will increase by 10-30% due to migration.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 249/ 384

− A short time delay in the availability of resources or infrastructure is expected, due to which the local population will have to change their lifestyle for a short period of time, which will have a long-term negative impact on their economic activities; − Quality of life of the local population will be significantly lowered; − There is a significant impact on health. There is a high risk of increasing mortality rate; High 3 − There are some risks related to safety; − Corrupt deals related to employment or nepotism; − People are constantly complaining about the influence of certain factors. In this regard, conflicts arise between residents and staff; − Local population will increase by 30% due to migration. Cultural environment for the local population is significantly changed. Creation of new settlements is expected.

6.11.2 Impact Characterization

6.11.2.1 Impact on Land Ownership and Use Hydraulic structures of the project HPP cascade will be arranged on state-owned lands. Major part of the project corridor falls within the boundaries of forest fund. Prior to constructions relevant procedures with National Forestry Agency LEPL of the Ministry of Environment and Natural Recourse Protection will be launched in order to exclude this area from the forest fund. Corridor of the HPP communications will not pass through the private lands. Therefore, physical resettlement is not expected, although economical resettlement may take place. Corridor of certain facilities may coincide with pasture lands, but they are mostly unregistered. Residential houses of the village Lakhami may be temporarily used for construction camps (for residential purposes of the employed workers), as well as private plots (to stock construction materials). In case of need for permanent or temporary use of the private plots, compensation measures will be undertaken in agreement with the owner; relevant contract will be signed. This issue (areas of lands to be used, owners, compensation measures) will be specified and agreed with population prior to construction works.

During the construction phase, use of local resources (forest and water resources) may be somewhat limited. The reason for the restriction of movement will be associated with temporary structures, which may lead to dissatisfaction of the population. Local population and forest services of Samegrelo-Zemo Svaneti region should be informed in advance on such cases, to prevent impediment of provision of population with firewood; necessary measures must be implemented in advance.

As described during discussion of the baseline conditions, one of the most important sources of income of local population is the extraction/processing of timber. Several small timber production plants are operating within the community. During the construction phase, intensity of traffic will increase significantly on the existing road, which connects the population to the upper parts of the valley. Roads may be temporarily blocked during some construction works, which may become a cause of discontent of small entrepreneurs. During the operation phase, water flow will be reduced within the project section of the river. Therefore, water resources will be limited for population. It should be noted that water users have not been observed within the project section. Use of the river for recreational purposes may be limited. However, considering the number of local population, this impact will not be significant.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 250/ 384

During the operation phase, existing road will be rehabilitated, since population will easily move to the project area and upstream of the valley, forest resources will be accessible for them which may be considered as a positive social impact. In order to ensure access to natural resources, complaints will be recorded during the construction and operation phases. Dissatisfaction of population/entrepreneurs will be excluded by effective mutual consultations. Appropriate compensation or alternative resources will be offered to population to resolve the existing conflict through consultations. Additionally: • Population will be forewarned of the decision, which temporarily restricts access to local resources; • The works, which will limit the local resources and movement in the Lakhami valley, will be implemented in shortest terms possible.

6.11.2.2 Positive and Negative Impacts Related to Employment Positive impact is expected on the employment during the construction phase. As already mentioned, 100-120 people will be employed for the construction works, most of which will be local residents. This is quite a significant positive impact on the employment of Chuberi community population in terms of social condition improvement. However, there are certain types of negative impact related to the employment, in particular: • Employment expectations and dissatisfaction of local population;

• Violation of workers’ rights;

• Reduction of employment and dissatisfaction after the completion of the construction works;

• Risk of conflict between the local population and non-local employees.

In order to avoid conflicts between the local population and employees, the following measures should be implemented: • Development of the staff recruitment policy and publishing in local (office) and municipal (administrative building) and on regional level;

• Employment on the basis of relevant testing;

• Signing individual work contract with each employee;

• Contracts will include articles regarding every plan, procedure and mitigation measure, also paragraphs on safety plan monitoring and reports on accidents;

• Every employee will be informed about their work - code of conduct will be developed;

• All non-local employees should be informed about local habits and culture;

• While purchasing different material, preference should be given to local products (including inert material, wood) in order to support local enterprises;

• Grievance mechanism of personnel will be developed and practiced. • Grievance journal of personnel will be practiced.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 251/ 384

Not many people will be employed for operation phase. Therefore risks of positive, as well as negative impacts are low.

6.11.2.3 Contribution to Economy The implementation of the project of the HPP cascade construction and operation will significantly contribute to social and economic development of the region. Mainly construction materials will be used for the construction of the HPPs, which will contribute to the activation of the local production of construction materials.

After commencement of the operation of the HPPs, the state power system will be supplied with extra energy, which is important for the achievement of energy independence of the country. Additional funds will enter the local budget. Including the property tax, which will be used for the development of region infrastructure and other social projects.

In addition, satellite business (trade, service, transportation, food production, etc.) activities will be activated in order to provide service for the staff employed on the construction, which shall be considered as an additional source of employment.

6.11.2.4 Impact on Local Infrastructure and Impediment of Movement As mentioned above, ground road passes along the whole length of the project corridor. It crosses the river Lakhami in several places via bridges. At present, technical condition of the road and the bridges is significantly worsened and relocation in the valley using vehicles is related to high risks. Project considers improvement of the technical conditions of the road (prior to construction), road alignments as well as bridges will be rehabilitated. Therefore, population will be able to move up the Lakhami River valley, which is a significant social benefit.

500 kW overhead transmission line runs within the valley. This infrastructural entity does not require reconstruction. Other significant infrastructure is not presented in the valley.

Traffic flow will significantly increase during construction phase of the HPP cascade, road cover may be damaged. This may also block traffic and cause discontent of the population.

Construction works will be planned in a manner to reduce such impacts to minimum, namely:

• Selection of an optimal bypass route to the construction site;

• Restrict the movement of the machinery (especially caterpillar technique) on public roads as much as possible;

• Population should be provided with the information about the time and duration of works, if necessary;

• All damaged sections of the road should be recovered in shortest terms, in order to make them available for the population;

• Specially designated personnel (flagman) will control the movement of vehicles, if necessary;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 252/ 384

• Relevant warning, indicating and restricting signs will be installed nearby the construction camps and sites;

• Complaints of population will be recorded and relevant actions must be carried out.

6.11.2.5 Health and Safety Risks

Except the indirect impact (deterioration of air quality, noise distribution and others described in the relevant subsections) there is a direct risk of impact on health and safety (residents and staff working within the project) during the construction phase. The major receptor is the population of Lakhami village.

Direct impacts may be: vehicle collision, electrical shock, falling from height, injuries while working with construction techniques and others. Strict security measures and a permanent supervision should to be at place in order to prevent direct impacts. Security measures include:

• Personnel should to be trained on safety and labor protection issues;

• Personnel must be equipped with means of personal protection;

• Arrangement of restricting, warning and indicative signs on areas dangerous for health;

• Fencing of areas dangerous for health;

• Arrangement of permanent and temporary roads, transmission lines, cranes, mechanisms, storage platforms and other temporary structures in accordance with norms;

• Installation of standard medical boxes on areas dangerous for health and construction camps;

• Ensuring technical functionality of the vehicles and equipment;

• Maximum observance of safety rules during transportation operations, speed limitations – transport movement speeds at works areas must not exceeds 10 km/h, and 5 km/h on curves. Dangerous zones must be fenced and marked with warning signs and indications easily visible at night;

• Limited use of roads passing through populated areas;

• Trenches with slope angle over 200 must be equipped with at least 0,6 m wide ladders and with 1,0 m high railings. At night, apart from fencing, illuminating signs must be placed;

• Observance of electrical safety - Vehicles and mechanisms with electric engines must be grounded. Excavators, cranes and other mechanisms cannot operate under transmission lines of any voltage. Implementation of installation works during 6 scale wind with speed of 9,9÷12,4 m/sec is prohibited. Voltage in temporary transmission lines in mobile networks may not exceed 36 volts in dry and 12 volts in humid areas;

• Control and prohibition of unauthorized and unprotected access to the construction site;

• Regular assessment of risks to determine specific risk factors for population and for management of such risks;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 253/ 384

• Insurance of staff working on heights with ropes and special mountings;

• Consideration of safety requirement during certain types of work (see paragraph3.4.8.);

• Incidents and accidents should be recorded.

Additionally,

• Implementation of all measures in order to prevent ambient air, water and soil pollution. Implementation of mitigation measures against noise distribution (see relevant paragraphs.).

Additional preventive measures for health and safety impacts are considered in “Emergency Response Plan”.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 254/ 384

6.11.3 Impact Assessment

Table 6.11.3.1.Socio-economic impact summary

Residual Impact Assessment Description of impacts and Impact receptors Probability of Reversibilit impact sources Nature Influence area Duration Residual impact occurrence y Construction phase: Impact on land ownership, limitation of access to resources: • Impact on land owners - Duration is limited Direct Adjacent populated Reversible implementation of any type of Local population Medium by the construction Medium Negative area (Lakhami village) activity on their lands, or damage phase of their property; • Limited use of water and forest resources. Mestia Duration is limited Direct Positive impact on employment Local population High municipality(especially by the construction Reversible Medium Negative Chuberi community) phase Negative impact related to employment: • Employment expectations and dissatisfaction of local population; • Violation of workers' rights; • Reduction of employment and Construction Construction sites and Duration is limited Direct dissatisfaction after the personnel and local Medium nearby populated areas by the construction Reversible Low Negative completion of the construction population phase works; • The risk of conflict between the local and non-local employees should be taken into consideration.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 255/ 384

Input in economy Duration is limited Municipal economy, • Stimulation/development of by the construction construction and construction business and its May be of regional phase. Some impacts other business Direct positive High - Medium positive satellites business activities; scale will be long term activities, the local • Establishment of work places; (e.g. improvement of population • Increased budget revenues. infrastructure) Damage of road pavement • Movement of heavy equipment; loaded traffic flow Roads used for the Medium Duration is limited • Movement of all types of vehicles Local infrastructure, Direct, project activities, as considering Medium risk by the construction Reversible and equipment; population negative well as by the mitigation measures phase Limitation of movement population Low • Closing the local roads for the security purposes. Health and safety: • Direct (e.g.: accidents, electrical shock, falling from heights, Medium risk, Medium injuries from construction Construction staff Direct or considering Construction sites and Duration is limited considering techniques, etc.); and and the local indirect, mitigation nearby populated areas by the construction Reversible mitigation measures • Indirect (emissions, increased population negative measures – low phase Low acoustic background, climate risk change, contamination of water and soil).

Operation Phase

Local population for Nearby populated areas Access to resources: which the use of Direct Medium risk (mainly Lakhami Long term Irreversible Low • Reduction of Lakhami River flow resources will be Negative village) limited Availability of resources: • Rehabilitation of roads (positive Indirect Medium Nearby populated areas Local population Long term - Low impact) Positive probability (Chuberi community)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 256/ 384

Nearby populated areas Improvement of transport Local infrastructure, Direct Medium (mainly Lakhami Long term Reversible High infrastructure population Positive probability village)

Input in economic and The country's At regional level - employment economic Impact area may be Direct high; • Creation of new jobs; conditions, local High probability regional or national Long term - Positive At state level – • Increase of budget revenues; production and scale medium • Energy generation. population

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 257/ 384

6.12 Impact on Historical-Cultural Monuments

6.12.1 Impact Assessment Methodology

Table 6.12.1.1.Cultural heritage impact assessment criteria

Range Category Damage/destruction of the cultural heritage The risk of impact is insignificant because of the large distance from the object or 1 Very Low because of the used method of construction/operation 2 Low 1-10% of the insignificant object may be damaged/destroyed 3 Medium 10-25% of locally significant object may be damaged/destroyed 25-50% of locally significant object may be damaged/destroyed, or the object of 4 High regional significance may be damaged 50-100% of locally significant object may be damaged/destroyed, object of regional 5 Very High significance may be damaged, national or international significance protected object may be damaged

6.12.2 Impact Characterization

Based on bibliographic data and field work results there are not any historical-cultural or archeological monuments in the project area. However, during the implementation of excavation works some archeological sites may be discovered. In this case a building contractor is obliged to invite specialists from organs authorized for the expertise by Georgian legislation in order to assess site importance and make decision about continuation of works. Since project does not consider arrangement of a large reservoir increase of humidification of cultural sites of the region is not expected.

6.12.3 Mitigation Measures

In case of detection of an archaeological monument, construction works must be immediately stopped. The construction contractor shall invite an expert-archeologist and basing on the recommendation will assist the conservation of the area or removal to the storage. Works will be renewed after receiving a relevant permit.

6.12.4 Impact Assessment

Due to the long distance from the project area and the method used for the construction and operation phases, residual impact on cultural heritage will be very low.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 258/ 384

6.13 Cumulative Impact

The main objective of cumulative impact assessment is to identify certain impact types related to the project, namely impacts that otherwise would not have such scales, but given existing, on-going or planned projects may result into negative or positive impacts when combined with similar ones.

Svaneti is the richest region of Georgia in terms of its hydro-energy recourses. That is why, several HPP projects of different capacities are under development or are being discussed, including:

• Nenskra HPP (280 MW installed capacity, high-voltage, seasonal regulation) is practically on the preparatory stage. The HPP will operate on runoffs of the rivers Nenskra and Nakra and its significance will be of state importance. The nearest facility of Nenskra HPP to be located at the project Lakhami HPP cascade is the powerhouse, on the left bank of the riv. Nenskra; • Perspective project of similar scale is Khudoni HPP, dam of which will be arranged below the village Khaishi on the riv. . Part of the reservoir will enter lower section of Lakhami valley. At present details of the project are not confirmed and the decision of implementation has not been taken yet; • Above Mestia, on the riv. Mestiachala arrangement of non-regulating, diversion type HPP is being planned (it is practically on preparatory stage); • Kasleti 2 HPP on the riv. Kasleti (Khaishi community, near the village Tsvirmindi) is also on preparatory stage; arrangement of Kasleti 1 HPP is under consideration. Project scales and project designs of the HPPs are similar to Lakhami HPP cascade; • Arrangement of HPPs on different small rivers (e.g. Dolra river) of the region is also under consideration. Implementation of the listed projects may have a cumulative impact on certain receptors of the environment. In relation with the Lakhami HPP cascade the most important project is possibly Nenskra HPP project, since both of them are located within the catchment basin of the riv. Nenskra. Additionally, construction period may coincide.

6.13.1 Construction Phase

Following types of cumulative impacts may occur during construction phase: emissions (harmful substances, including dust), waste, noise and vibration, flora, fauna, aquatic environment, landscapes and etc.

Transportation – noise and harmful substance emission: according to calculation provided within this document, impacts related to emissions and noise will not be significant for the construction phase of the Lakhami HPP cascade.

However, Zugdidi-Mestia road and road within the Nenskra valley (most intensely the section till the village Lakhami) will be intensively used during implementation of Nenskra and Lakhami projects. Therefore, there will be a cumulative noise and dust distribution-related impact on the population of the villages Khaishi, Lukhi and Lakhami. Hence, mitigation measures considered for this type of impacts will have biggest importance on the road sections.

Traffic will be also increased on Zugdidi-Mestia road due to implementation of Mestiachala and Kasleti HPP projects. This may lead to dissatisfaction of the village Khaishi related to traffic delays. In order to

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 259/ 384

mitigate this impact it is significant for the companies and municipality to have a proper communication to be able to reconcile intense traffic movement.

Impact on biological environment: with its scales Nenskra project is exceeding Lakhami project. A tall dam construction is planned for Nenskra HPP, as well as arrangement of large reservoir, resulting in impoundment of large forested territories. In this regard, Lakhami HPP cascade is less risky – reservoir is not considered, while the penstock will be located along the riverbed and the existing road. Therefore, cumulative impact is not expected, since share of Lakhami project will be insignificant.

Impact on water quality and hydrological regime of the river: water quality deterioration on construction phase is expected mainly due to poor waste (including discharge water) management and inability to meet environmental requirements during implementation of works.

The main receptor of the cumulative impact will be the last, about 4 km long section of the riv. Nenskra till the riv. Enguri confluence. Impact can be cause by simultaneous construction of powerhouses of Nenskra and Lakhami 2 HPPs. Minimization of such impact is possible with consideration of targeted environmental management and monitoring.

It is noteworthy, that no significant cumulative impact is expected on hydrological regime or solid sediment transportation during construction phase.

Socio-economic environment: given socio-economic baseline condition of Zemo Svaneti (high unemployment rate and low incomes, high migration rate, lack of infrastructural projects, etc.), activities listed above will have significant positive cumulative impacts:

• Certain amount of jobs will be created for construction phase of the project. Majority of workers will be employed from local residents (absolute majority of low-skilled workers, which is an interest of the project implementer itself). It is important, that participation in such projects will increase the qualification of the population and their share on responsible positions will gradually grow. Additionally, risk of population discontent related with completion of works will not be significant, since there will be a possibility to work on other similar projects; • Construction phase will be related with activation of satellite businesses (construction material production, trade and service sector, food production and etc.). Therefore, creation of additional jobs is possible as well as improvement of socio-economic condition of the population; • Project implementation will be related with significant increase of income of the local budget. Increase of local budget will in return reduce necessity of subsidies from the central budget, which is a positive impact on economy of the country in general; • And finally, possibility of maximum use of local hydro-recourses will be a positive outcome in regards to reduction of electricity import and achievement of energy independence of the country. Given project scales, positive cumulative impact will last for a long period of time.

In terms of negative socio-economic impact change in land use conditions and impact on private property are most significant. However, neither of the projects (except for Khudoni project) listed above is related to high risks of physical or economical resettlement. It is also to be noted, that share of Lakhami HPP cascade project in this cumulative impact will not be significant, since arrangement of reservoir is not considered.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 260/ 384

6.13.2 Operation Phase

Following types of cumulative impacts during operation phase will be significant: impact on hydrological regime of the river and impact on Ichthyofauna.

Change in hydrological regime of the river: every listed project considers diverting significant amount of natural flow of the river into diversion channels or pressure systems, which will lead to significant change of hydrological regime of the rivers of the region. The only feasible mitigation measure is to release ecological flow into the tailrace.

Specifically Lakhami HPP cascade project considers use of hydrological potential of the riv. Lakhami between elevations 705 and 1380 m a.s.l. This section is not connected to any other project of the region. Discharge water (equal to natural flow) of Lakhami 2 HPP will be discharged into the riv. Lakhami, which soon connects with the riv. Nenskra. Therefore, Lakhami HPPs project will not have any impact on flow of the riv. Nenskra. However, Nenskra River still experiences certain impact on this section, since the project considers arrangement of the reservoir requiring periodical refill. Due to its scales, Lakhami project will not have a significant share in cumulative impact.

Impact on water quality: water quality deterioration on operation phase is normally associated with poor waste management or violation of fuel and oil storage/use rules. Therefore, impact can be minimized in conditions of proper environmental management and monitoring.

Impact on Ichthyofauna: in terms of impact on Ichthyofauna, hydropower pants with tall dams are to be distinguished (e.g. Nenskra). Lakhami HPPs project considers arrangement of Tyrolean type water intakes, fish passage is considered for both steps. Therefore, fish species distributed in the riv. Lakhami will be able to move into the tailrace. Overall, abundance of HPP projects within a region will still have an impact on fish population, hence the impact can be considered as high. Impact can be reduced by implementation of the relevant compensating measures considered for each project (e.g. creation of fish reproduction farms, periodic purchase of fry and release into natural environment).

6.14 Residual Impact

After construction and commencement of operation of the HPP cascade, more or less significant residual impacts are:

• Reduction of vegetation cover after tree felling and clearing of the territory from plants, as well as reduction of animal habitat; • Reduction of natural runoff due to diversion of significant amount of natural flow of the river into the penstock, impact on aquatic biodiversity; • Changes in landscape environment due to construction works and existence of infrastructural entities; • Generation of waste rock and impacts related to their disposal. Volumes of all negative impacts listed above can be reduced after implementation of mitigation measures considered by the EIA report and environmental monitoring. Generally, magnitude of negative residual impacts will not be significant and irreversible change of individual entities of environment is unlikely.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 261/ 384

6.15 Transboundary Impact

Project will not be implemented near the state borders; therefore transboundary impact is not expected.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 262/ 384

7 Environmental Impact Mitigation Measures and Monitoring

7.1 General Review

Hierarchy of Environmental measure is as follows:

• Impact avoidance/prevention; • Impact reduction; • Impact mitigation; • Damage compensation. Impact can be avoided and risks can be reduced by using best construction and operation practices. Designed project considers some measures of mitigation. However, since not every impact can be avoided, a plan of mitigation measures for every phase is developed to ensure maximum environmental safety for every stage of the project.

The plan is “live” document and is to be amended and corrected on the basis of monitoring/observation.

Responsible party for implementation of environmental monitoring and management, as well as for implementation of obligations considered in all attached documentations (waste management plan, emergency response plan) is the“Austrian Georgian Development” LLC.

7.2 Mitigation Measures of Impacts Expected on the Construction and Operation Phases of the HPP Cascade

Tables below provide information concerning mitigation measures developed for construction and operation phases and necessary monitoring work, namely:

I. Column presents description of expected impact according to specific receptor and what type of works may cause them; II. Column - Description of main objectives of mitigation measures; III. Column– List of mitigation measures that will reduce or eliminate significance (quality) of the expected impacts; IV. Column - • Responsibility for implementation of mitigation measures; • Which phase of the project will be most efficient for implementation of a relevant mitigation measure; • Evaluation of costs necessary for implementation of mitigation measures (an approximate, 3 point classification system was used: „Low“- <$25000; „Moderate“ - $25000-100000; „High“ - >$100000); V. Column–Brief description of necessary monitoring work.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 263/ 384

7.3.1 Mitigation Measure Plan to be implemented on Construction Phase

Mitigation Measures Impact/impact description Objective Responsibilities, Timeframes Monitoring Description and Costs

Distribution of To minimize dust emission a. Ensuring the technical functionality of construction Responsible for The manager of the inorganic dust in the in order to reduce equipment and vehicles. Vehicles and equipment implementation of mitigation environmental ambient air: environmental impact, such emitting significant amount of harmful substances measures: protection and safety • Dust due to earth works; as: (due to technical failure) will not be allowed within “Austrian Georgian Development” will provide the daily • Dust due to working sites; LLC- construction site manager visual examination and • Disturbance of people transportation operation; b. Vehicle engines will be off or will be operating on Timeframes for implementation inspect the transport (population, staff) and • Dust due to minimal rotation when not in use; of mitigation measures: operations. Once every negative impact on their loading/unloading of c. Provided optimal traffic speed will be reserved a, e, i – prior to the works and two weeks he will health; inert material and waste (especially on ground roads); then periodically; record the maintenance • Disturbance of animals rock; d. Maximum limited use of roads in populated areas works implemented for and their migration; b, c, d – during transport • Dust due to construction (mostly meaning the village Lakhami) Population vehicles. The • Polluting vegetation cover operations; works. should be notified in advance about intensive monitoring will not be with dust and impeding movement of vehicles; f, g - Periodically, especially in related to additional the growth and Distribution of e. Machinery and equipment will be relocated as far dry and windy weather; costs. development of plants. combustion products in from the sensitive receptors (residential areas, forest

the ambient air: zone) as possible; h – During earth works and f. Relevant measures will be carried out to minimize material loading/unloading; • Exhaust from vehicles, dust emission (e.g. watering of work sites, construction machinery; j - After entry of the complaints; maintenance of storage rules for bulk construction • Exhaust from generators Costs for implementation of material and etc.); and other machinery; mitigation measures: g. In order to prevent dust distribution from different • Welding aerosols. The implementation of mitigation fine materials a special cover shall be used in places measures will be related to “Low” of their storage (e.g. tarpaulin and etc.); costs

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 264/ 384

h. Precautionary measures will be implemented in order to avoid excess dust emission ( e.g. dropping of materials from heights will be prohibited during loading/unloading operations); i. Instruction of the personnel; j. Recording of complaints and relevant response to them with consideration of measures listed above. Noise distribution To minimize the noise a. Ensuring the technical functionality of construction Responsible for Control proper working • Noise and vibration due distribution. Reduce equipment and vehicles. Vehicles and equipment implementation of mitigation of machinery; to transportation environmental impacts, such emitting significant amount of harmful substances measures: Instrumental operations; as: (due to technical failure) will not be allowed within “Austrian Georgian Development” measurements (during • Noise and vibrations working sites; LLC- construction site manager intensive noisy work • Impact on human health; caused by construction b. Noisy works should be implemented only during Timeframes for implementation process), if required. • Disturbance of animals operations and daytime; of mitigation measures: Costs will be related to and migration. equipment; c. Warning of the population and corresponding a, b, d – Constantly; instrumental explanations, if required; c -near residential zone, prior to measurements. d. Determination of noisy work periods with noisy activities;

consideration of social (holidays and days off) and e - on preparatory stage; ecological (animal reproduction, especially in April- h -prior to the works and then July) matters; every 6 months; e. Noisy machinery and equipment will be relocated as f, g, - based on monitoring or in far from the sensitive receptors (residential areas, case of complaints; forest zone) as possible; i- After received complaints.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 265/ 384

f. Temporary barriers (screens) should to be arranged Costs for implementation of between a significant noise source and the houses, if mitigation measures: necessary; The implementation of mitigation g. If necessary, equip personnel with proper protective measures will be related to “Low” equipment (earmuffs); costs h. Instruction of the personnel; i. Recording and registration of complaints and relevant response to them with consideration of measures listed above. Activation of geo- Maintenance of rock a. Active landslide formations will be removed from Responsible for Regular visual dynamical hazards stability. Reduce the risks of the upper slopes (in case of such detection) and implementation of mitigation observation of the rock (erosion, landslides, erosion and landslide slopes will be given appropriate deviation angle in measures: stability by geologic etc.): processes activation. order to keep them stable; “Austrian Georgian Development” engineer. Employment Protection of structures b. Slope will be disintegrated with maximum caution LLC- construction site manager of additional staff will • Destabilization of rocks under construction from within the sensitive areas of pipeline corridor Time-frames for be related to low costs. and landslides during damage. (preference will be given to the mechanical means). implementation of mitigation construction activities; Slopes will be given appropriate deviation angle; measures: • Destabilization of rocks, c. Organizational withdrawal of the surface and landslides and activation a, b, c, d, e, f – on preparatory ground waters, provided that it does not lead to of erosive processes and construction stages; watering of downstream slopes; during the preparation of g - after completion of construction d. Wood-cutting within the corridors of the penstock foundations of the works. and access roads will be controlled; structures and other e. In order to prevent deformation of the road Costs for implementation of excavation works; embankment, gabions will be arranged, if mitigation measures: • Destabilization of rocks necessary; The implementation of mitigation and landslides related to f. Materials and waste will be disposed to avoid measures will be related to blasts. erosion and so that surface runoff will not wash it “Medium” costs

off of the construction site. The height of the dumped soil will not be higher than 2 m; Slopes of

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 266/ 384

the stockpiles will be given relevant tilt (450) angle; outlet channels will be arranged throughout the perimeter of the area; g. Recultivation and landscaping of construction sites will be carried out after the completion of the construction works. Surface water Prevention of surface water a. To ensure proper maintenance of vehicles / Responsible for Supervision/control pollution: pollution and reduction of equipment; implementation of mitigation over equipment; environmental impact, such b. Vehicles / equipment and potentially polluting measures: Control waste • Pollution during as: materials should be located no less than 50 meters “Austrian Georgian Development” management plan implementation of works away from surface waters (where it is possible). If LLC- construction site manager implementation; Visual in or near the riverbed; • Impact on water this is not possible, the permanent control and Time-frames for control of soil, water • Pollution caused by biodiversity; safety measures should be implemented in order to implementation of mitigation and wastewater inappropriate • Pollution of ground prevent water pollution; measures: condition. management of solid and water; c. Prohibition of washing of vehicles near the liquid waste; • Impact on receptors, a, b, c, d, e, f,h – prior to and riverbeds; • Pollution in case of depending on water during the construction works; d. Sewage pit will be arranged for industrial-fecal fuel/oil spilling. resources (animals, g – after completion of waters; population). construction works. e. Outlet channels should be arranged throughout the perimeter of potentially polluting sites of storm Costs for implementation of waters; mitigation measures: f. Roofing of potentially polluting sites of storm The implementation of mitigation waters; measures will be related to “Low” g. All potentially polluting material should be costs removed after the completion of works. In case of spillage of oil/lubricants polluted area should be localized/cleaned; h. Instruction of the staff. Impact on the Reduce impact on receptors a. Provide all measures to avoid soil/ground quality Responsible for Proper maintenance

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 267/ 384

groundwater: depending on groundwater deterioration (see the corresponding paragraph); implementation of mitigation control; Control of resources (population, b. Provide all measures avoiding surface water quality measures: waste management plan • Quality deterioration biodiversity). deterioration (see the corresponding paragraph). “Austrian Georgian Development” implementation; Visual due to polluted surface LLC- construction site manager control of soil, water waters or soil; Time-frames for condition. If necessary, • Due to fuel/lubricant implementation of mitigation conduct laboratory spilling during measures: monitoring. construction works (especially earth works). During construction works Costs for implementation of mitigation measures: The implementation of mitigation measures will not be related to additional costs The disruption of Prevention of pollution and a. Strict definition of the boundaries of construction Responsible for Regular visual soil/ground stability accordingly, reduction of sites in order to prevent possible contamination of implementation of mitigation observation of and destruction and indirect environmental neighboring areas, damage and compaction of measures: construction sites, pollution of the fertile impact, such as: topsoil; “Austrian Georgian Development” slopes, road surfaces, layer: b. Definition of the roads used by the vehicles and LLC- construction site manager storage of removed soil • Deterioration of animal techniques. Prohibition of turning off from the Time-frames for layer. The monitoring • Disruption of the habitat; road; implementation of mitigation will not be related to stability during the road • Indirect impact on c. In case of damage and fuel / oil leakage, damage measures: additional costs. construction and other vegetation; should be repaired immediately. Damaged Vehicles construction works; • Pollution of ground and a, b, c, d,e, f – Regularly during should not be allowed on the construction sites; • Destruction of topsoil surface waters; construction works; d. Materials and waste will be disposed to avoid during the preparation of g, h – in case of pollution; erosion and so that surface runoff will not wash it construction site; i - prior to the works and then off of the construction site; • Soil pollution with periodically; e. Proper management of industrial and fecal waste; j – after completion of construction wastewater; • Soil pollution due to works.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 268/ 384

spilling of fuel/oil or f. Restriction of refueling/maintenance of the Costs for implementation of other substance. machinery/equipment on the construction sites. In mitigation measures: case of need, activity should be carried out on a The implementation of mitigation distance of minimum 50 m from the water body, measures will be related to “Low” with implementation of precaution measures to costs prevent spills; g. In case of spillage of pollutants, spilled material should be localized and contaminated site should be immediately cleaned. Staff should be provided with appropriate means (adsorbents, shovels, etc.); h. In case of big-scale contamination soil and ground should be taken out from the territory for further remediation by the contractor holding a relevant permit for such activities; i. Staff should be instructed prior to the construction works; j. Area should be cleaned and recultivated after completion of works. Visual-landscape • Reduce dissatisfaction of a. If possible selection of natural materials while Responsible for Visual monitoring to changes people; arranging temporary constructions, relevant selection implementation of mitigation control sanitary- • Prevention of alteration of colors; measures: ecological condition of • Visual-landscape changes of animal habitat and b. If possible storage of materials and waste in “Austrian Georgian Development” the area. due to existence of migration. unnoticeable areas for visual receptors; LLC- construction site manager construction site and c. Selection of optimal routes for vehicle movement Time-frames for construction camp. (avoiding residential areas); implementation of mitigation • Visual-landscape changes d. Cleaning and recultivation of the territory. measures: due to increased traffic

flow; a, b - on preparatory and • Visual-landscape changes construction stages; due to cutting of trees. c – during transport operations;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 269/ 384

d – after completion of construction works. Costs for implementation of mitigation measures: The implementation of mitigation measures will not be related to additional costs Impact on flora, • Minimizing the risks of a. Strict determination of the boundaries of the Responsible for The daily monitoring in habitat loss, damage, the habitat loss and construction areas and the transport routes to implementation of mitigation working areas at the fragmentation damage; protect vegetation cover; measures: stage of the vegetation • Conservation and b. Instructing the personnel on vegetation cover “Austrian Georgian Development” cover removal, aimed to • Removal of vegetation appropriate management protection issues; LLC- construction site manager maintain boundaries of cover/forest from project of the habitats. c. A code of conduct regarding illegal logging will be Time-frames for work area. area; developed for the staff; implementation of mitigation • Noise caused by d. Cutting off trees will be implemented under the measures: construction works, supervision of authorized specialist; change of illumination a, b, c, d - prior to removal of e. The protected species of plants will be removed background; vegetation from the project area; from the territory with consideration of the • Impact related to the requirements of Article 24, paragraph I, sub- e, f– during removal of vegetation arrangement of paragraph f) of the Law of Georgia on “Red List and cover; construction camp and Red Book of Georgia” and will be agreed with g - at recultivation phase; temporary structures. Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources h - during construction phase, Protection of Georgia; especially at night f. Implementing the greenery planting procedures, Costs for implementation of with planting the local tree species; mitigation measures: g. Artificial passages will be arranged (e.g. placement The implementation of mitigation of planks on the ditches); measures will be related to Additionally, “Medium” costs h. Implementing the visual-landscape transformation

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 270/ 384

oriented activities (see corresponding paragraph); i. Implementing the mitigation measures against water, soil and atmospheric air pollution (see: the corresponding paragraph); Impact on the behavior • Maximum reduction of a. Period for the construction works near the river Responsible for Control of waste of the species: the direct and indirect should be selected so that it does not coincide with implementation of mitigation management. Periodical impacts on the animal the breeding period of the Otter; measures: inspection of drivers • Decline in reproduction species. b. Prior to the construction works, access roads, river “Austrian Georgian Development” and staff; monitoring is ability and functionality. cross sections (especially near sensitive areas) will LLC- construction site manager not related to additional Animal migration; be checked in order to identify bird nests, traces of Time-frames for costs. • The direct impact - The predatory mammals, bat shelters; implementation of mitigation animal mortality, injury c. Observed nests and burrows will be recorded and measures: works near these areas will be prohibited from April a, b, c - prior to works; till July; d, e,f, g, h, I, j, k, l,m – during d. Vegetation cover will be maintained as much as construction works and possible, especially within the headwork’s area, transportation; where hollow trees have been observed; n, o - after completion of e. In case of identifying otter burrows within the construction works. project corridor, further activities will be implemented according to the Law of Georgia on Costs for implementation of “Red List and Red Book of Georgia”; mitigation measures: f. Temporary puddles emerged in vehicle trails and The implementation of mitigation water accumulated along the roads due to snow measures will be related to “Low melting will be maintained as much as possible “or “Medium” costs during reproduction season of amphibians; g. Personnel will be instructed and warned in accordance with the minister’s decree № 95 of 27.12.2013 on rules of hunting and government resolution № 423 of 31.12.2013 on technical

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 271/ 384

regulation of fishing and fish migration; h. Construction corridor shall be maintained so that ground works do not cross the boundaries of the marked zone, hence avoiding additional damage of otter burrows, bird nests and bat shelters. Earthworks should be controlled by appropriately qualified personnel; i. Traffic route will be maintained; j. Limited speed of traffic in order to reduce direct impact on animal species (collision); k. Pits, trenches and other must be protected to prevent animals from falling in. For large species – sharp-colored ribbon, for small animals – any flat material – tin, polyethylene and etc. Long boards or logs must be inside into trenches and pits at night, so that small animals could get out. Trenches must be inspected before filling them with soil; l. Consumption of directed light must be minimal (light beam to be directed towards surface of the ground); m. Activities causing too much disturbance to animals should be implemented in a short period of time, preferably in non-reproduction period; n. In order to compensate the damage after completion of construction works different types of artificial shelters for bats will be installed on trees with damaged hollows exceeding number of damage 10 times (in accordance with the stipulated methodology);

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 272/ 384

o. Territories adjacent to communication and access roads must be recultivated after completion of construction works, which shall significantly reduce impact related to habitat fragmentation. Risks of polluting Prevention of a disorganized a. Importing the exact amount of construction and Responsible for Controlling the waste natural environment waste distribution and other materials required for the project; implementation of mitigation management plan with waste therefore the minimization b. Part of the removed waste rock should be used for measures: fulfillment by the • Construction waste of the following the project objectives (e.g. arrangement of “Austrian Georgian Development” allocated staff; (waste rock and etc.); environmental impacts: embankments); LLC - personnel specifically Documenting waste • Hazardous waste (fuel c. Water outlet channels will be arranged within the designated for waste management quantity and types, • Negative impacts on and lubricants waste, perimeter of waste rock storage area; Time-frames for keeping relevant human health and safety; etc.); d. Surface of the storage area will be recultivated; implementation of mitigation journal; • Pollution of water • Household waste. e. Reusing the waste, if possible; measures: The monitoring costs environment; f. A special storages must be arranged on the territory may be related to hiring • Direct negative impact on a, c, f - on preparatory stage; of construction camps for temporary placement of the additional animals; b, e, g, h, i – during waste hazardous waste, while hermetic labeled containers personnel. • Negative visual/landscape management process; must be placed on construction sites; change; d – after disposal of waste rock; g. The maximum maintenance of the safety measures • Etc. j, k - prior to the works and then while waste transportation (covering the car body, periodically. etc.); h. The removal of the harmful waste from the territory The costs related to mitigation for further management must be carried out only by measures: the contractor authorized for such activity; Implementation of measures i. The establishment of the adequate reporting described in clauses c, d, f, h, j mechanism for the waste formation, its temporary may be related to “Medium” costs warehousing and further management and keeping a relevant journal; j. Appropriate trained personnel should be hired for waste management;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 273/ 384

k. Instructing the personnel.

Availability of • Short-term limitation of a. Residents will be forewarned of the decision, which Responsible for Study of public opinion resources: local resources temporarily restricts access to local resources; implementation of mitigation and establishing the b. The works, which will limit the local resources will measures: proper mechanism for • Limited access to water be implemented in shortest terms possible; “Austrian Georgian Development” recording complaints. or forest resources c. Recording complaints, establishment of their LLC consumption due to reviewing and responding mechanism; Time-frames for construction works d. Due to the limitation of resources compensation or implementation of mitigation

assistance in finding alternative resources may be measures: required (for instance, arrangement of additional a - prior to the works; access roads, crossings etc.);

b - during construction works; c, e - after receiving complaints. The costs related to mitigation measures:

Implementation of measures described in clause d may be related to “Low” costs Employment and risks • Prevention of the a. Development of the staff recruitment policy and Responsible for Establishment of of related negative dissatisfaction of project publishing in local (office), municipal implementation of mitigation grievance mechanism impacts, namely: personnel or the (administrative building) and regional levels; measures: and solving; Practicing • The expectation of residents. b. Employment on the basis of appropriate testing; “Austrian Georgian Development” disciplinary recordings. employment and the c. Signing individual work contract with each LLC

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 274/ 384

dissatisfaction of the employee Time-frames for local citizens; d. Contracts signed with the staff must include articles implementation of mitigation • The violation of the on every plan, procedure and mitigation measure, as measures: rights of the employees; well as articles related to monitoring of security a, b, c, d, e, f, - prior to the • The job cuts and the plans and reports on accidents; works (before and in process of dissatisfaction related to e. Providing information about duties to personnel – hiring personnel), as well as during the project finalization; development of code of conduct; the construction works if a new • Disagreement between f. All non-local employees should be informed about staff is hired. the local population and local habits and culture; g, h, i - during the the employees (non- g. While purchasing different material, preference implementation of works. locals). should be given to local products in order to support The costs related to local enterprises; mitigation measures: h. Develop and practice a grievance mechanism;

i. Keeping complaints log for personnel. Implementation of measures described in clause g may be related to “low” costs (difference in prices). The impact on the • Maintaining road surface a. Ensuring of minimum interruption of population Responsible for Constant monitoring of transport and helping free movement; implementation of mitigation road quality infrastructure: movement of the b. Selection of an optimal bypass route to the measures: transportation; construction site; “Austrian Georgian Development” • Damage of the road • Minimizing the traffic c. Limitation of transport movement on public roads LLC- construction site manager surface; danger and jams; as much as possible; Time-frames for • Traffic overload; • Preventing population d. Maximum restriction of the movement of the implementation of mitigation • Movement limitation. dissatisfaction; caterpillar technique on public roads; measures:

e. Population should be provided with the information a, b, c, d, e, - during about the time and duration of works; transportation activities; f. All damaged sections of the road should be

recovered, in order to make them available for the f - after completion of works;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 275/ 384

population; g – while planning intensive g. Intensive traffic planning will be carried out upon transport operations; agreement with local authorities and heads of other h - after receiving complaints. projects; h. Complaints should be recorded and an appropriate The costs related to mitigation action should be taken. measures:

Implementation of measures described in clause f may be related to “low” costs Health and safety • Ensuring human health a. Personnel should to be trained on security and labor Responsible for Controlling the related risks: and safety; safety issues; implementation of mitigation technical order of the b. Staff health insurance; measures: machinery and • The expected impact on c. Providing the individual means of protection for the “Austrian Georgian Development” equipment; Keeping log health and safety of the personnel; LLC on incidents and population; d. Arrangement of restricting, warning and indicative Time-frames for accidents; The • The expected impact on signs for safety on zones dangerous for health and implementation of mitigation unscheduled inspection health and safety of the roads; measures: of the personnel. personnel. e. Fencing of areas dangerous for health; a- during the recruitment and f. Arrangement of standard medical boxes on zones then several times a year; dangerous for health and construction camps; b - prior to the works; g. Proper maintenance of vehicles and equipment; c, d, e, f -Before starting work h. Maximum protection of safety rules during the and constant updating; transport operations, speed limitations; g, h, i, j, k, l, m – Constantly in i. Transportation should to be limited to a minimum work process.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 276/ 384

in populated areas; The costs related to mitigation j. Control and prohibition of unauthorized and measures: unprotected access to the construction site; Implementation of measures k. Regular assessment of risks to determine specific described in clauses b, c, d, e, f risk factors for population and for management of may be related to “Medium” such risks; costs. l. Insurance of staff working on heights with ropes and special mountings; m. Incidents and accidents should be recorded. Additionally: • Implementation of all measures in order to prevent ambient air, water and soil pollution. Implementation of mitigation measures against noise distribution (see the corresponding paragraph). Impact on cultural- • Minimizing the risks of The construction will stop in case of discovering any Responsible for Visual control of the historical and damage/destruction of the artifacts. National Agency for Cultural Heritage of implementation of mitigation ground works. archaeological cultural and archeological Georgia must be notified about the discovery measures: monuments: monuments. immediately. The artifact must be examined by the “Austrian Georgian Development” expert-archeologists, and delivered/preserved into the LLC • The damage of the vault. The work will continue after the permission is Time-frames for monuments of cultural received. implementation of mitigation heritage during measures: construction works; • The damage of In case of discovering of any unregistered artifacts. archeological heritage Costs for implementation of during the ground mitigation measures: works. Not related to any costs

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 277/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 278/ 384

7.3.2 Mitigation Measure Plan to be Implemented on Operation Phase

Mitigation Measures Impact/impact description Objective Responsibilities, Timeframes Monitoring Description and Costs

Noise distribution in Minimize noise a. Hydraulic units will be arranged in closed building of Responsible for Control of technical working zone, impact distribution. Reduce power house, in special casing and therefore noise levels implementation of mitigation condition of on other receptors: environmental impact, will not exceed normative values; measures: equipment. • Distribution of noise such as: b. Control room and operator room will be equipped with Operator company - “Austrian If necessary, generated due to special noise-insulation material; Georgian Development” LLC • Impact on human instrumental operation of hydraulic c. Staff will be provided with special earmuffs; Responsible for health; measurements. units and power d. Frequent change of personnel working with noisy implementation of mitigation • Animal disturbance transformers. equipment. measures: and migration. a, b – during construction phase; c – prior to operation; d - during operation phase Costs for implementation of mitigation measures: Implementation of measures described in clauses b, c may be related to “low” costs Activation of the • The rock stability a. The main building of the power plant will be based on Responsible for The systematic dangerous geodynamic maintenance. Reducing main rocks, on the basis of geologic engineer surveys; implementation of mitigation supervision over the processes (erosion and the activity of the erosive b. Protective barriers will be arranged along sensitive areas of measures: geological stability of others): processes. Prevention of the corridor; Operator company - “Austrian the sensitive areas. the damage of HPP c. Ground reinforcement works will be carried out along the Georgian Development” LLC • Activation of landslide The monitoring costs buildings. upper slopes of the penstock corridor, especially in Responsible for and erosion processes can be evaluated as - dangerous zones. Plants growth and development should implementation of mitigation

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 279/ 384

within the access roads be favored, where possible; measures: "low". and other infrastructure d. Monitoring of dangerous geological events within all a, b, c, – during designing and facilities of the HPP sensitive areas especially during the first 2 years. construction phase; cascade; Competent staff (geological engineers) will be involved in d - after completion of works and • Risks of shoreline wash- the monitoring process. In case of necessity, appropriate during operation phase, especially out, risk of slopes wash- preventive measures will be carried out as soon as possible the first years and upon necessity (in out. (geological studies, project development and reinforcement case of activation of risks of works). geodynamic processes during monitoring). Costs for implementation of mitigation measures: Mitigation measures may be related to “high” costs. Violation of river • Maintain enough water a. Automatic flow measuring will be arranged within the Responsible for Monitoring of regime – reduced water flow for socio-economic area of headworks structure. Lakhami river flow will be implementation of mitigation Lakhami River flow. flow use; Maintain enough recorded during the construction and operation phases; measures: Systematic water flow for ecological b. Results of monitoring of Lakhami River flow (according to Operator company - “Austrian monitoring on the purposes – less impact on months) will be submitted quarterly to the Ministry of Georgian Development” LLC release of ecological water and water-related Environment and Natural Resources Protection; Responsible for flow (especially biological environment. c. Release of ecological flow downstream should be implementation of mitigation during low waters) controlled; measures: d. Ecological flow will be released automatically (through fish a, b - during construction and passage and culvert gates); operation phases; e. In case of flow, equal or less than the ecological flow in the c, d, e - regularly during operation river, power plant will stop operation and full volume of phase. water flow will be released downstream of the dam area; f. – 2-3 years, quarterly; f. During the first 2-3 years of operation, fish fauna will be g, h – upon necessity.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 280/ 384

monitored in River Lakhami and the report will be Costs for implementation of submitted quarterly to the Ministry of Environment and mitigation measures: Natural Resources Protection. Additional mitigation Not related to additional costs measures will be taken, if necessary; g. If Ichthyological survey will reveal that existing ecological flow is causing irreversible degradation of biodiversity the activity will be conducted basing on newly determined, increased flow; h. Administration will be keeping complaint journal. Appropriate measures will be taken in case of any complaints. Impact on movement of Maintenance of Lakhami a. During floods, flushing galleries will be fully opened in Responsible for Monitoring on sediments: riverbed dynamics and order to release sediment downstream; implementation of mitigation release of ecological coastline stability b. Twice a year, after spring and autumn floods, sediment measures: flow within Due to the existence of the movement within the headworks section will be Operator company - “Austrian headworks site headworks and reduced monitored; Georgian Development” LLC river flow c. Based on the monitoring results, if sediment movement is Responsible for limited appropriate mitigation measures will be taken (e.g. implementation of mitigation cleaning of upstream with excavator, etc.). measures: • a – operation phase during the floods;

b - operation phase twice a year after spring and autumn floods; c– upon necessity. Costs for implementation of mitigation measures: Implementation of measures described in clause c may be related to “low” costs

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 281/ 384

Pollution of surface Prevention of surface a. Systematic control over implementation of measures Responsible for Control of waste waters: water pollution and considered by the waste management plan; implementation of mitigation management plan accordingly, reduction of b. Systematic supervision on fuel/oil storage and usage rules; measures: implementation. • Surface water pollution the environmental c. In case of accidental spill of fuel/oil, localization of the Operator company - “Austrian with waste and untreated Control of impact, such as: pollution and implementation of measures to prevent Georgian Development” LLC wastewater. implementation of pollution of the surface waters; Responsible for • Impact on water rules related to the d. Instruction of personnel on environmental and safety implementation of mitigation biodiversity; fuel/oil storage and issues. measures: • Ground water usage; a – Construction phase; pollution; b -Promptly after oil spill; Visual control of soil • Impact on receptors c, d - On operation phase, and water condition. depended on water regularly. resources (animals, Costs for implementation of population). mitigation measures: Implementation of measures described in clauses a, b may be related to “medium” costs Reduction of Reduction of the impact Release of ecological flow downstream of the headworks and Responsible for Constant monitoring groundwater debit: on receptors depending systematic control. implementation of mitigation on ecological flow due to the reduction of on groundwater measures: must be established. natural runoff of Lakhami resources (population, Operator company - “Austrian River between headworks biodiversity). Georgian Development” LLC site and power house Responsible for implementation of mitigation measures: Release of mandatory ecological flow downstream of the dam should be carried out continuously Costs for implementation of

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 282/ 384

mitigation measures: Will be related to the water loss for energy purposes. Visual-landscape • Preventing the human a. Use of natural resources while arrangement of HPP Responsible for Control of the waste changes: dissatisfaction; cascade buildings as much as possible with selection of implementation of mitigation management plan • Minimizing the appropriate colors; measures: fulfillment. The • Due to the existence of change of the living b. Carrying out the recultivation and landscape greenery Operator company - “Austrian visual monitoring the infrastructural environment and the activities; Georgian Development” LLC aimed at controlling objects of the HPP migration of animals; c. Systematic monitoring on the release of ecological flow Responsible for the sanitary- cascade; downstream of the headworks; implementation of mitigation ecological state. • Pollution with the d. Relevant waste management. measures: Monitoring on waste; a, b - during construction phase release of ecological • Visual change due to and prior to operation; flow. reduced water flow. c, d – on operation phase, regularly.

Costs for implementation of mitigation measures: Implementation of measures described in clauses a, b may be related to “low” costs Impact on the behavior Minimizing the direct a. In order to compensate the damage of vegetation cover, Responsible for Control of vegetation of the species: and indirect impacts on planting of forest groves; implementation of mitigation cover; control the the animal species; b. Release of the obligatory ecological flow downstream of the measures: release of ecological • Reduction of normal headworks; Operator company - “Austrian flow. functionality of animals c. Systematic optimization of night lightening; Georgian Development” LLC due to water level Apart from that, Responsible for reduction in the riv. • Proper management of waste; implementation of mitigation Lakhami and sparse • Implementation of the mitigation measures against water, measures: forest. Animal soil and ambient air pollution (see the corresponding a - during the recultivation phase; migration. paragraph). b, c – during the operation phase,

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 283/ 384

regularly.

Costs for implementation of mitigation measures: Implementation of measures described in clause a may be related to “medium” costs Impact on aquatic • Maximum a. Ecological flow release will be considered while obtaining Responsible for Periodical biodiversity: maintenance of water for electricity generation purposes, which shall create implementation of mitigation monitoring of aquatic biodiversity. at least minimum living conditions for Ichthyofauna; measures: maintenance and • Constant restriction of b. The project considers arrangement of stepped passage (fish Operator company - “Austrian operation efficiency fish movement in the ladder) for the fish near the headworks, which is the nearest Georgian Development” LLC of the fish passage. headrace; condition to natural fish migration; Responsible for Control of release of • Deterioration of the c. Systematic control should be established over release of implementation of mitigation ecological flow. living environment - ecological flow on operation phase. Also, in the tailrace measures: Control of the reduction of water level, ecological flow shall be released via fish passage; b - construction phase; implementation of increase of water d. Control over fish passage condition and efficiency must be a, c, d, e, f, g, h - regularly during waste management pollutants; conducted, which is especially important during the operation phase, especially plan. Monitoring of • Risk of fish getting in reproduction and migration periods of fish; during the breeding and migration Lakhami River water intake and death. e. In order to minimize risk of fish damage by pressure periods. biological systems and turbines water intake must be equipped with a Costs for implementation of environment during so-called fish-avoiding device; mitigation measures: at least the first 2-3 f. In order to compensate the damage to Ichthyofauna the Mitigation measures may be related years after the HPP implementer of activities takes a responsibility of to “Medium” costs cascade starts purchasing 40 000 trout fry from private fish farms each operation. year before completing the construction and release them into the headrace of the headworks under supervision of the representatives of the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resource Protection. In order to allow a quick adaptation of a fry to the environment, trout fry conditioning should be

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 284/ 384

4-5 g (average weight); g. Ichthyology species monitoring will be conducted in the first 2-3 years after start of operation for planning of further mitigation measures, if required; h. Prior to commencement of operation the implementer of activities shall submit a package on fish damage compensation to the Ministry for approval.

In addition, following conditions should be considered:

• Implementation if all mitigation measures to avoid deterioration of surface water quality (see relevant paragraph); • Development of code of conduct for illegal fishing and staff instruction. Illegal logging, hunting, fishing Mitigation measures are similar to the measures considered for the construction phase. (poaching).

The risks of the The prevention of the a. Special storage facility should be arranged for temporary Responsible for Controlling the waste environmental disorganized waste disposal of hazardous waste on the territory of implementation of mitigation management plan pollution with the spread and therefore the powerhouses; measures: fulfillment by staff waste: reduction of the b. Special storage containers should be arranged on the Operator company - “Austrian allocated specifically following environmental territory of powerhouse for temporary disposal of household Georgian Development” LLC for this purpose, • Harmful waste (oil used impacts: waste; Responsible for documenting the in turbine and c. Properly trained personnel for the waste management who implementation of mitigation waste quantity and transformer, etc.) • The negative impact have undergone training and testing; measures: types and providing • Household waste; on human health; d. Personnel instruction; a, b, c, d – during construction the journal by the • The water e. Reuse of waste as much as possible; phase and prior to operation; special team hired for

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 285/ 384

environment f. The removal of the harmful waste for further control must e, f - regularly during the operation the waste pollution; be carried out only by the contractor holding a relevant phase management. • The negative impact permission. Costs for implementation of on the animals; mitigation measures: • The negative visual- Implementation of measures landscape change; described in clauses a, b, c, f may • Etc. be related to “low” costs Employment and • Preventing the a. Development of the staff recruitment policy and publishing Responsible for Implementing the related negative impact dissatisfaction of the in local (office), municipal (administrative building) and implementation of mitigation appropriate risks, namely personnel and the regional levels; measures: mechanism for the local population; b. Employment on the basis of appropriate testing; Operator company - “Austrian documentation of the • The expectation of c. Signing individual work contract with each employee Georgian Development” LLC complaints and employment and the d. Contracts signed with the staff must include articles on Responsible for maintaining the dissatisfaction of the every plan, procedure and mitigation measure, as well as implementation of mitigation journal for local citizens; articles related to monitoring of security plans and reports measures: disciplinary notes. • The violation of the on accidents; a, b, c, d, e, f, - prior to the rights of the employees; e. Providing information about duties to personnel – works (prior to and in the process • Disagreement between development of code of conduct; of hiring), as well as during the the local population and f. All non-local employees should be informed about local construction works if a new staff is the employees (non- habits and culture; hired. locals). g. Develop and practice a grievance mechanism; g, h - during the implementation

h. Keeping complaints log for personnel. of works Costs for implementation of mitigation measures: Not related to significant additional costs

Health and safety • Ensuring human a. Personnel should to be trained on security and labor safety Responsible for Controlling the health and safety. issues; implementation of mitigation

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 286/ 384

related risks: b. Staff health insurance; measures: technical conditions c. Providing the individual means of protection for the Operator company - “Austrian of the machinery and • The expected impacts on personnel; Georgian Development” LLC equipment. Making health and safety of the d. Responsible for notes about the population; e. Arrangement of restricting, warning and indicative signs for implementation of mitigation incidents and • The expected impacts on safety on zones dangerous for health and roads; measures: accidents. The health and safety of the f. Fencing of areas dangerous for health; a- during recruitment and then unscheduled personnel; g. Arrangement of standard medical boxes on powerhouses; several times a year; inspection of the

h. Proper maintenance of vehicles and equipment; b - prior to the works; personnel. i. Control of unauthorized and unprotected access to the c, d, e, f -prior to the works and

infrastructural site; constant update; j. Regular assessment of risks to determine specific risk factors g, h, i, j – constantly during for population and for management of such risks; operation. k. Keeping journal registering incidents and accidents; Costs for implementation of mitigation measures: Additionally: Implementation of measures • Implementation of all measures in order to prevent ambient described in clauses b, c, d, e, f air, water and soil pollution. Implementation of mitigation may be related to “low” costs measures against noise distribution (see the corresponding paragraph).

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 287/ 384

In addition to the above mentioned measures, the operator company – Austrian Georgian Development LLC will carry out the repairing- prophylactic activities and the corresponding monitoring of the separate units of infrastructure during the operating process of HPP cascade. Activities listed below are primarily important for uninterrupted functioning of HPPs and in terms of prevention of sudden failures. At the same time, these measures minimize the risks of various negative impacts on individual environmental receptors, caused by unforeseen circumstances. Such activities include: • Periodic inspection of mechanical equipment of headwork sand maintenance (cleaning, painting) if required; • Cleaning of settling tank from sediment; • Repair of walls and bottom of settling tank, if necessary; • inspection of pressure systems (1 year after commencement, on third year and after that once every 5 years); • Pressure system leakage detection through the method of the flow comparison on inputs and outputs; • Seasonal technical service and improvement of the HPPs: o Checking the basic technological (turbines, generators) and auxiliary devices (valves, cranes, pumps); o Maintenance of the buildings, fences, gates, warning signs, lights and territory whenever necessary; o Testing and repairing electrical equipment; o Visual monitoring of technical condition of transformers and switches and repair upon necessity; o Changing/adding oil in the transformers; o Mowing grass, regular mechanical control of weeds along the fence; o Ensuring the appropriate condition of the access roads.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 288/ 384

8 Environmental Monitoring Plan

8.1 General Review

In the framework of the HPP construction and operation, organization of ecological monitoring aims at solving of the following objectives:

• Confirming that the construction and operation procedures are carried out in compliance with environmental legislation; • Ensuring the control of the risks and ecological impact; • Providing stakeholders with relevant environmental information; • Confirming the process of minimizing/mitigating the negative impacts, defining the effectiveness and making necessary adjustments when needed; • The permanent environmental control during the project implementation (construction and operation). On the phase of HPP cascade construction the quality of works implemented and condition of execution of environmental norms by construction contractor shall be controlled by the “Austrian Georgian Development” LLC via technical supervisor and contractors.

Supervisor selected by the “Austrian Georgian Development” LLC will be responsible for strict control over implementation of works and working process. The supervisor will have a right to check quality of execution of the environmental management plan (EMP), detect violations and determine which environmental and social issues arise during construction.

Monitoring includes visual inspection and instrumental measurements, if required. Monitoring results, environmental documents and records must be kept in the office of the “Austrian Georgian Development” LLC. Such documents and records are: • Program and schedule of works to be performed; • Environmental permits and licenses; • List of equipment; • List of mitigation measures; • Records on problems related to environmental problems; • Records on management condition of industrial-fecal waters; • Records on waste management issues; • Writing notes on locations of waste disposal and permits on waste transportation and disposal issued by the local authorities; • Records on supply of required materials and their consumption; • Complaints log; • Incident registration journals; • Reports on corrective measures; • Journals on control and maintenance of equipment; • Records on training of workers and etc.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 289/ 384

The supervisor shall submit periodical reports to the “Austrian Georgian Development” LLC regarding process of works and condition of the EMP implementation quality. A relevant photo material must be attached to such reports.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 290/ 384

8.1.1 Monitoring Plan to be Implemented on Construction Phase

Subject to Control/Sampling Control/Controlling Frequency/Time Objective point Method Responsibility activity

1 2 3 4 5 6 Ambient air quality: Air (Dust and exhaust) • Construction camps; • Visual; • During the ground works. • Minimal disturbance of the • “Austrian Georgian • Construction sites; • The control of the Occasionally, in a dry population; Development” LLC via • Access roads of the technical order of the weather; • Ensuring safety of the personnel; allocated supervisor construction sites; machinery and • During construction; • Minimal disturbance of the • The nearest receptor equipment; • Through the intensive vegetation cover/flora and fauna; –Lakhami village. • The instrumental transport operations, in a • Development/execution of examination. dry weather; additional mitigation measures. • Examination of the functionality of the equipment–prior to works; • Instrumental measurement - if needed (after receiving the complaints); Noise and vibration • Construction camps; • Control over buildings (in • Examination of the • Ensuring the compliance with the • „------“ • Construction sites order to detect possible functionality of the health and safety regulation; (mainly powerhouse damages due to equipment–prior to works; • Comfortable working conditions of the lowest step); vibration); • Instrumental measurement - for staff; • The nearest receptor • Control over technical if needed • Maintain condition of –Lakhami village. functionality of the buildings/facilities; machinery/equipment • Minimal disturbance of • Instrumental fauna/population. measurement

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 291/ 384

Subject to Control/Sampling Control/Controlling Frequency/Time Objective point Method Responsibility activity

1 2 3 4 5 6

Geological environment, ground stability, dangerous geodynamical processes: Landslide-gravitational • Section of • Monitoring the • Constantly, during • Ensuring slope stability; • „------“ processes headworks location; development of construction works; • Prevention of damage of unit • Sites of powerhouse geological hazards; • Constantly during the under construction and people; location; • Monitoring of slope arrangement of pipeline • Maintenance of recourses located • Penstock corridor, stability. corridor; on the ground (soil, flora, animal which is arranged • After especially high habitat); after cutting of the precipitation; • Development/execution of slope; • During intensive traffic; additional mitigation • Other more or less • Inspection by geological measures(terracing, sensitive sections of engineer after completion of reinforcement). the project area works. within Lakhami ravine. Soil/ground: Landfill stability • Waste rock disposal • Observation of erosion • Inspection during • Prevention of erosion processes • „------“ area. (wash out) development. construction phase after and maintenance of coastline intense precipitation; stability. • Inspection after completion of construction and recultivation Works. Soil/ground quality • Construction camps; • Control, supervision; • Periodic control; • Maintenance of soil/ground • „------“ • Construction sites; • Control over technical • Control after finishing quality. • Storage facilities for functionality of the works;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 292/ 384

Subject to Control/Sampling Control/Controlling Frequency/Time Objective point Method Responsibility activity

1 2 3 4 5 6 materials and waste. machinery/equipment • Laboratory research – in • Laboratory control; case of spillage of pollutant substances. Aquatic environment: Natural runoff of the • Sections of • Through automatic flow • Constantly during • Specification of flow data of the • „------“ riv. Lakhami headworks location. meter installed on construction phase riv. Lakhami and quarterly headworks. submission to the Ministry. Surface water quality • Construction camp; • Visual control; • During the arrangement of • Ensuring observance of water • „------“ • Construction sites – • Controlling the technical the construction site (near quality. near water body. functionality of the the water bodies), especially machinery and devices; after the rain/snow; • Controlling the solid and • During the working process liquid waste (near the water units); management; • During the • Controlling the transporting/storing of the wastewater management; solid waste; • Laboratory control. • Checking the working order of the technology –prior to works; • The lab research - In case spill of polluting substances. Underground/ground • Local spring waters. • Observation over local • Quarterly prior to the works • Assessment of the scale of the • „------“ water debit spring water debit. and after completion of impact on groundwater debit; works. • Determination/implementation of compensation measures if

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 293/ 384

Subject to Control/Sampling Control/Controlling Frequency/Time Objective point Method Responsibility activity

1 2 3 4 5 6 necessary. Underground/ground • Local spring waters. • Sampling and laboratory • Annually prior to the works • Assessment of the scale of the • „------“ water quality analysis of water. and after completion of impact on groundwater quality; works. • Determination/implementation of compensation measures if necessary. Vegetation cover: Vegetation cover • Corridor of • Visual control; • Control during vegetation • The maintenance of the • „------“ within project corridor headworks section; • Control over observance clearing; vegetation cover, the minimal • Corridor of of construction site • In other construction sites – disturbance of the penstock; boundaries. unscheduled control; fauna/population; • Powerhouses area; • Inspection of vegetation • Minimizing the negative impact • Construction camps cover after completion of on the animals. and sites works. Control over restoration procedures. Wildlife: Animals inhabiting or • Areas adjacent to • Recording of otter • Observation/registration of • Minimization of negative impact • „------“ visiting adjacent construction sites hollows, bird shelters and the hollows and nests prior on animal environment; territories of the and camps; bat shelters; to works and checking after • Assessment of efficiency of project corridor • River coastline; • Observation of the completion of works; mitigation measures; • Access road animal species and • Observation on animal • Determination of compensation corridors. comparing to the species (including those and additional measures, if background condition; living near the water)- required. • The visual examination of periodically during the trenches and ditches construction works and

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 294/ 384

Subject to Control/Sampling Control/Controlling Frequency/Time Objective point Method Responsibility activity

1 2 3 4 5 6 arranged for the after completion works; placement of foundation. • Checking ditches and trenches before filling. Implementation of • Areas adjacent to • Supervision of staff; • Inspection prior to and after • Confirmation of compliance with • „------“ mitigation measures by construction sites • Unscheduled inspection. works; the mitigation measures by the the construction and camps; • Supervision – constantly staff; contractor • Transportation (especially during • Additional training for the staff corridors. preparatory stage); and explanation. • Unscheduled inspection.

Waste: Waste management • Construction camps • Visual inspection of the • Periodically, especially • Observance of soil and water • „------“ condition and adjacent territory; during windy weather; quality; territories; • Waste management • Within landfills–after • Minimal impact on biodiversity; • Construction sites; control. floods. • Less changes in visual-landscape • Waste disposal condition. areas(including landfills) Labor safety: Status of practice of • Work area. • Inspection; • Periodic control during • Ensuring compliance with health • „------“ safety norms by the • Existence of the means of work process. and safety regulations; personnel personal protection and • Unscheduled control. • Prevention/minimization of the occasional control of traumas. the functionality; • Control of Technical functionality.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 295/ 384

Subject to Control/Sampling Control/Controlling Frequency/Time Objective point Method Responsibility activity

1 2 3 4 5 6 Monuments of archeology and cultural heritage: Possibility of late • Work area. • Visual observation. • Constant observation during • Prevention accidental damage of • „------“ discovery of excavations; archaeological sites. archeological artifacts • Inspection of arranged caves on construction phase prior to further activities.

8.1.2 Monitoring Plan to be Implemented on Operation Phase

Subject to Control/Sampling Control/Controlling Frequency/Time Objective point Method Responsibility activity

Ambient air: Noise • Powerhouses of the • Ensuring technical • Periodic control; • Ensuring compliance with health • Operator company cascade (especially functionality of • Instrumental measurement – and safety regulations; of the HPP cascade lowest step); equipment; in case of receiving • Minimal disturbance of • At the nearest • Instrumental complaint or after repair population; receptor (residential measurements. works. • Minimal impact on fauna. house of the village Lakhami). Geological environment, ground stability, dangerous geodynamical processes: Landslide-gravitational • Project corridor • Observation over • Inspection after intensive • Ensure slope stability; • „------“ processes (especially development of dangerous precipitation; • Prevention of damage of penstocks); geodynamical processes; • Inspection by geological buildings and people; • Protective • Inspection of slope engineer twice a year during • Maintenance of resources located

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 296/ 384

Subject to Control/Sampling Control/Controlling Frequency/Time Objective point Method Responsibility activity

structures. sustainability; the first years of operation. on ground (soil, flora, anima • Verification of technical habitat); functionality of the • Development of additional protective structures. mitigation measures (terracing, reinforcement). Soil/ground: Soil/ground quality • Powerhouse • Visual control; • After changing/adding • Protection of soil quality; • „------“ territory; • Laboratory tests transformer oil; • Prevention of surface water • Waste disposal • Laboratory studies – in case pollution risk by surface run-off. areas. of oil spill. • Avoid groundwater pollution;

Aquatic environment: Natural runoff of the riv. • Headworks sites. • Measurement of ecological • Constantly on operation • Specification of the riv. Lakhami flow • „------“ Lakhami flow through automatic phase. and quarterly submission of the data flow meter (according to to the Ministry. months) installed on headworks and quarterly submission of the results to the Ministry of the Environment and Natural Recourse Protection. Ecological flow release • Tailrace of the • Measurement of ecological • Constantly on operation • Constant release of ecological • „------“ headworks. flow through automatic phase. flow into tailrace and reduction flow meter (according to of the impact on water related months) and quarterly receptors. submission of the results to

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 297/ 384

Subject to Control/Sampling Control/Controlling Frequency/Time Objective point Method Responsibility activity

the Ministry of the Environment and Natural Recourse Protection. Release of solid flow • Headrace and • Inspection of sediment • Periodically during shoal • Ensuring sediment flow from • „------“ tailrace of the accumulation in the seasons; headrace towards tailrace; headworks. headrace and observation • Twice a year, after spring • Maintaining shore stability; of transiting ability into and autumn floods, • Cleaning of the tailrace with the tailrace. inspection. excavator, if required. Underground/ground • Local spring water. • Observation over local • During one year after • Assessment of the scale of the • „------“ water debit spring water debit. operation, quarterly. impact on groundwater debit; • Determination/implementation of compensation measures if necessary. Underground/ground • Local spring water. • Sampling and laboratory • During two years after • Assessment of the scale of the • „------“ water quality analysis of water. operation, quarterly. impact on groundwater quality; • Determination/implementation of compensation measures if necessary. Biological environment: Aquatic biodiversity • Section within • Studies conducted by the • During one-two years after • Ichthyology damage prognosis • „------“ impact zone of the specialist (Ichthyologist) commencement of and determination of additional riv. Lakhami and submission of the operation, quarterly, report mitigation measures, if required; report to the Ministry of submission – annually. • Evaluation of efficiency of the Environment and Natural defined mitigation measures. Recourse Protection. Technical functionality • Fish passages. • Verification by engineer • Prior to fish migration. • Possibility for fish to move in the • „------“

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 298/ 384

Subject to Control/Sampling Control/Controlling Frequency/Time Objective point Method Responsibility activity and efficiency of the fish specialist. headrace. passages Waste • Headworks • Visual inspection of the • Periodically. • Protection of soil and water • „------“ territory; territory; quality. • Powerhouse • Waste management territory; control. • Waste disposal territories. Labor safety • Work territory. • Inspection; • Periodical control during • Ensuring compliance with health • „------“ • Existence of the means of work period. and safety regulations; personal protection and • Prevention/minimization of the occasional control of traumas. the functionality.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 299/ 384

9 Possible Emergency Situations

The purpose of emergency response plan is to create and define guidelines for Lakhami HPP cascade construction and operator company personnel, in order to ensure the provision of rational, coordinated and efficient activities by the personnel during the response and liquidation process on technogenic accidents and incidents of any scale, as well as protection of staff, population and environment.

Tasks of the emergency response plan are as follows:

• The identification of possible emergency types during implementation of planned activities (construction and operation) according to its specification; • Identification of each emergency response group members, equipment, action plan and responsibilities during emergency situations; • Identification of internal and external communication system, their order, communication means and methods and to ensuring delivery of notification (information) about emergency situation; • The immediate activation of internal resources and if necessary, mobilization of additional resources according to stated rules and definition of relevant procedures; • Ensuring activation of emergency response organizational system; • Ensuring compliance with the legislative, regulatory and safety requirements of the internal policy during emergency response process.

Following possible emergency situations may occur during process of the planned activity:

• Emergency situations related to damage of hydraulic constructions, including water intake and penstock; • Accidental spill of pollutants; • Fire (including landscape fire); • Road accidents; • Personnel injury (traumatism).

See Emergency Response Plan for the expected accidents that may occur on construction and operation phases of the HPP cascade in Annex N4.

10 Determination of Ways and Means to Restore Former Environmental Conditions in Case of Termination of HPP Cascade Operation

10.1 Short-Term Cessation or Repair of the HPP Cascade

In case of temporary cessation of operation of the HPP cascade or separately each HPP (Lakhami 1 or Lakhami 2) or in case of repair works (minor and major) of the existing facilities, operation service will develop operational plan related to a temporary suspension of activities or repair works, which firstly includes security requirements and should be coordinated with the local authorities and all interested legal persons. In case of cessation of one of the steps of the cascade issues of the safe functionality of the other step must surely be considered.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 300/ 384

10.2 Long-Term Cessation or Conservation of the HPP Cascade

In case of long-term cessation of the HPPs or conservation, administration shall establish a liquidation body, which will develop the plan for long-term cessation or conservation. The plan, major content of which must be safety requirements, should be coordinated with the authorized agencies.

The following measures are to be carried out before the termination of the activities:

• Internal audit of the area – to record the technical condition of infrastructure, to identify the risks of emergency situations, as well as environmentally problematic areas and to solve the problem; • Temporary demobilization of supporting infrastructure – to remove the stockpiled material and waste from the warehouse, and to allocate a special area for equipment and vehicles; • To provide warning and prohibition signs throughout the outer perimeter of the area; • Safe operation measures must be considered for the other step in case only one of the steps of the cascade ceases operation.

10.3 Decomissioning

In case of liquidation of the HPPs a special project identifying the ways and means of restoring previous conditions of the environment must be developed.

Such project must be developed by the operator company. Under the current rules, a special project of termination should be agreed with the competent authorities and the information should be provided to all stakeholders (physical and legal entities).

The project shall cover rules and the sequence of termination of technological processes, dismantle of facilities and equipment, terms and conditions of demolition works, safety and environmental measures, terms and conditions of neutralization and disposal of hazardous waste, recultivation works and other issues.

11 Public Awareness and Study of Public Opinion

According to article 37 of the Georgian Constitution, a citizen of Georgia has the following inalienable rights:

• All citizens of Georgia have a right to live in harmless environment and use natural and cultural environment. Everyone is obliged to take care of natural and cultural environment; • Everyone has a right to get full, objective and timely information about conditions of their working and living environment. Therefore, the implementer of activities is obliged to ensure conduction of public discussion of the project prior to its submission for the ecological expertise to obtain environmental impact permit.

Announcement about public discussions was published in August 14, 2015 edition of the newspaper„საქართველოს რესპუბლიკა“(Sakartvelos Respublika). The newspaper stated time/date of public discussion(October 5, 2015, 12:00) and its location (Mestia, Seti sq.№1). Any representative of the society has a right to attend the public discussion.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 301/ 384

The announcement also indicted that in the period of public discussions the society has an access to the documentation (EIA report, nontechnical summary of the EIA) regarding the planned activity on the following addresses:

• Municipality building of Mestia – Mestia, Seti sq. №1; • Office of the “Gamma Consulting” Ltd – Tbilisi, Guramishvili ave. №17a. Tel.: 2 60 15 27. Information about the comments and suggestions received during the public discussions will be provided in a form of table 11.1 below.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 302/ 384

Table 11.1 Information on comments and suggestions received during public discussions

Authors of the № comments and Content of the comments and suggestions Reply suggestions 1. Ministry of As it is indicated in the EIA report, there is no hydrological study of Based on this comment, the company applied to the "National Environment and Lakhami River. Therefore, its average annual flow within the Environmental Agency" and requested the information (observation Natural Resources headworks section is estimated according to the method given in data of 1931-1934 and 1956-1980 years obtained by Lakhami Protection of Georgia monograph "Water Balance" (Chapter 4.2.3.2.,average annual flows, p hydrological station).As it turned out, observation data of Lakhami .61).As it is known, observation data from Lakhami hydrological hydrological station are only for Nenskra River. Accordingly, the station for 1931-1934 and 1956-1980 years are available. Therefore, name of the place of observations is referred as “Nenskra –Lakhami” EIA report submitted to ecological expertise should present in the literature.Proceeding from this, there are no hydrological data hydrological parameters on the basis of these data. Accordingly, all for Lakhami River. hydrological parameters should be specified (including ecological, As for the second part of the comment –since accurate hydrological average annual and other flows).In addition, before submitting the data is one of the most important information for the executor EIA report to the ecological expertise, river flow should be measured company, level measuring equipments have been installed within at both headworks, and results of the measurements should be the dam sites through which it would be possible to determine included in the EIA report. hydrological parameters (flows, levels, etc.) of Lakhami River. However, the recent floods in the month of June of this year (which has seriously damaged the road and bridges) also damaged these level measuring devices. Currently, new level as well as sediment measuring devices are being installed within the project area. Hydrological observations are expected to start from November. Thus, river flow measurement results will be available in the nearest future. 2. „------“ EIA report should include information on variability of hydrological As it was mentioned in the first comment, there are no hydrological data of Lakhami River with respect to climate change. data for Lakhami River. In such circumstances, it will be difficult to analyze variability of hydrological data of Lakhami River with respect to climate change. 3. „------“ It is indicated in the EIA report that within the catchment basin of Comment is considered Lakhami River there is a risk of development of dangerous Paragraph 3.4.3.1. has been added to the EIA report, where a brief geodynamic processes such as erosion - mudflow and landslide description of the project on the rehabilitation of existing road and processes. Therefore,prevention measures of above-mentioned natural bridges of Lakhami River valley is provided. Reinforcement works

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 303/ 384

disasters should be discussed in more detail. to be implemented for the road and proposed penstock are also described here. Arrangement of 5 gabions are considered by this project, which will protect the road and penstock from erosion and mudflow events.

In addition, detailed engineering-geological research reportis already available. Results of the second phase of engineering- geological research are given in Paragraph 4.2.2.3.2.

Also, see Paragraph 6.4.1.1 of the EIA report. 4. „------“ EIA report should include the principles of safe operation of intake Comment is considered units in case of mudflow formation. Water intake of both steps of Lakhami HPP cascade is designed in a way that preserves the surface spillway relevant to the natural riverbed, which makes it possible to pass mudflows downstream safely. After the situation is stabilized, upstream are will be cleaned through using construction techniques, if necessary. Arrangement of blocking shields is considered in order to protect fish way in case of mudflows. See Paragraph 3.2.1. 5. „------“ EIA report should include information on the risks of flooding in case The risks of flooding in case landslide occurs upstream of the water landslide occurs upstream of the water intake structures. Safe intake structures are confirmed by the engineering-geological operation conditions of fish passage in case of mudflows should be studies.However, it should be mentioned that the implementation of also determined. the project (construction and operation of hydroelectric power plants) cannot lead to these processes, i.e. probability and magnitude of such hazardous events will be unchanged in case of implementing or not implementing the project. Therefore, carring out such calculations is meaningless within the framework of the EIA.

As for the second part of the comment – as it was already mentioned, blocking shields will be arranged to protect fish passages. It should be noted that in case of mudflows, fish will not be able to move upstream and therefore, in such extremal situation, fish passages cannot have any meaningful function.

6. „------“ According to the EIA report, ground waters are formed within the We agree with the author of this comment that decrease in river study area, where structures are open and the rocks are intensely flow during the construction and operation phases will lead to

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 304/ 384

cracked (especially in its upper part) and in these conditions ground significant change of ground water levels. This issue is discussed in water contamination is inevitable. Decrease in river flow during the Paragraph 6.6 of the EIA report. Therefore, monitoring of local construction and operation phases will lead to significant change springs in order to assess the expected impact on the levels and ofground water levels. In addition, it is known that the river is fed by quality of ground waters is considered in monitoring plan (see atmospheric precipitation, glaciers and groundwater. During the Paragraphs 8.1.1. and 8.1.2. of the EIA Report). minimum flow of the river, it is fed by ground waters, because in We do not agree with the opinions given in the comment as if winter precipitation is small, and it comes in the form of snow. "ground water contamination is inevitable" and as if “decrease in Glacier water in the winter months is minimal due to the low river flow during the construction will lead to significant change of temperatures. Based on the above mentioned, ground water levels and ground water levels”: its composition should be monitored during the construction and operation phases. In the first case, ground water contamination risks largely depends on environmental measures taken by the construction and operator companies. If mitigation measures will be carefully implemented (especially those related to soil and surface water quality protection), as well as waste management plan and relevant monitoring, ground water contamination risks will be significantly reduced.

It should be noted that during construction phase reduction of natural flow within Lakhami River bed is not considered. During construction works, liquid and solid natural runoff will be released downstream. Therefore, at this stage reduction of river flow will not cause the impact on the levels of ground waters. 7. „------“ It is indicated in the EIA report that "Winter is not characterized by Generally, pancake ice removers are arranged in the last section of severe weather conditions within the intake location and therefore, the diversion channel, in front of the pressure tank, which collects no additional measures are required during the winter (removing ice the surface and suspended pancake ice formated in the channel and through heating the grids, etc.). ( 3.2.2. Lakhami 2 HPP, page 24). removes it downstream. Also, it is indicated (page 45) that “absolute minimum of temperature Due to a high speed water flow in the riverbed within the territory is equal to 30- 350c“. It should be noted that in these conditions of headworks, pancake ice formation is not expected there. High pancake ice may be easily formated in water intake structure. speed is also recorded within intake area. Water from the intake Therefore, this information should be specified in EIA report and area passes through almost entirely covered space (including settling relevant preventive mesures should be identified. tank and a pressure tank). This ensures protection of air from thermal impact and excludes pancake ice formation.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 305/ 384

In case of extremely low temperatures and low waters there is a risk of ice formation on Tyrolean type intake grilles, which will reduce the total area of intake gaps (spacing) and design water flow in intake. In order to reduce this impact, the area of intake grille should be by 20-40% more than the design area. It is the fact that the extremely low temperatures are rarely observed within the construction area. Taking this into consideration, additional measures against ice formation are not required.

See Paragraphs 3.2.1. and 3.2.2.of the EIA report. 8. „------“ Based on the EIA report, “local springs (small tributaries of Lakhami The project area is rich in natural spring waters. It should be noted River) will be used for drinking-agricultural purposes. Reservoirs will that local villages use the water from the valley for drinking be arranged within the construction camps in order to create water purposes. It should be considered that based on calculations the storage.”(3.5 Water supply and sewerage, page 40). Therefore, EIA volume of water used for drinking-industrial purposes during report should include information on the level, chemical construction phase will be 3.6 m3/day, for which spring with 0,0002 composition, and mineralization and taste characteristics of the m3/s capacity is quite enough. Therefore, shortage of drinking water selected springs, as well as bacteriological suitability of the water and during construction phase is less expected. how its components are changed during the year. In addition, However, this issue will be clarified prior to the construction works. sanitary zone arrangement scheme should be submitted as well. Capacity and chemical composition of springs selected for water supply will be determined. Relevant information will be submitted to the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia.

See Paragraph 3.5.1. 9. „------“ In EIA report, a graph should be added to the hydrometeorological Based on the information provided by the National Environmental tables, which will provide the hydro-meteorological observation Agency and other materials, Lakhami River flow has not been period, the years when such observations are conducted. The report observed. Observations are conducted on Nenskra River, within the should also provide the method according to which hydro- section where it joins the Lakhami River and accordingly, the name meteorological information analysis have been carried out. of observation place is indicated as “Nenskra-Lakhami”. As it is given in Paragraph 4.2.3., following methods have been used during the observation: • For calculation of average flows - method given in monograph "water balance"; • For calculation of maximum flows - method given in

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 306/ 384

“technical reference on calculation of maximum flow of Caucasus rivers”; • For calculation of minimum flows - method given in “Surface Water Recourses of the USSR, Volume IX, Edition I”; • For calculation of solid sediment flow – method given in “Surface Water Recourses of the USSR, Volume IX, Edition I”. 10. „------“ Blasting works are indicated in EIA report, though there is not The issue is specified. specified what kind of blasting works are to be carried out. Therefore, Based on the information provided by the executor company, as this issue should be specified in EIA report. well as on the basis of detailed engineering-geological survey conducted within the project corridor, we can say that blasting works are not considered during the construction phase of Lakhami HPPs cascade.

See Paragraph 3.4.7.1. 11. „------“ It is indicated in the EIA report that part of the waste rock will be The issue is specified. used for project purposes, while the rest part of it will be stored on a Waste rock generated during the construction works will be used preliminary selected area (page 239). It is also indicated in EIA report for pipeline refilling works, road uplifting and other works. that “landfill for final disposal of unusable waste rock will be Removed waste rock may not be enough and in this case, waste rock arranged” (page 270). Therefore, more detailed information should will be imported from other licensed quarries existing in the region. be provided in EIA report with this regard. Despite the above mentioned, selected waste rock storage area should be agreed with local authorities.

See Paragraph 3.7.1.

12. „------“ In EIA report, on page 33 the following sentance is confusing and Comment is Considered: should be clarified - "topsoil will be divided into strips, from the „Topsoil disposal perimeter and depth will be marked at each site". existing level of 400 mm or less in depth." on the same page, the volume and disposal area of waste rock remained after piping should See Paragraph 8.1.2. be speified. As it is indicated in Paragraph 3.7.1., waste rock generated during the construction works will be fully utilized for project purposes.

13. „------“ In one of the columns of 8.1.2.1 Table of "Monitoring Plan on Comment is Considered:

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 307/ 384

Operation Phase" it is indicated that "water sampling and analysis will See Paragraph 8.1.2. be carried out annualy during 1-2 years after operation", which should be changed by following sentance "water sampling and analysis will be carried out during 2 years after operation on a quarterly basis". 14. „------“ The EIA report should include the GIS (Geographic Information Comment is Considered: System) coordinates of the removed topsoil, as well as geographical Area selected for temporary storage of topsoil is on the left bank of name of the disposal area. EIA report should also include the areas Lakhami River with total area of 5400 m2. GIS coordinates of the that will be subjected to recultivation works. The report should also areas are attached to the EIA report. After the completion of include the amount of topsoil that will be used. construction works, topsoil will be mainly used for recultivation of headworks and power house areas. Approximate area to be recultivated is 2000-3000 m2.

As it is indicated in Paragraph 3.4.4., The total area for topsoil storage is about 1 ha. Given average thickness of the topsoil (15 cm) the volume of the layer to be removed is 1500 m3, which will be fully used for recultivation works.

See Paragraph 3.4.4.

15. „------“ Comment is Considered: It is indicated in EIA report that “in order to compensate for the damage to fish fauna, implementer takes responsibility to purchase In order to compensate for the damage to fish fauna, implementer 20 000 trout fries from privately owned fish farms each year after the takes responsibility to purchase 40 000 trout fries from privately completion of the construction phase and during the operation phase owned fish farms each year after the completion of the construction and release the fish into headrace of the headworks under the phase and during the operation phase and release the fish into supervision of the representatives of the Minister of Environment and headrace of the headworks. Natural Resources Protection of Georgia.” With this regard, in order See Paragraphs 6.7.4.3., 7.3.1 and 12.2. to compensate and to allow a quick adaptation of a fry to the environment, trout fry conditioning should be 4-5 g (average weight), while the number of fries should be increased up to 40 000;

16. „------“ EIA report provides a detailed botanical study of the project area, in Comment is Considered: which project area is discussed according to the plots. However, in In EIA report, locations of all described sites are given on the some cases it is not clear for what is the land plot used. only in some topographic map (Figure 4.2.4.1.3.1.). Accordingly, the map cases it is indicated that land plot will be used for settling tank or

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 308/ 384

power house. Therefore, this issue should be clarified in EIA report. indicates the location of the project components. In addition, the report shall include information on the types and quantities of species that will be cut. 17. „------“ As it is indicated in EIA report (page 76), "the study area belongs The fact that the "study area belongs to Nenskra-Nakra botanical- Nenskra-Nakra botanical-geographical area." The catchmant basin of geographical region" does not exclude the fact that the study area is Nenskra and Nakra Rivers is only a part of above mentioned areas. the part of the region.As for the proper use of the term Nenskra- Whereas, the area belongs to the Upper Svaneti botanical- Nakra botanical-geographic region, we want to emphasize that geographical area, the above information should be corrected. botanical-geographical region of Nenskra-Nakra catchment basin is included in the list of botanical-geographical region of Svaneti (see flora and vegetation of Svaneti, Tbilisi, 1985). 18. „------“ In the geobotanical (phytocoenological) description of the habitat, Information requested in the comment, namely meso and there are not described such important features as: meso and microrelief features and dead Cover, is not the subject of the EIA microrelief features (except the phytocenoses of riverside terrace), soil report. As for the information on soil (type, structure, thickness, (type, structure, thickness, moisture and erosion), dead Cover (Forest moisture and erosion), it is included in the relevant chapters of the phytocenoses). Consequently, this information should be included in EIA report. the EIA report.

19. „------“ In the list of plant species of the EIA report, percentage should be During botanical study frequency-cover of vegetation was estimated used instead of Drude symbols. according to Drude scale, whose characters correspond to the percentage of the species frequency-cover. Hence the remark is unacceptable.

20. „------“ According to the GIS shape files, total area required for the Comment is Considered: construction of HPPs cascade is 46812,4 square meters, out of which See Paragraph 6.7.2.3. and 12.2. 32717,8 square meters is under the management of the National Forestry Agency. Accordingly, any activities conducted on such areas should be agreed with the right authority. 21. „------“ On 66 page of EIA report it is indicated that "16 districts of natural Ecological examination considers it inappropriate to carry out landscape, project corridor of the route crosses only 1 district on 12 ha determination of boundaries between State forest fund owned areas of forest fund area between km 39,5- km 40,0 section. This section is and lands outside the boundaries of the forest fund areas. The represented by Alder forest ( Alnus Barbata),includes a 300 m-long average diameter can be also determined by measuring the diameter line, cut down a 50-meter-wide section where the perimeter of the at breast height of the tree. In the latter case the measured tree at breast height is p = 20-80 cm. Height is H = 6-14 m“. It should perimeter is divided by 3.14 and you get a tree diameter at breast be noted that these parameters are generalized for total areas. height.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 309/ 384

Presented area of forest fund (12 ha) is inconsistent with the areas of GIS shape files (1.3 ha).The information should be ascertained and corrected in EIA report. 22. „------“ EIA report should include detailed description of forest fund areas Significantly, this issue is determined by the specific nature of that are indicated in the report, including the forest grooves that may ecological expertise. be impacted. 23. „------“ Waste Management Plan of the EIA report should be consistent with Comment is Considered: the requirements of the Decree #211 of the Ministry of Environment See Annex 1 of the EIA report. and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia approved on August 4, 2015. Therefore, this issue should be changed in the EIA report. 24. „------“ Terms and climate characteristics values should be specified in EIA Comment is Considered: report. For instance, data of precipitation regime are consistent with See Paragraph 4.2.1. the average annual precipitation and not the intensity of the rain. In addition, amount of precipitation in this area does not exceed 2000- 2500 mm/s. The term should be corrected: "The average annual snow cover." There should be “average decade height of snow cover (maximum in winter); Average and maximum temperature values are not in line with the values given in tables and literature – indicated source (# 15, p. 271) is based on the observation data of 1960-1965 years. It is recommended to use latest hydrometeorological observations in the EIA report. 25. „------“ The list of environmental standards should be added by Comment is Considered: "Arrangement, operation, closure and post-care of landfills”. See Paragraph 2.2. Approved by the decree №421 of the Minister of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia, which determines the landfill waste acceptance requirements and procedures.

26. „------“ References should be added - the monograph "Water Balance of Comment is Considered: Georgia". See Paragraph 13.

27. „------“ On page 61 of the EIA report glacial runoff should be added to the list Comment is Considered: of sources through which the river is fed. See Paragraph 4.2.3.1.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 310/ 384

28. „------“ Textual part of the EIA report should be corrected (e.g. pages Comment is Considered: 49;50;51;57, etc.). Since the words are linked to each other and it is

difficult to read the text. 29. „------“ In the EIA report responsibility on implementing obligations Comment is Considered: considered by the mitigation measures, conclusions and

recommendations, as well as by all attached documentations should be taken by the executor company. The entire text of the document should be comailed in first person where it will be clearly indicated that all obligations should be met by the executor company and not the contractor or any other organization. 30. Participants of the Will the power plant operate properly during minimum natural In those periods when natural runoff of the river is significantly public hearing runoff and based on which principle will the power plant operate in reduced, operation of power plants can be easily limited. If that case? Where will be electricity generated by the power plant sold necessary, the power plants will stop operation. In any case, and what will be the price? ecological flow will be released downstream.

31. Will the power plant operate properly during minimum natural Demand of the investor company is that generated electricity should runoff and based on which principle will the power plant operate in be fully purchased by a commercial operator, and is not focused on „––––––––––––––„ that case? Where will be electricity generated by the power plant sold exports. This issue is under negotiation with government and what will be the price? authorities. Negotiations are being held in connection with the selling price of electricity.

32. How many locals will be employed during the project About 50 locals will be employed at construction phase, while at „––––––––––––––„ implementation? operation phase - about 5-10 locals. 33. Is there any vocational training of workers considered? Local perssonel will be appropriately trained for the operation „––––––––––––––„ phase. 34. „––––––––––––––„ What is the total cost of the project? Total cost of the project is 25 350 000 USD. 35. How will be the generated electricity connected to the network? Generated power will be transferred to the existing substation „––––––––––––––„ "Khudoni 110", which is considered by the project and in the technical conditions of JSC "Energo-Pro Georgia. 36. When will be the construction works launched and how long will it The date of launching construction works depends on the date of last? issuing permit by the relevant state agencies. Mobilization works are „––––––––––––––„ scheduled to start from November 2015. The construction period will last approximately 2.5 years (including the time required for mobilization works and trial commissioning of power plants).

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 311/ 384

37. What will be the diameter of penstock, and what materials will be Combined (GRP and cast iron) pipe installation is considered for they made of? both HPPs. Pressure conduit part will be made of cast iron. High „––––––––––––––„ quality cast iron pipe will be made abroad. Diameter pipewill varies according to the sections - 1200-1300-1400 mm. 38. What will be the pressure in the pipelines and whether there is a risk Pressure in pipelines will be PN35. The accident risk is reduced to a of an accident? minimum as the design is made by Austrian company and pipes used „––––––––––––––„ in the power plant are made by French plant. Pressure pipelines will be equiped by early-alarm and emergency closure systems.

39. „––––––––––––––„ How long will be each cast-iron pipe? Cast iron pipe length will probably be 6-8 meters. 40. What is the expected volume of generated waste rock and how will be See section 11 of this Table. „––––––––––––––„ they used/displaced? 41. What type of hazardous waste is expected to be generated during the During the implementation of the activities, following hazardous construction period. waste are expected to be generated: oil waste from vehicles and equipment, oil polluted rags, waste of various paints, etc. „––––––––––––––„ Approximate volume of expected waste and their management conditions are provided in Annex 1 - "Waste Management Plan". Waste Management Plan is prepared according to the "Waste Management Code" and the requirements of the relevant bylaws. 42. „––––––––––––––„ Are blasting works considered during construction phase? See section 10 of this Table. 43. How will the construction and operation of the HPPs will impact the Impact on fish fauna s described in Paragraph 6.7.4. of the EIA number of fish? report.

It should be noted that significant impact is expected during the operation phase. However, arrangement of fish pass is considered for both HPPs. In order to compensate for the damage to fish fauna, „––––––––––––––„ implementer takes responsibility to purchase 20 000 trout fries from privately owned fish farms each year after the completion of the construction phase and during the operation phase and release the fish into headrace, which will significantly reduce the impact on fish fauna.

44. „––––––––––––––„ Who will take responsibility in case of deterioration of fish fauna In case of implementing mitigation measures, no high impact is conditions? expected on fish fauna. Implementation of mitigation measures will

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 312/ 384

be controlled by relevant service of the Ministry of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia. 45. „––––––––––––––„ Is noise propagations expected during the operation of the HPP? The most important sources of noise during operation phase will be hydro turbines. Modern hydraulic turbines will be installed in the power plants, which are not characterized by high levels of noise. Based on the calculations of the EIA report (see Paragraph 6.3.2.) there are no significant risks of noise propagation in surrounding areas of the HPP. 46. „––––––––––––––„ Will pressure pipeline vibrate during operation? During the operation of the HPP, vibration is not expected due to pressure pipeline. Penstock vibration indicates to incorrect installation or malfunctions, which is unacceptable. In this case, the power plant will imediatelly stop the operation and the problem will be eliminated.

47. „––––––––––––––„ Is there any specific social projects considered? During the project, flood-damaged road has been restored in the shortest possible time. In addition, it is planned to rehabilitate the exisiting road and bridges within Lakhami River valley. Water pipe will be arranged along the penstock, through which population will be supplied by drinking water.

During the implementation of the project, medical facilities will be equiped by relevant means. 48. „––––––––––––––„ What will be the share of the investment of 25 million US dollar Approximately 20 million US dollars worth of property will be allocated for Mestia Municipality? allocated in Mestia municipality,1 % of which will be included in the annual municipal budget in the form of property tax. 49. „––––––––––––––„ The opinion was expressed that part of the financial benefits of the This issue can only be resolved at the highest levels of state power plants should remain in local municipality. government.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 313/ 384

12 Conclusions and Recommendations

12.1 Main Conclusions

Following main conclusions were developed within the EIA:

1. The project considers construction and operation of two-step, diversion type, non-regulated (no reservoir) HPP cascades on the riv. Lakhami. The project can be considered as a harmonious part of governmental program of energy development; 2. Baseline conditions of the project region and corridor was studied during the EIA. For this purpose literary sources, fund materials and results of field surveys have been used. Field survey revealed that the main sensitive receptors are the riv. Lakhami, geological, biological and social environments (namely population of the village Lakhami); 3. Given specifics of the activity, environmental impact assessment was carried out for two major stages of the project: construction and operation; 4. According to calculations, emissions of harmful substances from different sources are not significant. In terms of impact on population (Lakhami village), construction site of Lakhami 2 powerhouse and the construction camp to be possibly arranged in vicinity are important. In terms of wildlife forested areas are sensitive (upper part of the HPP cascade); 5. Calculations also reveal that noise impacts during construction and operation of the HPP cascade are notable. Certain impact is expected on fauna and on population of the village Lakhami also during transport operations. However this impact will be of temporary nature; 6. The project corridor passes through geomorphological and geological conditions of medium difficulty. Risks of development of especially dangerous geodynamical processes were not identified. Penstock corridor is relatively sensitive, where small failures were observed. There is some risk of landslide development in one of the sites for which relevant preventive measures will be taken. 7. In terms of impact on water quality the most sensitive areas are: during construction – construction camps territories and construction sites located near the riverbed (sections of pipeline corridor and headworks); during operation – territories of headworks deployment. With consideration of targeted environmental management and implementation of proposed mitigation measures significant deterioration of water quality for construction and operation phases is not expected; 8. A significant environmental impact is a hydrological change (shoaling water) in the riverbed on the section between headworks of Lakhami 1 HPP till powerhouse of Lakhami 2 HPP (within 1380-700 m a.s.l.) during operation phase. Mandatory amount of ecological flow has been established for every headworks; 9. Reduction of water level in the project section of the river will cause impact on some species of mammals, birds, reptiles and amphibians typical for this region; 10. Impact on Ichthyofauna due to change of water level and existence of dams will be high during operation phase. However, relevant mitigation measures have been considered in order to reduce the impact; 11. Preparation of construction sites for infrastructural facilities will be related with destruction of large amount of trees and vegetation cover, which is considered to be a significant negative impact; 12. In case of project implementation significant number of natural habitats will be disturbed, since majority of infrastructural facilities will be arranged on unutilized territories. Impact cause by habitat infringement will be relatively visible on construction stage;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 314/ 384

13. Due to significant distance between protected areas and the project territory risks of impacts is low; 14. Location of historical-cultural monuments and distances rule out risk of direct impact (damage, destruction) on them during construction. There is however a possibility of late discovery of archeological monuments, which will be considered by the implementer; 15. Transport operations during construction phase will increase local traffic flow on certain level. Impact reduction will be possible by selecting alternative routes, advance notification of the population and agreeing with local authorities; 16. Free movement and some agricultural activities of local population may somewhat be limited during construction process. However, the impact is not of long-term nature. It will last till the completion of construction works; 17. Local natural recourses can be used for construction (sand and gravel reserves, water recourses for drinking and technical purposes, forest recourses and etc.), which is also significant in terms of impact on local environment; 18. Other similar projects are planned to be implemented in the project region. Therefore, different type of cumulative impacts are expected during implementation of activities; 19. The project corridor is not located near state borders, thus excluding transboundary impacts; 20. As the result of project implementation, considering mitigation measures low or medium quality residual impact are expected on certain receptors. The most significant residual impacts are impacts on biological environment and hydrological environment of the riv. Lakhami. It is also noteworthy, that:

1. Analysis of the project documentation and baseline conditions of the project region revealed that with consideration of relevant mitigation measures impacts on certain receptors of natural and social environment during construction and operation phases will be reduced by the following factors: • Both headworks consider arrangement of a low lip dam and Tyrolean intake, which allows release of full volume of excessive water and solid sediment into the tailrace; • Given structure of the headworks only a small impoundment will be arranged at headrace, thus excluding risks of negative impacts on local climate and meteorological conditions. Risk of development of hazardous geodynamical processes is also significantly reduced; • Fish passages will be arranged on the headworks, which reduces risks of negative impact on Ichthyofauna till certain extent; • Significant part of communications (penstocks) will be placed underground, which significantly reduces possible impacts on biological environment with consideration of recultivation works; • Significant part of waste rock will be used for construction (for backfilling and also for arrangement of road sub grades). Small amount of waste rock will be placed on an area prepared in advance with observance of relevant rules. Implementation of construction and operation project will be related to significant positive impacts, namely:

• Certain number of temporary and permanent jobs will be created during construction and operation of the infrastructural facilities, which is very important for local population (personnel for the biggest part of low-qualification jobs will be recruited local population); • Construction and operation project considers rehabilitation works for local roads, which must be considered as a positive impact for the local population;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 315/ 384

• Implementation of the project is related to positive impacts as for socio-economic development of Mestia municipality, so for the region.

12.2 Main Measures to be Implemented during Activities

1. Damage of environment will be calculated prior to construction works and relevant financial- economical assessment will be submitted to the Ministry of Environment and Natural Recourse Protection of Georgia; 2. Implementer company and construction contractor will establish a strict control over implementation of mitigation measures considered by the EIA report and activities considered by conclusion of ecological expertise 3. Personnel employed for construction and later for operation will undergo periodical (every 6 months) training and testing on environmental and occupational safety matters; 4. Personnel working on construction and operation phases of the project will be equipped with means of personal protection; 5. Tree felling within the territories of state forest fund during construction and operation of the project will be agreed with the body entitled to manage the forest fund; 6. In order to compensate the damage of vegetation cover during construction works the project documentation will consider recultivation and landscaping works of the construction sites; 7. In order to compensate damage cause to bats, for each felled hollow tree 10 times more different types of artificial shelters (in accordance with established methodology) will be installed after completion of construction works; 8. Twice a year, after spring and autumn floods, a monitoring over sediment release from headrace from tailrace in the headwork sections will be carried out; 9. Systematic registration of hydrological parameters will be established on alignments of the headworks. Ecological flow release will be monitored and data will be regularly supplied to relevant agencies; 10. In case of river flow equal to ecological flow or less the HPPs will stop operating and the full amount of flow will be released into tailrace of the headworks; 11. Ecological flow will be released using fishway, which shall provide more or less natural migration conditions for Ichthyofauna; 12. In order to minimize risk of fish damage (death) in the pressure tract, fish screens will be arranged on intakes; 13. Monitoring over technical functionality and efficiency will be conducted, which is especially important during reproduction and migration periods; 14. In order to compensate for the damage to fish fauna, implementer takes responsibility to purchase 40 000 trout fries from privately owned fish farms each year after the completion of the construction phase and during the operation phase and release the fish into headrace of the headworks under the supervision of the representatives of the Minister of Environment and Natural Resources Protection of Georgia. In order to allow a quick adaptation of a fry to the environment, trout fry conditioning should be 4-5 g (average weight); 15. Within the first 2-3 years of operation Ichthyofauna species will be monitored in order to plan additional mitigation measures, if required; 16. If Ichthyological survey reveals, that existing ecological flow causes irreversible degradation of the biodiversity, the activities will be renewed in accordance with increased ecological flow established as a result of monitoring;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 316/ 384

17. Waste management activities presented within this report shall be implemented; 18. For optimization of oil storage and usage rules observance a storage area will be arranged on the territory of powerhouses, which will be equipped with means against oil spill and distribution; 19. Following mitigation measures will be considered for minimization of development risks of hazardous geodynamical processes: • Active landslide formations will be removed from the slopes and the slopes will be given a stable inclination angle; • On sensitive areas of pipeline corridor the slopes will be carefully cleaned. The slopes will be given a stable inclination angle; • Surface and underground waters will be withdrawn with a condition not to cause additional moistening of the slopes beneath; • Tree felling in the corridors of penstock and access roads will be controlled; • To avoid deformation of road sub grade gabions will be arranged beneath them, if required; • Materials and wastes will be disposed so, not to provoke erosion of washing off from the construction site by surface runoff. The piles cannot be higher than 2 m. the piles must have a relevant inclination (450). Water abstraction channels must be arranged on the territory; • After completion of construction works recultivation and landscaping works will be conducted on the construction sites; • Foundations of the main buildings will be arranged basing on engineer geological surveys, in the bedrock; • Protective dams will be arranged on the sensitive areas on the side of the slopes; • Ground reinforcement works will be conducted along the upper slopes of penstock corridor, especially on dangerous sections. Tree and vegetation cover planting and growing will be promoted; • Hazardous geological phenomena will be monitored on every sensitive section, especially in the first 2 years. Relevant competent staff will be involved into the process (engineer geologists). Appropriate preventive measures will be carried out within shortest terms, if required. 20. In case of urgent necessity of inert material extraction, the activity will be carried out only basing on a license on mineral extraction.

Responsibility on the implementation of environmental activities during the construction and operation of Lakhami HPP is taken by the executor company - LLC “Austrian Georgian Development“

13 References

1. საქართველოს კანონი „გარემოზე ზემოქმედების ნებართვის შესახებ“. 2. საქართველოს კანონი „ატმოსფერული ჰაერის დაცვის შესახებ“. 3. საქართველოს მთავრობის 2014 წლის 6 იანვრის დადგენილება № 42 „ატმოსფერული ჰაერის დაბინძურების სტაციონარული წყაროების ინვენტარიზაციის ტექნიკური რეგლამენტის დამტკიცების შესახებ“ 4. საქართველოსმთავრობის 2013 წლის 31 დეკემბრის №408 დადგენილება „ატმოსფერულჰაერშიმავნენივთიერებათაზღვრულადდასაშვებიგაფრქვევისნორმებისგაანგარიშე ბისტექნიკურირეგლამენტისდამტკიცებისთაობაზე“. 5. საქართველოს შრომის, ჯანმრთელობისა და სოციალური დაცვის მინისტრის 2003 წლის 24 თებერვლის ბრძანება №38/ნ «გარემოს ხარისხობრივი მდგომარეობის ნორმების დამტკიცების შესახებ». 6. საქართველოს ეკონომიკური განვითარების მინისტრის 2008 წლის 25 აგვისტოს ბრძანება № 1- 1/1743 „დაპროექტების ნორმების-„სამშენებლო კლიმატოლოგია“.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 317/ 384

7. საქართველოს მთავრობის 2013 წლის 31 დეკემბრის დადგენილება № 435 „დაბინძურების სტაციონარული წყაროებიდან ატმოსფერულ ჰაერში გაფრქვევების ფაქტობრივი რაოდენობის განსაზღვრის ინსტრუმენტული მეთოდის, დაბინძურების სტაციონარული წყაროებიდან ატმოსფერულ ჰაერში გაფრქვევების ფაქტობრივი რაოდენობის დამდგენი სპეციალური გამზომ- საკონტროლო აპარატურის სტანდარტული ჩამონათვალისა და დაბინძურების სტაციონარული წყაროებიდან ტექნოლოგიური პროცესების მიხედვით ატმოსფერულ ჰაერში გაფრქვევების ფაქტობრივი რაოდენობის საანგარიშო მეთოდიკის შესახებ ტექნიკური რეგლამენტის დამტკიცების თაობაზე“. 8. Методические указания по определению выбросов загрязняющих веществ в атмосферу из резервуаров".2000 г. 9. «Методическое пособие по расчету выбросов от неорганизованных источников в промышленности строительных материалов», Новороссийск, 2001; 10. Временные методические указания по расчету выбросов загрязняющих веществ (пыли) в атмосферу при складировании и перегрузке сыпучих материалов на предприятиях речного флота», Белгород, 1992. 11. «Методическое пособие по расчету, нормированию и контролю выбросов загрязняющих веществ в атмосферный воздух», СПб., 2005. 12. “ Дополнения к методике проведения инвентаризации выбросов загрязняющих веществ в атмосферу для баз дорожной техники (расчетным методом). М, 1999 13. УПРЗА ЭКОЛОГ, версия 3.00 ФИРМА "ИНТЕГРАЛ" Санкт-Петербург 2001-2005 г. 14. Ресурсы поверхностных вод СССР, том 9, Закавказье и Дагестан, выпуск 1, Западное Закавказье. Гидрометеоиздат, Ленинград, 1974 г. 15. Технические указания по расчету максимального стока рек в условиях Кавказа. Закавказский региональный научно-исследовательский институт (Зак НИИ), Тбилиси, 1980 г., стр. 71. 16. დოლუხანოვი ა., სახოკია მ., ხარაძე ა. 1946. ზემო სვანეთის მცენარეული საფარის ძირითადი ნიშნები. თბილისის ბოტ. ინსტ. შრომები, 9. 17. ზურებიანი ბ. 1976. მესტია-ჭალის ხეობის ფლორა და მცენარეულობა. დისერტაცია. თბილისი. 18. ივანიაშვილი მ. 2000. ბიოლოგიური მრავალფეროვნების საერთაშორისო გარემოსდაცვითი კანონი. მერიდიანი, თბილისი. 19. კეცხოველი ნ. ნ. 1935. საქართველოს მცენარეულობის ტიპები. თბილისი. 20. კეცხოველი ნ.ნ. 1957. საქართველოს კულტურულ მცენარეთა ზონები. მეცნიერება. თბილისი. 21. კეცხოველი ნ.ნ. 1959. საქართველოს მცენარეული საფარის რუკა. დანართი წიგნისა: “საქართველოს მცენარეული საფარი”. თბილისი. 22. კეცხოველი ნ.ნ., 1960. საქართველოს მცენარეული საფარი. თბილისი. 23. მარუაშვილის ლ. 1970. საქართველოს ფიზიკური გეოგრაფია. თბილისი. 24. მაყაშვილი ა. 1995. საქართველოს ხეები და ბუჩქები (რედ. გ. ნახუცრიშვილი და ნ. ზაზანაშვილი). WWF, თბილისი. 25. ოჩიაური დ. 1966. ახალი მონაცემები საქართველოს ფლორისათვის. საქ. მეც. აკად. მოამბე, ტ.41, № 3. 26. საქართველოს კანონი დაცული ტერიტორიების სისტემის შესახებ მიღებული საქართველოს პარლამენტის მიერ (7 მარტი, 1996). საქართველოს პარლამენტის ნორმატიული აქტები, თბილისი, 2000, 10-17. 27. საქართველოს მცენარეების სარკვევი. 1969. 2. საქ. მეცნ. აკად. გამოც., თბილისი. 28. საქართველოს ფლორა. 1941-1952. 1-8. საქ. მეცნ. აკად. გამოც., თბილისი. 29. საქართველოს ფლორა. 1970-2000. 1-13. მეცნიერება, თბილისი. 30. საქართველოს სსრ წითელი წიგნი. 1982. საბჭოთა საქართველო, თბილისი. 31. ქვაჩაკიძე რ. 1996. საქართველოს გეობოტანიკური დარაიონება. მეცნიერება, თბილისი. 32. ქიმერიძე კ, 1985. მაღალმთის მდელოების გავრცელების კანონზომიერება ენგურისა და ცხენისწყლის აუზებში. კრებულში სვანეთის ფლორა დამცენარეულობა. თბილისის ბოტ. ინსტ. შრომები, ტ. XXX.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 318/ 384

33. ქიმერიძე კ. 1979. ქვემო სვანეთის მაღალმთის მდელოები. ქვემო სვანეთის მცენარეული საფარის დაცვისა და გამოყენების საკითხებისადმი 34. მიძღვნილი ბოტანიკის ინსტიტუტის სამეცნიერო სესია. თბილისი. 35. Гагнидзе Р. И. 1974. Ботанико-географический анализ флороценотического комплекса субальпийского высокотравья Кавказа. Тбилиси. 36. Долуханов А.Г. 1989. Растительность Грузии. 1. Лесная растительность Грузии. Мецниереба, Тбилиси. 37. Зайконникова Т. И. 1975. Новый вид рябины на Кавказе. Бот. журн., 59, 2. 38. Зыков И. В. 1956. Факторы высокотравья в горных ландшафтах. Бот. журн., 41, 8. 39. Панютин П. С. 1939. Высокотравье Западного Кавказа. Изв. геогр. общ., 71, 9. 40. Федоров Ан. А. 1952. История высокогорной флоры Кавказа в четвертичное время, как 41. пример автохтонного развития третичной основы. Мат. четверт. пер. СССР, З, М.-Л. 42. Харадзе А. Л. 1944. Очерк флоры субнивального пояса Верхней Сванети. Зам. сист. геогр. 43. раст. (Тбилиси) 12. 44. Харадзе А. Л. 1965. О субнивальном поясе Большого Кавказа. Зам. сист. геогр. раст. 45. (Тбилиси) 25. 46. Черепанов С.К. 1981. Сосудистые растения СССР. Наука, Ленинград. 47. Akhalkatsi, M., Kimeridze, M., Lorenz, R., Kuenkele, S., Mosulishvili, M. 2003. Diversity andConservation of Georgian Orchids. Tbilisi. 48. Bitsadze, M., Rukhadze, A. (2001). The species of wild fauna and flora of Georgia in the appendix lists of the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of the Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES). Tbilisi. 49. Braun-Blanquet, J. 1964. Pflanzensoziologie, Grundzüge der Vegetationskunde, 3rd ed. Springer, Wien- New York. 50. Canter L.W. 1996. Environmental impact assessment. 2nd ed. McGraw-Hill. New York, London, Tokyo, Toronto. 51. Convention on Biological Diversity. 1995. UNEP. Switzerland (Russian version). 52. Council of Europe. Convention on the conservation of European wildlife and natural habitats. Bern, 19.09.1979. 53. Forest Code of Georgia. 1999. Tbilisi. 54. Groombridge B. (ed.). 1992. Global biodiversity: Status of the Earth’s Living Resources. Chapman & Hall, London, 47-52. 55. Harcharik D.A. 1997. The future of world forestry. Unasylva 190/191, 48, 4-8. 56. Hilton-Taylor, C. (compiler). 2000. 2000 IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. 57. Isik K., Yaltirik F., Akesen A. 1997. The interrelationship of forests, biological diversity and the maintenance of natural resources. Unasylva 190/191, 48, 19-29. 58. IUCN. 2001. IUCN Red List Categories and Criteria: Version 3.1. IUCN Species Survival Commission. IUCN, Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. 59. IUCN. 2003. 2003 IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. [web application]. Available at www.iucnredlist.org. (Accessed: 27 September 2004). 60. IUCN 2004. 2004 IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. [web application]. Available at: http://www.iucnredlist.org. 61. IUCN Red List Guidelines 2004 [web application]. Available at: http://www.iucnredlist.org. 62. Lanly J.-P. 1997. World forest resources: situation and prospects. Unasylva 190/191, 48, 9-18. 63. Morris P. 1995. Ecology overview. EIA. 197-225. 64. Morris P., Thurling D., Shreeve T. 1995. Terrestrial ecology. EIA, 227-241. 65. Nakhutsrishvili G. 1999. The Vegetation of Georgia. Braun-Blanquetia, 15, 1-74. 66. Northen H.T. 1968. Introductory plant science. Third ed. The Ronald Press Company, New 67. York.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 319/ 384

68. Red List of Endangered Species of Georgia. 2003. Legisl. Proc. 3, Order N76, GSS Codex, GSS code- www.gss-ltd.com. 69. Red List of Georgia. 2006. Internet version, order. 70. Sakhokia M.F. 1961 (ed.). Botanical excursions over Georgia. Tbilisi. 71. The 2000 IUCN red list of threatened species. 2000 UNEP, WCMC. 72. WDPA Consortium. 2004. 2004 World Database on Protected Areas. IUCN-WCPA and UNEP-WCMC, Gland, Switzerland, Washington, DC, USA and Cambridge, UK. 73. საქართველოს კანონი ცხოველთა სამყაროს დაცვის შესახებ, საქართველოს პრეზიდენტის ბრძანება # 540, 1996 წ. 26 დეკემბერი. 74. საქართველოს წითელი ნუსხა, საქართველოს პრეზიდენტის ბრძანება №303, 2006 წ. 2 მაისი. 75. ბუხნიკაშვილი ა. 2004. მასალები საქართველოს წვრილ ძუძუმწოვართა (Insectivora, Chiroptera, Lagomorpha, Rodentia) კადასტრისათვის. გამ. “უნივერსალი”, თბილისი: 144 გვ. 76. გურიელიძე ზ. 1996. საშუალო და მსხვილი ძუძუმწოვრები. წიგნში: “საქართველოს ბიომრავალფეროვნების პროგრამის მასალები”. თბილისი: 74-82. 77. ჟორდანია რ., გოგილაშვილი გ.1976. სვანეთის ფრინველები. Acta ornitologica,vol.XV, № 6.Warszawa. pp323-338 78. კეცხოველი ნ. 1960. საქართველოს მცენარეული საფარი. თბ. 79. კუტუბიძე მ. 1985. საქართველოს ფრინველების სარკვევი. თსუ გამომცემლობა, თბილისი: 645 გვ. 80. Бакрадзе М.А., Чхиквишвили В.М.1992. Аннотированный список амфибий и рептилий, обитающих в Грузии.//საქართველოსსსრმეცნიერებათააკადემიისმოამბე, თბილისიCXLVI, №3. გვ.623-628. 81. Верещагин Н.К. 1959. Млекопитающие Кавказа. История формирования фауны // Изд. АН СССР, М.-Л. : 703 с. 82. Кузнецов А. А., Банин Д. И. 1982. Материалы к орнитофауне Верхней Сванетии. Орнитология, № 17. М., стр. 169-170. 83. ,,სსრ კავშირის ზედაპირული წყლის რესურსები, ტომი IX, გამოშვება I; 84. მონოგრაფია „საქართველოს წყლის ბალანსი“; 85. www.geostat.ge

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 320/ 384

14 Annexes

14.1 Annex 1. Management Plan for Waste Expected to be Generated during Activities

14.1.1 Introduction

Waste management plan is represented in this chapter. Waste Management Plan is prepared for the planned activities based on currently available information. Part of the issues will be specified and corrected prior to the construction works (after revealing the construction contractor and issues of construction organization will be determined) and after completion of construction works (prior to the operation of the HPPs).

The Waste Management Plan has been prepared on the basis of the requirements of “Waste Management Code”. In accordance to the first clause of the Article 14 of the Law “physical or legal entities, which produce more than 200 tons of non-dangerous waste during a year or more than 1000 tons of inert materials or any amount of hazardous waste are obliged to develop Waste Management Plan of their companies.” Waste Management Plan is updated every 3 years, or in case of substantial changes in the waste type, quantity and development process.

In case of implementation of Lakhami HPPs cascade project, it is expected that a significant volume of nonhazardous waste, as well as hazardous waste will be generated during the construction and operation phases, Waste Management Plan has been prepared by the company, which contains the following information:

• Developer company; • Objectives and goals of waste management plan; • Hierarchy and principles of waste management; • Generated waste; • Information about waste prevention and recovery measures; • Description of waste separation method; • Methods and conditions of temporary storage of waste; • Waste transportation; • Waste processing methods. Available information on person/organization who will be responsible for waste processing; • Waste handling requirements; • Waste control methods. Information about developer company is given in Table 14.1.1.1.

Table 14.1.1.1.

Developer company LLC "Austrian Georgian Development" Address of developer company Mestia Municipality, Chuberi community Construction and operation of diversion HPPs Type of activity cascade LLC "Austrian Georgian Development": Legal form Limited Liability Company Legal address of Company Vaja Pshavela avenue 12, b 28, Tbilisi Company Registration Date 18.06.2013 Company Identification Number 404997232

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 321/ 384

Contact Person - Director Giorgi Abramishvili E- mail address [email protected] Contact telephone 599515940 Person responsible for waste management Giga Kemashvili Contact person 595414105

14.1.2 Objectives and Tasks of the Waste Management Plan

The given waste management plan sets the rules for collection, transportation, disposal, deactivation and utilization of industrial and household waste generated during Lakhami HPP cascade construction and operation process and is in compliance with requirements of sanitary-hygienic and epidemiological standards and regulations.

The main objectives of waste management process are as follows:

• To provide waste identification according to their types; • To provide waste separation and collection, observance of rules necessary for the temporary storage in order to exclude impact on environment or human health; • To provide waste transportation to exclude waste scattering, loss, creating emergency situations, posing threats to environment or human health; • To select methods of neutralization, processing or utilization safe for environment and health; • To reduce the amount of waste; • Reusing wastes; • To define personnel responsible for waste management; • To provide industrial and household waste record.

The plan includes all types of planned activities that generate waste, including:

• Activities under normal operational conditions; • Activities under abnormal operational conditions (e.g.: during repairing works); • Work in emergency situations. Performance of the instructions provided within the plan is mandatory for every employee and contractor of the “Austrian Georgian Development” LLC.

14.1.3 Waste Management Hierarchy and Principle

Waste management policy of Georgia and Georgian legislation on waste management is based on the following hierarchy of waste management:

• Prevention; • Preparation for reusing; • Recycling;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 322/ 384

• Other types of recovery, including energy recovery;

• Disposal. When defining certain responsibilities regarding waste management hierarchy the following should be considered:

• Environmental benefits; • Technical feasibility by using the best available equipment;

• Economic viability. The waste management should be implemented avoiding threats to environment and human health, namely so that waste management:

• Does not pose threats to water, air, soil, flora and fauna;

• Does not cause damage by noise and odor; • Does not impact negatively on the whole area of the country, especially- on protected areas and cultural heritage. Waste management is carried out with consideration of the following principles:

• „The principle of taking preliminary security measure” – The measures should be taken in order to prevent threats to the environment posed by wastes, even when there is no scientifically confirmed data; • The principle of “polluter pays” – the waste generator or waste owner is obliged to cover waste management expenses; • „Proximity principle“ – wastes should be treated on the nearest waste treatment facility, considering environmental and economic efficiency; • „The principle of self-provision“ – integrated and adequate network of municipal waste disposal and recovery facilities should be set up and operate.

14.1.4 Information on Planned Activities

Project on the construction and operation of Lakhami HPPs cascade is described in details in Paragraph 3 of this EIA report.

14.1.5 Types and Approximate Quantities of Waste Generated during Implementation of the Planned Activities

Types and approximate amounts of waste expected in the process of implementation of the planned activities are provided in the table 14.1.5.1.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 323/ 384

Table 14.1.5.1. List of generated waste during the implementation of planned activities

Approximate volume Basel Waste Hazardous Hazardous Construction Disposal / recovery Conventio Name of waste code (yes/no) characteristic phase Operation phase operations n code

Hazardous waste management will Paint residues and paint 08 01 11 Yes H 6 – „Toxic“ 80-100kg/a 10-20 kg/a be transferred to the appropriate Y12 containers licensed organizations. Hazardous waste management will Lead-containing batteries of 16 06 01 Yes H 15 5-6 unit/a 2-3 unit/a be transferred to the appropriate Y31 vehicles and special techniques licensed organizations.

Hazardous waste management will

12 01 10 Oil waste, lubricants Yes H 6 – „Toxic“ 100-120 kg/a 1,0-1,2 t/a be transferred to the appropriate

licensed organizations. Y9 Fluorescent lamps, and so Hazardous waste management will 16 01 08 forth. Mercury-containing Yes H 6 – „Toxic“ 15-20 unit/a 15-20 unit/a be transferred to the appropriate Y29 items licensed organizations. 02 01 07 Wood waste No - - 5-10 m3/a Disposed on local landfill - Hazardous waste management will Oil polluted rags (cleaning 15 02 02 Yes H 15 15-20 kg/a 40-50kg/a be transferred to the appropriate Y9 cloths and protective clothing) licensed organizations. Used tires of vehicles and Transferred to tire recycling 16 01 03 No - 10-15 unit/a 10-15 unit/a special techniques infrastructure subcontractor - Hazardous waste management will Oil filters of used vehicles and 16 01 07 Yes H 15 10-15 unit/a 10-15 unit/a be transferred to the appropriate Y9 special techniques licensed organizations. 16 01 17 Ferrous and ferrous metal Delivered to scrap metal collecting Y17 No - 2-3 t/a 1,0-1,5 t/a 16 01 18 wastes plants Polyethylene waste (packaging 16 01 19 and sealing materials, pipes No - 60-80 kg/a 40-50 kg/a Disposed at domestic waste landfill Y17 and so on.).

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 324/ 384

The staff's accumulated 20 03 01 No - 30 m3/a 22 m3/a Disposed at domestic waste landfill domestic (mixed) waste Y46 Welding electrodes Hazardous waste management will 10 03 23 Yes H 14 70-80 kg/a 20-30 kg/a be transferred to the appropriate Y32 licensed organizations. Petroleum hydrocarbons Hazardous waste management will 17 05 05 contaminated soil Yes H 15 Depends on spill scale be transferred to the appropriate Y9 licensed organizations. Hazardous waste management will 08 03 17 Laser cartridges Yes H 6 20-25 unit/a 20-30 unit/a be transferred to the appropriate Y31 licensed organizations.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 325/ 384

14.1.6 Waste Management Process Description

14.1.6.1 Waste Prevention and Recovery Measures

Following measures for waste prevention and recovery will be considered during the implementation of the planned activities (construction and operation of the HPP cascade):

• Any type of building materials, items or substances will be brought to the territory in the amount required for proper implementation of technological processes/construction works. Long-term storage of the material on the site will not occur; • Major part of construction materials, structures, items necessary for technological processes will be brought in ready-made forms (e.g.: inert materials, timber, etc.); • During purchasing of construction materials, structures, items necessary for technological processes the priority will be given to the environmentally safe and quality products. Compliance of products with international standards will be checked (e.g. presence of POPs PCB in oil products to be brought will be controlled); • Preference will be given to substances, materials and chemical compounds that are re-useable or recyclable, biologically degradable and safe for the environment; • Borders of the construction corridors will be strictly controlled in order not to exceed designated areas and to avoid generation of additional inert and vegetation waste; Generated waste will be reused as much as possible (e.g. steel structures, polyethylene materials, etc.).

14.1.6.2 Separated Collection of Waste

Separated collection method of waste will be organized and established in the process of implementation of the planned activities. The procedure will be carried out basing on types and hazard levels of the waste: • Two plastic containers of different colors will be placed on territories of construction camps and construction sites, and during the operation phase - on the territory of the HPPs. The containers shall have relevant inscriptions: o One of them will be intended for household waste collection; o The other one for collection of hazardous waste such as: oil filters of the vehicles, oil product polluted rags and other cleaning products, paint containers free from liquid mass, welding electrodes and etc; • Outdated and malfunctioning batteries (still not drained from electrolyte) will be removed directly to a temporary storage area (storage facility) and disposed in wooden boxes, which will have a metal pallets; • Liquid hazardous wastes (oil, lubricants, paint remains, etc.), will be collected separately in closed plastic or metal barrels and removed to the temporary storage area; • Luminescent lamps and other mercury-containing items will be placed in well-closed plastic bags and then in a cardboard packaging and will be removed to a temporary storage area; • Used laser printer cartridges will be placed in well-closed plastic bags and will be removed to a temporary storage area;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 326/ 384

• Used tires will be collected on waste generation area, on open ground covered with solid pavement; • Contaminated soil and ground will be stored in vicinity of the place of occurrence, on a closed ground covered with solid pavement; • Wood waste will be collected on-site of generation, on a specially designated site; Sawdust - in a shed or on area covered with polyethylene; • Ferrous and non-ferrous scrap will be accumulated on-site of generation in a specially designated area;

• Polyethylene waste (packaging, sealing materials, pipes, etc.) will be accumulated on-site of generation in a specially designated area. It will be prohibited to:

• Accumulate waste at the site of generation for a long period of time (over 1 week); • Store hazardous waste in containers designated for solid household waste; • Collect and store liquid hazardous waste on open areas, not protected from precipitation; • Burn rubber and other waste; • Discharge oil, lubricants, electrolytes into river or sewer system; • Mechanically impact on accumulators and cartridges.

14.1.6.3 Methods and Terms for Temporary Storage of Waste

Waste rock generated during the implementation of the project will be used for project purposes. In case of need of landfill arrangement, this issue will be agreed with local authorities. In order to reduce water- borne erosion risks channels for water abstraction will be arranged on the perimeter of the disposal area. After completion of arrangement of waste rock disposal area the surface will be recultivated. Following conditions should be considered for temporary storage sites of waste generated during the planned activities: • During the construction and operation phases storage facility for hazardous waste will be arranged in accordance with the following requirements: o Facilities will have appropriate labels and will be protected from exposure to atmospheric precipitation and strangers encroachment; o Warehouse floor and walls will have hard covers; o Warehouse ceiling will be arranged with moist-proof materials; o The facility will be equipped with a wash stand and tap, water intake trap; o Shelves and racks will be arranged for placement of waste; o Waste will be placed only in hermetic packages, which will have the proper labeling. Temporary waste storages will meet the following requirements:

• Cover of the site will be solid;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 327/ 384

• The whole perimeter of the site will be fenced in order to exclude spills of harmful substances into the river or soil; • Convenient access road to the site should be ensured; • Precipitation and wind exposure to the waste is subject to the effective protection (shed, waste container, etc.);

• Appropriate signs will be arranged throughout the perimeter and site will be protected from unauthorized encroachment.

14.1.6.4 Waste Transportation Rules

Waste will be transported in full compliance with sanitary and environmental regulations: • All operations related to waste loading/unloading and transportation will be mechanized and impermeable;

• Loss and scattering of waste during transportation is inadmissible; • During transportation the accompanying person will have the document – “request on the removal of hazardous waste”, which must be confirmed by the management; • After the completion of transportation the vehicles should be cleaned, washed and decontaminated (the vehicles should be washed in the carwashes existing in the region, washing vehicles in riverbeds is prohibited); • A vehicle used for waste transportation should have a warning sign.

14.1.6.5 Waste Treatment/Final Disposal

Household waste placed in containers will be removed according to their accumulation (2-3 times in a month) to the nearest landfill (Mestia or Zugdidi landfill). According to currently effective legislation felled trees and plants must be placed on the territory selected by the National Forestry Agency LEPL of the Ministry of Environment and Natural Recourse Protection of Georgia and shall be handed over to the same organization for further management. Other types of wood waste (rods, boards, etc.) will be used again where possible or after appropriate procedures will be handed over to the local authorities/communities. The part of useless plant waste will be removed to the existing landfill. Metal waste and scrap will be delivered to the scrap-receiving points. In accordance with accumulation further management of every type of hazardous waste will be carried out by contractor holding a relevant license (contactor will be revealed before the start of the activity). Waste rock will be used for project purposes (in the form of backfilling, road works, etc.)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 328/ 384

14.1.6.6 Waste Processing Methods

Table 14.1.6.6.1 provides codes of waste recovery and disposal according to I and II Annexes of Waste Management Code.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 329/ 384

Table 14.1.6.6.1. Codes of waste recovery and disposal

Recovery code Disposal code Waste Name of waste Hazardous (yes/no) code

08 01 11 Paint residues and paint containers Yes - D5 16 06 01 Lead-containing batteries of vehicles and special techniques Yes - D5 12 01 10 Oil waste, lubricants Yes - D5 16 01 08 Fluorescent lamps, and so forth. Mercury-containing items Yes - D5 02 01 07 Wood waste No R4 - 15 02 02 Oil polluted rags (cleaning cloths and protective clothing) Yes D5 16 01 03 Used tires of vehicles and special techniques No R4 16 01 07 Oil filters of used vehicles and special techniques Yes - D5 16 01 17 R4 - Ferrous and ferrous metal wastes No 16 01 18 16 01 19 Polyethylene waste (packaging and sealing materials, pipes and so on.). No R4 -

20 03 01 The staff's accumulated domestic (mixed) waste No - D1 10 03 23 Welding electrodes Yes R4 - 17 05 05 Petroleum hydrocarbons contaminated soil Yes - D5 Yes - D5 08 03 17 Laser cartridges

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 330/ 384

14.1.6.7 General Requirements for Safe Handling of Waste

• Staff members that are engaged in waste management activities (collection, storage, transportation, reception/delivery) will undergo relevant training in labor protection and occupational safety matters; • Personnel will be provided with special uniforms, footwear and personal protective equipment. If necessary, staff clothing are subject to special treatment, especially after performing works related to hazardous waste; • Personnel should be able to carry out first aid in case of poisoning or trauma during working with waste;

• A person who has not taken the proper training, has no special clothing or has signs of illness, will not be allowed on working area; • It is prohibited to dispose waste on the site of waste generation in bigger amounts than stipulated by the norms. Waste disposal is not allowed near the heating and spark-generating sources.

• Compatibility of waste will be considered when disposing several types of waste together; • Storing of strange objects, personal clothing, uniforms, individual protection means and eating on waste accumulation areas is prohibited; • Personal hygiene norms should be strictly protected while working with waste; after finishing the work it is necessary to wash hands with soap and warm water; • In case of signs of poisoning, a work must stop and a person must address the nearest medical center and notify the head of the structural unit; • Firefighting equipment will be provided on fire hazardous waste collection sites. Smoking and using open fire is strictly forbidden in such areas; • Personnel should be aware of waste properties and firefighting rules. Extinguishing of burning easily inflammable or combustible liquids is possible with fire-extinguishers, sand or asbestos tissues; • It is prohibited to extinguish burning solvents with water.

14.1.6.8 Waste Control Methods

During construction and operation phases properly trained personnel will be allocated, who will be periodically trained and tested. The mentioned personnel will keep a special journal, where relevant entries will be made. The volume of generated, accumulated and removed waste will be recorded and documented. Personnel responsible for waste management will systematically control the following:

• Suitability of waste collection containers; • Labeling of the container; • Condition of temporary waste disposal sites/storages; • Volume of accumulated waste and compliance with the established standards (visual control); • Observance of periodicity of waste removal from structural unit area;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 331/ 384

• Observance of ecological security and safety protection requirements.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 332/ 384

14.2 Annex 2. Schemes and Profiles of Boreholes Arranged within the Project Corridor

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 333/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 334/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 335/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 336/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 337/ 384

Gamma Consulting

EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 338/ 384

Gamma Consulting

EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 339/ 384

Gamma Consulting

EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 340/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 341/ 384

Gamma Consulting

EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 342/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 343/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 344/ 384

14.3 Annex 3. Geological maps compiled during II stage of engineering-geological survey

Figure 000 engineering-geological map PK0 + 00 - PK8 + 00 (Part 1)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 345/ 384

Engineering-geological map PK0 + 00 - PK8 + 00 (Part 2)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 346/ 384

Figure 000. Engineering-geological map PK8 + 00 - PK18 + 00 (Part 1)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 347/ 384

Engineering-geological map PK8 + 00 - PK18 + 00 (Part 2)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 348/ 384

Figure 000. Engineering-geological map PK18 + 00 - PK28 + 00 (Part 1)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 349/ 384

Engineering-geological map PK18 + 00 - PK28 + 00 (Part 2)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 350/ 384

Figure 000. Engineering-geological map PK28 + 00 - PK37 + 75 (Part 1)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 351/ 384

Engineering-geological map PK28 + 00 - PK37 + 75 (Part 2)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 352/ 384

Drawings Conventional Signs – 1

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 353/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 354/ 384

Drawings Conventional Signs – 2

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 355/ 384

14.4 Annex 4. Response Plan on Emergencies Expected in Process of Construction and Operation of the HPP Cascade

14.4.1 Objectives and Tasks of the Emergency Response Plan

The goal of the Emergency Response Plan is to create and define guidelines for Lakhami HPP cascade construction and operator company personnel, in order to ensure the provision of rational, coordinated and efficient activities by the personnel during the response and liquidation process on technogenic accidents and incidents of any scale, as well as protection of staff, population and environment.

Tasks of the Emergency Response Plan are as follows:

• The identification of possible emergency types during implementation of planned activities (construction and operation) according to its specification; • Identification of each emergency response group members, equipment, action plan and responsibilities during emergency situations; • Identification of internal and external communication system, their order, communication means and methods and to ensuring delivery of notification (information) about emergency situation; • The immediate activation of internal resources and if necessary, mobilization of additional resources according to stated rules and definition of relevant procedures; • Ensuring activation of emergency response organizational system; • Ensuring compliance with the legislative, regulatory and safety requirements of the internal policy during emergency response process. The Emergency Response Plan considers requirements of Georgian laws and regulations.

14.4.2 Types of Emergency Situations

National legislation defines following formation-based emergency situations: • Technogenic; • Natural; • Social; • Military (it is noteworthy, that the project territory is located in vicinity of the occupied region). Considering volumes of emergency situation result, response forces and amount of material resources as well as area and scale of distribution following levels of emergency situations are defined: • National; • Autonomous; • Regional; • Local; • Objective.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 356/ 384

Considering specificities of planned activities, following types of emergency situations are expected:

• Emergency situations related to damage of the hydraulic structures, including: intake and penstock damage; • Accidental spill risks of pollutants; • Fire (including landscape, i.e. forest fire); • Traffic accidents;

• Personnel traumatism It is noteworthy, that emergency situations, listed above, may be subsequent and development of one emergency situation may initialize another one.

14.4.2.1 Emergency Damage of Hydraulic Structures – Hydrodynamic Accident

One of the main issues of HPP operation is risks hydraulic structure damage and development of related processes. According to the world statistics, likelihood of accident occurrence on the hydraulic structures is an increasing trend, especially after 30-40 years of operation.

Damaging factors of the hydraulic structures can be:

• Technogenic: design errors, failure to execute construction norms and violation of operation conditions, lack of professionalism of staff, incompetence and negligence, terrorism, vandalism and etc.; • Natural: extreme water runoff, hazardous meteorological phenomena, earthquakes, landslides, mudflows, avalanches and etc. Crash on the hydraulic structure can be expressed as follows:

• Damage of headworks (dam, water intake); • Penstock damage, failure of its filtration endure; • Damage and malfunction of technological equipment-mechanisms (regulatory shields of water intake) Depending on morphological-geological and climatic conditions of the location damage caused by natural factors is rather high. However, it should be considered that arrangement of large dam and reservoir is not considered, thus reducing risks of further development of undesirable situations and its scales.

It should be noted, that the HPP will be of two steps. Damage of one step (especially the top step) may cause problems with hydraulic structures of the second step.

14.4.2.2 Accidental Spill of Pollutants Oil spill risk may be related to violation of storage condition, fuel or oil leakage from vehicles and equipment and etc.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 357/ 384

In terms of oil and oil product spill on construction phase of the project sensitive districts are construction camps (mainly warehouses) and all construction sites, where machinery and other equipment are intensively used.

High-risk areas during the operation phase are the following:

• Powerhouse territories (spill and distribution of transformer oils, spill and spread of turbine oils into discharge water); • Storage areas of oils, oil products and other hazardous substances.

Subsequent processes of such emergencies may be:

• Fire/explosion; • Poisoning of personnel or population.

14.4.2.3 Fire/Explosion Risk of fire distribution and explosion may occur both, during construction and operation phases. Fire causing factor can mainly be man-made, namely: indifference of the construction or service personnel and violation of safety rules, violation of storage and consumption rules of oil products, oils and other flammable/explosive materials and etc. however, explosion and fire may be also cause by natural events.

It is to be noted, that the project will be developed and individual objects of the HPPs infrastructure will be located near dense forests. Therefore, the risk of landscape fires is present, especially on construction phase.

Sensitive areas on construction phase are:

• Territory of construction camp, namely storages of flammable materials.

On operation phase fire/explosion development is mostly expected within powerhouse and transmission line.

Subsequent process of fire/explosion may be:

• Activation of geodynamical processes: landslide, erosion, crumble of ceilings and walls in underground spaces; • Salvo emission/spill of hazardous substances; • Personnel or population traumatism and health safety-related incidents.

14.4.2.4 Traffic Accidents Trucks and heavy machinery will be used during impelmentaiton of the project. Following risks are expected while using public and access roads:

• Collision with other vehicles (as mentioned during discussion of cumulative impacts, several large-scale projects are expected to be implemented in the region, which in return will increase traffic);

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 358/ 384

• Collision with local population;

• Collision with personnel working on the project; • Collision with other equipment and machinery; • Collision with local infrastructure. High risk of accidents will be associated with relatively intense movement of vehicles and construction equipment. A number of preventive measures must be carried out in order to minimize such risks, including: limitation of speed, placement of warning signs, selection of optimal routes, traffic regulation with help of standard-bearer and etc. machinery must be accompanied with specially equipped techniques and trained personnel; this will dramatically reduce risks of collisions or digress from the road. Additionally, it is preferable to plan and implement transport operations basing on agreement with management of other projects of the region.

14.4.2.5 Personnel Traumatism

Apart from other accidents traumatism of the personnel may be cause by: • Incidents related to use of heavy machinery/equipment; • Falling from slopes and other heights; • Falling into pits, trenches and holes; • Poisoning with used chemicals; • Electric shock due to work with machinery under high voltage.

14.4.2.6 Natural Emergency Situations (Catastrophic Events) Proper, timely and orderly response on emergencies of natural character during construction and operation of the HPPs is of great importance, since natural disasters may provoke any type of emergency listed above.

The project corridor is located on areas characterized with rather high risks of development of different natural process. Such processes may put safety and health of personnel at risk, as well as damage temporary constructions, equipment and vehicles. Therefore, it is crucial to pay maximum attention and adhere to safety norms while working on areas of high risks (river banks, nearby steel slopes), especially in periods of precipitation.

14.4.3 Basic Preventive Measures of Emergencies

Prevention of damage of hydraulic structure: • Conduct of fundamental scientific researches in parallel with the construction of the hydraulic structures; • Professional development of staff and training of special personnel in field of emergency situations;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 359/ 384

• Organization of monitoring service to supervise hazardous events and technical conditions of hydraulic units; • Ensuring monitoring works over development of hazardous geodynamic processes in sensitive areas; • Adhere to safety norms, correction of engineering solutions for construction and operation phases, if required; • Organization of monitoring over sediment accumulation near the headworks and periodic washing;

• Protection of hydro-units. Prevention of oil product or oil spills: • Strict monitoring over import, storage, consumption and disposal procedures of oil products and oils. Verification of suitability of storing containers; • Periodical inspection of technical condition of oil-containing machinery; • Discontinue of works as soon as small spill accident is observed to stop incident from growing; • Each turbine must be equipped with oil level gauge. Such devices must control amount of oil within the hydro-turbines. In the events of significant reduction of oil in the turbine, which indicates on a massive leak, - operation of turbine must be ceased with consideration of relevant procedures and the technical error must be eliminated. Fire preventive measures: • Periodical training and testing of staff on fire prevention matters; • Storage of flammable and explosive materials in safe areas. Arrangement of special indications on areas of storage; • Observance of firefighting norms and existence of effective firefighting inventory on the territory; • Observance of electrical safety; • Arrangement of lightning rods and control over their functionality; • Allocation of safe space for smoking. Such areas must be equipped with relevant firefighting inventory; • For the operation phase, arrangement of smoke-sensitive detectors which will signal staff shall fire event occur; • Unintentionally scattered flammable items must be carefully gathered and placed into litter box. Areas where such items were discovered must be cleaned thoroughly till all debris is removed; • In order to avoid landscape fire (forest fire) flammable and explosive materials must be stored/consumed on remote areas from dense forests. Such areas must be cleaned from grass and bush vegetation. Prevention of traffic accidents: • Every vehicle shall pass technical inspection prior to beginning of work. Brakes are a subject to most necessary inspection. Body lifting mechanism is checked on dumpers;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 360/ 384

• Selection of optimal routes and speed limitation (speed near the work sites shall not exceed 10 km/h for straight sections and 5 km/h for curves); • Arrangement of temporary bypass road; • Improvement of temporary and permanent roads used for construction purposes and maintenance of their technical condition throughout the cycle of the project;

• Arrangement of warning, prohibiting and indicative signs on roads and construction camps; • Arrangement of curbs in particularly dangerous places on ravine side; • Movement of special and oversized machinery must be accompanied with specially equipped techniques and trained personnel; • Work of excavators, cranes and other machinery under transmission lines is prohibited; • Machinery and vehicles cannot be used in zone of collapse prism. Systematic observation over sustainability of cave slopes must be established. In case of fault detection unstable mass must be demolished; • Ground must be loaded on vehicles only from side or back board. Prevention of personnel traumatism/injury: • Periodical training and testing of personnel on safety issues; • Equipping staff with means of personal protection (in case of perforation drilling the workers must be equipped with protective goggles and respirators); • Relevant signs must be arranged in dangerous zones; • Dangerous zones must be fenced and indications easily visible at night must be at place (in addition to fencing such visible signs must be placed around borrows at night); • Safety illumination in dangerous zones must ensure minimal light of the working surface within 5% of normalized value of light and no less than 2 lux inside the building and 1 lux outside; • Trenches with slope angle over 200 must be equipped with at least 0,6 m wide ladders and with 1,0 m high railings; • Personnel must be insured with ropes and special fasteners while working at heights; • Evacuation posters/evacuation emergency lights must be provided inside the closed spaces (e.g. power house): o Evacuation emergency light must be placed above every exit, outside the exit door, above steps of the staircases, at every corner, near medical boxes, in areas where floor levels change, near firefighting means; o Evacuation light must provide minimum illumination of floors, paths or staircases: 0,5 lux within rooms and 0,2 lux on open territories; • Placement of medical boxes in relevant places; • Training of special personnel (H&SE5officers) that will control performance of safety norms on the working sites and detect violations of such norms.

5H&SE –Health and safety executive

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 361/ 384

14.4.4 Estimated Scale of Incident

With consideration of expected emergencies, liquidation resources and legislative requirements, accidents and emergency situations are sorted in 3 groups of response. Table 14.4.4.1 provides description of emergency situations according to their levels, indicating corresponding response.

Given location, scope of works required and operation conditions for each HPP of the cascade incidents of the first and the second level are more expected to take place, rather than those of the third level.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 362/ 384

Table 14.3.4.1. Description of emergencies according to the levels

Level Emergency I Level II Level III Level The internal resources are sufficient for emergency External resources and workforce are needed Involvement of regional and country resources General liquidation for emergency liquidation for emergency liquidation Minor damage of hydraulic structures that will Hydraulic structures damage, which Damage of Significant damage to hydraulic structures temporarily but significantly interrupt HPP operation. significantly impedes functionality of the hydraulic requiring help of special squad from the region The provocation of other emergencies is less expected. power plant and may cause other emergency structures or Tbilisi HPP personnel will manage to liquidate emergency. situations. Local spillage, which does not need external Large spills (0.3- 200 tons spill of hazardous Spill of hazardous interference and can be eliminated with internal substances). There are risks of substance Significant spills (over 200 tons). substances resources. The risks of spreading of the substance on distribution on large area and risk of river large areas do not exist. contamination. Local fire, which does not need any external Large fires, which spread quickly due to the Significant fire, which spreads rapidly. The interference and is easily controlled. The weather conditions. There are ignition risk of surrounding neighborhoods and Fire meteorological conditions are not conductive to the flammable/explosive areas/warehouses and provocation of other emergencies is high. The rapid spread of the fire. There are no flammable and materials nearby. It is necessary to call the local inclusion of the regional fire service for the explosive sections/ warehouses and materials nearby. fire squad. liquidation of the incident is necessary. Low forest fires. As a result of combustion of High forest fire. Usually it is the result of low coniferous or deciduous shrub stems, live cover fire. All trees are burning. It can also be a top of soil surface (moss, grass), dead cover of semi- fire, when only tops of the trees are burning, The fire originated in one of the construction sites and shrub and soil (dead leaves, branches, tree bark, Landscape fire but such fire does not last. This produces black there is no risk of landscape fire. etc.), i.e. directly on the ground surface or due smoke and a high heat, the flame height is over to burning of trees and plants 1,5-2 m above it. 100 meters. Involvement of all possible Fire spread speed is not high – during high resources is required. winds the speed reaches 1,0 km/h. The damage of equipment, vehicles, infrastructure and The damage of the equipment, vehicles, The damage of the equipment, vehicles, infrastructure of special value and vital objects takes Traffic accidents non-valuable items takes place. Human health is not in infrastructure and valuable objects takes place. place. There is a high risk of development of other danger. There is the threat to human health. emergencies.

Personnel • One incident of traumatism; • Individual cases of accidents; • Several traumatic accidents; injury/traumatism • Light fracture, bruises; • Severe fracture - a fracture near the • Severe fracture - Articular fracture

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 363/ 384

joints; etc.; • I degree burns (skin surface layer damage); • II degree burns (deep layer of the skin • III and IV degree burns (skin, • Assistance to injured personnel and the lesions); hypodermic tissues and muscle liquidation of the incident is possible by local lesions); medical service. • There is the need to take the injured personnel to the local medical facility. • There is the need to move injured personnel to the regional or Tbilisi medical service centers with relevant profile. The natural phenomenon, the magnitude of The most dangerous natural phenomena, such Natural phenomenon, which is typical for the region which is rare for the region. The stability and as avalanches, earthquakes, flooding, landslides, seasonally or occasionally (heavy rain, snow, floods). It security of the building and machine-devices etc., which poses a significant danger to the Accidents of is necessary to carry out some standard measures for are in danger. It is necessary to eliminate the stability of the structures and security of natural character security purposes of hydraulic structures, equipment- accident as soon as possible in order not to mechanisms. There are high risks related to mechanisms and safety of human health. prevent other emergencies. Supplementary public or personnel safety. There is the need of resources needed to be involved. calling regional or central rescue teams.

Note: Given project scales, its duration and specificity of the location mainly accidents of I and II level are expected during implementation of activities.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 364/ 384

14.4.5 Response to an Accident

The plan identifies authorized and responsible persons for emergency response, as well as power delegation and grating methods. After arrangement of the area responsible persons and their position must be established, which is considered by the operation sequence plan. This information must be provided to the management of the construction contractor.

In case of accidents following strategic measures must be implemented:

• A unit whose task and objective will be defined beforehand must be established in case of emergency; • Objectives for firefighting operations must be established beforehand. Monitoring of the measures conducted must be carried out weekly; • Procedures to be carried out during emergency and people responsible for them must be also determined; • And finally, measures to avoid environmental pollution in case of accidental spill of oil products and other substances must be defined. Hazardous materials must be recorded and this information must be available for every staff member. For notification of fire or other type of incident to relevant services (fire department, police, ambulance, rescue) single telephone number has been established in Georgian telephone network − „112“.

14.4.5.1 Response to Hydrodynamic Accident In case of damage discovery operator or the head of technical condition monitoring service is obliged to immediately inform head of the HPP and in parallel inform population (in case of II and III level damage of the dam) about the pending disaster (on basis of guidance of the head of the HPP or other superior entity).

In case of hydrodynamic accident strategic actions of the senior operator are:

• Analysis of the situation after receiving detailed information about the damage/incident, determine approximate extent of the accident and approximate scale (level) of the accident; • Require information provider or other personnel with relevant competency to implement preventive measures immediately (shut/open of discharge gate, etc.) so, to avoid any risks posing to their health and safety; • Notification on emergency must be submitted to the relevant personnel, emergency services and external recourses, if required; • Require relevant personnel to shut protective gates of the turbines; • Require relevant personnel to regulate turbine valve in order to avoid hydraulic stroke which will allow to discharge water from water chamber directly into the tailrace; • Visit of the incident generation area and management of liquidation activities prior to arrival of the response team/external recourses (e.g. regulation of discharge gate in order to avoid water flow towards affected areas – water intake, pressure pipeline); • Wait for the supporting team and act in accordance with relevant instruction after their arrival.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 365/ 384

The head of the HPP is obliged to:

• Receive information from the operator/head of monitoring service on following topics: type of damage/activation of hazardous geodynamical processes, location of the incident, approximate scale of the damage (I, II or III level), name and position of the informer, data for radio or telephone feedback; • Transmit information to response team of the HPP; • Transmit information to other personnel of the HPP cascade;

• Transmit information to population (personnel must visit villages and inform population with megaphone); • Transmit information to local or regional emergency services; • Transmit information to operator company;

• In case of I and II level damage: o Personnel must be requested to cease any work, switch equipment-machinery in relevant sequence and stop operation of the HPP; o Personnel must be requested to relocate equipment/machinery from dangerous areas, unless it poses threat to their health and safety. • In case of III level damage (in case there is a threat to the sustainability of the HPP building(s)): o Personnel must be requested to cease works and leave zones dangerous for health. • Immediately notify the personnel of other HPPs within the cascade and request regulation of sluices as necessary. Damage response team (the leader) is obliged to:

• Obtain detailed information from the informer; • Transmit information to the management of the downstream facilities; • Visit villages located downstream and inform population about the expected disaster via megaphone; • Mobilize internal recourses (transport, equipment, etc.); • Divide response team into groups and determine scope of action for each group; • Participate in liquidation activities of the damage or its results. In case of II and III level damage the operator company must inform interested state bodies and other external organizations, as well as mass media for notification of the public.

Detailed notification scheme is provided below.

Gamma Consulting

Notification

Notification Notification about accident NotificationNotification about

EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP Notification Obtainment of Notification about accident Notification 366/ 384 Internal emergency Other HPP operation about accident InterestedFacilitiesPopulation state in the bodies, tailrace Local or aboutregional accident emergency additional/detailed Head of the HPP Damage aboutaboutaccident accident accident and issue of services about accident company mass media service personnel of advice and guidance information.Instructing. response team the HPP (H&SEofficer, first-aid (police,Scheme fire 14.3.5.1.1. brigade, Notification scheme in case of damage of hydraulic structure (Ministry of Environment and post ambulance service, additional Natural Recourse Protection, Ministry of Energy, Ministry of recourses, etc.) Defense, etc.)

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP Notification 367/ 384 about accident

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 368/ 384

14.4.5.2 Response to Spill of Hazardous Substances

Since the project does not consider storage of big amounts of hazardous liquids neither for construction nor for operation phases of the HPP cascade this section discusses only I and II scale emergency response strategy. The types of response are significantly determined by type of ground surface. Consequently, emergency response is presented for the following scenarios:

• Hazardous substances spill on impervious surface (asphalt, concrete cover); • Hazardous substances spill on pervious surface (ground, gravel, vegetation) • Spill of the hazardous substances into the river (mainly into the rivers Lakhami and Nenskra).

In case of hazardous substances (mainly oil products) spill on the impervious surface, it is necessary to implement the following strategic actions:

• Use a hotline and notification of the H&SE officer; • Stopping every device-equipment working on the site;

• Blocking the pollution source (if any); • Personnel must be requested to mobilize equipment and personal protection means for emergency response; • In case of necessity, it is important to arrange barriers with suitable impervious material (sand bags, plastic sheets, plastic coat and others) to stop spilled material or limit its movement; • Barriers must be arranged perpendicular to the sidewalks or in shape of a horseshoe, so that the open side will be directed to meet the flow of the substance; • Gather the spilled oil products by using brooms and linens; • For drying the spilled substances absorbent pads must be used; • Gather oil products in a way to make it possible to collect them in container and remove from the territory; • After absorption of the oil the pads should be placed in polyethylene bags (if needed, the pads can be reused); • The site should be completely cleaned from residual oil products in order to exclude the wash- out of the pollutants by the rain water; • After completion of cleaning operations, every cleaning material must be collected, wrapped and stored in safe areas. In case of hazardous substances spill on the pervious surface it is necessary to implement the following strategic actions:

• Use a hotline and notification of the H&SE officer (if the oil spill occurs on substation territory it is important to turn off all electrical installation in vicinity of spill, namely transformers, circuit breakers, etc. They must be switched off in relevant sequence); • Block source of pollution (if any); • Personnel must be requested to mobilize equipment and personal protection means for emergency response;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 369/ 384

• Absorbents must be placed so to create continuous barrier to face the front edge of the moving oil product. Edges of the barrier must be bent forward to form a shape of the horseshoe;

• Containment area must be covered with polyethylene sheets to prevent further penetration of the product into the deeper layers of the soil; • It is noteworthy, that if placement of polyethylene sheets is impossible than creation of barriers may result accumulation of oil products in one place causing saturation of soil with oil, and therefore penetration to the deeper layers; • Use of absorbing pads is necessary to remove spilled oil products; • Gather oil products in a way to make it possible to collect them in container and remove from the territory; • After absorption of the oil the pads should be placed in polyethylene bags (if needed, the pads can be reused);

• The site should be completely cleaned from residual oil products in order to exclude the wash- out of the pollutants by the rain water; • After completion of cleaning operations, every cleaning material must be collected, wrapped and stored in safe areas. • Vegetation cover and topsoil must be treated shortly after removal of source of pollution or leak termination; • As soon as spilled oil products are removed contaminated soil must be removed from the territory in compliance with instructions of construction manager/head of the HPP and under the supervision of the invited specialist. In case of oil products spill in the river or discharge channels, it is necessary to implement the following strategic actions:

• Use a hotline and notification of the H&SE officer • Cease of operation of every equipment/machinery on the territory (if turbine oils were spilled into waste water it is necessary to shut turbines down in relevant sequence); • Block source of pollution (if any); • Personnel must be requested to mobilize equipment and personal protection means for emergency response; • Clear the vegetation existing on the river bank/channel with the scythe; • Immediately fence the polluted section of the river with wood boards. In case of additional necessity (in case of massive spill) ground filled bags must be used; • Removal of oil products gathered on the river surface must be carried out with sanitation vehicles; • Absorbent pads must be used for drying the oil products spilled on the shore; • After absorption of the oil, pads must be placed in polyethylene bags for waste.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 370/ 384

14.4.5.3 Response to Fire The strategic actions of the person and the personnel detecting fire or smoke are as follows:

• Termination of works except for safety measures;

• Assessment of the situation, reconnaissance of fire hearth and adjacent territories; • Relocation of equipment and machinery from places where fire distribution is expected; • If the fire is fierce and approach to hearth is complicated and explosive or flammable materials are located in vicinity, then: o Leave the dangerous zone: - Use evacuation scheme/posters of the HPP while evacuating the area; - If you must cross smoky indoors bend as the air is cleaner near the floor, place wet cloth on your nose and mouth; - If you cannot exit indoors due to burning exit – call for help. o Notify senior manager/operator about the accident;

o Wait for the rescue team and provide them with all the information at hand; • If the fire is not strong, hearth is approachable and it does not pose risks to human health, however there are risks of fire distribution act in the following manner: o Notify senior manager/operator about the accident; o Find the nearest fire stand and collect necessary equipment (fire extinguisher, axe, crowbar, bucket, etc.); o Try to liquidate fire using fire extinguisher using instructions provided on its body; o In case there is no fire stand on the territory use sand or water to liquidate fire, or you can also cover fire with less flammable thick fabric; o Do not use water in vicinity of equipment connected to electric circuit; o Do not ventilate the room in case of fire in the closed area (unless there is a special need), since clean air stimulates combustion process and increase of fire scale. Strategic actions of manager/HPP operator in case of fire are:

• Collection of detailed information on location of fire, equipment/machinery and substances stored/located nearby • Notification of other personnel and fire department; • Inspection of the situation, analysis of risks and evaluation of possible scale of fire (I, II or III level). Prognosis of further development of the accident; • Personnel must be requested to mobilize vehicles and existing firefighting equipment and use; • Control actions of personnel and guidance. Strategic actions of manager/head of HPP in case of fire are as follows:

• Notification of fire department;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 371/ 384

• Control of personnel actions with help of H&SE officer and management prior to arrival of local or regional fire-fighting service (after this the team is managed by the head of fire-fighting service); • Support of fire-fighting team actions (need of certain equipment may occur); • Implementation of liquidation measures with the H&SE officer after completion of the accident;

• Preparation of a report and submission to activity implementer/HPP operator company. In case of landscape fire emergency service is participating in fire liquidation measures. As well as HPP personnel (in accordance with the instructions provided by the head of the HPP and H&SE officer), also local population in case of necessity. During forest fire extinguishing following basic approaches apart from the instructions listed above:

• Sweeping of lower boundaries of the forest fire with green branches, brooms and bag cloths; • Spilling the ground over the low fire boundaries of the forest with shovels and spades; • Arrangement of blocking line or channel to stop the fire distribution;

• Extinguish of fire using blasting (arrangement of fire blocking channel); • Blocking channel must be arranged in direction of construction camps, construction sites and the territories where easily flammable and explosive substances are disposed. Effects of emergency situations caused by landscape fire are liquidated in accordance with Georgian legislation.

Increase of fire hazard may result of announcement of special fire-fighting mode by Georgian government or local authorities.

During such regime additional requirements of existing normative acts related to fire safety are being defined for the relevant territory, including requirements of involvement of population into the firefighting activities, restriction of forest entry to the physical entities, adoption of additional measures (increase of distance between borders of populated areas, creation of mineralized zones) that will limit forest fire and its distribution outside the populated areas, to adjacent territories.

14.4.5.4 Response to Unplanned Explosion Strategic actions of the personnel nearby the accident are:

• Cease of all activities, except for safety measures; • Observation of the explosion area from the distance, analysis of the situation and determination of following conditions: o Number and identities of the injuries; o Cause of the explosion; o Whether there are any other flammable or explosive materials or areas nearby the accident site and therefore, whether there is a risk of recurrence of fire or explosion;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 372/ 384

o Whether there is a risk of wall/ceiling collapse or other risks that causes additional threats to human health (in case of explosion within diversion tunnel walls and ceiling must be inspected in order to detect large leak of water). • If there is a risk of recurrence of explosion, wall collapse or other risks that pose threat to human health, then:

o Leave the dangerous area immediately; o Notify senior manager/operator about the explosion; o Wait for rescue team and provide them with all the information at hand. • If approaching the explosion area does not pose threats to your health, however other member of personnel was injured and there is a chance of further development of risks, then: o Notify senior manager/operator about the explosion; o Find the nearest fire stand and collect necessary equipment and means of personal protection; o Approach the area of accident and remove items that may cause recurrence of explosion; o Assists the injure according to the relevant scheme; o When approaching the area try not to find yourself between the dangerous zone and a wall. In case of explosion strategic activities of the senior manager/operator are:

• Collection of detailed information on location of explosion, equipment/machinery and substances stored/located nearby • Notification of other personnel and fire department, if required; • Inspection of the situation, analysis of risks and evaluation of possible scale of explosion (I, II or III level). Prognosis of further development of the accident; • Personnel must be requested to mobilize vehicles and existing firefighting equipment and use if required; • Control actions of personnel and guidance. Strategic actions of manager/head of HPP in case of explosion are as follows:

• Control of personnel actions with help of H&SE officer and management prior to arrival of local or regional service (after this the team is managed by the head of response service); • Require isolation of area from sensitive sites using solid materials (concrete slab or other) from staff, in necessary; • Support of rescue team actions (need of certain equipment may occur); • Implementation of liquidation measures with the H&SE officer after completion of the accident (restoration of the damaged areas, debris cleanup, preventive measures against erosion, etc.); Preparation of a report and submission to activity implementer/HPP operator company.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 373/ 384

14.4.5.5 Response to Traffic Accident Following strategic measures should be implemented in case of traffic accident:

• Vehicles/machinery must stop the movement;

• Information must be submitted to the relevant services (police, ambulance, etc.); • If the accident poses no danger to human health and there are no risks of causing other accidents (e.g. Collision of other vehicles, fire, fuel spill, etc.) then:

o Get out of the vehicle/machinery or move further from the accident and keep a safe distance; o Wait for police/rescue team. • If there is additional threat:

o Get out of the vehicle/machinery or move further from the accident and keep a safe distance; o In case of fire or fuel spill respond in accordance with strategies provided in relevant paragraphs; o In case of danger to human health do not try to relocate the body; o If the injure is lying on the carriageway cover him and mark the area so it is visible from the distance; o Remove tight items (belt, tie, etc.); o Assist the injure in accordance with strategies described in relevant paragraphs (however do remember that you may be affecting his health even more by relocating him).

14.4.5.6 Response to Traumatism of Personnel or Incident Related to Health Safety The primary response of the person discovering an injure is an urgent notification about the incident. Before arrival of the rescue group first aid must be provided in accordance with the strategies described in paragraphs below. Prior to first aid situation must be evaluated and it must be determined whether approaching and assisting the injured person is dangerous or not.

14.4.5.6.1 First Aid during Fracture

There are two types of fracture – open and closed: • Open fracture is characterized by disruption of skin integrity . During such injury wound and bleeding is observed. Open fracture poses carries a high risk of infection. During open fracture: o Call for help so that this person can help with immobilization of the injured area while you treat the wound; o Cover the wound with clean cloth and apply pressure in order to stop the bleeding. Do not apply pressure over the fractured bone or its fragments; o Without touching the wound with fingers carefully limit the wounded area with clean cloth and apply bandage;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 374/ 384

o If bone fragments are observed inside the wound apply warm cloth around them so, that the bandage does not put pressure over them. Apply bandage so that it does not limit blood flow below it; o Immobilize the injured bone as during the closed fracture; o Check pulse, capillary filling and sensitivity below the bandage every 10 minutes.

• Closed fraction is observed if the skin integrity is not damaged. Bruises and swelling are signs of fracture. During closed fracture: o Ask the injure to lay still and secure the injured area above and below the fracture until it is immobilized;

o To provide good fixation secure the injured part of the body to the intact body part. In case of arm fracture secure the arm on the torso with a triangle bandage. In case of leg fracture secure the leg on the other one. Tie knots from the side of the undamaged leg;

o Check pulse, capillary filling and sensitivity below the bandage every 10 minutes. If sensitivity or blood flow is reduced use a less tight bandage.

14.4.5.6.2 First Aid during Wounds and Bleeding

There are three types of bleeding:

• There is little blood. In this case is risk of infection is higher: o Clean the wound of injured person with any colorless liquid suitable for drinking; o Wrap the wound with clean cloth. • There is a lot of blood. In this case there is a risk of blood loss: o Cover the wound with several layers of cloth and use tourniquet; o If the blood is still leaking, put more cloth to the wound (do not take of the blood-drenched cloth) and strongly press on blood source area. • Blood is pouring like a fountain from the wound. In this case injured person loses blood very fast. To avoid this you must push finger (or fingers) on the artery projection area and then put a tourniquet. The areas of pressure on the artery are: the lower third of a shoulder and upper third of the thigh. The tourniquet should be placed like this: o Tourniquet can be used only in extreme cases as it may cause irreversible injuries; o Tourniquet is fixed above wound; o Use tourniquet only on surface covered with clothing. If the injured area is naked clean cloth must be placed under tourniquet; o First bond must be tight (must be fixed as much as possible), then tourniquet is tightened around the wounded area 3-4 times (rope, belt and etc. can be used instead); o In winter tourniquet must be used for one hour and in summer for two hours. 5-10 minutes later tourniquet must be loosen and placed slightly above the previous location;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 375/ 384

o Check whether tourniquet is placed properly – during proper use of tourniquet pulse does not palpate.

• What must not be done o Touching of the wound; o Nothing must be removed from the wound. If an alien object is observed in the wound bandage must be placed around it to fix it in one place. • Internal bleeding is difficult to identify. Signs of internal bleeding may be shock after the injury, but there is no visible blood loss. During internal bleeding: o Place the injured person on his back and raise his legs;

o Remove tight clothing from neck, chest and waist; o Do not give the person food, water or medication. If the person is conscious and is suffering from severe thirst – wet his lips;

o Keep the person warm – cover him with blanket or cloth; o Check breathing, pulse and consciousness every 10 minutes. If the injure is losing consciousness place him in safe location.

14.4.5.6.3 First Aid in Case of Burn

Burn might be developed by impact with hot objects and steam (thermal burn), by chemical substances impact with the skin (chemical burn) and electricity impact (electrical burn). In order to properly carry out first aid degree of burn must be properly determined; degree depends on damage depth and damage area (on what part of skin surface is the burn distributed).

• First aid measures during burns are as follows: o It is dangerous to inhale smoke during burn, therefore if there is smoke and quick ventilation of the room is impossible injured person must be relocated to fresh air; o If the clothing of the injure are on fire do not roll him, simply pour water over him (unless it is an electrical burn, in which case use of water near equipment connected to the circuit is strictly forbidden); o If there is no possibility to use water cover the body with non-synthetic cloth; o It is necessary to start cooling the burnt area in time with cold water (in case of I and II degree burn place the area under running water for 10-15 minutes, in case of III and IV degree burn wrap it with clean wet cloth and then cool it under running water in such wrapped condition); o Remove the clothing and other objects from the damaged area which may interrupt blood flow. Do not remove particles of clothing stuck to the damaged area; o Cover the damaged area with sterile wrapping. This will reduce the likelihood of infection; o Inhaling of hot air during burns may cause burns of the respiratory system. Such burns may be identified if the injured person has difficulties breathing, breathing is loud, burns on face and neck are observed, face and nose hair cover is signed, mouth and lips are swollen, person

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 376/ 384

is experiencing coughing, difficulties swallowing and has wheeze voice. In such case wait for the ambulance;

o Constantly check breathing and pulse before the medical service arrives, be prepared to carry out reanimation measures; o It is prohibited to remove clothing particles from the burned skin as this may worsen the injury; o Integrity of blebs cannot be violated as this may damage skin surface further creating hospitable environment for infection; o Do not use ointments, lotions or oils while treating the injured area;

o Injury caused by chemical burn cannot be treated with neutralizing solutions, e.g. Treatment of alkaline burns with acid.

14.4.5.6.4 First Aid in Case of Electrical Trauma

There are three types of electrical trauma:

• The trauma caused by high-voltage electricity. The damage developed as a result of high voltage traumas, are fatal in most cases. Severe burns are being developed at this time. Due to the strong muscle compression the injured person is often threw away on a significant distance, which leads to serious injuries (fractures). In case of high-voltage power trauma: o It is prohibited to get close to the injure, before the electricity will be turned off and if necessary, the isolation will be made. Remain 18 m radius safe distance. Do not let other witnesses to approach the injure; o After receiving electric trauma, as soon as the injured person is approached, open the respiratory ways without moving the head back, by moving the lower jaw in front; o Check breathing and circulation signs. Be prepared to take reanimation measures; o If the injure is unconscious but is breathing, place him in a safe condition; o Carry out first aid in case of burns and other injuries. • The electrical trauma caused by low-voltage electricity. Low-voltage electricity trauma may turn into serious damages and even cause death. Often, this kind of electrical trauma is caused by damaged switches, wiring and equipment. When standing on a wet floor or touching undamaged electrical wiring with wet hands the risks of getting the electrical trauma are sharply increasing. In case of low-voltage power caused trauma: o Do not touch the injured person, if he is touching the power source; o Do not use metal object for removing the power source; o If possible, stop power supply (turn off the power switch). If not, turn off the electrical equipment from the power source; o If you are not able to switch the electricity off stand on dry insulation (for example: a plank of wood, on rubber or plastic pad, on book or pile of newspapers);

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 377/ 384

o Remove the injured person from the power source by broom, stick or chair. You can move the body away from the power source, or the power source away from the body, if it is more convenient; o Without touching the body of injure tie a rope around his foot or shoulders and move him away from the power source;

o As a radical measure grab the injured person by the dry piece of clothing and move him away from the power source; o If the victim is unconscious open the airways, check the breathing and pulse; o If the victim is unconscious, is breathing and has a pulse, place in a safe location. Cool the burned areas and wrap them; o If the person has no visible injuries and feels good, advise him to take a rest. • The electrical trauma caused by lightning/thunder:

o Various traumas, burns, face and eyes damage is often caused by the lightning. Sometimes the lightning may cause a sudden death. • Quickly remove the injured person from the scene and provide him with first aid same as in case of different types of the electrical trauma.

14.4.5.7 Response to Emergencies of Natural Type 14.4.5.7.1 Response to Earthquake

The response on the earthquake starts when feeling the first fluctuation, if the earthquake is weak stay where you are, do not panic. After the personnel will feel safe, they shall act in accordance with the following strategy:

• If the earthquake is weak it is best to stay where you are; • In case of stronger earthquake while you are in the building: o Leave the building immediately via staircases or windows; o Stand in the corner of the inner wall, door or solid pole; o If the building is old and walls are not safe, climb under bed or table. • If you are outside: o Stand far from the buildings and transmission lines; o Do not stand on or under bridges. After the personnel will feel safe, they shall act in accordance with the following strategy:

• Personnel on duty at the headworks must be informed about the event and they must regulate the gates as required; • Ask the personnel to shut down every construction device-mechanism, as well as turbines during its operation in a relevant order; • Before rescue team arrives earthquake result liquidation measures are managed by the construction manager/head of construction with the following strategy:

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 378/ 384

o Injured must be taken out of the ruins and those remaining in half-destroyed or burning buildings must be saved;

o Energy and technological line accidents that pose risk to human life must be liquidated; o Flammable and explosive materials must be removed to safe areas; o Buildings and hydraulic structures must be inspected and their technical conditions examined; o Damaged buildings or buildings/constructions in dangerous state must be demolished or reinforced; o If there is a chance of further collapse it is not permitted to walk over ruins, go inside damaged constructions, be near them unless required otherwise while rescue works; o It is required to have a rope around a waist when entering buildings filled with smoke or with blocked passages. The person outside the building must be holding the other end of the rope; o It is necessary to you means of personal protection while implementing rescue or liquidation works.

14.4.5.7.2 Response to Mudflow, Landslide, Avalanche

Personnel in vicinity of the natural disaster must act in accordance with the following strategy:

In case of mudflow: • Immediate evacuation from the dangerous zone; • Evacuation route must not run along the bed of the river responsible for mudflow; • At signs of danger immediate relocation to higher grounds; • It is not allowed to enter the river responsible for mudflow after one wave has passed, since the second wave may follow; • Crossing mudflow bed is prohibited; • It is dangerous to stay inside the building if it is located near the collapsed bank or ground under it was partially washed out. In case of landslide: • If the landslide moved on a distance of 0,5-1 m within the first 24 hours evacuation must be held immediately; • Take essentials only during evacuation (food, clothing, etc.). In case of avalanche: • Avoid areas that pose risk of avalanche; • Most dangerous period for avalanches is warm days of spring and summer; • Immediately leave the dangerous zone and relocate to safe area;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 379/ 384

• If you cannot avoid the avalanche: o Put down your luggage and take a horizontal position with your head directed towards avalanche direction; o Bend so that knees touch the stomach and tightly hold your legs (take a snowball form). • If you are in the avalanche:

o To protect respiratory system cover your face with gloves, scarf or collar; o Try to keep your head above the avalanche mass and move towards the edge of the avalanche by moving your arms; o After avalanche flow has stopped try to create enough space around you to be able to breather; o Try to find ground surface and move upwards; o Save your strength, oxygen and warmth and try not to fall asleep;

o Do not shout, snow completely suppresses your voice; o Remember – they are looking for you. After personnel feel safe they must act following this strategy: • If necessary, every equipment must be switched off in relevant consequence; • Before rescue team arrives disaster relief measures are managed by the construction manager with the following strategy: o Relocation of staff from dangerous zone; o Removal of flammable and explosive materials from the dangerous zone; o Using bulldozers and excavators damaged roads and bridges must be temporarily restored in shortest terms possible; o Emergency-restoration works must be carried out, including urgent arrangement of defense earth fills using blasting; o Water flow of the river must be regulated, riverbed must be cleaned, deepened and aligned; o Route of equipment used in the liquidation measures must be strictly defined and their movement on steep slopes and other dangerous zones must be prohibited; o It is necessary to use individual protection means when implementing rescue and liquidation activities.

14.4.6 Equipment Required for Emergency Response

In process of construction and operation of the HPPs standard emergency response equipment must exist on high risk sites, namely: Equipment for quick notification: • Megaphone; • Walkie-talkie;

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 380/ 384

• Mobile phones; • Each staff member must be informed about phone numbers of the superior persons.

Personal protection means: • Helmets; • Safety goggles;

• Uniforms with reflective stripes; • Waterproof boots; • Gloves. Fire extinguishing equipment:

• Standard fire extinguisher;

• Buckets, sand, shovels and etc.; • Properly equipped fire stands; • Fire truck – the nearest fire fighters team truck will be used.

Emergency first aid equipment: • Standard medical boxes: Standard medical boxes • Ambulance car – the ambulance car of local medical center will be used.

Spill response equipment:

• Heavy duty plastic bags; • Absorbent pads; • Gloves; • Drip trays; • Buckets; • Polyethylene tape.

14.4.7 Necessary Qualification and Personnel Training

Each emergency response system must be periodically tested, obtained experience must be documented and weak points must be improved (the same should take place in case of accident realization).

The whole staff must undergo emergency response plan introduction training. Personnel training registration system should exist and documents on this must be kept at offices of the company or contractors.

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 382/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 383/ 384

Gamma Consulting EIA Lakhami 1-2 HPP 384/ 384

Gamma Consulting